Sale eon Ree mete ae . 
5 OW Mn Hees © 
ase ante tee Bm 
eee ee er Wee na mane 
.4e Vid wee - 
‘ 
$e wahsi ti ah : 
. . ope a ole ee =* we 
ates ss a ey eg pein eee ee we 
oe ea ie e-% wa se bo so neee a A 
ey Re de aimee wn : «oes 
Ae we sepia e aiem wn oh SAMA IO Nae 
ome vie ene Ea oa ek i eran 
Ce errr caer fr Biren ee alt 
SOA na etd we we tee araie 


Welw SESS Serre Ivlvllolvlviveiet ESSEC View| Jvvy 
WSIS CSS WISIN ES) 

¢ Nd Need | het \ Ns | ‘| f| j 4 4 \. ICSE Pa aN Wee 

shar Nes le tw lw Ne Ne \> | DO Did dred ed DIGS | 


SANG ed Wh 


—s 


se 
we | | Ne te 
Nae |) Nee | ee || 


veel) te hdd OA thd ds 
Sunwear oscoece 


SN sch SE Berra eese Seow 


-j\ 


ogee | y 
Baus iM WA Seid We Wg VU UU ly 

Wel Melek AN | | ' dhe eh | 
Soe | Vu cre eeAey 'S WEGIGS 

) ! ] WW, YIES iV hh edb | 
4 IAAI | S, 22 wi (WW a tarheshes lt heel 


SUAS SECIS AMO 


VU NSS SSUES ONS SSS SSSA ii Se 

UU Ye Oil ye) 
Vu Wudlueearveree yee ceeeee Mee 
WY . | \ 


IWS)\j\ ~ S Washo a/b y SIAN I. N DIGS) WEE 9) 
alg We J yee oe WV Y | lj 
Jule Soc ooe ene riananen 


SS = & ~ 


Wy 
I WI SIGE S SNM e Vell 


isevery 


WOO od ~ 
WWW eV We W wl © 


DN ae 
A NANSRARASHAAS 


Weve v 


SSE SE ON 


NESW US SYS USES dey cue eevacrnarenn 


— 
Sornivo ODO Or yyyiynit 


NCC ed 
LL CO eO WU WSU YUU 


Desteeetuee eC cc Wy NN UWE ¥) 


i ie 
5 el 
i J Wa I ah? 
\ +e) 
TOR 
re Wy 
- MAA? ri 
¢ 
\ 
, G 
* n 
ve ba! I 
eer | ‘Be 


as 
o¥ 
a + 
ee a ———— 


matter November 27, 1915, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., 
24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage : 
MM IT03, act of October 3, 1917, authorized July ro, 1918 


t maa by The University of the State of New York 


- ALBANY, N.Y. ~ November-December 1920 


the University of the State of New York 
ee New York State Museum ~ 


Joun M. CLARKE, Director 


r NTEENTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF 
it THE STATE MUSEUM AND SCIENCE 
- ae DEPARTMENT 


THE FORTIETH REPORT OF THE STATE GEOLOGIST AND THE 
cet REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST FOR 1920-21 


® PAGE PAGE 
TO PE RN ee et ias 7 |The Existence and Configura- 
inetions of the: Museum.......- 13 tion of Precambrian Continents. 
ogical Survey Be th A es ea 13 RUDOLF RUEDEMANN....../... 65 
AY ee eee legate Mesa cai as 28 | The Champlain Sea. WINIFRED 
a cae sees are fee (GOLMBING ip fete tlw cee ce 153 
eology and Ethnology....... aie Last “of, Publications. 02.04 £46 195 
MMS rr os ss. ee oe EMAMERETCLOK 16, | 00 Serre tee i%.. as anes Bw meat 209 


con 


2) (BOD at 


eae 
AE hte i nf siges as 


ALBANY 
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OP NEW YORK 
1922 


ee UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW 


Regents of the University 
With years when terms expire 


1926 Piiny T.SExTON LL.B., LL.D.,Chancellor Emeritus Palmyra 


1934 CHESTER S. Lorp M.A., LL.D., Chancellor - 
1924 ADELBERT Moot LL.D., Vice Chancellor-— — 


YORK 


- Brooklyn — 
— Buffalo 


1927 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. Albany 
‘1928 CHARLES B. ALEXANDER M.A., LLB. GL. Be 


Litt.D.- - - - - = 
1928 WALTER GUEST esac B. an ae D. - = 
1932 JAMES Byrne B.A., LL.B., tb: -- - - 
1929 HERBERT L. BRIDGMAN M.A., LL.D.- - - 
1931 THomMAS J. MANGAN M.A.- - - ~ - - 
1933 WILLIAM J. WaLLINn M.A.- - - =" 
1923 WiLLt1aAM Bonpy M.A., LL.B., Ph. D. - - 
1930 WILLIAM P. BAKER B. os Litt.D. Bee ile 9 an 


-— Tuxedo 

— Ogdensburg 
—- New York 
- Brooklyn 
Binghamton 
Yonkers 

— New York 


— Syracuse 


President of the University and Commissioner of Education 


Frank P. Graves Ph.D., Litt.D., L.H. D., LE 


Deputy Commissioner and Counsel 


FRANK B. GILBERT B.A., LL.D. 


Assistant Commissioner and Director of Professional Education 


Avucustus-S. Downinc MA., Pd D., L.H.D., 


Assistant Commissioner for Secondary Education 


Li 


CHARLES F. WHEELOCK B.S., Pd.D., LL.D. 


Assistant Commissioner for Elementary Education 


Grorce M. Witey M.A., Pd.D., LL.D. 


Director of State Library 


James I. WyErR M.L.S., Pd D. 


Director of Science and State Museum 


Joun M. CiarkE D Sc., LL.D. 
Chiefs and Directors of Divisions 


Administration, Hiram C. CAsE 


Archives and History, JAMES SuLLtIvan M.A., Ph.D. 


Attendance, James D. SuLLIVAN 


Examinations and Inspections, AVERY W. SKINNER B.A. 


Finance, CLarK W. HALLIDAY 

Law, FrRanK B. GILBerT B.A., LL.D., Counsel 
Library Extension, WILLIAM R. Watson B.S. 
Library School, Epna M. SAnpvErRSON B.A., B.L.S. 


School Buildings and Grounds, Frank H. Woop M. 


School Libraries, SHERMAN WILLIAMS Pd.D. 
Visual Instruction, ALFRED W. Asrams Ph.B. 


Vocational and Extension Education, LEwis A. WiLson_ 


A. 


‘ 


3 . J Sa x 
salieei . Z a a el ae - ¢ P An <= —— 7 _— sha” EA A, as ‘a of Pa 5 ~~ 
ee ee a ee ee — ie, 


ales 


PY cate 


J 


) 
ie 
a 
4 

4 

a 


The University of the State of New York 
New York State Museum, February 3, 1922 


ank P. Graves 

President of the University 

2: I beg to transmit herewith my annual report as Director 
Department and to request its publication as a bulletin of 
te Museum. 

Very respectfully 


Joun M. CLARKE 
Dtrector 
oved for publication \ 


President of the University 


[5] 


Pd 

~ 
: ay 
} it 
' 2 
‘4 - 
= ao 
| * 


— 


es 


oh 
fe 


New York State Museum Bulletin 


Entered as second-class matter November 27, 1915, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., under 
the act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of post- 
age provided for in section 1103, act of October 3, 1917, authorized 
July 19, 1918 


Published monthly by The University of the State of New York 


Nos. 239, 240 ALBANY, N.Y. NovemMBer-DECEMBER 1920 


The University of the State of New York 


New York State Museum 


: Joun M. Criarke, Director 


SEVENTEENTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF 
THE STATE MUSEUM AND SCIENCE 
DEPARTMENT 


INCLUDING THE SEVENTY-FOURTH REPORT OF THE STATE MUSEUM 
THE FORTIETH REPORT OF THE STATE GEOLOGIST AND THE REPORT OF 
THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST FOR 1920-21 / 


INTRODUCTION 


This report is written in the solitude of the evergreen woods where 
every sound and glance tells of the service this Museum is endeavoring 
to render to the people of this State. The breeze whispers through 
the boughs of cedar and balsam and whistles among the tall tops 
of spruce and hemlock. In the shadows on a carpet of finest needle- 
work, where the brown leaves of the evergreens have fallen, spring 
many-hued mushrooms and pallid clumps of Indian pipe; the clearing 
burns with crimson fireweed and glows with goldenrod. From 
tree to stump and from bough to bush, the spider has displayed his 
aerial engineering; butterflies in passing touch the blue vetch and 
dindle; chattering rodents, restless artists that they are, chase 


_ back and forth; the junco, the goldfinch, sapphic warblers of many 


sorts and voices are starring in these groves, while the blue canopy 
overhead, supported by a wall of towering spikes of spruce, is 
crossed by the flapping raucous crow and the soaring herring gull; 
and into all the beauty of this hermitage intrudes the gray moss 
crowding out the life of the spruce branches, and an unseen army 
of other parasites at whose scant mercy lies the whole host of life. 
As a rug is spread upon the solid and essential floor, so all this living 
picture is stretched out on, and overshadowed by, a foundation of 
rocks which tell an ancient story of a different life upon the earth. 
[7] 


8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The measure of service which this Museum can render is the degree 
in which it can inspire in the people of the State the appreciative 
love of these works of Nature, and with that the ideals and spiritual 
purpose which can be drawn from an understanding thereof. Politics 
and expedients aside, there can be no denial that this is and must 
be the first purpose of such an institution; therein les its paramount 
service; and the large-minded legislator on his way from politics 
to statesmanship has never failed to recognize the spiritual value 
of it. 

It is well to distinguish between the educational and informative 
worth of a scieritific museum. There are more facts in the anatomy — 
and physiology of a house fly than the average trained mind cares” 
to, or can, assimilate; a single mind may become clogged with them 
and yet only thus the working of the organism be understood, as 
an engineer understands the working of his engine to its last bolt — 
and valve. To the selected mind this is knowledge and to others 
it may be information; but to neither is it education unless made 
to bear on the higher life of the individual; that is, unless lessons 
are learned from it which will guide us in the better ordering of our 
own life. Life is all one life; we shall do righteously only as we 
direct our share of it by recognition of the laws which can be easiest 
read in the simpler forms of living nature. 

The educative functions, therefore, of the State Museum are to 
the community of the first order of quality. Literature is the record 
of the best of human thinking best expressed; history a human 
guess at the facts and motives of human events; mathematics in 
practice is the statistical and angular combination of material 
units, in the abstract it is the rhythm and the poesy of the material 
universe. With these may be placed in premier order, the under- 
standing, or the effort to understand, the laws which govern the 
living works of Nature, today and since the beginning; and the bear- 
ing of these laws on our own life and destiny. To this end a large 
part of the service of the Museum is given “both through its 
researches, its exhibited collections and its publications. 

In another educational aspect, second in importance and merit, 
but essential to every commonwealth, is the comprehension of the 
sources and uses of the natural material wealth with which the 
State is endowed. In New York these natural supplies are very 
great and even though they lack in such high essentials as coal 
and gold, silver, copper and platinum, yet the production is varied 
and the total puts the State in the front rank of mineral producers. 
The geological workers of the State Museum have been in no incon- 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 9 


siderable measure responsible for pointing out and encouraging a 
mineral production which amounts to nearly fifty millions annually 
. in raw materials. They endeavor also to enlighten the people as 
to the never-ending evil practices carried on within the boundaries 
of the State in the promulgation of hopeless, often deliberately 
dishonest mining propositions; alleged exploitations of invisible 
and intangible supplies of the precious metals; the selling of certi- 
ficates in joint stock mining companies; dealing in mysteries set 
forth in a garniture of modern technical patter — in all of which the 
citizens of this and other states are mulcted in heavy amounts; 
matters in which we are without mandatory power, but in which 
very things the people of the State need guardianship as well as 
scientific advice. It has been the policy of the State hitherto to 
let a citizen play the fool with his money if he will. Perhaps it is the 
most effective cure. Experientia docet. 

We seek, furthermore, a true history of the original owners of our 
domain, the red man and his progenitors. For this we depend on 
no schedule of official documents, no contemporary letters, no 
diaries or other evidence of events as they seemed to the lookers-on; 
but rather by every means within our control to interpret the 
assembled relics of the workmanship of these people, from which a 
comprehending mind may draw the picture of their civilization from 
the material objects necessary to its development. — 

i The State Museum has not yet succeeded in reaching the 
objective laid out for it by the statute expressing the purpose of the 
citizens. Here lies a duty unfulfilled; one which it would seem must 
wait upon a better comprehension of the influence of the Museum on 
the cultural interests of the people and the exaltation of such functions 
to at least an equivalent plane to those of commerce and industry. 
The statute of the State has called for a Museum laid out on 
broadest lines, wherein may be brought together not alone a panorama 
of her natural resources but in addition thereto, a visible record 
of. the history of the civic State, of the gradual development of 
its agricultural procedures, of its arts and industries and of its art. 
Of these, Science, the creation and display of orderly knowledge, 
is now alone the recipient of the State’s patronage. What has been 
done for the natural resources of the State remains yet to be done 
for history, industry, agriculture and art. The State Museum 
indulges in no fads, it experiments with no popular or passing fancies 
in science. It seeks to invest the slender provision made for its 
service in ways that serve best and without waste, and that experi- 
ence has certified. Doubtless in so imperial a State as this, its 


10 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


own dignity is impaired in failing yet to recognize the full competency 
of these functions. No state has lived long or taken a high place 
in the development of civilization which has put aside these things 
as trivial. It stands to the credit of New York that she has done 
well in comparison with her sister states, but she stands far behind 
the older communities of the world in the deference she pays and 
the sacrifice she makes at this altar of intellectual life. 

2 A troublesome misconception exists as to the title of the Museum, 
which in no small measure can not fail to influence the provision 
made for its maintenance. By statute the institution is the State 
Museum (Education Law, section 53). By Regents rule which 
has the effect of statute it is also the Science Department. The 
former term may imply the visible side of it, but the latter was 
expressly intended to specify the work of scientific investigation 
and publication. In service to the people the latter function is 
by far the more important, but nevertheless it is the former that is 
the term in common use and by this very fact conveys too often the 
idea that the institution is represented solely by a collection of 
material objects. Notwithstanding this misuse which is attended 
with danger to the Museum, it is not well to change the title. The 
trouble here lies in a disorderly use of the word museum. A museum 
is not a collection of material objects of special or exceptional 
interest. In its correct application the word means (and was so 
used when this Museum was established) a center of knowledge 
exemplified by specific objects and a fountain of new knowledge 
derived from investigation; and it is this comprehensive sense that 
the word still conveys in connection with all the great museums of 
the world. 

3 The State Museum has acquired an established reputation 
among the people as the proper depository for objects of scientific 
interest, so far as they pertain to this State; gradually it is being 
recognized as a suitable resting place of objects of purely historical 
interest relating to our civic history and our agricultural develop- 
ment. Considerable accessions have lately been made of such objects 
and these will form the nucleus of the larger museum to come. 

4 Itisa first duty of the Museum to keep the citizens of the State 
informed as to the actual and potential natural resources of the 
Commonwealth. The mineral resources are immense; the people 
have a right to exact official knowledge of them, of their chances of 
further development and production. The agricultural interests 
of the State are of primary moment, an original source of livelihood; 
the people have a right to every safeguard which can be thrown 
about the crop production; to know their insect enemies and how to 


— 


cen ee eee ee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1I920—2I II 


fight them, how to combat insidious plant diseases; they are to be 
encouraged to recognize the vast aid rendered to agriculture by 
the activities of the birds, and the intelligent cultivator of the soil 
will care to know the relation of all the lesser animals to the operations 
of the farm. In prosecuting investigations of the insects and their 
habits, determining those that are vicious toward human interests, 
and the procedures effective in checking their ravages; in claiming 
protection for those that are friends to man; in seeking methods to 
control disease-creating plants; in many other lines of investigation 
of living nature, the scientific staff of the Museum render a daily 
service. Menaces to these great community interests must be fore- 
seen and anticipated. Associated departments of state government 
with larger police power must be warned and advised in impending 
danger. Issues at court must be determined with exact knowledge; 
individual enterprises which may make for profit or for’ loss are to 
be so advised that they may not take the wrong path. 

The people are also entitled to knowledge of the rock foundation 
of the State, its geological structure, the source of its underground 
wealth as well as of its soils, so exact as to require the most careful 
delineation and classification of the rock strata on maps, charts, 
and sections. As such work can be executed only by an accurate 
analysis of the contents and composition of these rock strata, 
mineral and organic, that is by the chemical and mineral structure 
of the rocks and the nature of the fossils they contain, all such 
necessary investigations have a direct bearing on the understanding 
of our natural resources and on the welfare of the people. 

There is a further and higher relation to the welfare of the State 
in these studies of the fossil contents of the rocks; less tangible 
perhaps in direct application, but of first order of merit in their 
relation to intellectual progress. Two-thirds of the area of New York 
is underlain by rocks which carry the records of the life of the earth 
which preceded by vast ages the life of the present. They hold 
the ancestral stock of existing life and only by a comprehension 
of these early forms of life in their simpler expression can we fully 
grasp the modes and procedures of development which have led 
to the more complicated and higher life of today. 

5 It is obvious that such activities as are above indicated can not 


7 


be given their full value or the results be made of service to the. 


State unless they are published. These results are the property 
of the State which has stood sponsor for them. It is not fair to 
the people that they should be given to the public through technical 
or scientific journals of limited circulation, even were this often 
practicable. Gravely inadequate provision is now made for such 


‘ 


12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


general publication of the results and investigations; much less than 
was formerly done. As a consequence, important scientific manu- 
scripts have accumulated until the publication of work done has 
fallen far into arrears. This is a regrettable condition, one hard 
to justify in view of the uninterrupted activities of the scientific 
staff, and one which ought to be corrected by provision of adequate 
printing funds. 

6 The exhibition halls of the State Museum have reached their 


limit of expansion. Only the vertical walls remain available for — 


increase of exhibits and these are of little use. A progressive 
scientific museum, with behind it a slowly developing plan for a 
general museum, would of necessity soon overpass the very limited 
quarters allotted to it in the Education Building. Could this 
building be enlarged by carrying it along the Hawk and Elk street 
fronts, sufficient additional space would be provided to meet the 
demand of growth for perhaps a generation, doubtless with needed 
relief to overcrowded departments elsewhere in the building. But 
it is beyond question that such relief of pressure is not the correct 
solution of its present and future requirements. The Museum 
should have its own independent building and equipment. It 
requires offices, workshops and laboratories, it must have large 
storage space, corridors and extensive exhibition halls. Until it 
gets these it will be far from attaining the purpose of the statute 
or affording the service contemplated by it. The question is not 
whether such independent museum building is to come, but how 
soon it willcome. The need for it plainly existed when the Education 
Building was constructed, and this need is all the more felt now 
by the fact that should the Museum vacate the Education Building 
soon, great relief would be afforded to the other departments in the 
building —a relief which might avoid expense in the provision 
of additional quarters for these departments. The Director of 
the Museum has, by invitation, appeared before the Roosevelt 
Memorial Commission created by the Legislature, and presented 
to them effective reasons for regarding a new State Museum building 
a suitable memorial to the late Colonel Roosevelt; not alone for the 
pressing reasons stated above, but added thereto the additional 
fact of Colonel Roosevelt’s intimate interest in such affairs of public 


. concern as the Museum is engaged with, and his personal contact 


with it, not only during his term as Governor of the State, but 
especially by his extraordinary and impressive address made at the 
formal rededication of the present Museum, which was the last of 
his great speeches. It is felt that this suggestion is entitled to support 
and will receive full consideration by the commission. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I 13 


Present active functions of the Museum. With advancing growth 
and the passage of time the functions of the Museum become broader 
and more diversified, in response to the natural and obvious growth 
of intellectual and industrial concerns of the State. 

1 The Geological Survey. This is a continuing activity. It 
embraces (a) the progressive operations in the perfection of the 
geological map of the State on the topographic scale of 1 mile to the 
inch. Nearly one-half of the 50,o00 square miles which constitute 
the area of the State has been surveyed on this large base scale, 


though not all these maps have been published. Work on such 


dimensions gives room for and requires a high refinement of field 


: 
4 
a 
ay \ 
: 


work and laboratory determinations. 


topographic quadrangles which 
out and printed: 


Following is a list of the 
have been geologically worked 


*Albion *Luzerne 
Albany *Lyon Mountain 
Alexandria Bay *Medina 
Amsterdam Mooers 
Attica Mount Marcy 
Auburn North Creek 

*Ausable Nunda 

*Batavia *Oak Orchard 

*Berne Ogdensburg 
Blue Mountain *Olcott 
Brier Hill Olean 
Broadalbin . Ontario Beach 

*Brockport } Oyster Bay 
Buffalo Ovid 

*Caledonia | Paradox Lake 
Canandaigua , Portage 
Canton - Port Henry 
Cape Vincent | Port Leyden 
Clayton Poughkeepsie 
Cohoes * Penn Yan 
Depew *Phelps 

*Eden Red Mills 

_ Elizabethtown Remsen 
Elmira | *Ridgeway 
Geneva Rochester 
Genoa *Russell 

*Glens Falls | Salamanca 

*Gouverneur Saratoga 
Grindstone _ Schroon Lake 

*Hamlin Schuylerville 
Hammondsport *Silver Creek 
Hempstead Syracuse 
Honeoye is Theresa 

*Lake Bonaparte *Tonawanda > 
Lake Placid Tully 
Lake Pleasant Watkins 
Little Falls Wayland 

*Lockport West Point 
Long Lake *Wilson 

*Lowville 


* Those marked with a star (*) are not yet printed. 


14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The latest of these maps to be published with accompanying de- 
tailed account of the areal and structural geology are the Mount 
Marcy and the West Point quadrangles, the former by Prof. James 
F. Kemp, the latter by Dr Charles P. Berkey and Marion Rice. Both 
are important as covering areas of special public interest, the one 
embracing much of the area of the Tahawus region or the so-called 
‘Victory Park,’ the other including the location of the site and 
vicinity of the United States Military Academy and which it is 
believed will be helpful to its students in affording means of instruc- 
tion in the application of geology to the arts of war. This map was 
begun during the late war with this very end in view and as a part 
of the activities of this State in connection with the National 
Research Council’s War Committee on Geology. This survey has 
been very skilfully executed and constitutes an important addition 
to the geology of the State, as the area covered is one of complex 
structures difficult of resolution. 

Additional studies of the complicated Adirondack and the Highland 
regions are in progress. A report on the Ausable quadrangle is 
in press, and continuous investigations in route on the sedimentary 
rocks of central New York and the Hudson valley. An effort is 
being made to establish a reasonable subdivision of the Catskill 
formation in the Catskill mountains and to determine if a division 
of this massive into its Devonian and Carboniferous elements is 
practicable. The factors and effects of glacial flow and postglacial 
drainage over the southern tier of counties are engaging active 
attention. 

In the 7ndustrial applications of the science constant contact 
is maintained with all active operations and advice and counsel 
given freely in a great variety of mining and quarry adventures. 
The mineral industry of the State is not only highly varied but it 
increases rapidly in variety. While its magnitude is impressive, 
its variety is a more striking feature of the industry as a 
whole. A very large capital is involved in the mineral production 
and manufacture, and for the benefit of this industry as well as for 
the general information of the public, the Museum has just issued a 
comprehensive report entitled ‘‘ The Mineral Industry of New York,” 
which is the first general treatise on this theme since the publication 
of Lewis C. Beck’s “ Mineralogy of New York,”’ issued in 1843. 
This will serve as a statement of the present development of the 
mining industry in this State and a succinct compendium of our 
knowledge of the subject. Investigations also continue in speciay 


eee aS ge a 


‘eo 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920—2I1 I5 


industrial fields, as with iron, gypsum and salt, from which separate 


reports may be expected, but we here specially desire to emphasize. 

The petroleum problems of this State. The producing oil fields 
of New York comprise some 70,000 acres, mostly in the counties of 
Allegany and Cattaraugus, but with small areas in the western part 
of Steuben. These fields have produced oil continuously for a 
period of more than 4o years. During the last 20 years there 
has been but little development of new territory, nearly all the new 
wells having been drilled in the established oil pools between other 
wells. It is not likely that the present bounds of the pools will 
ever be much extended, their limits having been pretty well 
established by border drilling. At present there are about 13,000 
producing oil wells in the State. The period of greatest activity 
was in the early eighties when the production amounted to over 
5,000,000 barrels annually. Luring the last 30 years there has been 
a gradual decline in the production which has, however, averaged 
more than 1,000,000 barrels annually. For 1920 the production 
will be over 900,000 barrels, an increase in output over the annual 
output-of several years preceding. The maintenance of the output 
at such an even rate for such a long period reflects much credit to 
the producers for their policy of conservation and economy. ‘The 
force of the above statement can be best comprehended when it 
is understood that the average production a well is less than one- 
fourth of a barrel daily. The wells, although small, have a longer 
life than in most other fields, and a few wells have produced for a 
period of over 40 years and a large number continuously for a period 
of more than 30 years, but each year with a decrease in the amount 
of oil pumped. 

From the small daily production credited to most of the wells it 
is evident that in the near future most of them would have to be 
abandoned on account of being no longer profitable, unless some 
method be employed to increase the productiveness of the wells. 
With the continued use of the method employed for many years for 
obtaining oil it is estimated that the total future production in 
the State would not exceed 20,000,000 barrels. It is well known 
that in any oil field when a well is abandoned but a small percentage 
of the oil in the pores of the oil-bearing sand drained by the well 
has been obtained. This is due mainly to reduced pressure caused 
by the loss of confined gases which, during the productive period 
of the well, were active agents in forcing the oil through the pores 
of the sand to the bottom of the well. The amount of oil left in the 
sands of the New York fields after the abandonment of the wells 


16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


is probably as much as 80 per cent. In other words, not over 20 
per cent of the total amount of oil contained in the sands is recover- 
able by methods heretofore in common use. 

In order to recover part of the oil that is left in the sand when the 
wells can no longer be profitably operated by the old method of 
pumping, another method is being introduced for increasing the 
production of oil wells, known as restored pressure or “‘ flooding.” 
This method is not successful in all oil fields, but the oil sands of 
New York and northern Pennsylvania lend themselves more 
successfully to extraction of oil by flooding than any other known 
oil pools. 

Briefly the method of obtaining oil through restored pressure is 
as follows: 

Water is introduced into a well and by reason of the hydrostatic 
pressure thus established by the water, the oil is forced away in 
advance of the slowly moving water from the bottom of the well, 
thus creating an oil flood. Wells are drilled in advance of the oil 
flood which continue to produce until they are reached by the water 
flood, after which, unless they are subjected to cross and reversed 
flooding, they function only as pressure wells forcing the oil beyond 
into an ever increasing area where new wells are drilled to obtain 
the flood oil. 

This new method of obtaining oil by restored pressure is not with- 
out its problems, for flooding is a new business venture and probably 
less than 5 per cent of the New York fields have been subjected 
to this process of extracting oil. Floods travel slowly, depending 
mainly on the pressure applied and the porosity of the oil sands. 
The average progress of a flood varies from 50 to 200 feet a year. 
Although gratifying results have been obtained from the areas 
already flooded there are grave dangers of costly mistakes 
unless scientific studies are made of the best methods of 
applying the flood. Such studies should include the spacing of 
the wells, because there are many factors which determine the proper 
number of wells in a given area. It is evident that the operator 
desires to obtain the maximum amount of recoverable oil with the 
fewest number of wells possible. At present the number of wells 
an acre in flooded territory varies from two or three to as many as 
ten in exceptional areas. The proper number of wells to drill on 
various leases will of course vary with local conditions. These 
local conditions will involve a study of well logs, dips, domes, 
anticlines and other clinal structures, the depth of wells, thickness 
of sands, rate of movement, direction and control of floods, pressure 


a a eee I ei 


S 
LNT EW EOIN NER Fat Bat oer 


——————e ee hn nt REN NO RG OES NOT AA OR AA 5 Pg MAREN IETS SOARES eee pm nlin recta ment RAE EE = RENTER IEE Ue OR EN SND FURST NIRA AND ONE I TI te NER ERT 


DRONE ETE TAIRA tiem te Det erie, SE LANE: GLEE LLL LED DER LLNS LIL LOVEE LEI E AN LILLE ELD LLC IE EDGE RTA 


DOOL. 


_. 


: 
MADISON HILL 


°e WELLSVILLE 


| i THESE POOLS ARE 13 @. 


: | | a ESHER snowy, 

| MAP SHOWING LOCATION Loree > a | 

HUMPHREY a 
CHIPMONK,,., =] POOL a4 OIL POOLS oe WARD | ALFRED HARTSVILLE 
ae | SCIO = ee San ieee 
STRAY SAND { ae, 
(TT | ROOLS* oS oi 
ne ‘oe 1 ———— ANDOVER 

ULL 


CLARKSVILLE 


] 
3) POOL 
SCIO Sen = *ANDOVER fe 
| 
| 


VARIOUS SANDS 
3", 4™ PENNEY 
FULMER VALLEY 
WAUGH + PORTE 


| 
| 
| 
| 
SS : : 
SECOND SAND [MSANY | ee ee 
|! 
| 
| 
| 
| 
! 
| 
| 


| 
| | 
ISON HILL 
emailer ee ee POOL WIRT a POOL. ANDOVIEIR 

BY BROKEN Lines | CARROLLTON cuneate | = ciikercateae — 

| I ° WELLSVILLE | Cass cae 

PORTVILLE | oe 

RED HOUSE SVIL 


a fice 


ie ° 
a y MUA 
OA Ee | . if 
BROOK YA ALMA POpL 
POOL Ef j i 
\ Se | OLA 2) 
=| 7, 


MARSH 
POTTER POOL 
MERVINE 


| 
| 
ae jj | POOL 
| | 
— | WILLING INDEPENDENCE] WIEST UNION 
RED HOUSE | | 
POOLS} GENESEE | | ; 
| 
. | | uber STEUBEN_ COUNTY 


STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA 


: 7, > fp 


t 

a il 
ed 

’ 

¥ 

¢ 


ae 


ETS EPO ary te’ MEET ig ne 


AOT ULIORAAS 


aR TOI ea NA 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I 1074 


to be applied, specific gravity and viscosity of the oils, porosity of 
the sands and normal, cross and reversed flooding, probable oil 
content and possible percentage recovery of oil from the sands. 

Among other studies that should be made is the possibility of 
practical application of the use of natural gas and air which can be in- 
troduced into wells under pressure and which produce effects similar 
to those of water flooding. Concentrating the oil by air or natural 
gas must be accomplished before the introduction of water floods, for 
water floods when used leave the oil not obtained by this method 
practically irrecoverable. The use of air and natural gas for restoring 
pressure in the New York oil pools has not met with any marked 
degree of favor among the oil men as the air used frequently mixes 
with the natural gas and spoils it for commercial purposes. A 
more extended use of natural gas would be made were it not for the 
scarcity of natural gas, which is needed either directly or indirectly 
to run the pumps. The fact that natural gas from which gasoline 
has been extracted can be used to give increased pressure when 
forced into an oil well and that the gas so used is made richer as a 
result of passing through the gas and oil sands, should encourage 
further attempts with natural gas for restoring pressure in oil wells, 
with the ultimate recovery of the gas so used. However desirable 
from the point of view of greatest possible recovery of oil by use 
of air or natural gas preliminary to water flooding, it appears probable 
that only flooding by water will be used extensively in the New York 
oil fields. The correct application of the principle of scientific 
flooding is greatly desired by the oil producers. Not enough of the 
area has been flooded, and so not enough experience has been gained 
by the oil producers to guide them as to how they should best conduct 
future operations. In line with their past policy of caution and 
economy they are asking when and how they should flood so as to 
produce the best results and the greatest amount of oil from the oil 
sands. 

In order to avoid dangers from loss of oil through careless or ill- 
advised flooding and to apply the best scientific methods for the 
recovery of the oil, the producers have asked that a scientific study 
be made of the New York oil fields. This is a matter that not only 
concerns the oil producers but it is of vital importance to all the people 
of the State that the best scientific methods be employed in the 
oil fields to insure the recovery of the largest possible amount of 
oil from the pools in our State. A resolution asking state aid was 
introduced and adopted at the annual meeting of the New York 


18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


State Oil Producers Association held at Olean, September 21, 1921. 
The resolution is as follows: 

Whereas, We believe that all the petroleum resources in the Allegany county 
and Cattaraugus county oil fields of southwestern New York contain millions 
of barrels of oil yet in the ground which can be profitably produced if the best 
scientific methods of restoring pressure are adopted; and whereas, our oil pro- 
ducers need geologic knowledge to assist in such production to prevent waste; 

Resolved: That the New York State Oil Producers Association, representing 
more than 1000 small producers, through its officers, petition the Director of 
the New York State Geologic Survey to make a geologic survey of the Allegany 
and Cattaraugus oil fields; and, if possible, to do the work during 1922 so that 
we may gain geologic knowledge while we most need it. 

This resolution was favorably acted upon September 22, 1921, by 
the Regents of the University and a request was made by the Director 
through the State Board of Estimate and Control, that an appro- 
priation be granted by the State Legislature, which is now in session, 
for the purpose of carrying out a geologic survey of the oil fields of 
the State. Of the important oil areas of. the State only the Chipmonk 
pool, whose productive sand is higher in the series, being above the 
Bradford or Richburg sand of the other pools, is regarded by many 
producers as not being capable of being flooded successfully. The re- 
maining areas which can be successfully flooded, excluding certain 
portions in the Bradford and Richburg pools, comprise about 60,000 
acres. The results thus far obtained by the use of restored pressure or 
flooding are most gratifying. Certain leases have reported a produc- 
tion from 2000 to over 5000 barrels per acre from areas that were 
practically exhausted under the old method of operating. Theoreti- 
cally an acre of fully saturated sand one foot thick with a porosity of 
10 will contain 775 barrels of oil. The thickness of the oil sands which 
can be flooded in New York State vary from a few feet to over 50 feet 
and a fair average for the fields to be flooded is 20 feet. ‘The 
porosity of the New York oil sands ranges from 10 to 18. Assum- 
ing the lower figure for porosity and the thickness of sand as 20 
feet, the oil content of an acre is over 14,000 barrels. 

Many estimates have been made of the probable amount of oil 
that has been left in the sands after they are regarded as exhausted 
by the old methods of production. The usual estimates have placed 
the amount not recovered between 80 and go per cent. The amount 
of oil left in the sand that can be recovered by restored pressure or 
flooding is not readily determinable. Aside from theoretical 
considerations, practical results in the field seem to show that more 
oil can be obtained by flooding than has been obtained from leases 
that have become exhausted by the old method of operation. The 
past and future production of oil in New York by the old method 


. 
; 


en SS 


— 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 19 
of operation will total around 90,000,000 barrels and it is believed 
that a like amount additional can be obtained through the use of. 
restored pressure or flooding. 

(Statement prepared by C. A. HarTNAGEL) 


The staff of the State Geologist, permanent and temporary, en- 
gaged in the solution of such problems as have here been indicated is 
as follows: 

R. Ruedemann. Occupied with studies on the fauna of the 
Lorraine and other earlier formations of the Capitol District and 
the areal rock survey of the Albany-Berne quadrangle. 

C. A. Hartnagel. On the geology of the Clinton group and the 
various phases of industrial geology. 

D. H. Newland. A former member of the staff. On the problems 
of salt and gypsum. 

Winifred Goldring. On the study of paleobotany, the ancient 
plant growth of the State. 

Charles P. Berkey. On the areal survey of the West Point, the 
Tarrytown and Schunnemunk quadrangles and their problems, in 
which he has had associated with him Marion Rice and F. Holz- 
wasser. 

R. J. Colony. On the iron regions of southeastern New York. 

James F. Kemp. On the areal geology of the Mount Marcy 
and Ausable quadrangles with which he has been discontinuously 
engaged for several years. 

William J. Miller. On surveys and problems in Adirondack 
geology, in which field he has recently completed the Blue Mountain 
Lake, Russell and Luzerne quadrangles and is now engaged with 
the Gloversville quadrangle. 

O. D. von Engeln. Specially concerned with the determination 
and interpretation of glacial and postglacial drainage phenomena 
in southern New York. 

H. L. Fairchild, who continues his long service to the State in 
the present study of the evolutionary history of the Susquehanna 
river. 

Harold L. Alling. Engaged with problems of precision in optical 
geology pertaining specially to secondary changes in rocks. 

J. J. Galloway. Provisionally Coeiney with the study of the 
Catskill mountains. 

William L. Russell. Occupied with the collection of statistical 
reports on the petroleum industry of the State. 

John H. Cook. In continuation of studies of the postglacial 
geology of the Albany region. 


20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Contributory to the foregoing studies are the important researches 
which pertain to the past life of the earth. In this department 
advances of high significance have been made. 

Fossil trees of Gilboa. Inthe Devonian period of our development 
the continental land lay off to the east of the Catskills, extending 
far into the present area of the Atlantic. The present Catskill 
mountains were then the low shore of a shallow sea lying at the west, 
covering the interior of the State and country and receiving the heavy 
drainage from the eastern land mass. That lost land of the east 
was wooded with a primitive vegetation, and its westerly rivers 
brought down the debris of this woodland and scattered its remains, 
its stems and leaves, through its vast delta and shore deposits. It 
is the lower or earlier part of the Catskill terrane that.shows most 
abundantly this close intermixture of terrestrial and marine condi- 
tions; the earliest of the fresh-water mussels which burrowed in the 
sands of the river mouths; the forest growth carried at times by the 
river and coast currents far out among the marine deposits and 
mingled with the animal remains of the salt sea. Perhaps nowhere 
else in the known records of the rocks is there such an extraordinary 
accumulation of the land flora of this geological age as in these sands 
which underlie the slopes of the Catskills westward into the Allegany 
plateau. Along the unstable coasts of those days a forest growth 
of trees of most primitive character, still not understood, grew thick 
and to notable heights of 20 to 4o feet, spreading down to the water’s 
edge. By occasional submergence of the coast these trees were 
carried beneath the water and the sediments piled up about their 
bases. The rising of the land again lifted the coastal forest out 
of the sea. Thus we have found these remains of the buried forests, 
standing as erect stumps in the rock beds, just as they grew. The 
first evidence we had of these most ancient of all forests was developed 
some 50 years ago by a heavy washout in the upper reaches of the 
Schoharie creek at Gilboa. Nothing more was heard of them 
until 31897 when Prosser of this survey reported finding, 
at a higher horizon, several small specimens lying loose 
by the roadside at the Manorkill falls over a mile above Gilboa. 
With the beginning of the present operations at Gilboa and vicinity 
in the construction of a dam for a reservoir of Schoharie water to 
swell the supply for the New York City water system, it was deemed 
advisable again to visit the region in the hope of finding more 
specimens and to determine whether the localities where the forest 
stumps had been found would be under water as a result of the 
creation of the artificial lake. In 1920 no specimens were found 


Jopun ysnf aes St paq oleys oy, 
ayeys uly} & UO poyser sduin4ys oy, 


“yoxon pepeoy sty 
‘9U0jS WOISUSUIIp Jo SIaAV] Of} JO 9UO OJUT premdn popuszxo pue 
"JOAST OOF 096 oj} 72 PUNO; oroM sduinys oy} o1oyM voq[ry ye Asrend) 


“uINesnyy 
9724S oY} Ul MOU ore OST, “OAT 4OOF 096 oY} Wor voqi4y ye Arzenb oy} wor sduimys [Isso] au0g 


Paleontological difficulties. An auto truck with 3 tons of fossil trees has fallen 
through a bridge over the Breakabeen Creek. 


ed a 


=f 


—" 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—21 21 
at the original locality but at the Manorkill, 6400 feet south, 
several tree trunks were found in place by the side of the road near 
the bridge over Manorkill falls. Five specimens were taken from 
this site and they constitute the highest horizon in which these 
stumps have been found. The elevation here is 1120 feet above 
tide and 100 feet higher than the old locality at Gilboa. When 
the Gilboa reservoir becomes filled the flow line will be a few feet above 
this spot. In 1921 the old locality, which is directly at the spot 
where the dam is being built, was again uncovered and seven trees 
were found, some of which were too badly broken to permit removal. 
One of the specimens taken weighs nearly a ton and has a circum- 
ference of nearly 12 feet. The elevation of this horizon is 1020 
feet. 

From a new quarry, 2300 feet north of the old locality and at 
a horizon 60 feet lower, a remarkable series of excellent specimens 
was taken. This quarry was opened for the purpose of obtaining 
dimension stone to be used in the construction of the dam. From 
an area 50 feet square, eighteen specimens were obtained. Inall three 
horizons where the stumps have been found their bases rest upon 
shale and in each case the trunk has been found upright extending 
into the coarse sandstone above. The thickness of the shale bed 
varies from 6 inches to as much as 2 feet. It is worth noting, 
however, that at the lowest horizon the trees were most abundant 
at a place in the quarry where the shale was only 6 inches thick. 
Although most of them have been confined to the three horizons 
mentioned, others are occasionally found at other levels. In the 
lower quarry a small stump is reported to have been found 6 feet 
above the shale layer on which most of the stumps rested. A single 
specimen was observed in this quarry 12 feet above the main layer. 
The stump was a small one a foot in diameter. Its position was 
upright and at its base was a layer of black shale one inch thick. 
Five feet from the stump the black shale entirely disappeared and 
there was actually no division line in the sandstone. It is possible 
that this specimen may have drifted and settled in its upright position. 
The presence, however, of the thin bed of shale once dark mud, 
limited to the vicinity of the stump, suggests that it was actually 
its place of growth. The only other example of a stump not 
occurring in one of the three main horizons is one from the middle 
or old locality where a specimen was obtained 6 feet above the shale 
band on which rested the other stumps that were found. 

The geologic horizon of the occurrence of the Gilboa tree trunks 
is apparently that of the Ithaca formation. No red beds char- 


22 ° NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


acteristic of the Oneonta are found as low as any of the horizons 
containing tree trunks. At the Manorkill, red beds characteristic 
of the Oneonta are shown just a few feet above the locality for the 
tree stumps at the Manorkill. It is apparent, however, from 
collections made at a higher horizon at the intake of the tunnel 
4 miles to the south that here the Ithaca fauna prevails and we 
have an intermingling of Ithaca and Oneonta sediments. The 
presence of the fresh-water unio Amnigenia catskillensis 
in a massive sandstone 14 miles northeast of Gilboa and some 600 
feet above the river at Gilboa clearly indicates that the horizon of 
this shell is above the tree trunks found at Gilboa. The presence 
also of an Ithaca fauna on the hillsides above Gilboa indicates that 
we have an interfingering of the Oneonta and Ithaca sediments. 
This gives us the record of three distinct horizons for the occurrence 
of these Devonian trees. The geological record is that of three 
distinct submergences of the land which brought the forest growth 
down into the water and at least three corresponding elevations of 
this forest-covered land beyond the reach of the water. The total 
number of these tree stumps thus far collected, excluding those 
destroyed in quarrying operations, including those of the first and 
earlier series, is thirty-five, and all those of the later series the Museum 
owes to the courtesy of the Commissioners of the New York Board 
of Water Supply and of Mr J. Waldo Smith, chief engineer, who 
decided that with the exception of a single specimen presented to 
the American Museum of Natural History, the emphatic and 
impressive effect of this most extraordinary occurrence should not 
be lessened by any further dispersion of these relics. The State 
Museum therefore possesses practically the entire record of this 
phenomenon, and the effort has been made this year to restore the 
occurrence in the form of an exhibit in the central hall of the Museum. 
Unfortunately this restoration was made when but two tiers of the 
trees had been uncovered, so that while it is incomplete in effect, 
it serves an admirable purpose in elucidating the mode of occurrence 
of these ancient forests. What these trees were, how related to 
present and ancient vegetation, is still a mystery —one of the 
problems to be solved. . 
Further restorations of fossil invertebrates. The Museum has 
installed several exhibits showing the sea bottom of various periods 
in the geological history of the State. These have proved the most 
effective means of visualizing the life of the Great Past as they 
rehabilitate the creatures of the ancient seas in accordance with our 
best understanding of their structure. They are in all cases the 


‘qooj F x 4o0z g dnois oy} Jo ezig = “pueyoreyy 1ueP Aq o[qissod souUeW SuToRxXe ysoW ou} Ut 
Jno 7YysSnoiM AToYVOIJsp Useq CACY SUOTZEIOJSOI OY, “OAVO OUTIUIGNS B UI UMOYS oJeY OIE SoNyRaIO JnJoorIs asoyy JO soroads yuoJsoF 
“fp uso “AN ‘VEO JO AjrturorA oy} ur syoor ueTUOAN Jeddyq sy} woz soSsuods sses8 [Issoz jo suor}e104S01 jo dnois suissiy ou 


Devonian glass sponge 
OZOSPONGIA JOHNSTONTI Clarke 


Devonian glass sponge 
ARMSTRONGIA ORYX Clarke 


Devonian glass sponge 
HYDNOCERAS MULTINODOSUM Hall & Clarke 


Devonian glass sponge 
HYDNOCERAS WALCOTTI Clarke 


Devonian glass sponge 
THYiISANODICTYA HERMENIA Hall & Clarke 


Devonian glass sponge 
BOTRYODICTYA RAMOSA (Lesquereux) 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 23 


renditions of the accomplished artist based on the studies of com- 
parative anatomy which the department has carried out. Four of 
these have now been constructed, namely 


1 Showing the Eurypterids of the Silurian period. 

2 The assemblage of marine animals constituting in part the fauna 
of the Portage (Upper Devonian) formation. 

3 The fauna of the Helderberg period. 


The 4th has just been constructed and completed. It represents 
a submarine colony of the extinct glass sponges in extraordinary 
variety and beauty of coloring, as they are believed to have lived 
and looked in the waters of the Chemung (Upper Devonian) period — 
an exemplification of the remarkable plantations of these creatures 
which in their day covered the sea bottoms of Cattaraugus, Allegany 
and Chautauqua counties. This group has been constructed by 
Henri Marchand of the Museum staff and is a gift from Mrs Frank 
W. Higgins of Olean, as a memorial of her husband, the late Gov- 
ernor Higgins, during whose term of office and with whose official 
aid the construction of the present halls of the State Museum was 
provided for. 

Museum reservations. The Museum controls four parcels of real 
estate which have been taken over for preservation, through the 
generosity of its friends, because of their features of extraordinary 
scientific interest. They are 


1 The Cryptozoon Ledge or Lester Park, in the town of Greenfield, 
near Saratoga Springs. 

2 Stark’s Knob Volcano, at Stark’s Knob Station 2 miles north of 
Schuylerville. 

3 Clark Reservation, near Jamesville, Onondaga county. 

4 Squaw Island, in Canandaigua lake. 


Such care and wardenship as can be given to these reservations 
is at the cost of the general maintenance fund of the Museum. 
Since the acquisition of these interesting properties the committees 
of the Legislature have taken the attitude that special provision for 
their maintenance shall not be made, an attitude that is illiberal 
and out of harmony with the traditions of the State, as well as 
discouraging to the effort which, in a State so great as this, should 
be continuously made to preserve from destruction its spots of 
scientific and educative value. Could some proper guaranty of 
adequate care have been given, an area of some acres at and about 
the falls of the Chittenango creek, notable for its geological and 
botanical interest, as well as for its scenic beauty, would probably 


24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


by this time have been added to these reservations; and with any- 
thing like an appreciative response, there would before this have 
been annexed to the State Museum the remarkable Aboriginal 
Flint Quarries which have been described elsewhere in this report 
by the archeologist. 

A special examination by W. Goldring, of the Pleistocene or 
Postglacial fossils in the Lake Champlain and St Lawrence valley 
clays, has led to the noteworthy conclusion that the changes in 
these faunas southward from the St Lawrence area through the 
Lake Champlain area indicate a gradual freshening of the sea in 
that direction. The discussion of this interesting evidence is set 
forth in a paper appended to this report. 


GIFTS 
TO THE GEOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT 
Mrs Frank W. Higgins, Olean, N. Y. 


A restoration of a group of fossil glass sponges as they grew in 
the Chemung rocks in the vicinity of Olean, N. Y. An account of 
this group is given in the preceding pages. 

Emerson McMillin, New York City 

The Temple Hill mastodon, a nearly complete skeleton of a rather 
large-sized animal found on the farm of Antonio Fishera. This is 
the third skeleton in order of completeness, out of more than 100 ° 
records of occurrence, that has been found in the State. 

Prof. Gilbert D. Harris, Ithaca, N. Y. 

A specimen of a fossil glass sponge from the Chemung rocks 
south of Ripley, Chautauqua county, and given in the name of Mrs 
H. A. Burton. This is a fine fragment of a gigantic individual of 
the genus Ceratodictya, by far the largest Soar of a fossil 
dictyosponge known. 

J. Waldo Smith C. E., and the Commissioners of the New York Cutty. 
Board of Water tt ary 

An extensive series of fossil trees found in excavations for the 
reservoir of the Catskill aqueduct at Gilboa, Schoharie county. 
Some account of this is given in the preceding pages. 

Prof. Thomas Johnson, Royal College of Science, Dublin 

Fossil plants from the Upper Devonian, Kiltorkan, County 

Kilkenny, Ireland. 
Dr W. A. Parks, University of Toronto 
Slabs of fossil plants from the Belly river formation. 


A portion of a slab covered with specimens of an undescribed Receptaculites, 
fossil iron ore, one mile southwest of Verona Station, Oneida County. T 
of over 2 inches. 


oe 
-) —_— 


Lg any 


y 


— 
$ 
{ 
Ps i 


A portion of a slab covered with specimens of an undescribed Receptaculites, from the Clinton green shale 15 feet below the upper or 
fossil iron ore, one mile southwest of Verona Station, Oneida County. The largest individual shown in the picture has a diameter 


of over 2 inch 


1 hp 


oA De ads US SE 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q20—21 25 


K. B. Mathes, Batavia, N. Y. 
Devonian fossils from western New York. 
W. P. Judson, Broadalbin, N. Y. 
Large example of the brachiopod Amphigenia from the Erie canal, 
Genesee street, Buffalo. 
Howard S. Scholes, Albany, N. Y. 
Devonian fossils from the vicinity of Thompson’s lake. 
Lesley W. Jones, Amsterdam, N. Y. 
Fossils from the quarry in the Amsterdam limestone. 
Dr Francis C. Nicholas, President, Maryland Academy of Sciences, 
Baltimore 
Cystids from the Keyser formation, West Virginia. 


Special collections of Devonian fossil plants made by Winifred 
Goldring, Joseph Bylancik, Vincent Ayers, D. Dana Luther and 
H. P. Woodward from the rocks in the vicinity of Gilboa, Margaret- 
ville, Walton, Cadosia, Hancock, Shinhopple, Downsville, Oxford, 
Norwich, Sidney, Monroe, Naples, Honeoye. 2100 specimens. 


STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE 
The members of the staff, permanent and temporary, of the 
Department, as at present constituted, are: 


ADMINISTRATION 


Bena Clarke Diccctos 
Jacob Van Deloo, Secretary of the Museum 
Anna M. Tolhurst, Director’s Stenographer and Secretary 


GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 


John M. Clarke, State Geologist and Paleontologist 

Chris A. Hartnagel, Assistant State Geologist, Curator of Geology 

Rudolf Ruedemann, Assistant State Paleontologist, Curator of 
Paleontology 

William L. Bryant, Honorary Custodian of Fossil Fishes 

Winifred Goldring, Associate Paleontologist 

Charles K. Cabeen, Mineralogist 

Esther K. Bender, Draftsman 

Noah T. Clarke, Scientific Technician 

H. C. Wardell, Technical Assistant 

Edith A. Lipschutz, Stenographer 

Charles P. Heidenrich, General Mechanic 


26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Stephen D. McEntee, Clerk 

John L. Casey, Custodian of Museum Collections 
William Rausch, Cabinetmaker 

Jerry Hayes, Laborer 

Floyd S. Teetsel, Laborer 


Temporary Experts 
Areal Geology 

Prof. W. J. Miller, Smith College 
Prof. W. O. Crosby, Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
Prof. Charles P. Berkey, Columbia University 
Prof. A. F. Buddington, Princeton University 
Prof. J. J. Galloway, Columbia University 
Howard A. Meyerhoff, Columbia University 


Economic Geology 


R. J. Colony, Columbia University 
W. L. Russell, New Haven, Conn. 


Geographic Geology 


Prof. Herman L. Fairchild, University of Rochester 
James H. Stoller, Union College 

John H. Cook, Albany 

O. D. von Engeln, Cornell University 


Paleontology 


Florrie Holzwasser, Columbia University 
Herbert P. Woodward, University of Rochester 


BOTANY 
Homer D. House, State Botanist 


Temporary Expert 
Helen La Force, Schenectady 


ENTOMOLOGY 
Ephraim P. Felt, State Entomologist 
D. B. Young, Assistant State Entomologist 
Margaret Felt, Stenographer 
Raymond R. Logan, Page 


The Temple Hill Mastodon found on The Temple Hill Mastodon; a temur. 
the farm of Antonio Fishera who 
is here holding the left ramus of 
the mandible showing three fully 
developed teeth. 


The Temple Hill Mastodon. View showing the character of the ground in which 
the skeleton was found. The upper layer of dark vegetable mold was under- 
lain by a bed of white calcareous tufa on which the bones were lying. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I 27 


Temporary Experts 


Hall C. Carpenter, Massachusetts Agricultural College 
William A. Hoffman, Cornell University 


ZOOLOGY 


Sherman C. Bishop, Zoologist 

Benjamin Walworth Arnold, Honorary Curator of Ornithology 
Fanny T. Hartman, Assistant to Zoologist 

Arthur Paladin, Taxidermist 


Temporary Experts 


Dr H. A. Pilsbry, Philadelphia 
Roy W. Miner, New York 


ARCHEOLOGY 
Arthur C. Parker, Archeologist 


Temporary Experts 


Everett R. Burmaster, Irving 
George Stevens, Albany 
J. D. Ray, West Coxsackie 


BOTANY 


Scientific investigations. The investigative work of the State 
Botanist during the year 1920 has been largely devoted to a study 
of the native vegetation, and its ecological relations, in several 
localities. Early in June a few days were spent at Bonaparte lake 
in northern Lewis county, in a continuation of a study of the large 
swamp, known as Bonaparte swamp. The last two weeks of July 
were spent in and about the township of Newcomb, Essex county, 
in the Adirondack mountains. A preliminary account of this 
work will be submitted later; it is proposed to continue the 
study of the vegetation of this section as a supplement to the 
‘Plants of North Elba,” by the late Doctor Peck, published as 
Bulletin 28. North Elba is located northeast of Newcomb and 
separated from it by Mount Marcy, Mount MacIntyre and other 
high mountains. The distance between the two sections is not great, 
but Newcomb is drained largely by the Hudson river, while North 
Elba is drained by the Ausable and Saranac rivers, and hence lies 
north of the divide between the Atlantic and St Lawrence basins. 
While both sections possess in general the typical Adirondack vege- 
tation, there are many minor differences in the character of plant 
life, which will be more fully elaborated through future investigations. 

During August a few days were spent at Lake Pleasant in Hamilton 
county. Other brief trips for the purpose of studying plant life 
and making collections, were made to various localities of northern, 
central and eastern New York. In September, through the kindness 
of friends interested in the wild life of northern New York, a tour 
of general reconnaissance was made which covered practically all 
the Adirondack region. 

During the season there were collected 830 specimens of ferns 
and flowering plants, and 250 specimens of fungi, mosses and lichens. 
Approximately 600 of these have been added to the state herbarium, 
as a record of the plant life of the sections studied. The other speci- 
mens, with duplicates of those added to the herbarium, have been 
disposed of in exchange with other institutions. 

Considerable progress has been made in the compilation of a 
complete flora of the State. This is now in substantially a com- 
pleted form and awaits publication. The work is fully collated with 
references to published notes from all sources relating to the vege- 

[28] 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I1 29 


tation of the State, and with citation of localities for the rarer species, 
affords a work which will prove of value to the students of plant life. 

Cooperative investigations have been carried on with Prof. John 
Dearness of London, Canada, on certain parasitic and saprophytic 
forms of fungi; and with Dr H. H. Bartlett, director of the botanic 
gardens, University of Michigan, on the native species of evening 
primrose, belonging to the genus Oéenothera. The genus Oenothera 
is classic in the study of mutation, and our native species have yielded 
most interesting material in this connection. Seeds, gathered by 
the State Botanist and by correspondents in many widely separated 
localities, were grown by Doctor Bartlett. The scientific papers 
representing the cooperative work with Doctor Bartlett and with 
Professor Dearness will be presented with the regular botanist’s 
report to be submitted later. 

Noteworthy contributions. The chief additions to the state 
herbarium during the past year in the form of contributions and 
exchange, are presented in the following list of contributors, which 
also indicates the number of specimens received from each. 

The most important contribution was the herbarium of the late 
F. E. Fenno, of Earlville, donated by Mrs Fenno. Mr Fenno 
had for many years, in addition to his duties as a teacher, been 
interested in botany, and has contributed much of value to our 
knowledge of the plant life of the State. In State Museum Bulletin 
67 (1903) he published an account of the ‘‘ Plants of the Susquehanna 
Valley and Adjacent Hills of Tioga County.’ Supplementary 
accounts to this work appear in Museum Bulletins 75 and 217-218. 


Mite Hentio,) Warlville. 2. oo ee ke eee we a IERIE. 400 
E. Bartholomew, Stockton, Kan. (exchange)............0020 eee eees 282 
Peeeemenslow, New York City. i f.5 oo. cei 6 ven ogee se atneee 62 
ee MERE POETS COlMS ick Veucaln sa Adaline ab tee ue etl ees eh tees 40 
New Vork Botanical'Garden (exchange) :........°0. S2 Shee... 23 
Miggosmaxter Rochester th. 228s lcci eae lec gee cath set oto ARs: 13 
MP IMER Ne RGCMESLCE hie Sinai pauls Aha segs. se woes 2B MB Be andor: « 10 
Nee ee aniiews, IOCHESTEE s oc ..5. 8.02 255 eva so aR sume WM Rar epee as,5'* 5 10 
Sete BO Ere Melis. WalbOni. | =. spac c ne cided actane vee new ao on oes a 4 
mE Lek AMATIyIen sy. 25 Fadl aac. yaad Se ee PO R 


Dr F. C. Stewart, Geneva; E. Bethel, Denver, Col.; George M. Pendleton, 

Sisson, Cal.; Miss G. S. Burlingham, Brooklyn; Dr L. H. Penn- 

ington, Syracuse; W. M. Beauchamp, Syracuse, each 2........... 12 
Dr G. P. Clinton, New Haven, Conn.; S. H. Burnham, Hudson Falls; 

J. A. Crabtree, Montgomery; Charles Gilbert, Honeoye; E. A. 

Eames, Buffalo; A. B. Brooks, Albany; S. N. Cowles, Otisco; Miss 

Mabel Martin, Broadalbin; Dr Emmaline Moore, Albany; Miss 

Charlotte Bogardus, Coxsackie; and Dr George M. Reed, Wash- 

legge teGiale, Di CaCO no a a Re a II 


30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Additions to the herbarium. The number of specimens which 
have been added to the herbarium from all sources during the year 
is 1471. Of these, 870 were received in exchange or as contributions 
as indicated above. The remaining 600 were collected by the 
staff in the counties of Albany, Essex, Franklin, Hamilton, Lewis, 
Madison, Oneida, Oswego, Rensselaer, Warren and Washington. 
The number of species added to the state herbarium which were not 
previously represented by specimens therein is 52. 

Identifications. The State Botanist’s office has been called upon 
to identify 260 specimens of plants, including many edible and 
poisonous fungi. These identifications were asked for by 140 
different persons. 


Ferns and Flowering Plants New to the Herbarium 


Agropyron pseudorepens Scribn. & Merr. 
Carex Frankii Kunth 
“ Hassei Bailey 
Aster persaliens Burgess 
Comandra livida Richards. 
Asclepias intermedia Vail 
Froelichia gracilis Mog. 
Ranunculus boraeanus Jordan 
Raimannia laciniata (Hill) Rose 
Linnaea americana, forma candicans House 
Sherardia arvensis L. 


Fungi New to the Herbarium 


Apospheria major Syd. 
Cercospora catenospora Atkinson 

: cerasella Sacc. 

g erythrogena Atkinson 
ferruginea Fckl. 
Lespedezae EF. & D. 

s Kalmiae EZ. & E. 
nf Lippiae EZ. & E. 
y omphalodes EZ. & H. 
vexans C. Massal 
Cercosporella aceris Dearn. & Barth. 
. trichophila Davis 
Cintractia subinclusa (Korn) Magn. 
Cladosporium citri Massee 
Chrysomyxa Weirii Jackson 
Coleosporium Plumierae Pat. 
Coniophora sistotremoides (Schw.) 

“s vellereum Ell. & Cragin 
Cylindrosporium Tradescantiae EZ. & K. 
Cytospora maclurae Ell. & Barth. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 


Colletotrichum solitarium Ell. & Barth, 
Cylindrosporium spiraeicolum E. & E. 
Diatrypella missouriensis E. & E. 
Didymaria conferta Syd. 
Doassansia opaca Setch. 
Gloeosporium ramosum E. & E. 
Gymnosporangium corniculans Kern 
Hainesia rhoina EF. & S. 
Haplosporella dulcamara D. & H. 
Hypochnus rubiginosus Bres. 
¢ subvinosus Burt © 
Melampsoridium betulae (Schum.) Arth. 
Melampsoropsis chiogenis (Dietel) Arth. 
Microdiplodia spiraeocola D. & H. 
Mycosphaerella cruris-galli (E. & K.) Dearn. 
Ovularia pulchella (Ces.) Sacc. 
Pestalozzia monochaetoidea, var. parasitica D. & H. 
Puccinia conglomerata Schum. 
“  tenuiastipes Rost. 
“ tuberculans E. & E. 
Parodiella grammodes (Kze.) Cooke 
Peniophora eichleriana Bres. 
s sera (Pers.) 
Russula davisii Burl. 
“  disparilis Burl. 
Ramularia occidentalis E. & K. 
Septoria pallidula D. & H. 
Schroeteria cissi (DC.) DeToni 
Spegazzinea rubra D. & H. 
Sphaeropsis betulae var. lutea D. & H 
- gleditschiaecolae Cooke 
a populi E. & B. 
Sphaerulina acori D. & H. 
Thecaphora trailii Cooke 
Uredo erythroxylonis Graz. 
Uromyces anthyllidis (Grev.) Schroet. 
Urocystis occulta (Wallr.) Rab. 
Ustilago levis (Kellerm. & Swingle) Magn. 


31 


ENTOMOLOGY 


The following is a brief summary of the Entomologist’s work 
and the conditions he has found in various parts of the State. More 
detailed information is given in his annual report. 

European corn borer. The activities of the past season oe 
shown a comparatively slight extension of the territory infested by 
this insect in the Schenectady area and a material increase in the 
western section, this latter due in all probability to the fact that 
there was no time in the fall of 1919 to determine fully the area 
then infested, and thus the increase recorded in the Entomologist’s 
report is more apparent than real. 

The developments of the past season have again indicated but 
one generation for the New York areas, while certain data brought 
to attention during the past few months suggest that in eastern 
Massachusetts there may have been but a partial second brood 
each session instead of the previously supposed two complete gen- 
erations. This of itself indicates less difference between the infested 
area in New England and the New York sections than previously 
had been supposed to exist. 

It is furthermore worthy of note that a very small second cone 
developed in both the infested areas in New York and in Canada 
in 1921. 

The discovery in 1920 of the European corn borer in Ontario, 
Canada, one infestation just east of Buffalo and another centering 
approximately upon St Thomas, has had a marked influence upon 
the situation. It has demonstrated, for example, the impossibility 
of attempting extermination with such extensive and widely dis- 
tributed infestations. The conditions, climatic and agricultural, in 
Canada are practically identical with those obtaining in New York 
State and are of particular interest, because in the vicinity of St 
Thomas large areas of field corn were seriously damaged, some 
70 to go per cent of the stalks being infested and approximately 50 
per cent of the ears. The commercial damage in one of the more 
seriously affected fields was placed at from 20 to 25 per cent. This 
was produced by one generation and in a section where the insect 
presumably had not been sufficiently abundant the preceding season 
to attract general notice. It obviously follows that such conditions 
may develop in the infested areas in New York State and that with 
substantially no warning, unless precautions are adopted to prevent 

[32] 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQ20—21 B32 


an unrestricted increase of the pest. It may be added in this con- 
nection that there was greater injury over larger areas in Canada in 
1921, the damage being greatest in early planted corn, and while 
there was somewhat of an increase of the pest in the New York 
areas, it was by no means proportional. ’ 

Prior to the discovery of this insect in Canada, an tare: was 
made by the Entomologist and other interested persons to secure 
the cooperation of the Federal Government in a comprehensive 
campaign to clean up and if possible exterminate the insect in at 
least a portion of the sparsely infested New York area. An effort 
of this kind would have demonstrated possibilities and would at the 
same time have assisted very materially in checking the westward 
spread of the pest. This attempt failed on account of various con- 
ditions and as the borer had not caused serious losses to corn in New 
_ York State, it was deemed inadvisable to request large appropriations 
from the Legislature for the purpose of continuing the policy of 1919. 

The European corn borer is of such general importance and its 
habits in New York State are so different from those in Massachusetts 
that application was made to the Legislature for a special appro- 
priation for the investigation of the status of this insect and $5000 
was made available for the purpose. The money has been used in 
a careful field study of the pest to ascertain the rapidity of spread, 
the amount of injury and the possibilities of control or repressive 
measures. The work was placed in charge of D. B. Young, who was 
temporarily detailed from the Entomologist’s office, Mr Hall B. 
Carpenter of Somerville, Mass., was engaged as a special assistant 
for this work and an intensive study of the Schenectady area was 
made. The results are given in considerable detail in the body of 
the Entomologist’s report. These studies sustain the opinions 
formulated in 1919 and demonstrate a considerable difference in 
habits. of the corn borer in New York State as compared with the 
infested areas of Massachusetts. There is, for example, but one 
generation normally with a consequent limitation upon probable 
injury. The insect appears to be confined in New York State 
almost exclusively to corn, a condition very different from that 
obtaining in eastern Massachusetts, where it breeds freely in several 
plants and is found in numbers in many others. These variations 
are of much practical importance, because of their bearing upon 
quarantine restrictions and other methods designed to prevent 
further spread. Conclusive data were also secured as to the efficacy 
of thoroughly plowing under infested corn stalks, a matter of much 


34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


importance, since it makes possible the destruction of many borers 
with practically no additional cost. 

The appointment of the Entomologist as collaborator of the Bureau 
of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture, specifically 
authorized to investigate corn borer control in the states of New 
York and Massachusetts, has been continued for the year beginning 
July 1, 1920. This has facilitated studies immensely and has enabled 
the Entomologist to keep in close touch with developments in the 
various infested areas and has also made possible closer cooperation 
between the various federal and state agencies. 

The Entomologist has participated in a number of conferences 
in Albany, Buffalo, St Thomas and Guelph, Ont., Boston, Mass., 
and Washington, D. C., for the purpose of assisting in working out 
methods of dealing with existing complications and the varying 
conditions in different sections of the country. 

Late in the fall of 1920 the federal authorities started clean-up 
operations upon an extensive scale in the more badly infested area 
about Silver Creek, Chautauqua county, with the understanding 
that the state authorities would cooperate in an educational campaign 
to bring about better conditions in the more sparsely infested out- 
lying sections. A brief statement of the situation with a series of 
recommendations, which were indorsed at a conference of federal 
and state officials at Buffalo, was prepared by the Entomologist and 
has been widely distributed in the infested areas as Circular 199 of 
the Bureau of Plant Industry, Department of Farms and Markets, 
through the cooperation of farm bureau managers. The distribution 
of literature was followed with public meetings and the utilization 
of all available agencies in promoting the general adoption of 
a modified type of agriculture unfavorable to the successful develop- 
ment of the European corn borer. 

Quarantine regulations practically identical with those of 
Massachusetts have been enforced in the New York areas by both 
federal and state authorities despite the fact that although the insect 
has been carefully studied for two seasons in New York State, it 
has been impossible to find it habitually breeding in anything but 
corn and very rarely has the borer been found in the stems of other 
plants and then only when they were in the immediate vicinity of 
corn. The marked difference in this respect between eastern 
Massachusetts and the New York territory has led the Entomologist 
repeatedly to question the advisability of maintaining such a strict 
_ quarantine in sections where the borer produces but one generation 
as compared with those where at least a partial second brood is the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 35 


rule. It is very probable that there will be material modifications 
of the quarantine in the near future. 

It has proved impossible to continue the careful field work of 
1920 in the Scotia area, since the special appropriation of 1920 was 
not supplemented by an item the following year. The corn borer 
is a real menace to the agricultural interests of the country and 
consequently the State of New York should keep in close touch 
with all developments in order more intelligently to safeguard its 
own interests. 

A detailed account of the European corn borer in New York State 
and a discussion of control measures will be found in the 
Entomologist’s report. . 

Other corn insects. The late summer and fall of 1921 was marked 
by an unprecedented outbreak of the corn ear worm, a southern 
species rarely attracting more than local notice in most of New York 
State. The varicolored caterpillars, about 13 inches long when full 
grown, work in the ears, especially near the tips, and in the case 
of sweet corn only a little injury suffices to render it unmarketable. 
The pests were reported in greater or less numbers from practically 
all counties, most of the injury being in the central and western 
parts of the State, particularly in Madison county. The loss was 
greatest on sweet corn, in some instances approaching a considerable 
proportion of the crop, though field corn and pop corn did not escape 
damage and in at least one instance, wax beans were seriously infested: 
Available data indicate a close relation between this outbreak and 
the unusually mild winter of 1920-21, and it is believed that natural 
agencies will prevent a repetition of these losses the coming season. 

The lined corn borer, which attracted so much attention in 1910; 
was hardly noticed in 1920, indicating that it is one of the some- 
what rare insects occasionally very abundant. 

There were a number of complaints of injury by the common 
stalk borer, due mostly to fears that it might prove to be the much 
more injurious European corn borer. 

_ Grass webworms were relatively nearly as abundant as in 109109 
and caused considerable injury here and there in the State. 

The advisability of having at hand literature making it com- 
paratively easy to distinguish between the various pests affecting 
corn led the Entomologist to prepare a small folder giving briefly 
the characteristics of the more common borers likely to be found 
in corn and grasses in particular. This has been available for 
distribution to all interested in such pests. 


Small grain insects. The Entomologist’s studies of the wheat 
2 


36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 

midge, begun in 1918, were continued during the past season and 
the data collected show that this insect was relatively much less 
abundant than in earlier years, particularly in 1918. There are 
some areas, however, notably Genesee, Livingston, Monroe and 
Orleans counties, where this insect appears to be somewhat prevalent 
and where under favorable conditions it might become much more 
numerous and cause an appreciable amount of injury. The data 
collated this year show, as in previous seasons, a close relationship 
between the abundance of maggots and the number of shrunken 
or blasted kernels of grain. 

The Hessian fly is one of the most destructive and best known 
wheat pests; through the courtesy of Prof. C. R. Crosby, Cornell 
University, the results of a field survey have been placed at the dis- 
posal of the Entomologist and the details are given in the body of 
his report. It will be noted, on referring thereto, that Genesee, 
Livingston, Monroe, Niagara and Orleans counties show a higher 
average percentage of infestation than others, conditions in this 
area apparently being exceptionally favorable for both this insect 
and the related wheat midge. 

Data in relation to the abundance of these wheat pests are of 
importance, since the returns from year to year indicate plainly 
areas where the insects are most likely to cause serious losses and if 
such figures are recorded from year to year, they in time may show 
a distinct though irregular periodicity and lead to a clearer under- 
standing of the factors producing these fluctuations. 

Observations by the Entomologist last year showed that partly 
grown army worm caterpillars hibernated successfully in Saratoga 
county. They have been confirmed by finding similar conditions 
in the early spring of 1920. 

Other field crops. The ordinary pests of farm crops attracted 
comparatively little attention, though in early spring there was 
considerable complaint of an unusual abundance of asparagus 
beetles in the vicinity of Albany. They caused trouble, as in 1919, 
not only on account of their feeding upon the shoots, but because 
the numerous black eggs necessitated very careful washing before 
the asparagus could be marketed. 

The cold, wet weather of the spring was unusually favorable for 
root maggots and as a consequence there was considerable damage 
by both cabbage and onion maggots. 

Several species of wireworms caused rather severe injury in the 
vicinity of Albany. It appears very probable that this damage 


ae REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQ20—2I a7 


was favored to an appreciable extent at least by cool weather pre 
venting the plants from readily outgrowing the injuries by wireworms 

Codling moth. Field studies of the codling moth have been con- 
tinued by the Entomologist in cooperation with the Bureau of Plant 
Industry of the State Department of Farms and Markets. L. F. 
Strickland succeeded, through the cooperation of George W. Mead 
of Barker, in securing exact records of evening temperatures as well 
as the maxima and minima. The accuracy of this work was 
materially increased, as was the case last year, by the cooperation 
of the United States Weather Bureau in loaning thermographs and 
providing for the supervision and setting up of the instruments. The 
intimate relations existing between evening temperatures and codling 
moth oviposition are graphically represented in a chart by Mr Strick- 
land, who was also responsible for observations upon egg deposition 
in the orchard. The demonstration of this relationship is a necessary 
preliminary to the solving of the vexatious problem of codling moth 
control in the western part of the State. 

The series of experiments to determine the relative efficiency of 
the several sprays for the control of the codling moth in the western 
part of the State has been continued. The most marked results, 
as was to be expected, were obtained with the first or calyx spray 
and under the conditions obtaining in the experimental orchard the 
past season, the figures would appear to indicate an increased 
infestation on trees sprayed twice as compared with those receiving 
but one application. These data must be interpreted or erroneous 
conclusions may be drawn. The real explanation is that the: 
apparently higher percentage of infested fruit on the plot sprayed 
twice is due to the smaller crop on these trees rather than to an 
increase in the number of apple worms. Complications of this 
character are almost unavoidable in experimental work and when 
the cause is not known may vitiate results. 

A comparatively rare apple pest. The rose leaf beetle, a rather 
common feeder upon roses and widely distributed in the. State, 
‘appeared in a somewhat unfamilar role the past season on account 
of its feeding upon and somewhat seriously injuring young apples. 
In some instances 1o to 20 per cent of the fruit was affected so 
seriously that most of the apples dropped or were badly deformed. 

Shade tree insects. Shade trees, as a rule, were comparatively 
free from serious insect damage, though the elm leaf beetle was 
locally abundant and injurious, especially in the upper Hudson 
valley and the lower portion of the Mohawk valley. The com- 
parative scarcity of this insect in many of the cities and villages 


38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


where it formerly caused so much damage is presumably due largely 
to well-directed control measures, which in some cases at least have 
served to keep the insect within bounds for several years. 

Forest insects. The snow-white linden moth was sufficiently 
abundant in portions of Otsego county to defoliate large areas of 
woodland. The numerous moths appearing in Albany the latter 
part of July probably originated from these areas. 

The white pine weevil has been abundant and injurious in young 
plantings of white pine. It is one of the common pests breeding 
freely in woodlands and presumably spreading readily into nearby 
plantings; consequently the protection of these latter is rendered 
difficult by the continual influx of weevils from adjacent forests. 

Lectures. The Entomologist has delivered a number of lectures 
or participated in discussions and conferences on insects, mostly 
economic species, before various agricultural and _ horticultural 
gatherings, some of these being in cooperation with farmers’ institutes 
or county farm bureaus. A considerable proportion, owing to con- 
ditions prevailing during the past two years, have related to the 
European corn borer and its control. Some of the more important 
of these in relation to the European corn borer are mentioned in 
the outline of activities relating to this insect and given above. 

Gall midges. The 35th report of the Entomologist contains 
part VIII of ‘‘ A Study of Gall Midges.’’ It consists of a recapitu- 
lation of our knowledge of this group and contains keys for the 
separation of the genera of the world. This brings to a conclusion 
an investigation which has been in progress as opportunity offered 
for about .14 years and has resulted in systematizing the facts con- 
cerning a large, complex and comparatively unknown family con- 
taining a number of species of great economic importance. The 
better knowledge of the group resulting from this investigation will 
prove of very material service in determining the best methods of 
controlling such species as are injurious or may become so in the 
future. It is not planned to continue the extended investigations 
of the gall midges, though somewhat incidental additions to our 
knowledge of the biology and systematic relationships may be 
expected in the future. 

The chrysanthemum gall midge, a serious pest first recognized 
in this country by the Entomologist, has been ror in injurious 
numbers from several localities in the State. 

Gallinsects. The ‘‘ Key to American Insect Galls,”’ State Museum 
Bulletin 200, published in 1919, was out of print within a few months 
after issue and it is now very difficult to secure copies. The 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 39 


; Entomologist has been keeping records of galls described subsequent 
to the appearance of the Key in the hope that a revised edition of 
this bulletin might be issued. 

Publications. Owing to delays, the reports for 1918 and 1919 
have not appeared and the publications of the Entomologist have 
been restricted to various popular articles relating to injurious 
insects, such as a special folder on “‘ Corn Borers and Grass Insects,’’ 
a brief summary of the ‘‘ European Corn Borer and Call for General 
Control,” issued as Circular 199 of the Division of Agriculture, 
Department of Farms and Markets, and several technical papers on 

gall insects, mostly exotic, and published in Indian and African 
journals. 

Collections. A number of desirable additions to the state 
-entomological collections have been made during the year, some 
of the best material being reared in connection with studies of insect 
outbreaks or secured as a result of requests for information concerning 
previously comparatively unknown forms. Special attention has 
been paid to the acquisition and preservation of immature stages, 
since these are very difficult to obtain; this is particularly true 
of a number of borers similar to the European corn borer and found 
in corn or in the stems of various plants. The special work upon 
the European corn borer has resulted in numerous very desirable 
additions to the state collections. 

D. B. Young, assistant entomologist, donated from his personal 
collections of earlier years a large series of Coleoptera consisting of 
648 specimens belonging to 369 species préviously unrepresented 
in the state collections. This large addition has necessitated the 
rearrangement of many of the Coleoptera and in addition it has 
involved the study and identification of numerous obscure species. 
This work has been prosecuted in addition to many identifications 
for correspondents and other routine duties: 

Office matters. The correspondence the past season has required 
much attention, especially that in relation to the European corn 
borer. The usual routine as outlined above has fully occupied the 
time of various members of the staff. The assistant entomologist, 
as heretofore, has been in charge of the office and responsible for 
correspondence and other matters during the absence of the 
Entomologist. 

The special work on European corn borer authorized by the last 
Legislature necessitated the temporary transfer, effective June 1, 
1920, of Mr Young to take charge of the work and the appointment 
of W. H. Hoffman to fill the temporary vacancy. Hall B. Carpenter 


40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of Somerville, Mass., was appointed special assistant in corn borer 
work. 

Miss Hartman, prior to her transfer from this office in midsummer, 
was fully occupied, in addition to the usual duties of an assistant, 
by translations of technical literature needed in systematic work, 
the making of numerous microscopic preparations of small insects 
and the arrangement and care of pressed specimens of insect work 
and the extensive accumulation of alcoholic material. 

The vacancy created by the transfer of Miss Hartman has not 
been filled owing to the difficulty of securing a qualified assistant 
at the very nominal compensation available. The loss of an assistant 
must inevitably circumscribe the work of the office and may result 
in serious limitations. 

The many additional calls upon the staff incident to work upon 
the European corn borer have greatly restricted the amount of time 
which could be given to the identification and arrangement of 
collections, though some progress has been made along these lines. 
Work of this character is very exacting and time-consuming and it is 
impossible, as pointed out in previous reports, to build up the state 
collections of insects in a satisfactory manner without more funds 
and adequate assistance. 

Horticultural inspection. The nursery inspection work of the 
Bureau of Plant Industry, State Department of Farms and Markets, 
has resulted, as in former years, in a number of specimens representing 
various stages of insect development, some in very poor condition, 
being submitted to ‘this office for identification. Satisfactory 
determination of specimens originating in various parts of the world 
requires an intimate and wide knowledge of the literature and insects 
in both this and other countries. . 

General. The work of the Entomologist has been materially 
aided as in past years by the identification of a number of species 
through the courtesy of Dr L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of 
Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture, and his 
associates. There has been very effective and close cooperation with 
the State Department of Farms and Markets, particularly the 
Bureau of Plant Industry, the State College of Agriculture at Cornell 
University, the State Experiment Station at Geneva, the county 
farm bureaus and various public welfare organizations. A number 
of correspondents have donated material and rendered valuable 
service by transmitting local data respecting various insects and 
assisting in other ways. 


ee 


ARCHEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY 


General scope of activities. The work of this division of the 
Museum may be divided into three subsections as follows: office 
work, research, and field work. Office work covers the routine and 
special correspondence, the curatorial work incident to the collections, 
cataloging and consultation. Research covers the field of investi- 
gation and embraces the work of preparing manuscripts covering 
reports or accounts covering the subjects investigated. Field work 
in a measure is research but it is concerned more with original sources 
than with written accounts. Through field work we conduct our 
excavations in ancient Indian village sites, through it we inspect 
the various sites, we explore archeological areas, we collect directly 
from sites, we acquire collections from those who have already 
made examinations of sites and we visit the various Iroquois reser- 
vations in the State and collect ethnological specimens from the 
living Indians. Museum work includes the sorting and classification 
of the specimens brought in from the field or acquired from collectors, 
but equally important is the placing of this material in the exhibition 
halls of the Museum. 

The direct reaction upon the public of this work comes as a 
result of our research, exhibition, publications, correspondence and 


_ through personal consultation. 


Activities of the Archeology division. The activities of this 
division may be classified under the following heads: (1) archeology, 
(2) ethnology, (3) museum, (4) living Indians, including assistance 
to Indian agricultural and welfare organizations, (5) State Indian 
Commission, (6) information service. 

1 Work in the field of archeology is concerned with the excavation 
of ancient sites and a study of the culture of these sites. This 
work must be done within the next few decades in order to obtain 
any results whatever. The requirements of agriculture and of 
building are rapidly causing the destruction of archeological sites, 
thereby obliterating forever the sources of information concerning 
our aborigines. The problem of archeology is primarily one of 
the study of race origin, the relationship of races, migrations and 
culture characteristics. New York State comprises a particularly 
important field in American archeology. 

2 In the realm of anthropology, ethnology forms a twin science 
with archeology. Through our ethnologic researches we examine 

: [41] 


42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the customs, folk lore, folk music, folk ways, ceremonies, religious 
beliefs, material culture and social organization of the tribal Indians 
of the State, especially those septs still clinging to the practice of 
their ancestral culture traits. 

The ethnology of the New York Indians is a fascinating and 
an important subject. Nearly all major works on primitive society, 
elementary forms of government and sociology cite the Iroquois 
of New York, so much so that among the peoples of the earth below 
the status of civilization the Iroquois have a conspicuous place. 
Additional information is eagerly sought and its publication is 
received with attention throughout the scientific world. 

3 The general public gains its closest contact with this division 
of the Museum through our exhibits in the Museum halls. Here 
are placed the specimens secured by collection in the field. These 
specimens are arranged in several ways, namely, by individual 
sites, by areas, by cultures, by groups to show methods of manu- 
facture and uses and in groups so that cultural differences may be 
compared. The sorting and classification of the thousands of speci- 
mens is a lengthy and arduous task but is necessary in order to pre- 
pare the exhibit. After an exhibit is installed it requires constant 
oversight to keep it clean andin order. In the instance of the ethno- 
logical exhibits and the Indian groups, constant care is necessary so 
that the proper amount of moisture is provided and moths kept from 
propagating. 

In our museum activities our aim is to provide exhibits that 
are easily understood by the average visitor and which will be 
interesting as well as instructive. The special student, however, is 
not neglected and exhibits are provided answering the needs of the 
specialist. 

It is interesting to note that our methods of exhibition have 
been highly commended by experts and offered as an example of 
how archeological museums can make a scientific subject popular. 
Needless to say our ethnological groups have inspired other museums 
to similar undertakings. Frequently museum experts come to our 
exhibits for data on methods and arrangement. 

4 The Indians of this State living on six reservations and numbering 
more than 5000, to a considerable extent look to this department 
for information and advice. Frequently delegations visit us, coming 
not only from the New York tribes but from Canada also. These 
delegations and individual visitors generally seek information as to 
their treaty relations with the state or federal governments, or other 
documentary eviderices affecting their interests and status. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I 43 


Our publications have been of much use to these tribes, particularly 
the History of the Iroquois, the Code of Handsome Lake, and the 
Constitution of the Five Nations. 

During the World War the reservation Indians sought to extend 
their work in agriculture and stock raising. They were successful 
to a large degree and since that time we have sought to promote 
their interests in these lines of productive activity. Two years ago 
the Legislature made an appropriation of $10,000 for extending 
agricultural work and in providing scholarships at the State School 
of Agriculture for Indian boys and girls. Last year a similar appro- 
priation was made. We have been glad to foster this work, believing 
that through intensified industry the state Indians will advance 
faster and find a happier situation in civilization. 

In this work of using the data of archeology to promote human 
weal we have encouraged the program of the New York State Indian 
Welfare Society which came into being in 1919 aS an expansion 
of the Onondaga Welfare Society organized by Dr Erl A. Bates, 
now of the State College of Agriculture. This society is a concerted 
effort on the part of the New York Indians to solve their own problems 
and is a healthful indication of the desire of the Indians to achieve 
greater things. The society lays special stress on better education 
for the children of the race. 

5 Under chapter 590 of the Laws of 1919, the Legislature created 
the State Indian Commission and provided for the appointment 
of its membership. The Governor upon signing the bill appointed 
the Archeologist of the State Museum as commissioner representing 
the Education Department, and upon the formation of the com- 
mission the Archeologist was elected secretary. To meet the needs 
of the commission the Archeologist has visited each reservation 
and made a collection of documents bearing on the legal status 
of the Indians of the State. 

6 The office of the Archeologist and Ethnologist is in daily receipt 
of many letters from citizens asking for information relating to 
Indian names, customs, legends, history, laws, foods, reservations, 
institutions etc. We are asked to supply facts and citations for 
pageants, plays, books, poems, paintings, for schools, colleges, 
associations and literary societies and the like. More than 700 
persons from various parts of the State visited the Archeologist’s 
office within the year and requested information, which was supplied. 
More than 3000 wrote for information. 

But, beyond the general public, the various state departments 
use this office as a source of information on Indian matters. 


44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _ 


Frequently the work of answering inquiries on the part of citizens 
and state officials requires considerable research, and a large share | 
of our office work is consumed in assisting inquirers to obtain needful 
data. The public receives a direct benefit of this phase of our 
activity. 

Archeological field work. During the year our archeological 
investigations have been confined largely to a study of the 
Algonkian occupation of the Hudson valley, particularly the portion 
between Albany and Catskill. During the autumn of 1920 we 
made a field reconnaissance of parts of Staten island, Rockland 
county near Nyack and part of Greene county, particularly that 
portion lying below Catskill. 

With the assistance of members of the staff of the Museum of 
the American Indian we secured from an ancient site south of 
Tottenville a series of shell objects from which it is possible to 
demonstrate the process employed by the precontract Indians in 
the manufacture of wampum and other shell beads. 

From the refuse beds of the village site (early Algonkian), we 
secured tke shells of the Busycon carica and canaliculata in all 
stages, from the complete valve to the worked columellae with 
incisions made for the bead segments. The process employed was 
to break away the shell of the Busycon (Pyrula) until the columella 
alone remained. This was then dressed down into a uniform 
diameter and smoothed. Bead lengths were then measured out 
and incisions made for the individual beads. These were cut off. 
one by one, drilled and finally polished. 

Wampum was an important article with the early Indians and 
its value did not depreciate with the coming of the whites. As 
soon as the European traders saw how useful wampum was as a 
medium of exchange they began the manufacture of wampum by 
machinery. 

Through the kindness of Mrs B. Joseph Carpenter jr of White 
Plains we learned of an old wampum mill situated near Nyack, 
Rockland county. We visited this and obtained a considerable 
number of specimens showing the process of making wampum by 
machinery. The mill was erected and run by the Campbell family 
and made wampum early in the last century for the Hudson Bay 
Company and for the Astor fur traders. The mill was in operation 
as late as 1875 when it made pipestem wampum for the western 
Indian traders. 

Specimens secured included a dozen or more Mexican conch 
shells (the material out of which the wampum was made), sawn 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—21 45 


sections of the shell, ground sections, cylindrical sections, as shaped 
to the size of the bead, and a number of drilled or partly drilled 
beads. 

Each method of making wampum (the Indian and the European) 
is illustrated by an exhibit in the Museum, based upon the specimens 
obtained in the sites named above. 

During the period from September 15th to October 15th we made 
an examination of the banks of the Hudson, south of Catskill where 
numerous flints had been found. Through the kindness of Mr 
Egbert Beardsley of Catskill we located a spot near Green Point on 
the Van Orden farm 4 miles south of Catskill. Here were extensive 
fresh-water shell heaps composed mostly of Unio complanatus shells. 
These shells were the product of the dried shellfish industry that 
once flourished there. Intermixed with the shells were the bones of 
various animals and fishes and numerous implements. We found the 
broken parts of a three-toothed comb in one pit. This is a very 
rare specimen from an Algonkian site. Other specimens include 
pendants, parts of gorgets, celts, hammers, spears, pestles, arrow 
points, bone awls, bone harpoons, etc. 

-An examination of the shore line north of this site revealed an 
extensive workshop and the presence of numerous chippings strewn 
over an area of 40 or 50 acres on what is known as the North lot 
or Ham farm. We traced these chippings along the shore of 
Embought bay south to Smith Landing where at Duck Cove a 
considerable village site yielding Algonkian pottery was located. 
A small island in the cove has a layer of Indian refuse 2 feet thick 
but we did not’ attempt excavation on account of the thick beds 
of poison ivy. 

The immense amount of flint chippings made us curious as to the 
source of supply and we began an investigation of the flint-bearing 
limestones of the region to the east, back from the river and known 
as the Kolerberg or “ Collarback.’”’ Here in the rocky hills west 
of Alsen we found numerous caves and rock shelters. In some 
were found implements but the majority showed little or no signs of 
human habitation. Some were raccoon, fox and snake dens, and in 
_ ancient times were probably used by bears. In the cave region 
locally known as the ‘“‘ Indian ovens’’ were numerous cache pits 
but no artifacts could be found in them. 

In October, just before returning to the Museum, we learned 
of certain extensive flint quarries situated near Coxsackie and at 
the invitation of Mr Jefferson D. Ray and Dr A. W. Van Slyke 
visited them. . 


46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


From our field examination and the artifacts obtained it was 
possible to determine that the west shore of the Hudson showed 
long occupation by certain indeterminate Algonkian tribes ranging 
from remote times up to the late historic period. 

During the spring of 1921 sites were inspected in the counties 
of Rensselaer, Albany, Washington, Greene, Montgomery and 
Schenectady. 

Upon the invitation of Mr Jefferson D. Ray of West Coxsackie 
the flint quarry site near Coxsackie was visited and a preliminary 
inspection made. ‘The place proved of unusual interest and answered 
the inquiry as to the location of the flint supply of the aborigines. 

Excavations and survey of Flint Mine hill. On May 15th ex- 
pedition equipment was taken to Coxsackie and set up on Flint Mine 
hill on the West Shore Railroad property. Permission to conduct an 
examination of the site had been granted through President A. H. 
Smith of the New York Central lines. 

Flint Mine hill is located about 14 miles south of Coxsackie station 
on the West Shore Railroad and is bounded by the Arthur Spore 
farm on the south and the F. W. Cole farm on the north. Entrance 
may be had through the farm road of Colonel Jacob Dunaef. 

The hill is about 1 mile long and one-fifth of a mile wide. Its 
highest elevation is about 200 feet above the zero station established 
at a rock cut at the roadway entrance of the Dunaef farm. 

The survey and excavations conducted from May 15th to June 
t5th led to many interesting .discoveries relating to the methods of 
flint mining by the ancient Indians. About 200 flint pits and three 
large quarries, one of them 150 feet long and 4o feet wide, were 
discovered. In places on the hill were the sites of sorting stations, 
chipping stations, workshops and refuse dumps. Some of the 
dumps were 1o or more feet thick and several hundred feet long, 
and contained the refuse from the quarries after the flint seams 
had been picked out. The quarry pits contained heaps of flint in 
chunks ready for taking to the testing stations. A number of 
fine blocks of flint were secured as specimens. In the pits were 
hundreds of stone maul heads and hammers. The dumps were full 
of them. More than a thousand were picked up from the quarries 
and the investigators then ceased to collect them because of their 
numbers. Not a single hammer from the site was of the pitted 
variety, which leads us to believe that at this site at least pitted 
“hammers ’”’ served other uses. Among the interesting forms of 
tools from the site were the chipped disk-shaped hammers. These 
varied in size from 2 to 10 inches and all followed a general lens-shape 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I 47 


as a pattern; that is, they are thick in the center and thin at the 

circumference. About fifty of these were secured for museum 
specimens. 

In the various stations were numerous chippings and partly 
finished blades. These were generally scattered over the surface 
of the ground, but excavations in the surface refuse demonstrated 
that they were scattered throughout the refuse on all parts of the hill. 
The largest workshops where blades were finished were on the flats 
below the hill. Mr Ray, who worked on these sites, procured for 
us more than 1560 finished blades of various sizes. 

Much of the time was spent in making a detailed survey of the 
hill for mapping purposes, it being the intention to make a relief 
map of the site. In the technical work of examination and survey 
we were assisted by Mr E. R. Burmaster, whose many years of 
expedition work rendered him an able helper. Mr Ray, through 
whose descriptions we were led to make this examination, gave 
a month of his time to the expedition as a volunteer helper. 

This locality is the first untouched aboriginal quarry site in the 
State examined by the Museum and seems to be unique. It must 
have been worked for several centuries and two or three hundred 
workers must have been continuously engaged in the excavating and 
chipping. 

The Museum is enriched, through this work, by 3000 flint imple-’ 
ments in all stages of manufacture, 500 hammers, 50 disks, 3 gorgets 
-tnhique in form, a fine mortar and a copper chisel. Beyond this are 
the valuable notes on aboriginal quarry methods. 

New York State Archeological Association. This association of 
citizens of the State interested in archeology, ethnology, folk lore, 
Indian history and Indian welfare, has its nominal headquarters 
in the State Museum with which institution it is in hearty cooperation. 

During the year the association has held eight lectures and public 
_ Meetings and has conducted various field tours. On February 25th 
the annual session and banquet were held under the auspices of 
Morgan Chapter at the Rochester Club, Rochester, with President 
A. H. Dewey presiding. The annual report shows that two publi- 
- cations have been issued and that three are in process of publication. 

During November 1920 Morgan Chapter acted as host o the 
New York State Indian Welfare Society which held its semiannual 
session in Rochester. The chapter provided the badges, printed 
matter and luncheons to the Indians from the Six Nations of the 
Iroquois that attended the conference. 

The chapter during the Indian Conference made its annual 


48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


visitation to the tomb of Lewis Henry Morgan, where appropriate 
memorial exercises were conducted. Indians from each of the Six 
Iroquois Nations gave addresses in English and in their own native 
tongues. Miss Elsie Elm, an Oneida, sang in the Oneida language 
a hymn of invocation and Reverend Honyost gave the benediction 
in his native Oneida. A report of the proceedings of these me- 
morial exercises was published by Morgan Chapter. 

New York State Indian Welfare Society. This society came into 
being in November 1919 as an expansion of the Onondaga Society. 
It is composed of members of the various Iroquois tribes in New York 
and their citizen friends. It represents an attempt of the pro- 
gressive Indians of the State to get together on matters of the common 
tribal needs of the Iroquois. At the semiannual conferences statis- 
tical records and accounts are given of reservation conditions and 
progress; historical accounts, appeals to progress, and other per- 
tinent matters are discussed. 

The members of the society are in general the progressive leaders 
of their several tribes, and with the influence of the society back 
of them have achieved some remarkable results. Conferences 
have been held in Syracuse, Rochester, Malone and on the several 
adjacent reservations. 

New York State Indian Commission. During the year this 
commission, of which the Archeologist of the State Museum is 
secretary, visited all the Iroquois reservations in the State and con- 
ducted councils with the Indians. The object of this visitation 
was to acquaint the members of the commission, most of whom 
are members of the Legislature, with the actual conditions on the 
New York reservations and to listen to the representations of the 
people living on them. 

It appears that the precise status of the New York Indians has 
never been legally determined. This causes confusion in legal 
matters and it is now questioned whether the State ever had a right 
to pass legislation covering the New York tribes. Certain opinions 
of the Attorney General seem to indicate that some of the tribes, 
if not all, are to be regarded as independent governments with whose 
internal affairs neither the State nor the Nation may interfere. 
If the courts sustain this opinion we must then admit that these 
Indian domains are not in the State but “‘ surrounded by it.” The 
Indians contend that they were never within the State and never 
subject to its jurisdiction. The Indian Commission, of which 
Assemblyman E. A. Everett is chairman, has this difficult situation 
to adjust. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 49 


Interdepartment relations. This section of the Museum has 
supplied information and worked in cooperation with a number 
of state departments and officials, especially in connection with 
Indian affairs. We have supplied facts for the Attorney General’s 
office, assisted the Adjutant General’s office through the Bonus 
Commission, conferred with officials in the State Board of Charities, 
the State Department of Health, and supplied data for various 
members of the Legislature. 

Public interest. The interest of the public in this division of 
the Museum is evidenced by the numerous visitors and inquirers 
who come for information and advice. In this statement we do 
not include those who merely visit the exhibition halls. 

We have frequent requests from authors, playwrights and direc- 
tors of pageants for facts bearing on their special subjects. During 
the year we have given detailed outlines of plans or rendered special 
assistance by way of reports or addresses to the following institu- 
tions or bodies: the Eastern States Exposition, junior achievement 
- activities; Genesee county fair in its historical pageant; Livingston 
county centennial; Boy Scouts of America; the New York State 
Archeological Association; the Indian Welfare Society; the New 
York State Indian Commission; the Federal Board ef Indian Com- 
missioners; the Interchurch World Movement; the Holland Land 
Company Historical Society; the Ontario County Historical Society; 
Rochester Municipal Museum; the Mohawk Indian Village of Boy 
Scouts; and the Order of Mound Builders. We have likewise 
assisted by way of information and documents the Six Nations of 
Canada and the Mohawk Nation of Tayendanagea, and assisted 
the Indians of the World War League in their bonus difficulties. 

By far the greater amount of time, however, is given to the indivi- 
dual citizen interested in or concerned with Indian matters, either 
legal, social or archeological, and the number of personal visitations 
by these is almost overwhelming when it is considered that other 
forms of office work must also receive attention. 

Staff personnel. The staff of the archeological division consists of 
the archeologist and one clerical assistant. With a field of endeavor 
so extended and diversified it is increasingly difficult to handle 
the various subjects that come before us. There is no museum in 
the United States of this scope and having a department of archeology 
with so small a staff and so little clerical help. It is not difficult to 
see that with a larger staff much more might be accomplished. 


ZOOLOGY 


In field work during the past year the chief concern of the zoologist 
has been the collection and preparation of fresh-water fishes to 
augment the exhibit series of mounted specimens in the State 
Museum. Several hundred individuals representing about seventy 
species were taken from central and eastern New York waters, 
and given preliminary treatment in the field. 

The use of seines, nets and traps in the various waters for col- 
lection of desired specimens represents only a small part of the 
work involved. To aid in the restoration of color and correct 
proportions, sketches and plaster molds were made and _ these, 
with the skinned and salted specimens, were packed and shipped 
to the preparator. The mounting and painting. of the skins has 
been in charge of Mr Francis West of Falmouth, Mass., whose 
skill in this line of work has produced specimens remarkably life- 
like in character. Four new wall cases have been installed to 
accommodate the growing collection and the entire exhibit series 
has been rearranged. 

A group designed to show the winter activities of the short- 
eared owl, a beneficial species protected by state law, was installed 
in Zoology Hall and attracted considerable interest because of the 
wintering of a large flock of these birds within the limits of the city 
of Albany. 

The collection, classification and description of New York spiders 
has continued as opportunity permitted but the ultimate completion 
of the undertaking will be delayed until the services of an artist 
trained in araneid anatomy can be secured. In addition to de- 
scriptions and keys to families, genera and species, it is proposed to 
figure the structures of importance in classification, particularly 
the epigyna of the females and the palpal organs of the males. 

A revision of the family Pisauridae, a group comprising some of 
the largest of our true spiders, has been brought to completion 
following a study of materials belonging to the American Museum, 
New York, the National Museum at Washington, the Museum of 
Comparative Zoology and the extensive collections of Cornell 
University. Other institutions and individuals have also furnished 
valuable specimens and data bearing on the problem of distribution. 

In June 1921 the State Museum received notice of the discovery 
of mastodon remains near Temple Hill, Orange county, where, 

[50] 


4 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 51 


four years before, the lower jaw of another individual had been 
unearthed. An examination of the skeleton showed it to be, with 
the exception of the famous Warren mastodon in the American 
Museum, New York, the most complete so far found and it was 
immediately acquired for the Museum. 

The bones were well preserved but in need of thorough cleaning 
to permit application of protective coats of thin shellac. Con- 

siderable labor was involved in removing adhering muck and marl 
and applying the preservative. The separate bones were wrapped 
and in some cases carefully reinforced by a light but strong frame- 
work and packed in straw and excelsior. The collection filled twelve 
large packing cases. 

Orange county has furnished thirty-one separate records of the 
‘mastodon and seven of the eight skeletons found in the State which 

_ were complete enough to warrant mounting. The labors of Charles 
Wilson Peale in 1801 resulted in the recovery of sufficient material 
to restore two skeletons, one of which was for a time exhibited in 
the Baltimore Anatomical Museum. This skeleton was later dis- 
articulated and sold to Doctor Warren of Boston and is now in 
the American Museum, New York. The second Peale skeleton 
was exhibited abroad and in various cities at home and finally 
placed in the Peale Museum of Philadelphia. It is thought to have 
been lost in the fire that destroyed the Philadelphia Museum. 

The famous Warren mastodon discovered in 1845 near Newburgh, 
is a large and practically complete skeleton. It was the subject 
of an elaborate memoir by Dr John Collins Warren and now stands 
‘in the American Museum. 

A skeleton complete except for bones of the hind legs was exhumed 
in 1874 at Otisville and secured for the Yale Museum by Prof. 
O. C. Marsh. 

Bones found at Little Britain in 1879 formed the principal part 
of the Whitfield skeleton at one time mounted at the American 
Museum but later dismantled and sent to the Senckenburg Museum 
in Germany. 

In 1899 a considerable number of bones were found on the farm 

- of F. W. Schaeffer near Newburgh. Restoration of missing parts 
was made from other individuals, and the skeleton mounted for 
the Brooklyn Museum. 

The Temple Hill specimen will stand in the State Museum and 
form a notable addition to the already valuable series of mounted 
skeletons. 

The only other mastodon skeleton from the State which has been 


52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


mounted is the specimen found under unique circumstances at 
Cohoes in 1866 and acquired for the State Museum by James Hall. 

Cooperation. The Division of Zoology has continued to cooperate 
with various state agencies having educational, scientific or adminis- 
trative functions concerned with the animal life of the State. For 
the Conservation Commission identifications of birds, mammals 
and fishes have been made to aid in the operation of the con- 
servation law. Information bearing on the life histories, habits 
and economic importance of various forms of life in the-State con- 
cerning which legislation for protection, control or extermination 
was proposed, has been furnished the Conservation Commission 
for presentation to the Legislature. In cases involving identifi- 
cation of specimens taken in violation of the conservation law, the 
zoologist has been called as expert witness for the State. 


Accessions for 1919 


Donation 


MOLLUSCA 


Cooke, Robert, Albany 

Slug, Limax maximus (Linn), Albany, N. Y. 
Thompson, Edith, Greenville 

Collection of shells, etc., Bahama Islands 


ARANEIDA 

Young, D. B., Albany 

Araneus arabescus (Walck.) 

Araneus patagiatus Clerck 

Araneus stellatus (Walck.) 

Cicurina sp. 

Evarcha hoyi (Peckham) 

Hypselistes florens Camb. 

Linyphia marginata C. Koch 

Lycosa carolinensis Walck. 

Mangora gibberosa (Hentz) 

Pardosa emertoni Chamberlin 

Pirata aspirans Chamberlin 

Steatoda borealis (Hentz) 

Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz; Wells, N. Y., and vicinity 
Hartman, Fanny T., Albany 

Clubiona abbotti (LZ. Koch), Albany, N. Y. 


FISHES 
Fuller, Mrs A. W., Albany 
Porcupine fish, Bahamas 
Titcomb, J. W., Albany ; 
White perch, Morone americana (Gmelin), Hudson river, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 


BATRACHIANS | 
Schoolcraft, J. T., Schenectady | 
Leopard frog, Rana pipiens Schreber, Niskayuna, N. Y. / 
Dietrich, H., Ithaca 
Red-backed salamander, Plethodon cinereus (Green) 
Four-toed salamander, Hemidactylium scutatum (Schlegel), Ringwood, near 
Etna, N. Y. 


REPTILES | 
Rich, W. S., Lebanon Springs 
Red-bellied snake, Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer), Lebanon Springs, N. Y. 
Cook, David, Albany 
Musk turtle, Kinosternum odoratum (Lar.), Burden lake, Rensselaer co., 
ING" 
[53] 


54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Goldring, Fred, Slingerlands 
Wood turtle, Clemmys insculpta (Le Conte), Normanskill, near Slingerlands, 
ING YE 


BIRDS 
MacNaughton, Mrs A., Albany 
Great blue heron, Ardea herodias herodias Linn. 
Conservation Commission, Albany 
Barred owl, Strix varia varia Barton, Mechanicville, N. Y. 
Bowen, Mrs B. L., Wells 
Starling Sturnus vulgaris Linn., Wells, N. Y. 
Bombeck, Mrs H. C., Glenmont 
Great horned owl, Bubo virginianus virginianus (Gmelin), Glenmont, N. Y. 
Wissler, George M., Albany 
Nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin), Albany, N. Y. 


BIRDS’ EGGS 
Strain, Anna E., Niverville 

Royal tern, Sterna maxima Boddaert 
Least tern, Sterna antillarum (Lesson) 
White ibis, Guara alba (Linn) 
Least bittern, Ixobrychus exilis (Gmelin) 
Great blue heron, Ardea herodias herodias Linn. 
Little blue heron, Florida caerula (Linn) 
Green heron, Butoroides virescens virescens (Linn) 
Black-crowned night heron, Nycticorax nycticorax naevius (Boddaert) 
Yellow-crowned night heron, Nyctanassa violacea (Linn) 
Clapper rail, Rallus crepitans crepitans Gmelin 
Purple gallinule, lonornis martinicus (Linn) 
Florida gallinule, Gallinula galeata (Lichtenstein) 
Red-backed sandpiper, Pelidna alpina sakhalina ( Vzeillot) 
Killdeer, Oxyechus vociferus (Linn.) 
Mountain plover, Podasocys montanus (Townsend) 
Turkey vulture, Cathartes aura septentrionalis Wied 
Black vulture, Catharista urubu ( Vzezllot) 
Red-tailed hawk, Buteo borealis borealis (Gmelin) 
Bald eagle, Haliaetus leucocephalus leucocephalus (Linn) 
Black-billed cuckoo, Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson) 
Southern downy woodpecker, Dryobates pubescens pubescens (Linn) 
Red-shafted flicker, Colaptes cafer collaris Vigors 
Chuck-will’s-widow, Antrostomus carolinensis (Gmelin) 
Nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin) 
Chimney swift, Chaetura pelagica (Linn) 
Kingbird, Tyrannus tyrannus (Linn) 
Western flycatcher, Empidonax difficilis difficilis Baird 
Magpie, Pica pica hudsonia (Sabine) 
Yellow-billed magpie, Pica nuttali (Audubon) 
Blue jay, Cyanocitta cristata cristata (Linn) 
Fish crow, Corvus ossifragus Wilson 
Red-winged blackbird, Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus (Linn) 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1I920—21 


Boat-tailed grackle, Megaquiscalus major major ( Vieillot) 
Snow bunting, Plectophenax nivalis nivalis (Linn) _ 

Song sparrow, Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson) 
Towhee, Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linn) 
Cardinal, Cardinalis cardinalis cardinalis (Linn) 

Painted bunting, Passerina ciris (Lin) 

Loggerhead shrike, Lanius ludovicianus ludovicianus Linn 
Red-eyed vireo, Vireosylva olivacea (Linn) 

White-eyed vireo, Vireo griseus griseus (Boddaert) 
Black-poll warbler, Dendroica striata (Forster) 

Pine warbler, Dendroica vigorsi (Audubon) 

Mocking bird, Mimus polyglottos polyglottos (Linn) 
Catbird, Dumetella carolinensis (Linn) 

Carolina wren, Thryothorus ludovicianus ludovicianus (Latham) 


Short-billed marsh wren, Cistothorus stellaris (Naumann) from St Simon’s 


island and south Atlantic coast, etc. 


Cary, Miss E., Albany 


Mourning dove, Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linn) 
Kingbird, Tyrannus tyrannus (Linn) 

Phoebe, Sayornis phoebe (Latham) 

Red-winged blackbird, Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus (Linn) 
Orchard oriole, Icterus spurius (Linn) 

Baltimore oriole, Icterus galbula (Linn) 

Purple grackle, Quiscalus quiscula quiscula (Linn) 
Goldfinch, Astragalinus tristis tristis (Linn) 

Cedar waxwing, Bombycilla cedrorum Vieillot 
Yellow-breasted chat, Icteria virens virens (Linn) 
Mockingbird, Mimus polyglottos polyglottos (Ezzn) 
Brown thrasher, Toxostoma rufum (Linn) 

Short-billed marsh wren, Cistothorus stellaris ( Naumann) 
Bluebird, Sialia sialis sialis (Linn) 


BIRDS’ NESTS 


Cary, Miss E., Albany 


Chimney swift, Chaetura pelagica (Linn) 

Hummingbird, Archilochus colubris (Linz) 

Wood pewee, Myiochanes virens (Linn) 

Orchard oriole, Icterus spurius (Linn) 

Goldfinch, Astragalinus tristis tristis (Linn) 

Chipping sparrow, Spizella passerina passerina (Bechstein) 
Field sparrow, Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson) 

Swamp sparrow, Melospiza georgiana (Latham) 

Towhee, Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linn) 
Yellow warbler, Dendroica aestiva aestiva (Gmelin) 
Chestnut-sided warbler, Dendroica pennsylvanica (Linn) 
Redstart, Setophaga ruticilla (Linn) 

Wood thrush, Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin) 

Robin, Planesticus migratorius migratorius (Linn) 


Collection of Henry A. Slack from vicinity of Pine Hills, Albany, N Y. 


5 


56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


DOMESTIC FOWLS 

Whitney, C. L. A., Albany 

Rhode Island red (cock) 
Barbarola, Mrs D., Rensselaer 

Four-legged chick 

MAMMALS 

Downing, Dr Augustus, Albany 

Skunk, Mephitis putida Boitard, Albany, N. Y. 
Conservation Commission, Albany 

Beaver, Castor canadensis canadénsis Kuhl, two specimens from Beaver 

river, N. Y. 

Manning, John A., Loudonville 

Moose, Alces americanus Jardine, mounted head 
Agnew, F., Oneonta 

Virginia deer, Odocoileus americanus borealis Miller 

Skull of albino taken October 16, 1919 at Blue Ridge, Essex co., N. Y. 
Emmons, G. Z., Albany 

Horse, Equus caballus Linn., teeth 


Collection 


ARANEIDA 

Bishop, S. C., Albany 

Araneus cavaticus ( Keyserling) 

Linyphia marginata C. Koch, Thacher Park, N. Y. 

Lycosa erratica Hentz 

Pirata sp., Ballston Lake, N. Y. 

Lycosa helluo Walck. 

Pardosa moesta Banks, Featherstone lake, N. Y. 

Hypomma trilobata (Banks), Mc Lean bogs near Ithaca, N. Y. 


BATRACHIANS 
Wright, A. H. and Bishop, S. C. 
Newt, Notophthalmus viridescens viridescens (Raf.) 
Dusky salamander, Desmognathus fuscus fuscus (Raf.) 
Purple salamander, Gyrinophilus porphyriticus (Green) 
Red-backed salamander, Plethodon cinereus (Green) 
Mc Lean and Chicago bogs near Ithaca, N. Y. 


Purchase 


BIRDS 
Ashley, G. W., Chatham Center 
Mourning dove, Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linn) 


MAMMALS 
Goldring, Fred, Slingerlands 
Skunk, Mephitis putida Boitard, four young from Slingerlands, N. Y. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 57 


Accessions for 1920 


Donation 


ARACHNIDA 


Goldring, Winifred, Slingerlands 
Collection of spiders, scorpions, tarantulas etc., from Cienfuegos, Cuba 
Schoonmaker, W. J., Rensselaer 
’ Cicurina pallida Keys. 
Hypselistes florens Camb. 
Lycosa helluo (Walck) 
Pardosa milvina Hentz 
Pardosa moesta Banks 
Pardosa xerampelina Banks 
Pedanostethis riparius Keys, May 10, 1920, Rensselaer, N. Y. 
Lycosa gulosa Walck 
.Lycosa helluo Walck 
Pardosa lapidicina Emerton 
Pardosa moesta Banks 
Pardosa saxatilis Hentz 
Pardosa xerampelina Keys. 
Pirata minutus Emerton, June 3, 1920, Rensselaer, N. Y. 
Linyphia clathrata Sundevall 
Lycosa helluo Walck. 
Pardosa moesta Banks 
Pardosa saxatilis Hentz 
Pardosa xerampelina Keys. 
Schizocosa crassipes (Walck), June 17, 1920, Rensselaer, N. Y. 
Young, D. B., Albany 
Clubiona riparia L. Koch 
Pardosa saxatilis Hentz f 
Xysticus versicolor Keys. 
Dendryphantes brunneus (Emerton) 
Dendryphantes clarus (Keys) 
Xysticus acquiescens Emerton, eee 1920, Scotia, N. Y. 
Hoffman, W. A., Albany 
Theridula auieats (Walck) 
Theridion spirale Emerton, Albany, N. Y. 


BATRACHIANS 
Dietrich, H., Olcott 
~ Notophthalmus torosus Rathke 
Batrachoceps attenuatus Esch. 
Aneides lugubris lugubris Hallowell 
Bufo boreas halophilus Baird and Girard 
Hyla regilla Baird and Girard 
Gerrhonotus coeruleus Wieg, vicinity of Berkeley, Cal. 


58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


REPTILES 
Dietrich, H., Olcott } 
Sceloporus occidentalis occidentalis (Baird and Girard) 
Plestiodon skiltonianum Baird and Girard, vicinity of Berkeley, Cal. 
Brown, Samuel W., Albany 
Wood turtle, Chelopus insculpta (Le Conte) 


BIRDS 


Conservation Commission, through Marshall McLean, Albany 
White-breasted nuthatch, Sitta carolinensis carolinensis Latham, Albany, N. Y. 
Talmage, Mrs D. W., East Hampton 
Redpoll, Acanthis linaria linaria (Linn), East Hampton, N. Y. 
Donor unknown 
Peacock, Pavo cristatus Linn., Selkirk, N. Y. 
Brown, Samuel W., Albany 
Loon, Gavia immer (Brunntch) 
Canada spruce grouse, Canachites canadensis canace (Linn) 
Ruffed grouse, Bonasa umbellus umbellus (Linn) 
Ptarmigan, Lagopus lagopus lagopus (Linn) 
Black-crowned night heron Nycticorax nycticorax naevius (Bodd) 
Prairie chicken, Tympanuchus americanus americanus (Reich) 
Sharp-shinned hawk, Accipiter velox (Wilson) 
Cooper’s hawk, Accipiter cooperi (Bonap.) 
Goshawk, Astur atricapillus atricapillus (Wilson) 
Red-tailed hawk, Buteo borealis borealis (Gmelin) 
Barred owl, Strix varia varia Barton 
Hairy woodpecker, Dryobates villosus villosus (Linn.) 
Northern pileated woodpecker, Phloeotomus pileatus abieticola (Bangs) 
Bobolink, Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linn.) 
Goldfinch, Astragalinus tristis tristis (Linn.) 
Towhee, Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linn) 
Cedar waxwing, Bombycilla cedrorum Vieillot 
White-breasted nuthatch, Sitta carolinensis carolinensis Latham 


DOMESTIC FOWL 
De Graff, E. T., Albany 
Rhode Island red (cock) 


MAMMALS 

Brown, Samuel W., Albany 

Mink, Mustela vison vison Schreber 

Weasel, Mustela novaboracensis novaboracensis (Emmons) 

Pine martin, Martes americana Turton 

Fox squirrel, Sciurus niger neglectus (Gray) 

Red squirrel, Sciurus hudsonicus loquax Bangs, Adirondack mountains, N. Y. 
Gibson, Langdon, Schenectady 

Fragments of hide, hair, muscular tissue and adipocere of the northern mam - 

moth, Elephas primigenius Blumenbach, from Eschscholtz Bay, Alaska 


te 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 59 


Kilmer, Isaiah, Jackson’s Corners x 


Canada lynx, Lynx canadensis Kerr., Jackson’s Corners, Dutchess co., N. Y. 
Shot March Io, 1920. 


Collection 


ARANEIDA 


Crosby, C. R. and Bishop, S. C., Albany 


Ceraticelus fissiceps Camb. 
Ceratinopsis nigriceps Emerton 
Dictyna sublata (Hentz) 


_ Linyphia communis Hentz 


Pardosa moesta Banks 

Pirata insularis Emerton 

Pirata marxi Stone 

Pisaurina mira (Walck.) 

Theridion differens Emerton 

Xysticus gulosus Keys, June 26, 1920, Northumberland township, Saratoga 
co., Ni. Y. 


Bishop, S. C., Albany 


Coelotes fidelis Banks 

Dendryphantes audax (Hentz) 

Dendryphantes purpuratus ( Keys) 

Drassodes auriculoides Barrows 

Steatoda borealis (Hentz), Greenville, Greene co., N. Y., April 17, 1920 
Cicurina arcuata (Keys) 

Cicurina brevis (Emerton) 

Coelotes fidelis Banks 

Cyclosa conica (Pallas) 

Schizocosa saltatrix Hentz 

Scotolathys pallida (Marx), Meadowdale, N. Y., May 1, 1920 
Agroeca pratensis Emerton 

Bathyphantes micaria Emerton 

Crustulina guttata (Wider) 

Hypselistes florens Camb. 

Dendryphantes purpuratus (Keys), Guilderland Center, N. Y., May 5, 1920 
Agelena naevia Walck. 

Ariadna bicolor Hentz 

Clubiona pallens Hentz 

Dendryphantes audax (Hentz) 

Dendryphantes flavipedes Peckham 

Dendryphantes purpuratus (Keys) 

Dictyna foliacea (Hentz) 

Drassodes auriculoides Barrows 

Enoplognatha marmorata Heniz 

Lycosa helluo Hentz 

Lycosa pratensis Emerton 

Pardosa saxtilis Hentz 

Pardosa xerampelina ( Keys.) 

Pellenes viridipes Hentz 

Theridion murarium Emerton, Wappingers Falls, N. Y., May 27, 1920 


s 


60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Ceraticelus atriceps Emerton 

~ Ceratinopsis interpres Camb. 
Clubiona sp. 
Cornicularia auranticeps Emerton 
Crustulina guttata (Wider) 
Dictyna brevitarsis Emerton 
Dictyna volucripes Keys 
Grammonota pictilis (Camb.) 
Hahnia cinerea Emerton 
Hypselistes florens (Camb.) 
Linyphia communis Hentz 
Linyphia marginata C. Koch 
Mangora placida Hentz 
Microneta longibulbus Emerton 
Neon nellii Peckham 
Pocadicnemus longituba Emerton 
Oedothorax bidentatus (Emerton) 
Oedothorax rectangulatus (Emerton) 
Sittacus striatus Emerton 
Theridion differens Emerton 
Tmeticus conicus Emerton 
Tmeticus simplex Emerton, Little Pond, Orange co., N. Y., May 25, 1920 
Araneus nordamanii Thorell 
Ceraticelus laetabilis Camb. 
Ceraticelus minutus Emerton 
Coelotes fidelis Banks 
Dendryphantes flavipedes Peck. 
Lathys foxii Marx 
Microneta persoluta Camb. 
Neon nellii Peck 
Phrurolithus alarius (Hentz) 
Phrurolithus formica Banks 
Scotolathys pallida (Marx) 
Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz, Sam’s Point, Ulster co., N. Y., May 24, 1920 
Lycosa avida Walck 
Lycosa helluo Walck 
Pardosa saxatilis Hentz 
Pedanostethus spiniferus Emerton 
Steatoda borealis (Hentz), Goshen, Orange co., N. Y., May 20, 1920 
Bathyphantes zebra Emerton 
Hypselistes florens (Camb.) 
Microneta persoluta Camb. 
Neon nellii Peck 
Oedothorax rectangulatus Emerton 
Pardosa xerampelina ( Keys) 
Pedanostethus riparius Keys 
Scotolathys pallida (Marx), Maratanza Lake, Ulster co., N. Y., May 24, 1920 
Ceraticelus laetabilis (Cambr.) 
Clubiona obesa Hentz 
Linyphia phrygiana C. Koch 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I 61 


Linyphia pusilla Sundevall 

Microneta persoluta Cambor. 

Microneta viaria Black, Cragsmoor, Ulster co., N. Y., May 24, 1920 
Dendryphantes flavipedes Peck 

Linyphia marginata. C., Koch 

Lycosa avida Walck 

Lycosa frondicola Emerton > 
Lycosa helluo (Walck) 

Pirata montana Emerton 

Oedothorax oxypaederotipus Crosby, Paradise, Orange co., N. Y., May 26, 1920 
Ceraticelus minutus (Emerton) 

Ceratinella brunnea (Emerton) 

Clubiona abbotti L. Koch 

Coelotes fidelis Banks 

Hahnia agilis Keys 

Hypselistes florens (Cambr.) 

Lophocraenum arenarium Emerton 

Lophocraenum coriaceum Emerton 

Pardosa milvina (Hentz), Pine Island, Orange co., N. Y., May 19, 1920 
Agroeca ornata Banks 

Araneus arabescus Walck 

Araneus nordmanni (Thorell) 

Bathyphantes zebra Emerton 

Ceraticelus fissiceps Camb. 

Ceraticelus laetus Camb. 

Ceratinopsis interpres Camb. 

Clubiona obesa Hentz 

Cyclosa conica (Pallas) 

Dendryphantes brunneus Emerton 

Dendryphantes capitatus Hentz 

Dictyna foliacea Hentz 

Enoplognatha marmorata (Hentz) 

Lepthyphantes nebulosus (Sund.) 

Linyphia marginata C. Koch 

Mangora placida Hentz 

Neon nellii Peck 

Oedothorax oxypaederotipus Crosby 

Philodromus rufus Walck 

Phrurolithus alarius Hentz 

Pirata montanus Emerton 

Prosopotheca directa Camb. 

Scotolathys pallida (Marx) 

Theridula opulenta Walck 

Theridion unimaculatum Emerton 

Ulesanis americanus Emerton 

Uloborus americanus Walck 

Zygoballus bettini Peck, Oakland Valley, Sullivan co., N. Y., May 26, 1920 
Araneus cavaticus ( Keys) 

Caseola alticeps Emerton 

Clubiona obesa Hentz 


62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Crustulina guttata Wider 

Meta menardi Keys 

Pardosa xerampelina (Keys) 

Phrurolithus alarius Hentz 

Pirata montanus Emerton, Thacher Park, Albany co., N. Y., May 29, 1920 

Pardosa lapidicina Emerton 

Schizocosa saltatrix (Hentz), near Kenwood, Albany co., N. Y., May 14, 1920 

Dendryphantes purpuratus (Keys) 

Dolomedes scriptus Hentz 

Drassodes neglectus Keys 

Ero furocata (Villers) 

Gnaphosa gigantea Keys. 

Habrocestum pulex Hentz 

Hahnia agilis Keys 

Linyphia marginata C. Koch 

Lycosa avida (Walck) 

Lycosa frondicola Em. 

Lycosa helluo (Walck.) 

Pardosa emertoni Chamb. 

Pardosa lapidicina Em. 

Pardosa saxatilis Hentz 

Pardosa xerampelina (Keys) 

Pirata isularis Em. 

Pirata minutus Em. 

Salticus scenicus (Clerck) 

Steatoda borealis (Hentz) 

Xysticus limbatus Keys, Dormansville, N. Y., June 24, 1920 

Araneus nordmannii (Thorell) 

Bathyphantes nigrinus (West) 

Ceraticelus fissiceps Camb. 

Ceratinopsis nigriceps Emerton 

Dendryphantes capitatus Hentz 

Dendryphantes flavipedes Peck 

Dolomedes scriptus Hentz 

Drassodes robustus Emerton 

Hypselistes florens Camb. 

Linyphia marginata C. Koch 

Lycosa rubicunda Keys 

Pardosa moesta Banks 

Pardosa xerampelina ( Keys) 

Pirata febriculosa Becker 

Pirata insularis Emerton 

Tetragnatha elongata (Walck) 

Tetragnatha extensa (Linn.) 

Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz 

Theridion frondeum Emerton 

Theridion sexpunctatum Emerton 

Xysticus formosus Banks 

Xysticus triguttatus Keys, Tackawasick pond, Rensselaer co., N. Y., June 25, 
1920 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 62 


: Lycosa helluo Walck. 

Pardosa lapidicina Emerton 

Paradosa xerampelina (Keys) 

Pirata insularis Emerton 

Pirata minuta Emerton 

Tetragnatha laboriosa (Hentz), Pike pond, Rensselaer co., N. Y., June 25, 
1920 

Pardosa saxatilis (Hentz) 

Pirata febriculosa (Beck), Myosotis lake, Rensselaerville, N. Y., July 2, 1920 


MOLLUSCA 
Bishop, S. C., Albany 
Pond Snail, Viviparus malleatus (Reeve), pond on golf links, Niskayuna, N. Y. 


MYRIAPODA 


Bishop, 'S. C., Albany 
Polyxenus fasciculatus Say, Guilderland Center, N. Y., May 5, 1921 


Purchase 


FISHES 
West, Francis, Falmouth, Mass. 
Landlocked salmon, Salmo salar sebago (Girard), from Grand Lake, Maine 
Smelt, Osmerus mordax (Mitchill), Massachusetts coast 


4 - Ts08e nOTaNEI | ane, sagen 


> % . 1 gts £v 
tees oe ie alin Heats 


ts Srirry wate 4a (ip aeabens ‘hacg Past Lana 


teters Cees aia Home tse, A ate Bey My 


{ts pl rasta wheal eitoeoy tt any 


Ate Lio 

YY ote $i rial Hoy oo bavg (saw) enteoliem eniz 
b LOCTALINTM 

' teet.7 ve... 1 A vetoes boaleblind vot eee 


92 pa ve ’ 


: eRHelt 
. rea WE aides 
snialy SART Dae we bai) oyedse tales omied, oer 

vpo) dboturoeeesl4 Odo xebr0ar 


; 
+ 2 
‘ 
. 
. 
. n 4 
. 
; 
’ hy € 
fia Ns 


onhe wan St se ES ae 


tpiswetipan sere Tatesemaick pond, Recast 


tate 5 % . é he RE 


THE EXISTENCE AND CONFIGURATION OF PRE- 
CAMBRIAN CONTINENTS 


BY RUDOLF RUEDEMANN 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


PAGE 
MEER LOL MMP tea Ne gegen es enen sy ase ahah ore er ale UAape: Fo ere oral 61's a igrany site love valboe « 67 
Survey of views on origin and age of continents and oceans.............. 68 
Actuality of Precambrian folding and fold systems.............. je eo tae 74 
Description of Precambrian fold systems. ............. 00.000 c cece eeeeee 81 

a. Precambrian fold system of North America.................00000: 84 
b Precambrian fold system of Eurasia............... 00.0 ce cece eee 93 
meEceccamonian told system of Africa... .'......05-0+.dacnsss ssc cv ces 98 
d Precambrian fold system of Australia.................00.00 0. ee eee 102 
EPNCCUITOCHIAN Se aA a 3 tAbnatti a coals Sty els see se kee. eA ME ES 106 
f Precambrian fold system of South America.....................05. 110 
Evidence from posthumous folding. ............ 0.00 cc cece eee eee eee II2 
Relations of Precambrian continents to Paleozoic continents.............. 116 
Relation of Precambrian and Paleozoic continents to present mobile tracts 
GSE HAD GVA Ds ee cite: REALE Oo SSRI enc RAN IE ee net a Ra 124 


Probable causes of the worldwide extension and the principal directions of 
the Precambrian folding 
SaMaRIEe PMA ee Pe dae od. Stee FS auP weve. a Ante NGL cuaiebeuiaies oars ab'eSns Ruz 146 


34 OQ  “WOITARUOMVOS. GVA” Avie 
AVITKOO . LAINE MAD 


VtAMEAOGEUS ALOU Te 


iTeRT~OO Wo aABAT 


Hepat 
en mn vere aie ajnastitany to san jee niaho 
£x eine yd, atteteye biel boa warbler anda 


1 ORE a oc ibyelvc ss, -eraghers DIOb rant 
pa ay iS ees diol Rstrnt 
fa PO eRe en os ei aiceturd tn matings Dtot Ale 
2 in My aie te ay Smt 36 coateve Biota 
poe’ ses | biatiasA ie prabinke ci 


@tl-.. 2. RR Ose ote ot etcrtatre yo. fee ine tz 
ajaat). sabaeun freestc: af Einaniiniosd nioxosl bereareg tf rete, 
Es ia ara W hay ee tk» eee 
je enoitootity Logisoredy adds Bis motznsies obimb ino add to 
HSE 


ate 
or. 


THE EXISTENCE AND CONFIGURATION OF 
PRECAMBRIAN CONTINENTS 


BY RUDOLF RUEDEMANN 


Introduction 


Paleogeography has, both in Europe and America, become a 
recognized branch of science that is fundamentally based on facts 
furnished by stratigraphic and paleontologic investigations and that 
also receives valuable information from the recent distribution of 
the organic world. 

Precambrian geology has thus far been drawn upon but in- 
cidentally, and nowhere, to the author’s knowledge, in a systematic 
way. Asa result the series of paleogeographic maps of either the 
world or of one of the hemispheres or continents, that have been 
published in the last score of years —and that have done so much to 
broaden our conception of the development of the face of the earth — 

_ have all stopped short at the Lower Cambrian.! 

The cause for this failure to go beyond the beginning of the 
Cambrian into the vast and dim Precambrian era is readily seen in a 
whole number of perplexing problems that at once arise if one 
attempts to push the inquiry into the metamorphosed and non- 
fossiliferous rocks. To cite only a few of these: the distinction in 
these Precambrian beds of originally marine and terrestrial, deep-sea 
and continental formations; the almost uniformly and_intri- 
cately folded and foliated, faulted and injected nature of the beds, 
which apparently is so irregular as to furnish no directive lines; 
and further the uncertainty as to the correlation of the various 
series distinguished on the different continents. 

If, in the face of these discouraging and apparently unsurmount- 
able difficulties, the author ventures to suggest some possible 
fundamentals of Precambrian paleogeography, he wishes to state 
beforehand that he feels he is treading on uncertain ground and 


1Schuchert (1910, p. 517) states this fact concisely when he says: ‘‘ From 
the beginning of the Paleozoic, paleogeography can be made out with certainty, 
but back of that period all is shrouded in obscurity, owing to the absence of 
a paleontologic record.”’ 
3 [67] 


68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


entirely out of his chosen field of investigation. This paper is 
largely intended to direct attention to the possibility of going beyond 
the Cambrian paleogeography and to invite to the task others who 
are more competent to do so.! 

It is our purpose, at present, to survey the data that may be 
competent to indicate the existence and configuration of Precambrian 
continents. 


Survey of Views on Origin and Age of Continents and Oceans 


Our forefathers in geology assumed that the earth, upon emerging 
from its molten stage, was a fairly regular geoid with but unim- 
portant prominences, except the equatorial bulge due to the rotation 
of the earth, and that it was evenly covered by a vast primordial 
ocean. This ocean had entirely come out of the atmosphere and 
it was one of the terrible geologic possibilities that were presented 
to us in the days of our youth, that this ocean might all be used up 
in the hydration of the earth crust. 

In contrast to these early views, some of the foremost geologists 
of the present age consider the continents as original and persistent 
features of the face of the earth. Dana was probably the first to 
clearly proclaim the constancy of the continents and oceans. According 
to his view (see Barrell, 1919, p. 282), the major relief of continent 
and ocean floor was obtained in the original freezing of a crust 
and consequent upon the faster cooling and shrinkage of certain 
portions. It was Dana who conceived the idea of the North Ameri- 
can continent growing from an Azoic nucleus, the Laurentian shield 
of later authors, flanked by a deeper channel on either side. Osmond 
Fisher assumed that the fundamental features of the face of the 
earth are primarily due to the rotation of the earth; the latter having 
rotated so fast in primordial times that a part of the siliceous crust, 
that of the Pacific hemisphere, was thrown off and formed the moon. 
Portions (America and Australia) of the remaining siliceous crust 
floated away and drifted toward the great Pacific depression, and 
thus divided the original siliceous crust into continental masses 
separated by oceanic basins. The untenability of this view has 
been asserted by Barrell. Suess, in his Antlitz der Erde has elabo- 
rately worked out the hypothesis of the gradual formation of the 
ocean basins at the expense of (originally all embracing) continents 


1A preliminary note, entitled “On Some Fundamentals of Precambrian 
Paleogeography,’’ has been published by the writer in the Proceedings of the 
National Academy of Sciences, 1919, 5:1-6. 


2 


by continental fragmentation, by which process he conceived the 
margins of the continents to have been faulted down into periodi- 
cally widening oceanic basins. This hypothesis has found strong 
adherents in this country, as Hobbs (1907, p. 233), who, by his 
seismological investigations, believes to have found evidence that 
“the ocean- basins of the present day have been formed largely 
as a result of sinking of great orographic blocks.’”’ He thus disputes 
the permanency of the present ocean basins. On the other hand, 
Schuchert (1916, p. 91) inclines to the view that the enlarging oceanic 
basins are the most permanent features of the earth, while the 
ancient continental platforms originally were not only arranged 
differently (latitudinally) than at present (longitudinally), but 
also that their areal extent, including their emerged and submerged 
portions, was originally greater than at present; and vast land 
_ masses, such as Oceania (Australia, New Zealand) and Gondwana- 
land have permanently been taken possession of by the oceans. 
Suess’s hypothesis has been subjected to critical analysis by 
Barrell (Nature and Bearings of Isostasy, 1919), who points out 
that Suess formed his theory of continental fragmentation before the 
_ theory of isostasy had been developed and proved by the quantita- 
tive data now available. “‘ These data indicate that a continental 
platform can not break down broadly into an ocean unless there has 
been a previous or accompanying increase in density in the litho- 
sphere. Such increase in density might be made locally by the rise 
of great masses of basic or ultrabasic magmas, but there is no 
independent geologic evidence that this has occurred on the scale 
demanded by the theory of Suess, nor that it could be effective on 
such a scale.’’ Barrell does, however, not exclude the possibility of 
broad density changes and concludes that if the geologic evidence 
of continental fragmentation should become regarded as compulsory, 
the conditions of fragmentation and isostatic compensation might 
conceivably be reconciled by the existence of a third and otherwise 
unsuspected condition of changes of density in tne lithosphere. 
Chamberlin, in his classic work The Origin of the Earth and in 
other publications, has advanced an independent theory according 
_ to which the origin of continents and oceans dates back even to the 
middle growth-stages of the earth and the latter is believed to have 
begun to hold an ocean by the time it contained 30 or 4o per cent 
of its present mass. Through various influences, notably those of 
wind and water, the denser planetesimal dust tended to be segregated 
into the primitive ocean basins, while the lighter dust accumulated 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 69 


7O NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


in protuberant areas, which became the continental platforms. 
These original differences were maintained as the earth was built 
outward. This theory leads to the view that the earth is composed 
of a number of conical sectors (see postea, p. 141), whose apexes 
lie deep in the central core of the earth, while the ocean basins form 
the bases. These continental and oceanic sectors are.assumed to 
be in approximate hydrostatic equilibrium, thus giving a form of 
isostasy in which the compensation extends downward more than 
a thousand miles (Barrell, 1919) and which postulates a perfect 
constancy of oceans and continents (Chamberlin, 1914; 131). 
Barrell (ibid.) has pointed out that the demonstration of this theory 
depends upon competent mathematic investigation and especially 
the quantitative measurement of the relations of the density of the 
crust of the earth to the relief of its surface. 

Meanwhile Barrell (1918) has advanced a view of his own, which 
Schuchert (1919, p. 49) who accepts it calls the volcanic theory. 
According to this theory the continents and oceans arose in Archeo- 
zoic time, but from densities in ocean bottoms and continents that 
are but ‘‘ skin deep,” reaching to about 150 miles in the outer shell, 
and that result from a molten condition of the earth at the com- 
pletion of its growth. This condition (Barrell, 1918, p. 26) is, in 
contrast to Chamberlin’s theory, derived from the chemical character 
of the igneous rocks, the limited depth of density variations in the 
crust, the limited amount of salt in the sea and the rotation periods 
of the moon and planets. Barrell pictures to himself the process 
of the formation of ocean basins in such a way, that fractional crys- 
tallization caused first a density stratification of the crust, the heavy 
‘basic crystals which formed first tending to work down. The re- 
maining magma was then siliceous and the original crust conse- 
quently granite. Into or through this crust broke, in certain regions, 
dense molten matter from the depth of the earth, on a gigantic 
scale, eruption following eruption until the widespread floods had 
weighted down broad areas and caused their subsidence into ocean 
basins. This action went forward with widening radius, leading 
to the circular outlines characteristic of ocean basins and leaving 
angular segments of the original lighter crust as continental plat- 
forms. 

Schuchert (1916, 1919, p. 50) estimates that the continents were 
formerly 25 per cent larger, and that the periodic shrinking of the 
earth causes a periodic enlarging and deepening of the oceans, that 
can be traced back at least to Permian time. While the continents 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I yj! 


are:thus gradually breaking down, the enlarging ocean basins are 
the most permanent features of the earth. 

Daly has lately (1918, 1920) advanced views similar to those 
held by Barrell, but based on different lines of investigation. He 
also holds that the surface of the earth was in a molten or gaseous 
state after our globe had grown full size, basing his view mainly 
on the condition of the other planets and of the moon, which by its 
maria and lunar pits! indicates such a condition in a late stage. 
He points out that the Precambrian basement terranes are granitic 
on the average, while the eruptives of the ocean floors are almost 
entirely basaltic or derivatives of basalt, and he considers both as 
primeval differentiates, the basalt being the sunken part of an 
intermediate magma, of which the other risen part is the material 
now constituting the granitic terranes of the Precambrian (Daly, 
1918, p. 120). He thus assumes a density stratification that is 
due to a fluid earth and that led to an original separation of con- 
tinental and oceanic tracts. The dominant gneisses and granites of 
the early Precambrian complexes, however, do not represent the 
primitive crust but its rearranged material. 

Similar views are held by Willis (1920) as to the origin of the 
ocean depressions from original basalt masses and the repetition of 
epochs of melting; and their consequent persistence from early 
geologic or Precambrian time. A tendency to gradual widening 
is supposed to have been induced by the formation of marginal 
shearing surfaces. 

Summarizing the views of American authors who have | 
on the age and origin of the oceans and continents, it will be seen 
that they stand in essential agreement on the primordial age and 
essential permanency of these fundamental features of the frame- 
work of the earth; but as to their origin they do not agree. 

This American view, as we may well call it, which emphasizes the 
permanence of the oceans and continents is not so generally accepted 
in Europe. This may well be traced back to the subtle mental 
influence of the geology of the two continents; on one side the grand, 
simply built American continent with its broad Archean nucleus 
-in the north, vast Paleozoic expanse in the middle, and a narrow 
margin of marine Tertiary rocks; and on the other hand the shattered 
and complex European continent which suggests continuous rest- 
lessness in its geologic history. 

In Europe we can discern at least two groups of writers, a larger 


1 Arguments which, incidentally, have since been repudiated by Chamberlin 
(1920, p. 690). 


72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


one which follows Suess, and a smaller one which considers the geo- 
synclines as the fundamental feature of the framework of the earth. 

As is well known, Suess, following the suggestions of American 
petrographers, divided the earth crust into three concentric divisions, 
namely, the central Barysphere, which he termed the Nzfe (Ni-Fe); 
the Sima (Si-Mg); and the Sal (Si-Al). The latter two have been 
united by Wiechert as the stone crust or lithosphere, the Sima corre- 
sponding to the heavier basic, and the Sal to the lighter eruptive 
rocks. The sedimentary envelope or “ stratosphere”’ of Suess 
is almost entirely formed at the expense of the Sal. While formerly 
one sought to explain the anomalies of gravity by the assumption 
of a thinner layer of the lithosphere above the barysphere, or a 
“coming up ”’ of the barysphere under the oceans (see Kayser, 1913), 
one is now inclined to consider the continents as lighter bodies, 
consisting of Sal, that float upon and are partly imbedded into the 
heavier Sima that also underlies the oceans (see Wegener and Andrée). 
As it is recognized that there could not have been an exchange on 
a large scale of these masses, the permanence of the oceans and con- 
tinents is a corollary of this view. But it has also led to the hypothe- 
sis of “horizontal continental displacements’ of Wegener, according 
to which the lighter continental masses have moved upon the heavier 
Sima during geological history, a view which is thought to explain — 
perhaps in combination with larger relative polar wanderings 
induced by the summation of small absolute polar wanderings 
— the occurrence of glacial deposits in tropical regions and of fossil 
tropical plants and coal beds in arctic regions, and the connections’ 
of widely separated continents postulated by biogeographers (see 
Dacqué p. 56, 8s). 

The permanence of the oceans and especially of the great ocean 
depths has been doubted after the discovery that the abyssal faunas 
are not of older than Mesozoic origin. This fact has, however, 
been explained in various ways (see Walther, Soergel, Dacqué, 
Chamberlin) without the assumption of a late origin of the abysmal 
depths and it has, on the other hand, been pointed out by Penck 
by means of a simple calculation that the middle depth of the ocean 
may at all times have amounted to about 2640 meters, since at all 
times there is evidence of dry land; and that even if one assumes a 
contribution of 1o per cent to the hydrosphere by juvenile water, 
there still remains a depth of water of 1800 meters above the 
middle level of the crust for the beginning of the Paleozoic age. 
He therefore concludes that the middle depth of the eceans was 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920—21 73 


always abysmal and that these abysmal depths always existed in 
_ the areas of the present oceans. 
A theory that stands in direct opposition to the view of the 
permanence of the oceans and continents as advanced by the Ameri- 
can authors, is that of Haug (1900) of the supremacy of the geosyn- 
_clines in the history of the face of the earth (see Gortari, 1920, p. 
46). Haug’s theory, as originally presented in 1900 and since then 
more fully developed in his paleogeographic maps, assumes that a 
system of relatively narrow but deep geosynclinal canals represents 
the mobile part of the earth crust, from which the ocean waters 
advanced in times of transgression and into which they withdrew 
in times of emergence of the “continents.” The latter comprise 
all the immense tracts between the geosynclines. He thus con- 
structed (see fig. 5) a North Atlantic, a Sino-Siberian, a Pacific, 
an Africano-Brazilian and an ‘“ Australo-Indo-Malgash ”’ continent 
for the Mesozoic and suggests that their structure goes back to 
Paleozoic time. Andrée (1914, p. 27) points out that these geosyn- 
clines correspond to the present intercontinental mediterranean 
- and the marginal seas, as the east-Asiatic, to which adjoins the 
greatest depth known today; and that the assumption of a Pacific 
continent is purely hypothetic (as Haug had himself conceded).! 
_ A view which in a measure combines the hypotheses of the Ameri- 
can authors with those held in Europe has been lately advanced 
by Holtedahl in connection with his thorough studies of the Paleo- 
zoics of the Atlantic-Arctic region (Holtedahl, 1920). Holtedahl 
considers it hopeless to advocate the permanency of the oceanic 
basins as far as the North Atlantic is concerned; for this region 
has been the area of the greatest vertical movements in the Paleozoic 
era and while thus through long geologic periods it had the tendency 
- to rise, it has now sunken deeply. He recognizes a geosyncline 
of post-Ordovician folding extending through Norway, Scotland, 
Newfoundland and the Appalachians and sees in the geosynclines 
1 Eduard Suess in a letter of March 8, 1909, to the writer has, in answer to 
the latter’s statement in ‘‘ The Graptolites of New York,’’ that the graptolite 
shales prevailingly occur in geosynclines, expressed an interesting view on these 
structures which it may be worth while to publish in this connection. He says 
(not translated) ‘‘ I have with great interest read what you say on shields, but 
I do not believe in geosynclinals. No existing ocean has a synclinal structure, 
except by superimposed sediments, and the Pacific troughs are no synclinals.”’ 
This statement explains why Suess in his classic work never uses the expression 
geosyncline. It appears, however, that the ‘‘ Vortiefen’’ or ‘‘ fore-depths ” 
which he recognizes in front of the greater mountain ranges (see Suess, 1911, 
Pp. 102) correspond to the geosynclines in position and as the situs of later moun- 
tain folding. As pointed out by Suess, they are, however, no synclines, as ‘‘ they 


are not caused by folding,” as “‘ one side is formed by the foreland while the 
other is the front of a folded chain.” 


74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the bordering zones between the more stable continental and the 
unstable oceanic areas.! 

As this admittedly very imperfect survey of the opinions held by 
competent authors on the permanence of the oceans and continents 
shows, there still exist wide differences between their views, which 
become still more apparent when the causes are sought out (see 
postea) which they assign to the fundamental changes in the sur- 
face of the earth. While this is not an occasion for entering 
on a general discussion of the problems of the constancy of continents 
and oceans beyond pointing out the lack of uniformity of opinion 
regarding them, it is yet to be emphasized that the problem of the 
Precambrian continents which it is intended to discuss here, has an 
important bearing on the larger question of the general permanency 
of the continents and oceans. 

It is the writer’s belief, that fairly direct evidence of the existence 
and configuration of the Precambrian continents can be derived 
from the geologic data at hand and that this evidence suggests that 
the continental masses of the present day are recognizable in Pre- 
cambrian time and further that these early continents occupied 
much larger areas than their recent descendants. 

Our evidence is taken from the following groups of geologic facts: 
(1) the Precambrian fold systems, (2) the Postcambrian fold systems, 
(3) the configuration of the Cambrian continents, (4) the character 
of the Precambrian deposits. 


Actuality of Precambrian Folding and Fold Systems 


Prof. W. M. Davis has lately in a review of Suess’s ‘‘ Face of the 
Earth” pointed out that “wisely directed attention might be given 
to the ancient deformations of the long afterwards undisturbed 
regions, like Laurentia, Angara and Gondwana; and coordinated 
effort might thus be made to extend the beginnings already outlined 


1Jt likewise appears that European authors (see Th. Arldt, Die Verbindung 
Madagascars mit Africa in der geologischen Vorzeit, in Geol. Rundschau, 10: 63 ff. 
1919; Gerth, H. Die Fortschritte der geologischen Forschung in Argentinien und 
einigen Nachbarstaaten wahrend des Weltkrieges. ibid. 1921, 12:74 ff., and 
especially E. Jaworski, Das Alter des stid-atlantischen Beckens, ibid., 12:60, 1921) 
are not inclined to accept the permanence of the south Atlantic. Also the 
Argentine geologists, under the leadership of H. Keidel (Ueber das Alter, die 
Verbreitung und die gegenseitigen Beziehungen der verschiedenen tektonis- 
chen Strukturen in den argentinischen Gebirgen; Compt. Rxend. 12 Int. Cong. 
1913, p. 671-88; and La Geologia de las Sierras de la Provincia de Buenos Aires 
y sus relaciones con las montafias de Sud Africa y los Andes; in An. de Min. 
de Agric. de la Rep. Argent. Secc. Geol.; Min. y Mineria, v. 9 no. 3, 1916) prefer 
to support Clarke's inference that the peculiar character of the Antarctic Devonian 
can be explained only by the assumption of a large south Atlantic continental 
mass, separating the Antarctic Devonian sea from the Mediterranean sea. 


a 


in the direction of interpreting the Archean framework of the earth 
upon which the more modern framework that Suess deciphered has 
been superposed.”’ 

It is an established fact that the Archean basement complex 

(representing the Archeozoic era) has undergone not only complete 
metamorphism but. also a worldwide intense folding. The later 
Precambrian rocks (classed formerly as Huronian, then as Algonkian 
and more recently as Algoman, Huronian and Algonkian rocks, 
representing Proterozoic time) have escaped metamorphism and 
folding in some interior parts of North America but elsewhere have 
undergone like folding as the Archean basement complex and: with 
few exceptions in the same sense; for example, in the eastern Lauren- 
tian shield, where both are folded from the southeast. This world- 
wide folding of the Precambrian rocks stands in striking contrast 
to the localized folding of the earth crust in all later time. It 1s 
this folding that we shall make first the object of our analysis in 
search for criteria of Precambrian continents. We shall show that 
this folding exhibits uniform directions over enormous tracts of the 
earth, thereby indicating primordial masses of the earth crust that 
responded to the folding agencies as units, and that we, for that reason, 
consider as fundamental elements of the framework of the earth, 
corresponding to the continents of later geologic history. 

Before we can enter upon-an investigation of the directive lines 
of these Precambrian fold systems, however, it is necessary to 
attain clearness as to the actuality of the folds and as to their cause. 
It is obvious from a perusal of the literature that there exists as yet 
no consensus of opinion regarding the cause of the universal Pre- 
cambrian folding. 

In Europe one has pointed to the closely compressed folds of 
the Precambrian terranes, whose ‘‘ strikes are tortuous and wavy 
curves and often subcircular and even angularly broken lines” 
(Uhlig, r904, p. 10), such as have been mapped in the Precambrian 
of Bohemia (Fr. Ed. Suess, 1902) and Sweden (Térnebohm, Holm- 
quist, r910) and concluded that this close uniform folding is to be 
explained by a uniform contraction of the entire earth crust which 

~ then had a “ fairly homogeneous composition ”’ (Uhlig, 1904, p. 20). 
Andrée (1914, p. 10) and Reyer (1907, p. 156) would invoke, besides 
the general contraction, the influence of enormous masses of eruptive 
material as an additional factor. 

In America a certain diversity is still apparent in the literature, 
as to whether the crumpled structure of the Precambrian rocks 
actually represents a folding. Thus Barrell (1915, p. 511) has ex- 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 ras 


76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


pressed the view that “the gnarled and twisted rocks of the Archean 
speak of the presence beneath them of molten magmas rather than 
of an enormous degree of compressive forces upon them,” and W. J. 
Miller (1916) has stated it as his belief that none of the published 
Adirondack maps or available data affords any reasons to believe 
that the Grenville strata were ever profoundly folded or compressed, 
qualifying his statement in another place in saying, ‘“‘that the 
Adirondack Grenville strata are more or less folded is . ‘ 
admitted, . . . but, in the light of recent studies, the writer (Miller) 
doubts the interpretation of folded, tilted and foliated stru: tures 
as due to intense lateral compression.” 

As in this latter case a distinct area, the Adirondacks of New York, 
has furnished the evidence, and the question is thus clearly cir- 
cumscribed and also representative of the whole problem, we shall 
consider it a little more fully. 

Those pioneers of Adirondack Precambrian geology, Cushing, 
Kemp, Newland and Smyth, have all directly claimed, and presented 
strong evidence, that intense orogenic forces have acted upon the 
Precambrian gneisses of the Adirondacks with the conspicuous result 
of isoclinal folding. Likewise has Martin (1916) in a publication 
that is contemporaneous with Miller’s asserted a folded character 
for the gneisses of the Canton quadrangle in the northern Adiron- 
dacks, and still more lately have Newland (1917), Alling (1919) and 
Buddington (1919), in view of Miller’s conclusions paid special 
attention in their researches in the Adirondacks to the evidence 
of folding and all found such of a conclusive character. Alling (1919, 
p. 67) concludes ‘“‘ that the Grenville strata have been extensively 
isoclinally folded ’’ and Buddington (1919, p. 101) infers that his 
observations, “‘for the most part confirm Miller’s conclusions as 
to the primary origin of most of the foliation in the igneous gneisses, 
but on the other hand they conform to the belief that strong orogenic 
forces of mountain-building intensity have affected the rocks of 
this district ’’ (in the northwest). . 

Chamberlin, in discussing the order of the magnitude of the 
shrinkage of the earth, in his truly path-finding series of articles 
on ‘‘ Diastrophism and the Formative Processes”’ (1920, p. 5) finds 
diastrophism displayed in three great fields, namely, (1) ‘‘ the defor- 
mations of the distinctly stratified terranes, chiefly those of the 
Paleozoic and later ages,’’ (2) ‘‘the complicated distortions and 
the metamorphosed phases of the Proterozoic and Archean com- 
plexes,’ and (3) ‘‘ the deeper and more massive deformations of 
the earth body.” 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 Gi, 


In regard to a possible computation of the crustal shortening 


expressed in the Precambrian folds, this master of analysis states: 


_ “No one, so far as I know, has thus far had the temerity to offer an 


estimate of the amount of shortening implied. by the intricate 


crumpling of these old formations on any great circle of the earth. 


_ That it was large, however, goes without the saying.” 


Like Chamberlin, Barrell has also seen in the Precambrian folds 
“ Manifestations of mountain-making forces on a prodigious scale”’ 


MCiors, p. 19). 


Suess based his “ Leitlinien”’ or directrices of the recent con- 
tinents in linking mountain chain to mountain chain, mainly on 


_ the strikes of the axes of the folds, but also on the strike of schistosity, 


and on the trend of intrusive rock masses, because he knew that the 


_ three are intimately related; are expressions of the same deep-seated 
forces and therefore bound into the uniform parallelism of direction 


so generally observed. Willis (1920, p. 289) points out that the 


- foliation of the metamorphic rocks falls into the same class of phe- 
nomena and exhibits the same parallelism with the directrices. It 


is, however, to be regarded as the primary response of the rock to 
deformative movements. While, as Barrell (1915, p. 512), Willis 
(1920, p. 289) and others show, the normal mode of yielding in the 
upper zone of fracture of the lithosphere which is thin, brittle and 
relatively weak, is by jointing and faulting, and also by folding in 
stratified rocks; the rocks of deeper origin yield by massive flowage 
as their foliated structures and crystalline textures show when they 
are exposed by erosion. It seems not essential for our inquiry to. 
decide here whether the foliation observed in metamorphosed 
plutonic rocks (igneous gneisses, etc.) arises, as Miller believes, 
during the process of consolidation of the magma, resulting from 
its efforts to shoulder aside the Grenville gneiss with which it is 
intrusive, or whether, as Willis (1920, p. 290) states, the batholiths 
in their linear form and arrangement follow an earlier foliation 


_ parallel to their present trend. The important fact for our inquiry 


{ 


is that of the parallelism, in the Archean rocks, between foliation 
and folding and direction of intrusives. As Chamberlin and Salis- 
bury, in their textbook of geology, state, “the most satisfactory 
explanation of the prevalent foliated structure of the Archean 
seems to be that which refers it to the movements of the outer 
part of the earth, in Archeozoic and later time.’’ We therefore 
can properly link the foliation with the folding and the longitudinal 
extension of the early intrusive masses as various expressions of the 
same deformative and compressive forces. 


78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


What these deformative forces may have been can be more advan- 
tageously discussed after the trend of the folds and’ associated 
phenomena has been traced over the earth. Before, however, we 
can take up this most important part of our inquiry, the question 
of the correlation of the Precambrian rocks of the different continents 
has to be settled; for it would clearly be an idle undertaking to attempt 
to trace the general direction of the strikes of these rocks on the 
earth, if the probability of entirely different ages of the rocks and 
of their diastrophic movements on the different continental plat- 
forms had to be inferred. 

American geologists seem to be in full agreement that at least 
two eras have to be distinguished in the Precambrian, that are 
separated by a great unconformity. These are the Archeozoic and 
Proterozoic eras. The former term is applied to the dominantly 
igneous or meta-igneous complex below and the latter to the domi- 
nantly sedimentary or metasedimentary series above (see Chamberlin 
and Salisbury, 1909, Pirsson and Schuchert, Miller and Knight 
1915, Schuchert, 1916). The sedimentary rocks of the Archeozoic 
era (Archean rocks) are known as the Grenville series; the igneous 
series as the Keewatin. The Archeozoic era closed with the great 
Laurentian revolution, which thoroughly deformed and injected 
the Archean rocks with the Laurentian granite-gneiss. This was 
followed by an erosion interval of immense duration, the Ep-Archeo- 
zoic interval. In the rocks of the Proterozoic era there can again 
be recognized a great unconformity. The Proterozoic era has there- 
fore been subdivided into the Huronian and Algonkian periods. 
Schuchert (1916, p. 479) proposes to recognize these two periods as 
eras, in recognition of the fact that the Huronian again closes with 
a great mountain-making revolution and a period of great granite 
intrusions (the Algoman intrusives), which produce a major uncon- 
formity such as he considers as diagnostic of the termination: of an 
era in the geologic succession. For reasons of priority he would 
term the earlier one (also known as Timiscamian), the Agnotozoic, 
and the later (also termed Algonkian and Animikean, see Muller 
and Knight, p. 592) the Proterozoic era. 

While the rocks of the lower Huronian or Agnotozoic era are still 
highly metamorphosed, those of the later stages of the Proterozoic 
era are metamorphosed scarcely at all. They likewise have under- 
gone much less violent diastrophic movements than those of the 
preceding eras and are sometimes fossiliferous. They have therefore 
been even referred to the Paleozoic (Lawson, 1916), although separated 
from the Paleozoic system by another great unconformity and cor- 
responding great erosion interval. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I1920—21 79 


Prof. J. F. Kemp (1911) after becoming personally acquainted with 
the Precambrian geology of Scandinavia at the occasion of the elev- 
enth International Geological Congress, has compared the American 
and Scandinavian series of Precambrian rocks and expressly com- 
mented (op. cit., p. 105) on the profound impression of similarity and 
resemblance ‘‘ that remained in the minds of the Americans, not- 
withstanding some differences’’; adding, ‘“‘so much so, that when 
in the field the Americans in the end became embarrassed at their 
constant and almost irrepressible tendency to remark upon it to 
their Swedish hosts.” The table given by Kemp (p. 95-105), 
after the works of Hégbom and Sederholm, shows an almost iden- 
tical succession of rocks and dtastrophic events in the Scandinavian- 
Finnish and American Precambrian series. Over there are dis- 
tinguished as main divisions or eras, the Archean, Jatulian and 
Jotnian, which going downward in the progressive development of 
metamorphism and general crustal unrest, as well as their lithologic 
characters, closely correspond to the American series. ‘The Archean 
is there, as here, closed by a period of huge granite intrusions (the 
Post-Bottnian or Serarchean granites) and intense diastrophic 
activity, followed by a long interval of erosion. Likewise the Jatulian 
era is closed by a period of strong mountain-folding and much 
voleanic activity, which produced the peculiar Rapakivi granites, 
by final elevation and land surface denudation (“‘ epijatulian folding ” 
and “‘subjotnian land surface denudation and igneous rocks”’). 
The Jotnian, finally, is compared by Kemp with the Torridonian 
of Scotland and the Keweenawan of the Lake Superior region. Like 
the latter, the closing stage of the Proterozoic in America, it is more 
local in its development and distribution as compared with the 
Archean and Agnotozoic rocks. 

In regard to the Asiatic Precambrian nucleus, Bailey Willis (1907, 
Vv. 2, p. 4) has shown a succession that is also divided by two major 
unconformities into three systems that exhibit progressive meta- 
morphism, volcanic intrusions and diastrophism in a downward 
direction. Adams (1908, p. 117) states in regard to a correlation of 
this Asiatic Precambrian with the American: ‘‘ Applying therefore 
this criterion of diastrophic periods to the correlation of the Pre- 
cambrian succession of these widely separated portions of the great 
northern nucleus we obtain an identical result in both cases, the 
diastrophic movements seem to have affected the nucleus as a whole.” 
(italics ours). 

While in none of the other large Precambrian massifs the presence 
of two major unconformities, beside several smaller ones, has, p. 80, 


80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


been demonstrated as yet, it is, however, true that wherever 
Precambrian rocks are developed and exposed on any larger scale 
there is a distinct succession of rocks of Archean aspect (a granite- 
gneiss series) to more dominantly sedimentary schist series of the 
Proterozoic era. It is not necessary to dwell on this fact at any 
length, for it has been clearly stated in the textbooks, as Kayser’s, 
Geikie’s, Lapparent’s etc. In Germany one distinguishes the 
‘““Urgneisformation’’ from the younger ‘‘ Urschieferformation”’; 
in Great Britain the fundamental gneiss (Lewisian of Hicks) from 
rocks of Algonkian age (Pebidian). Kayser (1913, p. 34) points out, 
that if the large unconformities observed on the Laurentian and 
Fenno-Scandinavian shields within the Precambrian rocks and 
between the latter and the Cambrian, have not yet been clearly 
recognized in other regions, this is mainly due to the fact that these 
unconformities have been entirely obscured by later folding. Never- — 
theless indications of the presence of the principal unconformity, 
that between the Archeozoic and Proterozoic, are found in the litera- 
ture of many Precambrian massifs in all parts of the world.’ 

There is for these reasons no doubt in our mind that the principal 
divisions of the Precambrian are of worldwide distribution and will 
be recognized as such as more elaborate investigation extends to 
the as yet little known Precambrian areas of Asia, Africa, South 
America and Australia; and especially as gradually the metamor- 
phic rocks of Paleozoic and Mesozoic age are recognized and Sepalae 
from the Precambrian rocks. 

In the same way as the succession of systems elaborated in the 
Precambrian in North America, Europe and eastern Asia will in time 
be recognized to be as worldwide as the Paleozoic and Mesozoic sys- 
tems are;? so also the principal diastrophic events will, from present 
indications, be found to have everywhere the same order of magnitude 
and succession. The Archean is now everywhere known to be more 
intensely folded, crumpled, foliated and sheared than the lower 
Proterozoic (Agnotozoic), and this again more so than the later 
Proterozoic. 

As several authors have pointed out, we see now in the Pre- 
cambrian rocks the results of three revolutions and a number of 


1 The Indian Precambrian has been roughly correlated with the Canadian 
by Sir Thomas Holland (The Archean and Purana Groups of Peninsular India; - 
Compt. Rend. 12 Intern. Geol. Congr. 1913, p. 370 ff.) and an unconformity 
pointed out in the Archean corresponding to that separating the Laurentian 
and Huronian and another one separating the Archean and Purana groups, 
which latter (consisting of the Gwalior and Vindyan) is correlated with the 
Algonkian. 


2 It is, for example, recognized in Brazil by Harder and Chamberlin (1915). 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—2I1 81 


disturbances, all of which were of Precambrian time. It is further 
to be remembered that geologists agree that these diastrophic 
movements, especially those at the end of the Archeozoic time, 
extended over an immense length of time; and those that involved 
the Archean rocks were worldwide. We see then before us the 
algebraic sum of the various diastrophic movements that successively 
disturbed the Precambrian rocks. If then, notwithstanding these 
facts that greatly complicate the problem of Precambrian dias- 
trophism, we shall find that the directive lines of the Precambrian 
diastrophic movements, as expressed in the folding and foliation of 
all rocks and the strike of the eruptive bodies, present a striking 
uniformity of direction over tracts of continental size, it is to be 
inferred that these tracts responded as units for very long intervals 
of time, if not continuously, to all diastrophic forces. 

After these preliminary discussions of the bearing of the folded 
structures of the Precambrian rocks on the probability of their 
indicating continental areas of the earliest recognizable surface of 
our earth, we can turn to the evidence that is found in the literature 
of such folds and their principal directions. 


Description of Precambrian Fold Systems 


In an attempt to trace out the primary direction of folding of 
the Precambrian rocks it is necessary to exclude: 

1 All areas of metamorphic rocks which are either proved to be 
or suspected of being younger than Precambrian age; such as are 
found in Greece, Asia Minor, the Andaman and Antillean islands 
(serpentines of Cuba, etc.), the Coast range and in Lower California, 
New England etc. 

2 All rocks of Precambrian age involved in later folding, as those 
of North Africa, Spain, France, western Germany, the Alps, eastern 
Australia, etc! It is to be noted here, however, that even in these 
cases, keen observers have often enough found that the Precambrian 
nuclei of mountain ranges retain an independent original direction of 
folding, and further that in some cases the new folds have clearly 
followed old lines of folding (‘‘ posthumous folds’’). There are 
further left, even in those regions that were overrun by the crustal 
waves of later time, ‘islands ”’ or blocks that remained undisturbed 
and that give important information on the original direction of 

1 Many of these crystalline rocks have also been proved to be metamorphosed 
tocks of Paleozoic—and some even.of Mesozoic—age. To this class belong the 


metamorphic nuclei of the Alps, Carpathians, Betic Cordillera, Iranian arch, 
the Himalaya, the Andes, etc. : 


82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


folding in the Precambrian basement complex. Such undisturbed 
blocks are found in the Rocky Mountains, in Bohemia, Cambodia 
ete: 

The large areas that are then left and that lend themselves 
directly to our inquiry, are: the greater part of North America, 
small regions of South America, eastern Europe, northern and 
eastern Asia, all inner Africa and western Australia. The general 
facts gleaned from these are complemented by those obtained from 
the unfolded ‘‘islands’”’ or blocks and the posthumous folds. 

The most important source of information for this inquiry has 
been Eduard Suess’s ‘‘ Das Antlitz der Erde’’ where there is not 
only a large store of information as to the directions of Precambrian 
rock folding in various regions but where also the facts of the general 
directions of Precambrian folding in Asia and eastern Europe are 
clearly set forth. For North America, Van Hise and Leith’s “ Pre- 
cambrian Geology of North America ”’ and the folios of the United 
States Geological Survey furnish the principal data. 


2) 

oo) "IojoeIeYyO snoumyysod jo A[qeqoid yred ut ‘syoo1 ueliquieoelg url a3e 910zZ019401g-4sod Jo SUOT4DeIIp 
PIOJ fi ‘suorjoerrp poestezuy ||| ‘sour, pues} Jo uoroesrp paasesqg || “eueMpuoy-1yoIy III ‘elseinq-iyoIy 11! “eoleury-Tyo1y I 
‘Seale [eJUOUTJUOD UelIquiedslg oy} Suryeorpul ‘ose ueLquieoeIg JO UOTeI[OJ pue Surploy jo sour] pues, oy} jo yey “I “SI 


go ae 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I1920—2I 


X 
X 


Wane |S 


a IN ha As SS 


84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


a Precambrian Fold System of North America 


Beginning with the Adzrondack massif of New York, where the 
uniform northeast-southwest direction of the folds and foliation 
first attracted the attention of the writer, we have, as stated before, 


the unequivocal testimony of Cushing, Kemp, Newland and Smyth- 


of the older authors and that of Alling, Buddington and Martin 
of the younger investigators, that the entire massif exhibits strong 
folding and a general strike of the beds in a northeast-southwest 
direction. This is especially well brought out in the limestone and 
graphite belts, and readily recognized on the geologic map of New 
York in the northwestern section of the massif. 

The ‘“‘ Canadian shield”’ or protaxis (Laurentia) has become well 
known through the thorough investigations of Adams, Barlow, 
Coleman and Miller in the east; through Lawson, Van Hise and others 
in the west. Adams and Coleman, in the Problems of American 
Geology (1915) have vividly described the “‘ epochs of intense folding 
and metamorphism, accompanied by great batholithic granite 
intrusions ’’ that marked the end of the Archeozoic and the middle 
Huronian eras in the east. In both cases, they state, the thrust 
was from the southeast, resulting in a uniform northeast strike 
of the folds. Detailed investigations of restricted areas, as those 
of Cooke (1919) in northern Quebec, verify their statements. of the 
remarkable parallelism of the axes of folding, although there are 
local diversions from the general direction, as in northern Quebec 
where it swings more toward an eastern direction and cross folding 
is developed which sometimes becomes more intense than the general 
folding. In the eastern part of Ontario, Adams and Barlow (1913) 
have also found a general N 30 E direction of the planed-down 
mountain ranges, which direction is also shown by the batholiths 
and their foliation. 

Along the eastern coast of Labrador a northwest to north-north- 
west direction of the Precambrian folds appears, but this, according 
to Adams, is due to Tertiary folding. The cross folds observed 
by Cooke in northern Quebec may be an expression of the same 
later diastrophic influence. Along the west coast of Greenland, 
however, according to the observations of Kornerup (see Suess 
V. 2, p. 90; Vv. 3, pt 2, p. 291) the northeast direction prevails again 
in the Archean gneisses as far as northern Greenland (Suess, v. 
2, p. 57). Above this are found locally what appear to be Huronian 
quartzites, quartz-schists etc. (Hovey, 1918). These beds are usually 
less disturbed than the older formations. In the east of Greenland 
a north-south direction has been mentioned along some of the 


a 


SO SE I EES aoe Pe Ok PEAR nay) Sn Le a ee RD RO Sees ne ee 


; REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 85 


fjords, but observations are as yet still very incomplete. As Suess 


(v. 3, pt 2) points out, Greenland is clearly a part of Laurentia 
and, as he suggests, the Laurentian Precambrian rocks may extend 
under the ocean to the western Hebrides. 

While in eastern Ontario, as we have seen, the Precambrian rocks 


clearly strike northeast and also the later Proterozoic rocks, as the 
nickel-bearing Algoman and Keweenawan rocks at Sudbury and 


Cobalt (see Miller and Knight, 1915 and 1917, p. 174; also personal 
information from D. H. Newland; see also Adams, 1015, p. 52) 
are involved in this folding, as is also well shown in the geological map 
of the Dominion of Canada published with the Guide book no. 1; 
this direction of folding changes in western Ontario, north of Lake 
Superior, into an east and west direction. This is again distinctly 
shown on the above-mentioned map in the strikes of the Lower 
Huronian beds, and we have it also on personal information from 
D. H. Newland in regard to the Rainy Lake region. According 
to Coleman (1915, p. 135) the Huronian in this, its original, region 
to the north of Lakes Huron and Superior, has not undergone much 
deformation by folding. Along the margin of the shield, however, 
southwest of Lake Superior it has often been subjected to great 
folding (Coleman, 1915, p. 136). In the well-known Marquette 
region a distinct east-west folding has extended to all divisions 
of the Precambrian (Van Hise and Bailey, 1897); and this general 
direction holds true southward through the middle of the continent; 
although local irregularities as the bending of the strikes toward 
southwest, around the western end of Lake Superior may occur. 
The Baraboo range in Wisconsin (see Van Hise & Leith, 1909, 
p- 720) is a great east-west striking syncline, and associated outcrops 
in Wisconsin, consisting of Huronian and a basement complex 
considered as Archean, show corresponding strikes. 

The northwestern part of the Canadian shield, west of Hudson Bay, 
is as yet but very little known. There is, however, no doubt that 
the Precambrian rocks have there swung into a north-south and 
northwest direction. This is brought out by the before-mentioned 
map of Canada and the recent observations of Camsell (1916) 
in the Northwest territories. He found, between the Great Slave 
lakes and Lake Athabasca, the Archean basement complex to have 
a north and south trend, “‘ corresponding more to the Cordilleran 
line than to those of East Canada.’’! 

1F. J. Alcock and E. L. Bruce (Precambrian rocks of Manitoba. Bul. Geol. 


Soc. 32, no. 2, p. 272, 1921) report a close folding, indicating a northwest trending 
structure in the Athapapuskow lake area. 


86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


This northwest and north direction of the Precambrian rocks 


in the western part of the Canadian shield, can, like the east-west 
direction of the middle part, be traced southward into the middle 
of the continent; for we find in the Archean basement complex of 
the Ozark mountains in Missouri a N 50° W strike (Van Hise & 
Leith, p. 734), in that of the Black Hills (ibid., p. 728, 732, 733; see 
also Sundance Folio) a northwest to north direction; farther 
south in Oklahoma a west-northwest — east-southeast direction 
(ibid., p. 738), and in the important inlier of Precambrian (Archean 
of earlier writers, probably Algonkian according to Paige) rocks in 
Burnet county, Texas, above Austin the folds form two major anti- 
clinal axes that have a general northwest-southeast trend (Sidney 
Paige, 1912; Comstock, 1891, p. 553; Suess v. 3, pt 2, p. 82; Van 
Hise & Leith, 1909, p. 746). 

Suess (v. 3, pt 2, p. 284) defines Laurentia as comprising not 
only the Canadian shield but also all the Precambrian basement 
complex on which the Paleozoic rocks rest in flat position. He thus 
includes Greenland and possibly the North Atlantic and extends 
Laurentia to its “ natural boundaries’ which are, in his view, the 
Caledonian and Appalachian mountains in the east, the Rocky 
mountains in the west and the United States range in the north. 
Although he cites the mountain ranges of Oklahoma as western con- 
tinuations of the Appa'achians (western Altaid system of moun- 
tains), he includes the inlier in Burnet county into Laurentia, con- 
sidering it as a monadnock of the old abraded Precambrian surface; 
and he thus extends Laurentia southward as far as 300 n. lL, 
suggesting (ibid., p. 282) that also the Colorado plateau may repre- 
sent a part of Laurentia. 

Suess (ibid., p. 290) also held that Laurentia, although a very ancient 
unit that acts as a block or foreland against all younger folds, has 
no uniform structure, but, as shown in the Lake Superior region, 
is ccmposed of various systems of folds, unconformities and trans- 
gressions. With the later evidence here brought forward in regard 
to the folded structure of Laurentia, it seems to us to possess a 
remarkably uniform structure, the entire system of Precambrian 
folds forming a single curve of northeast folds in the east, of east- 
west folds in the middle and northwest folds in the west. This is 
clearly true of the Canadian shield and can be traced through the 
middle of the continent to the southern extremity of Laurentia, 
as defined by Suess. 

We will now turn to the eastern and western boundaries of Laurentia, 
in whose determination Suess agrees with the earlier conception 


ce 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 87 


of Dana of a continental nucleus flanked by two geosynclines. 
Suess (ibid., p. 290) states that the strike of the Precambrian folds 
of Laurentia is entirely independent from that of the Appalachians 
and western Cordilleras. 

We have seen that the folds of the eastern part of the Canadian 
shield strike northeast or, as Adams and Barlow have stated, 
approximately parallel to the St Lawrence river. This, however, 
is also the direction of the Appalachian folds and the evidence is 
accumulating that these folds were initiated in Precambrian time. 
Thus Keith (Asheville Folio, 1920) has observed interlocking north- 
east-southwest bands of different gneisses, showing ancient folding in 
the southern extension of the Precambrian basement complex 
in the Appalachian and Piedmont systems. Lebling in his excellent 
essay ‘‘ Tektonische Forschungen in den Appalachen’’ (1914, 
p. 511) has, from the studies of Walcott, Grabau and Crosby, pointed 
out the presence of a longitudinal bar already in the Lower Cambrian 
of eastern North America, which separates the sea into two faunisti- 
eally and lithologically different provinces, the western of which con- 
tains Olenellus thompsoni, the eastern Holmia, Para- 
doxides and Olenus. Crosby reports that in the Boston basin 
the grain of the Cambrian sediments decreases in size from north- 
west to southeast, while on the other side of the bar in New York 
the opposite takes place. This initial Cambrian bar indicates folding 
of Precambrian age in the direction and in the place of the Appala- 
chian geosyncline and in line with the Precambrian folding of eastern 
Canada. This folding has then continued in that area = direction 
with interruptions throughout Paleozoic time. 

Berkey has found as well in the Highlands of the Hudson (1907) 
as on Manhattan island, both the Archean Grenville series (Fordham 
gneiss, Yonkers gneiss, etc.) and the younger (Proterozoic) series 
(Manhattan schist, Inwood limestone) which are separated as every- 
where else by an overlap unconformity. Both are intensely folded 
and the strike of the axes of the anticlines and synclines 1s 
everywhere northeast-southwest. Similar observations have been 
made farther south in Carolina by Keith. One may well ask him- 
self whether much of this folding of the Precambrian rocks of 
the Appalachian region is not also of Precambrian age. We must 
remember that it agrees in direction with the Precambrian folding 
of eastern Canada, that such folding existed already on the site 
of the Appalachians in Precambrian time, as indicated by the above- 
mentioned observations of Keith, Walcott, Crosby, Berkey and 
others, and further consider that, as Gilbert already emphasized, 


88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the Appalachian folding was of deep-seated origin, as revealed by 
the great erosion, and that such deep-seated folding is more likely 
to follow predetermined lines such as are given by the Precambrian 
folds. We are strongly inclined to infer from this evidence that the 
Appalachian folding is largely of a posthumous character (see p. 
113) or of folding along older lines. These older lines, however, 
are those of the eastern margin of Laurentia.! 

American geologists, including Willis, Clarke, Ulrich, Schuchert and 
Grabau, have long agreed that the continent formerly extended 
eastward for a considerable distance (100 miles or more) east of 
the Appalachians, forming Appalachia. The strike of the Pre- 
cambrian rocks of the Piedmont plateau leaves little doubt that 
also this former extension of North America into the ancient 
Atlantic (‘“ Poseidon’”’ of Schuchert) conformed, in its basement 
complex with the general structure of Laurentia and was an integral 
part of it. 

The Rocky mountains with their intense folding, faulting and 
overthrusting of Mesozoic age seem at’ first a hopeless field for a 
recognition of the Precambrian fold directions. A perusal of the 
literature, however, brings out the fact that the rocks of the base- 
ment complex in several areas have clearly retained a direction of 
folding and foliation that is independent of the Mesozoic and 
Tertiary folding. 

The general trend of the Rocky mountains is northwest and the 
boundaries of the Precambrian. rocks which form the backbones 
of the ranges as a rule have the same direction. Thus in Colorado 
where the waves of the Rocky mountains have been. stopped, 
reflected and bent by the impact with the Colorado massif, they 
assume a Y-shaped form (see R. T. Chamberlin, 1919, p. 150), two 
folds merging into one southward; a feature which is faithfully 
reflected in the Precambrian backbones. Where the first wave has 
been stopped in the Uinta mountains it has assumed an east-west 
direction (Suess, v. 3, pt 2, p. 438). Successively the waves have 
swung around.more to the north. It is probable that it is under 
the influence of such violent bending of the mountain system 
that the Archean gneisses and schists of the Needle Mountains 
quadrangle (Whitman Cross et al., 1905) change their strike as shown 

1In a recent publication, Berkey and Rice (C. P. Berkey and Marion Rice» 
Geology of the West Point Quadrangle, N. Y., State Mus. Bul. 225-26, 1921, 
p. 51) have claimed a northeast-southwest folding for the Grenville beds of “‘ very 
ancient Precambrian time,’’ finding their evidence in the marked control over 
all igneous intrusions resulting in a similar orientation of them and indicating 


that the Grenville formation which is the oldest in this region must have had 
this structure before the igneous history began. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 89 


in the schistosity and banding from a few degrees east of north 
in the southwest part of the quadrangle to an east-west direction 
farther north, differences of go° being observed even within a mile; 
and the Algonkian sedimentaries change their strike from north- 
_ west in the southeast corner to nearly east-west in the northwest 
_ part of the sheet. On the Silverton quadrangle, however, which is 


directly south of the Needle Mountains quadrangle, Whitman Cross 
(1905) and his associates found that the Archean gneisses and schists 


show in their schistosity and banding a distinct northeast-southwest 
strike and a nearly vertical attitude. The Proterozoic (‘‘ Uncom- 
_pahgre’’) quartzite is too massive to make out its structure, but 
- it is in that case also clear that the structure of the broad anticlines 
of late age is independent of the Algonkian structure. On the 
_ Engineer Mountain quadrangle (Whitman Cross & A. D. Hole, 1910) 


which is southwest of the Silverton quadrangle and between the 


_ Needle and the Rico mountains, the Archean line of schistosity swings 
from a north-south direction in the north, into a northeast-south- 


west and finally into an east-west direction, while the Uncom- 


_pahgre, exposed in the northeast is thrown into compressed folds, 


whose boundaries run west-northwest. 
On the Rico quadrangle, which is in the southwest corner of 


_ Colorado, bordering the St Juan mountains, Whitman Cross and 
' Ransome (1905) found the Uncompahgre formation, consisting 
. mostly of quartzite, likewise striking in a northeast direction (N 10° 
_ — 30° E), and steeply dipping toward the southeast. Other quad- 
_ tangles as the Pueblo, southeast of Pike’s Peak, where Gilbert found a 
- north to northwest direction of the schistosity in the Precambrian 
_ rocks, support the conclusion that the Precambrian rocks where ap- 
_ parently least disturbed by later folding show a north-south to north- 
_ east-southwest direction in their original structure. This original direc- 
tion has been greatly disturbed locally by the northwest direction of 
the mountain system imposed upon it. 


The bending of the Precambrian rocks in the Needle Mountains 
quadrangle seems to be an expression on a smaller scale of this 
general tendency of all Precambrian Rocky mountains axes to turn 
toward the northwest, for as Suess states (v. 1, p. 726) all the Ar- 


_ chean masses of the Rocky mountains strike from south to north 
_ with a tendency to turn toward north-northwest or northwest. 


ae eh 


The most important area for the proper conception of the Pre- 
cambrian fold system of the Rocky mountain region is, however, 


_ the Yellowstone Park and the country adjoining it north and east; 


_ or in other words north Wyoming and south Montana. Here, 


go NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


according to the comprehensive summary of Suess (v. 3, pt 2, 
p. 441 ff.) a large block has broken down and remained so free from 
later folding that the Cambrian is still resting horizontally upon the 
eroded surface of the Precambrian. This condition is especially 
well shown in the Gallatin range, Buffalo plateau and the Snowy 
range (Bear Tooth in the east), the Bridge range and the Great 
and Small Belt ranges. It is, as Suess expresses it, an entirely 
foreign block in the Rocky mountains. It was in this region that 
the late Precambrian deposition of the Belt terrane, reached its 
greatest thickness, and the rocks though separated from the follow- 
ing Cambrian by a distinct unconformity are but little disturbed 
and metamorphosed. The earlier Proterozoan rocks, however, 
and especially the Archeozoic rocks, are here as everywhere in the 
world, intensely folded. They are described as vertical by Arnold 
Hague and his associates (see Hague, 1899, p. 4), and it is stated 
that ‘‘ the pronounced lamination or schistosity of the whole body 
of rocks is quite uniform in its position, the layers standing at high 
angles or nearly vertical, with a general north-south trend.” 

Farther south in the Laramie-Sherman folio (Wyoming, see 
Darton et al., 1910), the dominating structure of the Archean 
according to Blackwelder is the schistosity, and this also shows a 
general trend east by north, averaging N 70° E; and the boundary 
lines of the Archean rocks also strike north by east. 


Summing up the somewhat confusing evidence from the Pre- 


cambrian rocks of the Rocky mountains, we may state as a fairly 
true conclusion that the original strike of the Precambrian rocks 
seems to have been in north-south direction, with an original tendency 
to turn northeast. Upon this original direction has in many 
localities been imposed the later northwest direction of the Rocky 
mountain folding, which has in places turned the folding and folia- 
tion even east-west. 

If we compare this original north-south direction of folding of 
the Rocky mountain Precambrian with that observed in the north- 
western part of the Canadian shield, which is also north-south, 
we can hardly avoid the conclusion that the Rocky mountain Pre- 
cambrian folding thus found to be directed exactly parallel to the 
western Laurentian folding, 7s a western continuation of the same 
system of Precambrian folding. 

We have seen before that the Colorado plateau acted as a block 
against which the Rocky mountain folds coming like waves from 
the north were reflected and bent. The Colorado river has eroded 
through this plateau and exposed one of the most wonderful sections 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 OI 


- of the world. From Walcott’s excellent description (1895, p. 312) 


of this section we know that the river has cut into the Archean 


A gneiss which, as everywhere, is intensely folded. Upon this rests 
unconformably the Algonkian or Proterozoic series, which again 
in its turn is folded and eroded and overlain by the little tilted 
Cambrian. Since that time the Colorado plateau has not been 
folded again. A recent reconnaissance of the Archean complex 
in the Canyon (Noble & Hunter, 1917) and a number of folios 
of the Colorado plateau afford fairly conclusive evidence of the 
direction of the Precambrian folding there. Noble (p. 113) who 
did the field work, found that nearly all the Archean rocks were 
recrystallized and “acquired a gneissoid or schistose banding 
which has a dominant northeast strike and a nearly vertical dip.” 
It is added that this structure suggests that the compressive forces 
acted either from the northwest or from the southeast, and that a 
_ similar structure has been found to characterize the Archean complex 
_ in the Globe region described by Ransome (1903), and the complex 
on the west and southwest border of the Grand Cafion district 
described by Schrader (1909). 
_ The general northeast to north-northeast strike of the Archean, 
underlying the Colorado plateau, is clearly brought out by a number 
of folios. 

Ransome (1904, p. 2, 3) in the Globe folio (north of the Gila 
river and of Tucson) states that the schistose cleavage of the rocks 
(“Pinal schist,” probably equivalent to the Algonkian ‘“‘ Vischnu”’ 
series of Walcott in the Grand Cafion) which is roughly parallel 
to the banding, due to differences in composition of the schists, 
strikes to northeast and thus runs nearly at right angles to the 
dominant trend of the present mountain ranges of the region. Also 
the “ Schultze granite” forms narrow northeast-southwest intrusions 
in the schist. The dip is to the northwest. Ransome (1904) 
found the same condition on the Bisbee quadrangle, which is on 
the Mexican line, where the dominant trend is north-northeast — 
south-southwest. On the Clifton quadrangle, 80 miles east of 
the preceding and near the New Mexico line, Lindgren found 
the schistosity striking in various directions, and likewise variable 
indications of stratification in the schists, the outcrops, however, 
too small and scattered to allow the establishment of the general 
trend. Wherever the outcrops are large and continuous, as on 
the Bradshaw quadrangle (Jaggar & Palache, 1905), which lies 
southeast of Flagstaff in central Arizona, there the Proterozoic 
(“ Algonkian ’’) schists show a distinct northerly trend, as distinctly 


Q2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


brought out on the map by the lines of trend and the direction of 
the numerous conglomerate, limestone and quartzite lenses, that are 
carefully entered upon the map. The authors add that this struc- 
ture can be traced north from the Bradshaw mountains to the 
Jerome quadrangle, where the schists are invaded by granite 
intrusions that show a similar northerly trend; and still farther 
north is the Proterozoic Vischnu terrane of the Grand Cafion, which 
shows a north-northeast trend. Jaggar and Palache state that 
the schists lie in isoclinal folds as the result of tight compression 
by a horizontal force which acted from northwest to southeast. 
This northeast-southwest trend is found as far east as the northwest 
corner of Texas (Richardson, 1914). 

From the cited publications which could be stipplenioniees by 
others, it follows that the general trend of the Precambrian folds in 
the Colorado plateau 1s north with a tendency toward east, which leads 
to variations to* north-northeast and northeast. This, however, 


is the exact direction of the original Precambrian folding in the 


Rocky mountains and the western part of the Canadian shield. 
The most natural conclusion is then that the Precambrian folding 
of the Colorado plateau is a direct continuation of that of the Rocky 
mountain region and that both belong together as far as their Pre- 
cambrian structure is concerned, in spite of the contrast between the 
two as expressed in their present structure. This latter contrast 
led Suess, as has been noted before, to suggest that the Colorado 
plateau might be an outstanding southwestern block of Laurentia. 
Our inference of the agreement of the Precambrian structure of 
this plateau with that of Laurentia seems to corroborate this 
suggestion. 

That the plateau of northern Mexico, which is but a southward 
continuation of the Colorado plateau, would then also become linked 
to Laurentia is an unavoidable corollary; the lack of any knowledge 
of Precambrian rocks forbids, however, the discussion of this con- 
clusion in this place. 

The Western plateau and Pacific coast regions have as yet not 
afforded any conclusive evidence in regard to the trend lines of the 
Precambrian folding for although there are large areas of meta- 
morphic rocks of Precambrian aspect, their true age is in most 
cases still quite uncertain and the presence of gneisses and mica 
schists of Tertiary age is reported from the Coast range and lower 
California. The presence of genuine Precambrian (Proterozoic) 
rocks has, however, been reported in recent years from Oregon, 
Idaho and California (Smith & Packard, 1919, Knopf, 1917 etc.), 


os —— 


le 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 93 


as well as from western British Columbia (Daly, 1912, p. 560). 
_ The regions where these rocks occur are, however, involved in the 
_ intense folding of later age of the Pacific side of North America 
| ’ and there are now but few data! available as to their original or 
_ Precambrian folding. The same is true of the northern continuation 
of this plateau and mountain region into Canada? and Alaska. 
_ Where observations on the trend lines of metamorphic rocks have 
_ been made in these regions, they indicate a general direction 
parallel to the coast line (Blake, 1886, p. 242, etc.) 

_ Briefly reviewing the principal or directive lines of the Precambrian 
folding of North America, just described, we find that the north- 
- east of America, including Greenland, exhibits a distinct northeast 
_ direction; that this, in spite of later folding, or rather in part through 
_ the latter, is recognizable along the entire east coast of North 
_ America. This northeast direction swings in the interior of the 
- continent into an east-west line, and the latter turns into a north- 
_ south line as it approaches the Rocky mountain region. The 
_ Precambrian folding of North America exhibits thus a grand and 
_ simple curvature (see plate 1) which clearly proves this part of the earth 
crust to have reacted as one unit against the diastrophic forces active 
_ mm Precambrian time; or, in other words, a continuation of 
_ the Precambrian ‘“‘ nucleus” or protaxis seems to underlie the entire 
- continent as far as Greenland and Mexico, and “ Laurentia ”’ 
originally comprised all this wide territory. The special meaning 
4 of the northeast trend in the east, the east-west trend in the middle 
and the north-south trend in the Rocky mountain region will be 
_ discussed in connection with the dominant trends of the other 
continents. 


b Precambrian Fold System of Eurasia 


It was Richthofen who was first impressed with the wonderful 
uniformity of the trend lines of the folds of the Precambrian plat- 
form of northern China (Richthofen 1882). His observations 
have been verified by Willis (1907) and others, but it was left to 
_ Suess to decipher the grand divergency of the trend lines in the 


1 Those available (as Calkins & Jones, 1913, p. 83, for Idaho), indicate a north- 
__west-southeast trend of the folds. 

* From observations of Daly (1915, p. 531) in British Columbia it Pilor that 
in the middle or interior mountain group also, as in the above-cited Rocky 
mountain area of Montana and Wyoming, a block of Precambrian rocks (Shuswap 
terrane) has escaped the Cordilleran folding, that has affected the overlying 
younger formations, excepting in certain narrow zones; but in this terrane, 
excepting minute crumples, folds are very rare, thereby suggesting, in our view, 
a much farther extent westward into the Pacific of Archi-America than is at 
present assumed. 


< 


aa 


94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


vertex of Asia into two directions, which we will find to extend 
over the greater part of Eurasia. 

Richthofen found that the Precambrian basement complexes in 
East Shantung, Liantung,! Korea etc., which are overlain by flat 
Cambrian and younger deposits, everywhere display a strong 
folding which is mainly directed northeast. Also in the .region 
north of Nanking wherever the Precambrian (Archeozoic and 
Proterozoic) rocks appear from below the old table-land, they hold 
the same position. A like direction had already been recognized by 
Pumpelly (1866) to be a general law for the mountain ranges of 
eastern China. He had termed this system the Szuzan system of 
mountain folds. Richthofen (1882, p. 637) concluded from the 
parallelism. between the Precambrian folds, that were already 
abraded again before Cambrian time, and the later folds of the 
Sinian system, that new folds (or also faults) in an already folded 
country are apt to follow the old trends. We shall refer to the 
significance of these so-called ‘‘ posthumous folds”’ in another 
place. ; 

Suess has repeatedly (in volumes 2 and 3) depicted the structure 
of “‘ Angaraland,” the ancestor of Asia, and it is not necessary for 
us to go here into details. After showing that entire eastern China 
and Siberia are controlled by the Sinian direction, which already is 
established fully in the Precambrian basement complex, Suess 
proceeds to demonstrate, mainly from the publications of I. D. 
Tscherski (1886, 1889) that the folds of the ancient Precambrian 
mountains in the amphitheater of Irkutsk, east and west of Lake 
Baikal, strike in opposite directions and converge toward the south 
(see figure r). The northeast or east-northeast strike which exists east 
of Lake Baikal he terms, after Tscherski, the Baikal direction, and 
that to the northwest or west-northwest which prevails west of the 
lake, the Sayan direction. Between these two principal regions the 
folds become crowded together and acquire a more or less north 
to south direction and it is evident that the folds were pressed inward 
or toward the axis of the amphitheater. This amphitheater is 
the exposed Precambrian area of the ancient vertex of Asia. A 
younger vertex developed later in the Altai, and from this proceeded, 

1 While Suess considers in volume 2, page 231, the northeast direction as the 
principal one, it is stated in a note (ibid., p. 254), that Richthofen observed in 
several places still another direction which is recognizable in the oldest gneiss, 
while the younger mica schists, marbles etc. strike in northeast-southwest 
direction. In volume 3, part 1, page 256, Suess accepts the steady north-north- 
west direction of the older gneisses in Shantung and Liantung as the principal 
and hence an irregular one, but adds that in the adjoining provinces of North 


Tshili and North Shansi, which lie nearer to the Gobi desert, the regular east- 
northeast trend controls again the Precambrian folding. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 95 


as Suess has unfolded so masterfully, a large part of the successive 
waves of folds (the Altaides) which have overrun Asia. The older 
_ vertex has, according to Suess, probably never been occupied again 
by the sea, in its central parts, but has been widely transgressed by 
the Cambrian along the margin. The trend lines of the folds of the 
- Sinian basement complex in China, which are buried under unfolded 
Cambrian, seem to us to demonstrate that also this immense complex 
is a southeastern continuation of the Asiatic nucleus. 

_ The Precambrian trend lines are traced by Suess to the lower 
_ Amur and the Pacific coast, southward to the Gobi desert and 
southwest to the Changai, with hardly any deviations from the 
two general directions. 

_ The ancient continent whose existence in the north of Asia is 
demonstrated by this Precambrian basement complex and which 
has continued as the nucleus of Asia almost uninterruptedly to the 
present time, is the Angaraland of Suess. It corresponds to Lau- 
-rentia, the ancient ancestor of North America. 

In central Asia the thick deposits of the Tethys, the great Medi- 
terranean sea of Paleozoic and Mesozoic times, now thrown into 
gigantic fold systems, effectively hide the basement complex, and 
certainly in India and probably also in Cambodia, where again 
Precambrian complexes appear on the surface, different trend lines 
from those of the Asiatic nucleus prevail (see postea). 

India was recognized by Suess as an entirely foreign element of 
Asia belonging to ancient Gondwana-land and thereby to a different 
continental crust segment, while Cambodia probably belongs to 
Aequinoctia, an old Paleozoic continent lately distinguished by 
Abendanon (see postea). As Suess has stated, the modern Asia 
consists of different elements, ancient Angaraland, the Sinian block, 
the ancient Tethys bottom, and the Indian block left of Gondwana- 
land. 

Tracing the Precambrian rocks westward from the ancient vertex 
Suess found that the Alta: mountains, which later formed a new 
_ vertex, were themselves originally a part of the Sayan section of 
a ancient vertex. Along the north coast of Siberia, west of the © 
> Taimyr island, extensive areas of gneiss and mica schists have been 
_ observed by Nordenskjéld (see Suess, v. 3 pt 2, p. 376) and at 
_ Cape Tscheljuskin he observed schists striking west-northwest-east- 
southeast, suggesting the Sayan system. 

By means of the trend lines of the Ural mountains, hich is a 
_ posthumous fold system of the Sayan system of folds of the Asiatic 
vertex produced by pressure from the east, and the adjoining Timan 


eee OS ee a ee 


OS Ee ae ee 


Oe 


96 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


system, as well as by the folds of the Precambrian basement complexes, 


(Archeozoic granite gneisses, etc.), which appear from under a cover — 


of younger sediments north of the sea of Asow and along river 


courses between Dnieper and Bug, and in Volhynia, it has been © 
shown by Suess (v. 3. pt 1) from the work of Karpinsky and other — 
Russian geologists that the Russian basement complex is a western — 
continuation of the Sayan motety of the ancient vertex of Asia. Suess — 


(v. 3, pt 1, p. 478) further demonstrates that in the large Fenno- 
Scandinavian or “‘ Baltic shield’? again the Sayan direction of 
trendlines appears, namely, in middle Finland and in northern 
Russia north of the Ladoga and Onega lakes one finds a north- 
northwest trend of the Precambrian folds, which often closely 
approaches the meridional direction and corresponds to the main 
direction of the Ural. North of Onega lake this direction changes 
by a flat curve into a north-northeast direction, that in its turn 


corresponds to the northern portion of the slightly convex Ural — 


folds. On the other hand, the middle Finnish north-northwest 
direction continues northwestward into the peninsula of Kola, 


where it becomes first northwest and finally west-northwest. West — 


of Ladoga lake the north-northwest strike still prevails and con- 
tinues into northern Sweden. In the middle of the Baltic shield, 
in middle Finland, in Smaland and north of there, immense 
batholiths appear which locally dominate the direction of the 
Precambrian folds between them. A long meridional line of 
disturbance (line of the Wettern), more than 5 degrees long, 
separates the eastern and western Scandinavian Precambrian 
areas. The nature of this line is, according to Suess (v. 3, 
pt 1, p. 479), not yet quite certain. In southwest Sweden the 
granite gneiss has a dominant north-south strike; in Norway, 
however, the Finnish north-northwest direction reappears and pre- 
vails as far as the trough of Christiania. The Baltic shield, Seder- 
holm’s Fenno-Scandia, appears thus as an integral part of the Pre- 
cambrian platform of Russia, and thereby as a further continuation 
of the Sayan motety of the Asiatic vertex. 

Suess (v. 3, pt 1, p. 454; v. 3, pt 2) vividly describes how this 
ancient Precambrian platform is in Europe on most sides invaded 
by the younger folds; in the west by those of the Caledonian system, 
west of which in the western Hebrides, as well as in a number of 
Scottish peninsulas, we have to see already Atlantic, or eventually 
Laurentian elements. How far this Eurasian Precambrian shield, 
which is known to underlie the island of Bornholm between Germany 
and Sweden, may have originally extended toward Belgium, can 


ee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 97 


not now be established. In the south it plunges under the Car- 
 pathian folds and the other more recent fold systems. 

The outstanding feature of this immense Precambrian segment 
extending through the greater part of Asia and Europe is the grand 
uniformity of the Precambrian fold directions which remained rather 
- uninfluenced by all later folding. This immense block has thus 
_ remained utterly independent from and immobile against the orogenic 
- movements that have involved the rest of Asia and Europe. 

That part of Europe which is outside of the Eurasian Precambrian 
_ platform just described, namely, southwestern and southern Europe, 
- is involved in later folding to such an extent that the original Pre- 
a cambrian trend of folds can no longer be recognized, with the 
a important exception of the Bohemian block, the Hebrides and 
_ perhaps certain small Precambrian massifs in Greece. The Pre- 
eambrian nuclei of the Vogesian mountains, the Black forest, 
Spessart and Taunus, possess a northeast strike, those of the Hartz 
- mountains, Frankenwald, Thuringian forest, Erzgebirge, Riesenge- 
_ birge a northeast to east-northeast strike. These strikes, which 
are entirely independent from the present strikes of these mountain 
ranges, prove that they are relics of an ancient mountain system, 
the Variscan system, that arose toward the end of Carboniferous 
time through tangential pressure exerted from south-southeast. 
This system meets and combines in a syntaxis (Schaarung) with 
_ the equally old Armorican system in the central plateau of France. 
_ The Armorican system of mountain folds with its northwest and _ 
west-northwest direction, dominates the Precambrian massifs of 
the Bretagne in France and of Cornwall in England. As is well 
known, this mighty fold system has been found to reappear in 
eastern North America. 

. The Bohemian Precambrian body did not become involved in 
_ the Variscan folding, but in its turn profoundly affected the latter 
(see Suess, v. 3, pt 2, p. 25; v. 4, p. 26 of English translation). Its 
boundaries toward the Variscan Fichtelgebirge and Sudets are 
marked by sudden changes of strikes; the principal trend lines of 
the body are northeast and east (see Katzer, 1892, p. 56). 

Another foreign body is represented by the Precambrian of the 
Hebrides and some promontories of western Scotland. This is described 
by Suess (v. 3, pt 1, p. 484; English trans., v. 3, p. 386) asan ancient 
foreland of Archeozoic (Levisian gneiss) and older Proterozoic rocks, 
_ that were folded and eroded before the deposition of the late Protero- 
_ zoic Torridon sandstone. The latter has remained unfolded, thus 
occupying a similar position as the Jotnian series in Finland, and 


98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


proving that this ancient body of Precambrian rocks remained free 
from the Caledonian orogenic diastrophism, and possibly is the 
terminus of the Laurentian continent. 

Another ancient Precambrian nucleus appears to’ be present in 
the gneissose mass of the Cyclades, which, according to Philippson, 
has determined to some extent the position and trend of the arc 
now observable in the later folds (Dinarids) (see Suess, v. 3, pt 1, 
p. 417; English trans., v. 3, p. 331). A further remarkable fact is that 
in another region, on the island of Cerigo, between Greece and Crete, 
ancient phyllite strikes east-northeast and is unconformably over- 
lain by the Mesozoic limestones which strike southeast (see Suess, 
ibid., p. 418). 

There are apparently no independent Precambrian blocks known 
from the Spanish and Apennine peninsulas. 

The combined facts of the prevailing northeast to east trends of 
the Bohemian massif, the remnants of the Variscan fold system 
which probably followed the older Precambrian folds and the small — 
patches in the Greek islands, seem to’ suggest the possibility of a 
larger Precambrian platform in southwestern Europe with a north- 
east or east trend. The Armorican folds, if also posthumous in - 
nature, would add, however, a different northwest element to the 
Precambrian basement complex. 


c Precambrian Fold System of Africa 


While the old continent of Africa has long been known to be 
composed over vast areas of granite, gneiss and other metamerphic 
rocks of Precambrian aspect and in most cases also Precambrian 
age, it is difficult to find conclusive evidence of the dominant trend 
lines of these regions. 

In the broad belt of Precambrian rocks that extends across the 
Sahara desert south of Morocco the north-south direction of the 
lines has been found as a remarkably persistent feature by the 
expeditions that have crossed this belt. Suess (see Suess-Sollas, 
Pp. 94) says of this belt: ‘‘ The Archean zone, formed of gneiss, 
crystalline schists, phyllite, cipolin and granite, is steeply folded; 
its prevalent north and south strike is a noteworthy feature. . 

The north and south strike, interrupted at most by local deflections, 
which is observed in the Archean basement and the beds folded 
in with it, dominates all the central part of the Sahara from the 
Tidikelt (lat. 27° N) onwards, and neither to east, south nor west 
are its boundaries to be found.’’ This north-south strike has been 


i ee a ee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 99 


traced to the bend of the Niger by Chadeau, throughout Dahomey 
4 py Huber, it is known along the Niger between lats. 15° 30’ and 10° 


30’ and the same structure may be also seen in a great part of Togo 
(see Suess-Sollas 2bzd.). 

More recent investigations in other districts of Central WER 
fully corroborate this general north-south direction of the Precam- 


4 brian trend lines. Thus Williams (1920, p. 436) found in northern 
_ Nigeria, in the Ningi hills southwest of Lake Chad, a general north- 
south foliation and a north-south direction of the longer axes of the 


granite intrusions. A local foliation in equatorial direction (near 


 Keffi Filani) is, according to this author, probably induced by the 
_ (Mesozoic) Ningi granite, the longer axis of which is due east-west, 
_ along its contact with the Precambrian gneiss. 


There is some doubt as to the age of these meridional Precambrian 


7 folds of the western Sahara and Nigeria. They have been found 
_ to be overlain by undisturbed Devonian beds and in a few localities 


also by Upper Silurian graptolite shales. On account of their 
Predevonian age and meridional direction, they have been compared 


with the Caledonian system by Haug (see Suess-Sollas, p. 95). 


Suess, accepting this view, points out that while the Caledonides 
in Europe are Predevonian in age, the folds of western Africa are 
Preupper-Silurian. He continues: ‘‘In accordance with the prin- 
ciples of tectonic classification we have hitherto adopted, we may 


assign them to the submeridional, sublinear system which was 


completed in Europe before the deposition of the Devonian, and in 
Africa even before that of the Upper Silurian. It may, however, 
be objected that the unconformity at the base of the African ranges 
may be much older than the graptolite shales; we shall therefor 
term them, following a suggestion in an instructive letter from 
M. Chadeau, the Caledonides of the Sahara or the Saharides.”’ 

It follows from this statement that the age of these folds 
is not known. All that is known is that they are Preupper- 
Silurian in age. We believe to have good reasons for concluding 
that they actually are of Precambrian age. While Suess refers 
only to the north-south direction of the Archean belt extending 
through the western Sahara and Nigeria and Togo to the neighbor- 
hood of the gulf of Guinea, one should consider in the same con- 
nection the north-south direction observed in areas outside of this 
belt, as farther east near Lake Chad (Williams), in southwest 
Africa and East Africa (see below). In fact, the predominant strike 
of the foliation is so widely north-south in central Africa that the 

4 ; 


100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Encyclopedia Britannica (1910, p. 323) states this fact as a salient 
feature of the geology of Africa. Hae Re 
The Precambrian basement complex, overlain unconformably by 
Mesozoic or younger sediments, but forming the surface rock over 
vast stretches of land, extends from the region just discussed east- 
ward to upper Egypt (Khartum) and the shores of the Red sea, 
southeastward to former German East Africa and southward to 
South Africa. - she 
Wherever in these wide areas data on the strike of the Precambrian 
folds, foliation and major axes of intrusives become available, a 
dominant north-south direction is apparent. For Nugeria and. 
western Liberia we have the investigations of J. Parkinson (1907, 
1908). From the Oban hills in southern Nigeria (adjacent to 
Kamerun), this author gives fifteen measurements of strikes of 
foliation throughout the large district; all of these strikes have the 
north direction as their main component, and the average direction 
is less than one degree west of north. Locally, as in the Kukuruku 
hills in southern Nigeria where the two measurements of the foliation 
of the gneiss that were made gave N 4s° W, considerable variation 
may occur, which, it seems, increases as the sea coast is approached, 
as in western Liberia, where Parkinson found a mean foliation 
striking N 68° E Girich (1887, p. 119, 120) reports a north- 
south strike of gneiss from several localities on the Niger below the 
mouth of the Benué. A large portion of the Congo Free State 
has been traversed to the Nile by Preumont (1905, p. 641). He 
found (ibid., p. 655) that in this northeastern portion of the Congo 
basin ‘‘the granitic and metamorphic primary rocks are present 
across the whole country from east to west and from north to south, 
uncovered by any other rocks except the alluvial sands and clays 
and the nearly related ferruginous rocks.’’ Wherever the strike 
of the gneisses and other metamorphic rocks is mentioned, it is 
north-south and it is expressly stated (p. 653) that also in the valleys 
of the Kidju and the Kaja, western tributaries of the Nile, “‘ whole 
series of gneisses and metamorphic rocks are met with, striking nearly 
due north and south.” In the Nile valley itself, north of Lake 
Albert and south of the Sudan, a N 40° W strike was found to be 
“both regular and persistent.’’! 
Dantz (1907, p. 46) found an enormous area of gneiss developed 
in northern and central German East Africa, consisting of a central 
1A, Holmes (The Pre-Cambrian and associated rocks of the District of 
Mozambique; Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 74:33, 1918) has found the strike 
in Mozambique to be most commonly along, or a little north of a northeast 


to southwest direction; though in the Ribawa district and near the coast belt, 
it swings around to a nearly north and south direction. 


REPORT: OF. THE. DIRECTOR, I9Q20—2I1 Ior 


; area ‘where the. strike is “more frequently NNW-SSE. than from 
W-E, and a peripheral zone with prevailing WNW-ESE strikes.’ 
‘Tornau (1907,p. 65) designates much of this rock as typical granite, 
a fact which may explain the varying strike of the peripheral zone. 
For Rhodesia, in southeastern. Africa, Chalmers and Hatch (1895, 
p. 200) furnish some data. Wherever the strike of the Precambrian 
is given, usually in connection with that of the strike. of the metalli- 
ferous veins, it is north-south or northwest-southeast.!. 
In German Southwest Africa, Voit (1905, p. 85) found , a vast helt 
of gneiss and schists, which he refers to the ‘Archean era. ,These 
metamorphic rocks are folded (see plate 23) and the folds and their 
massive granite injections have a general. northeast- southwest 
_ Strike, which locally (see p. 97) changes to a north-northeast — 
south-southwest direction. ‘ks 
It is to be noted that this territory of German Southwest. Africa 
adjoins South Africa where a younger system of east-west folds has 
_ developed but where, as Voit (1906, p.. 106) observed, also. the 
“Fundamental gneiss”’ is exposed in the Limpopo flats and there 
_ exhibits a vertical position and east-west strike. The significance of 
this east-west strike of the fundamental complex in South Africa will 
_ be. discussed in,an other connection: Suess (1909,'p. 322), following - 
_ Rogers, Schwartz and Voit, describes the syntaxis of the ancient 
(probably Prepermian) southern and western marginal mountain 
_tanges; the southern range (the Zwarte mountains) is folded from 
south toward north; the western. (Cedar mountains) strikes north- 
northwest and:.the folding is from west. The north-northwest 
strike of the Cedar:mountains combines far north, across the Oma 
_tiver, in the gneiss. 
The geology of Africa may be sammed up in the words of Gibson 
Sézo: p- 323): “ The crystalline massif presents a solid block which 
ss For the Precambrian terranes in the Egyptian desert region east of the Nile 
river and the Sinai peninsula, the facts have been assembled by Max Blancken- 
horn in the ‘‘ Handbuch der regionalen Geologie.” (Aegypten. 9, Abt. 23 
Heft. Heidelberg 1921).. Blanckenhorn finds that there is no uniform strike 
of the beds and mountain chains but repeated, abrupt changes, connected with 
dominant faults.. He records, however, a south-southwest strike of. the gneisses 
on the east side of the Sinai ‘(ibid., p. 27), a north-south or north-northwest to 
south-southwest trend of the mountains west of the Suez canal and a north- 
‘south trend of the granite massives west of the Red sea (ibid., p.31).-. There 
occur also fault blocks with east-west and northeast- southwest ‘strikes _of the 
Precambrian rocks. 
: _To the north of German East Africa, directly south of Abyssinia, J. Paeracon 
(Geology and Geography of the N orthern Part of the East Africa Protectorate, 
with a note on the Gneisses and Schists of the District. Colonial. Reports. 
Mise. no. 91, East African Protectorate, 1920, p. 20) has lately reported granitoid 
. gneisses and other Precambrian rocks in ‘strong development.. The strike of 


: the gneisses is mostly north-south or north-northeast in some eat Tet the 
_ qQuartzites of the Turoka series, however, strike northeast. 


F 
: 
$ 


102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


has remained elevated since early Paleozoic times and against which 
earth waves of several geologic periods have broken.’ (In the 
south folds through movement from south toward. close of Mesozoic 
period, in the north the folds of the Altaide system of relatively 
recent date.) None of these earth movements affected the interior 
and throughout the vast interior Precambrian areas of central 


Africa the predominant strike of the foliation and folding is north- 


south. Toward the margins, we have seen, this strike may vary 


somewhat toward the west and east. . 
As none of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic orogenic disturbances was 


able to enter the solid crystalline massif of Africa except at the. 


margins, it follows that the predominant north-south foliation and 
folding of the metamorphic rocks 1s a primary structure of Precambrian 
age.} 

Madagascar. Going east of Africa in our search for Precambrian 
lines of trend we meet in Madagascar a large area of rocks considered 
as of Archean age. The researches of Grandidier, Mullens, Cowan, 
Lemoine and others have shown that this Archean region extends 
over the central and eastern portions of the island and occupies 
about two-thirds of the latter. Itis composed of crystalline schists and 
mostly gneiss. The Encyclopedia Britannica (v. 17, 1910, p. 271) 
gives the following general survey of the strikes of the Archean 
rocks: ‘“‘ The general strike of the rocks is the same as that of the 
trend of the island itself (NNE-SSW), but in its western portion 
the strike is frequently from NNW-SSE.”’ Madagascar has not been 
folded since Precambrian time and the north-south fold system of 
the Archean rocks 1s therefore undoubtedly of Precambrian age. 

The Seychelles, situated far to the north-northeast of Madagascar, 
consist of granite and, lying in the direct strike of the backbone 
of Madagascar, undoubtedly indicate a further extension of that 
horst in the Indian ocean. . 


d Precambrian Fold System of Australia 


Australia is described by J. W. Gregory (1910, p. 943) as ‘‘ essen- 
tially the fragment of a great plateau land of Archean rocks. It con. 
sists in the main of an Archean block or ‘ coign,’ which still occupieg 

1J. W. Gregory (The Rift Valley and Geology of East Africa. Seeley, Service & 
Co. Ltd. London, 1921; Review, Amer. Jour. Sci., 5 ser. v. 2, 1921, p. 353), 


has explained the great Rift valley of Africa as connected with this dominant 
north-south structure of the continent, considering the rifting as having ‘‘ broken 


through an especially stable part of the earth’s crust, which consisted of a Pre- — 


paleozoic mountain chain that extended from Asia Minor to Natal.” The rift 
was first formed as a long, low arch, with the axis trending north-south; the 
tension which caused the rupture was due to the formation of the South Atlantic 


and Indian oceans. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 103 


nearly the whole of the. western half of the continent, outcrops in 
northeast Queensland, forms the foundation of southern New South 
_ Wales and eastern Victoria, and is exposed in western Victoria, in 
‘Tasmania, and in the western flank of the southern Alps of New 
Zealand. These areas of Archean rocks were doubtless once con- 
tinuous. But they have been separated by the foundering of the 
Coral sea and the Tasman sea; and the foundering of the band 
_ across Australia from the Gulf of Carpenteria through western 
4 Queensland, and western New South Wales, to the lower basin 
F of the Murray has separated the Archean areas of eastern and 
western Australia.” The entire southwestern and western areas 
: of the western moiety of the continent consist of granite and gneiss 
_ with overlying metamorphic schists and a belt of Paleozoic rocks 
; along the west coast. The folds of western Australia are described 
as running north and south with a slight trend to west (Encycl. 
: Brit., ibid.). Suess (v. 2, p. 259) states that these folds are convex 
_ toward the east and Maitland (1917) describes the coastal region 
as being affected by Prepermian Carboniferous folding. (H. P. 
Woodward thought they were Devonian, but this can not be proved 
in the absence of fossils.) These folds, however, run conformable 
4 to the trend of the Precambrian strikes and may therefore be well 
considered as of posthumous character. This is especially suggested 
by the fact that the north-south strike of the Precambrian basement 
complex apparently continues throughout the west of Australia 
and reappears from under the Mesozoic and Tertiary strata of the 
Nullarbor plains in the metamorphic rocks of southern Eyre peninsula 
in south Australia (Tilley, 1920, p. 450). Tilley considers this 
latter region expressly “‘as a southeasterly prolongation of the 
great Precambrian shield of western Australia.” These meta- 
morphic beds (gneisses, schists and quartzite dolomites) of Eyre 
peninsula strike in a north-south direction, with a high angle of 
_ dip to the west (75° to vertical). 
Eastern Australia and Tasmania are traversed by cordilleras 
_ that are the result of late Paleozoic folding, but also there folds 
_ show nearly everywhere a meridional strike (see Suess, v. 2, p. 194), 
except in the north, in Queensland, where it changes to north-north- 
west; then to northwest-southeast and finally to west-east (see 
Babyel: Brit. v.. 2, p» 732). 
_ Like Africa, Australia is a crystalline massif that has neta as a 
solid block and been invaded by later folding only in the western, 
southeastern and eastern marginal regioris. The Precambrian folding 
appears like that of Africa to possess a prevalent north-south trend 


ro4 ‘c+NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of ‘the folds'‘and strikes; and since also the Paleozoic: mountain systems: 
follow this direction, one may well ask if they have not simply: 
followed the older trend lines (see postea, p.-114). This is’ especially 
suggested by the bending of the folds into an east-west direction. in’ 
northeast’ Queensland, where, as we shall see later, a block with 
doiminant east-west folding of the Precambrian rocks, the Aequinoctia 
of Abendanon (see next chapter) is approached.’ Another significant’ 
fact in this connection is the divergent strike of the metamorphic 
and younger rocks in New Caledonia. “ Suess (v. 2, p. 204, 205),) 
following Heurteau, points out that the younger rocks’ (Triassic 
coal-bearing beds, and the nickel and chrom-bearing’ serpentines)- 
strike with the major axifis of the island in a northwest direction; 
the mica schists and roofing slates (with inclosed crystalline lime- 
stones), however, which appear on the north coast, possess an éntirely 
independent northeast strike, and only in the northernmost part of 
the island they also turn to northwest. Suess would not commit 
himself on the meaning of this observation; we incline to see in the 
strike of the metamorphic rocks a relic of the original Precambrian 
strike preserved in a block’ that remained unaffected by late folding, 
within the folded zones, such as have been described gs — the 
Rocky mountains, etc: 

If the Precambrian basement complex of Australia also possesses a. 
predominant north-south strike, as we have fair reason to believe, 
the question arises whether this block was not, in Precambrian 
time, continuous with Madagascar and Africa, or, in other words, 
whether these three are not remnants of a much larger Precambrian 
block that is characterized by its north-south trend lines: -No 
connecting links are found in the vast expanse of the Indian ocean 
between Madagascar and Africa in the west, and Australia in the. 
east, but such a one is supplied by the Indian peninsula, which 
Suess has already shown to be a foreign element in the framework 
of Asia. 

Suess (Suess-Sollas, v. 1, p. gor) has built upon the work of the © 
many specialists of the geological survey of India a comprehensive 
picture of the geology of India, from which we take the following 
remarks.’ The Indian peninsula, which comprises the part south 
of the Ganges, is the foreland of the Himalayas to the north. The 
often high mountain ranges in the peninsula are, with the exception 
of the extremely ancient Ardvalli mountains in .the northwest, 
not controlled by the strike of the rocks but by: faults and erosion. 
The wunfossiliferous- Precarboniferous (Pregondwana) rocks are 
distinguished into the Archean (chiefly gneiss and very ancient — 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 105 


_ schists) ‘and the Vindhyan group (sandstone, shale, limestone), 
which probably. corresponds in age to a large part of the Paleozoic 
era, but has not yet furnished fossils. The gneiss-mass of the 
_ Archean: is exposed from Ceylon along the east coast to near the 
bend described’ by the Ganges and at 16° latitude on the west coast. 
To this great dominant mass of Archean rocks, two smaller ones 
q must be added; one situated in Bundelkhand, and the other dis- 
_ tributed in long folds and ridges forms the Ardvalli mountains 
on the northwest border of the peninsula. Suess emphasizes the 
_ facts. that these Ardvalli mountains which strike with their compos- 
3 ing rocks in N 36° E direction “present. us. with one of the most 
- ancient: folded: ranges to be seen anywhere on the globe”’ (ibid., . 
' p. 402): and “that. the strike of these primaeval folds is completely 
_ independent of the trend of the existing great mountain ranges of. 
a India” (ibid., p. 403). Far to the north, on both sides of the river 
_ Chenab, in the isolated Kordna mountains, we find even a mountain 
4 tange composed of rocks which resemble the ancient quartzites and 
_ schists of the Ardvalli and whose ridges strike northeast-southwest 
and approach to within 65 kilometers of the outer border of the 
great folded mountains of the Himalayas. 
___ Lake (1893,:p. 309), who since Suess has discussed the “ Cooma 
of the Indian Eewacuii? divides the Pregondwana division into 
_ the Gneissic, Dharwar ‘“ Transition’? and Vindhyan series; and 
distinguishes three main masses of gneiss, namely, the southern 
mass, the Bundelkhand mass and the northeastern mass. The 
' southern mass is described as consisting of gneissic and granitoid 
_ tocks, traversed by a number of nearly parallel bands of schist, 
" together with conglomerates, hematite beds and lava flows, to 
_ which has been given the name Dharwar series. “ The direction 
of the bands is NNW-SSE; and it is clear that the Dharwars originally 
: covered the whole, and tit they were afterwards thrown into folds 
Tunning NNW-SSE. . The folding and denudation of these rocks 
3 
% 
ie 
: 
4 


on = pt 


was completed Petose the deposition of the next set of beds, 
which were laid down as a fringe on the N, NE and E sides of the 
gneiss mass. . . . Those on the east side (Kadapak basin) lie quite 
flat on the gneiss in the western part, on the eastern side they 
are folded, the direction of the folds is N-S. The same condition 
holds true of the Godavari basin, to the north of the southern gneiss 
‘mass. On the northeast of the gneiss mass (in the Kaladgi basin) 
the beds have been thrown into folds running W by N to E by 8.” _ 
_ _ The direction of the folds of the Bundelkhand mass is not given 
by Lake. 


106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


“To the north of the Bundelkhand we find very-much the same 
thing,” states Lake. ‘‘ Close to the gneiss, at Gwalior, we have 
almost undisturbed Pre-Vindhyan beds while further away, in the 
Arvali hills, the Pre-Vindhyan beds are strongly folded. the folds 
running about NE-SW. . . . In the space between these folds (the 
folds to the SE and the folds to the NW), we find a large spread 
of Vindhyan rocks. These are little disturbed and may at one 
time have covered the whole of the gneiss mass.” 

Summing up, we find in India, as in Africa and Australia, a Pre- 
cambrian basement complex, consisting distinctly of an older series 
of gneisses and of Archeozoic aspect and a younger series of less 
metamorphosed rocks apparently corresponding to the Proterozoic 
series of other continents, while the Vindhyan series may be Paleozoic 
in age, at least in part. The two earlier series are thrown into 
folds that are Precambrian in age and entirely independent of 
the much later Himalayas and other north Indian folds. These 
early folds have clearly a dominant north-south direction, running 
directly north-south in the Kadapah and Godavari basins;#north- 
northwest — south-southeast in the southern gneiss mass, northwest- 
southeast in the Kaladgi basin and N 36°E in the ArAvalli mountains. 

If this last inference is true, it follows that the Indian peninsula 
agrees in tts Precambrian fold direction with that of Africa, Madagascar, 
and western Australia; and the conclusion would seem proper that 
all these areas once belonged to a segment of the earth crust that reacted 
as a unit to the diastrophic agencies. 


e Aequinoctia 


We have so far left out of our consideration the large area north 
of Australia, east of India and south of China. In our preliminary 
paper (p. 4) we had mentioned the presence of blocks in Cambodia 
and Borneo that apparently had remained undisturbed by the later 
folding that overran all this country. These blocks are pointed 
out as such by Suess. The mass of Cambodia (Suess, v. 3, p. 285; 
Suess-Sollas, v. 3, p. 225) consists of widely distributed occurrences 
of granulite and granite along the lowest course of the Mekong 
river. This mass lies in the region of the separation of the ranges 
of the Altaids of southeastern Asia. .There are, it seems, no data 
as to the predominant strike of this mass available at present. 

Another block or Archean horst that seems to separate the folded 
ranges, somewhat after the fashion of the larger mass of Cambodia 
seems, according to Suess (see Suess-Sollas, v. 3, p. 253), to lie in 
the southwest of Borneo. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 107 


The East Indian Archipelago has since been discussed by E. C. 
 Abendanon (1919, p. 562) in his paper, ‘‘ Aequinoctia, an old Paleo- 
zoic Continent.” 

Abendanon takes as a starting point his own observation that 
_ through the whole of central Celebes there extends a formation of 
| crystalline schists that are strongly folded and that by their east- 

west strike indicate an oldest folding running in that direction. 
After eliminating a number of rocks that do not belong to the gneiss 
and crystalline schists, but originated from more recent contact 
zones and that have led to considerable confusion, the author finds 
that ‘‘it must be accepted that there exist in the Dutch East Indian 
Archipelago three series of rocks which are unquestionably of similar 
age, and which form the basis of the other geological formations.” 

He continues: ‘‘ Of these, the gneiss and the mica schists are the 

earliest member. This double series appears as large complexes, | 

principally in the north of Sumatra, the southeast of Borneo, on 

very extensive areas in central Celebes, and in the islands of Boeroe 

and Ceram. As in other places, it is possible to see the lowest 

Strata, viz. the gneiss formation, in this latter island and elsewhere 

in the Archipelago, but especially and very clearly in central Celebes. 
_In its upper part, the crystalline schists seem to grade into the ‘ old’ 
schists, which constitute the second essential member of the oldest 
_ formations.” These schists, particularly the mica schists in central 
Celebes, occupy such an extensive surface and reach such a great 
thickness (certainly some thousands of meters) that they can not 
have originated from contact metamorphism, as the younger meso- 
zoic metamorphic rocks of these regions have, but must be the result 
of regional metamorphism of ancient date. 

Suess (v. 3, pt 3) had already mentioned, as Abendanon points 
out, the presence of a large massif of Archean rocks with east-west 
Strike in the islands of Boeroe and Ceram. Similar rocks having 
the same strike are recorded from the Peling-Misool islands (Suess, 
Vv. 3, pt 3) and the northwestern peninsula of New Guinea. New 
facts have led Suess to the suggestion that the territory extending 
from Celebes to southeastern New Guinea and beyond (island 
Rossel) may be a geological entity and Abendanon has fully verified 
this hypothesis by finding the east-west strike repeated ‘‘ in a very 
remarkable way in the schists and gneiss formations”’ of central 
Celebes, “ although the older ranges of central Celebes and Ceram 
have a northwest to southeast direction, owing to the post-Lutesian 
folding.”’ 

From these facts Abendanon arrives at the important conclusion 


SR ee 


PI 


ES eae Pe aay ee Oe eee tee 


Fe Fg on 


i a 


Tos NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


that “until the contrary is proved, one must infer, that the 
gneiss and schist massifs from central Celebes to the island of Roon, 
are parts or horsts of an old massif which stretched formerly through- 
out this whole extent. . . . Without being able to assert it dogmati- 
cally, one may say that this old massif, folded in an east-west direc- 
tion, is prolonged to the west, and that it reaches the middle of 


Borneo, where Molengraaff and other explorers have also found | 


tectonic entities striking almost east and west.” By tracing the 
early Paleozoic rocks of Cambrian, Ordovician and Silurian age 
to the north, south and southeast of the East Indian Archipelago 
and noting that these rocks, as the Cambrian in the north lean 
‘against and although often strongly folded, still retain their fossils, 
but are as such entirely absent in the Archipelago; it is concluded 
(ibid., p. 576) (1) that the gneiss, the mica schists, the phyllites, 
and the real “‘old”’ schists (thus with the omission of the rocks 
which do not make part of them) must be Archean and Precambrian 
rocks; (2) that they once built up an old Paleozoic continent, which 
extended at least over an area of 45° in latitude, between the tropics 
from the southeast of Asia to the east of Australia, and from Sumatra 
to the Philippine islands; (3) in the central part of this continent, 
north and south of the equator, mountain ranges of an almost 
east-west direction must have played an important part in this 
very old continent. Later Cambrian, Silurian and Devonian trans- 
gressions passed over the border areas, and folding occurred in these 
border sediments; then in the Middle Carboniferous, denudation 
and leveling took place and lastly, in Upper Carboniferous and Per- 
mian time the continent itself was invaded. For this continent of 
the old Paleozoic, Abendanon proposes the name Aequinoctia. 
Schuchert (1916, p. 98) has in a series of small charts of the 
paleogeography of Australasia traced the history of this continent 
and graphically brought out its relative constancy in early Paleozoic 
time. * 
The problem which above all interests us here concerning the Paleo- 
zoic continent Aequinoctia and that is indicated by the presence of 
the Precambrian rocks of the Archipelago and the absence of earlier 
Paleozoic rocks and fossils, is whether the uniform east-west folding 
of the Precambrian rocks that extends over such a large area, is 
the primary folding of these rocks, or a superimposed early Paleozoic 
folding. In the former case, the conclusion that we have here a 
separate Precambrian entity located between that of Eurasia and 
that of Afro-Australia is justified; in the latter case this Precambrian 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 109 


basement complex may ‘be either independent, or may have been 
a further extension of either of the two.others. 

_ The fact that Cambrian deposits are entirely lacking upon central 
_ Aequinoctia, but can be found leaning against it in’ the north (see 
_ Abendaron, p. 577), is in itself evidence that this Paleozoic con- 
tinent extends backward into Precambrian time as a land mass. 
' Schuchert’s chart shows this continent, in Cambrian time to have 
extended from northern Siam and Cochinchina across the entire 
_ East Indian Archipelago to eastern Australia and New Zealand. 
Tt is pated from the Indian peninsula by the Cambrian invasion 


; gression of middle Australia. Its extension. toward the Pacific 
q as pointed out by Abendanon is unknown. 

As the Cambrian transgressive beds rest in Asia and Australia 
4 not on a transitional series from Precambrian to Lower Cambrian 
beds such as have been asserted to have been, found in parts of the 
a Rocky mountains, but the contact is distinctly unconformable, it 
is clear that the Precambrian ancestor of Aequinoctia was connected, 
at least in the last period of the Precambrian, by land with the 
Indian peninsula and West Australia. The latter two have, however, 
_ been shown before to have probably formed an entity with Africa 
and Madagascar as indicated by the predominant north-south strikes 
_ of their Precambrian rocks. One may, therefore, well ask himself 
whether the east-west strike of the Precambrian rocks is not of 
later than Precambrian age and thus no criterion for the Precambrian 
independence of this Paleozoic continental mass. 

As the East Indian Archipelago was not invaded until the Car- 
boniferous period, the folding may have taken place at any time 
during the preceding part of the Paleozoic era. The mountain 
folds of eastern Australia from Tasmania northward, have Cambrian, 
Ordovician and Devonian beds folded in with the Precambrian 
rocks, and these mountain folds while striking north-south in south- 
eastern Australia, turn northwest and finally east-west as they 
approach the East Indian Archipelago, as we have seen- before. 
We believe that this fact suggests a Precarboniferous Paleozoic 
age for the initiation of the east-west fold system of the Archipelago 
that may” have been so powerful that it involved the Precambrian 
_ basement complex and overpowered and obliterated” the earlier 
_ strike directions, as has been done in other younger fold systems. 

~The east-west direction ‘of the Precambrian rocks extending: from 
~ Borneo to New Guinea is repeated (see Abendanon, p- 567, footnote) _ 
in the isle of Java, and in the chain of the small Sunda islands. 
in however, it seems to fall in with the general sigmoidal 


atic Se oi agi abi ics 


~ 


os 


TIO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM s 
flexure of the chains performed by the southeast Asiatic fold system 
between continental Asia and Australia. 

For the present, we therefore believe the evidence is not sufficient 
to claim the Precambrian age of the east-west direction of the folds 


of that system or for the assumption of the existence of a separate 


Precambrian earth segment in the East Indian Archipelago.! 


f Precambrian Fold System of South America 


U 

It has long been known that South America is built on essentially 
similar lines in its present framework as North America. Suess 
(v. 2, p. 139 Of English trans.) has pointed out that not only the 
Cordilleras of the west are the result of an identical movement 
but he also states, following Derby, that the Predevonian mountain 
chains of the east are built so that “‘ the older rocks lie toward the 
east, and the folding movement was directed toward the interior ”’ 
and that this important observation “ assigns the Serra do Mar in 
the continent of South America a position similar to that occupied 
in North America by the Appalachians.” 

Between these marginal fold systems we find again, as in North 
America, a great Precambrian basement complex, “‘ dze alte brastlische 
Masse” as Suess calls it, largely covered by younger formations, 
but still exposed over immense areas. 

Branner (1919, p. 203), in his comprehensive ‘‘ Outlines of the 
Geology of Brazil to Accompany the Geologic Map of Brazil ”’ has 
pointed out our present great lack of knowledge of this great basement 
complex. He writes: “‘ The rocks referred to the Archean in Brazil 
are granites, gneisses, quartzites, marbles and crystalline schists. 
Too little is known of these old rocks at present to warrant such 
a separation of them as has been made of similar rocks in North 
America; for that reason they are called the Brazilian complex. . 
But little is known of the structure of the Brazilian complex. 
Much information on the subject is scattered through the literature, 
but widely separated areas can not be confidently tied together with 

1J. Wanner (Die Geologie von Mittel-Celebes nach den neueren Forschungen 
E. C. Abendanons und anderer. Geol. Rundschau, 10:45, 1919) has meanwhile 
claimed that Abendanon’s inference of an east-west mountain system of Pre- 
cambrian age is based on insufficient data, since most observations fail so far 
to indicate a regularity or constancy in the strike of the Precambrian rocks. 
The hypothesis of an east-west fold system is, according to Wanner, not supported 
by the boundaries of the gneiss-granite and schists, which have northwest- 
southeast directions and by the results of Abendanon’s journey which show 
that in the schists always younger zones appear from west to east, indicating 
a general north-south trend of the folds. 

It will be noted that if Wanner is right in his conclusions, particularly the 
see mentioned, Aequinoctia clearly falls in with the general Precambrian fold 


direction of Africa, India and West Australia and probably was a part of the 
ancestral Gondwana land, as we had believed before seeing Abendanon’s paper. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 III 


4 the data now available. Even the ‘ chief lines of elevation or folding’ 


suggested by Dr John W. Evans, are not supported, so far as Brazil 


_ is concerned, by our knowledge of the local details. Over much 
, of the Archean area are scattered infaulted remnants of old Paleozoic 


or ge TE Se ey ee i ee ee ee 


Oe ee ee, ae a=, a 


rocks.” 

It appears from Branner’s survey of the basement complex of 
Brazil that the time has not yet come to draw conclusions as to the 
original directions of trend of the Precambrian rocks. Nevertheless 
there exist a few data of observations that at least promise to give 
a hint as to the possible directions. These we shall briefly cite. 

_ Evans (1906, p. 89) found along the Madeira in Matto Grosso, 


near the boundary of Bolivia and far away from the Cordilleras, 


outcrops of the Precambrian complex, that show a northwest strike 
in their foliation or one that is parallel to the western Cordilleras. 
He believes that he can recognize this as the predominant trend 
far to the northwest by the direction of the ridges and the courses 
of the rivers. Suess (v. 3, pt 2, p. 533) holds the view that this 
strike is already controlled by the orogenic movements of the Andes 
and he pictures the overwhelming of the western portion of the fore- 
‘land “ Brazilia”’ by the gigantic folding movement of the Andes, 
that was dir ected eastward in the Argentine chains and the adjoining 
country to the north. He considers the isolated Sierra de Cérdoba, 


- which consists almost entirely of Precambrian rocks and whose 


folds strike predominantly N 25° W, as also due to the extensive 
folding of the foreland and points out this folding as a unique 
feature. 

_ Under these conditions the strikes of the western portion of the 
Brazilian mass can not be safely considered as indicating the Pre- 
cambrian strike directions of the rocks. 

We find not much better evidence in the east. The mountain 
Tanges (Sierra do Mar, Sierra de Mantiqueira, etc.) that parallel 
the coast and which have been so carefully investigated by Orv. 
Derby, consist of folded Precambrian rocks striking in a northeast 
direction. But the Silurian has been found to be folded in with the 
Precambrian and it is therefore indeterminate to what extent the 
folding dates back to Precambrian time. We saw before that 
Suess compares these mountain ranges to the Appalachians. 

Likewise the east-west folds of the Precambrian in northern 
Brazil and Guiana are by the infolded Paleozoic beds proved to 
be of younger than Precambrian age. 

In the province of Buenos Aires, in Argentina, two ringes, the 
Sierra de la Ventana and Sierra Tandil, exhibit Precambrian rocks 
together with Silurian quartzite in folds that strike northwest- 


Ii2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


southeast. The southernmost of these, the Sierra de la Ventana, 
is according to Suess (v. 3, pt 2, p. 546) a branch of the Andes; 
the Sierra Tandil, however, is regarded by him as a border formation 
of the Brazilian mass, the latter itself having been reached in a _ 
boring at Buenos Aires at a depth of 300 meters. 

While there is thus no doubt of the Paste of a great Piceomibmens 
basement complex, the “‘ Brazilian mass,’ in South America, the 
folds and strikes of this complex seem everywhere so involved © 
with later orogenic movements that no safe conclusion can be 
reached regarding the Precambrian fold directions. We.- believe, 
however, that some of this folding bears the earmarks of posthumous 
orogenic movements and may thus indirectly give a suggestion of 
probable Precambrian trends! (see next chapter). 


Evidence from Posthumous Folding 


Richthofen not only recognized the remarkable persistency of 
the northeast-southwest folding in the Precambrian basement 
complex of northeastern China, but also observed that the later 
mountain, ranges are inclined to fall in with the same direction. 
R. Godwin Austen (1856, p..62), however, in his famous treatise, 
“On the Possible Extension of the Coal-measures beneath the South- 
eastern Part of England”’, had recognized already long before that 
younger folds of Mesozoic age extend from Belgium into southern 
England and follow the trend of the ancient Paleozoic folds; and 
he had ‘‘ even maintained’ (see Suess-Sollas, v. 11, p. 93) “aS a 


1E. Jaworski (Das Alter des stidatlantischen Beckens. Geol. Rundschau, 
12:68, 1921), states that the north-south trend of the Precambrian beds, south 
of Cape St Roque (the farthest eastern region of Brazil) is established. 

The same author points to the occurrence of a gneiss block on Tristan d’Acunha, 
to the granite foundation of Ascension island, the peridotite composition of St 
Paul and the finding of coarse sands of plutonic rocks and crystalline schists 
at the bottom of the south Atlantic (by Phillipi, see Andrée, Geologie des Meeres- 
bodens, v. 2, 1920) as connecting elements between the Precambrian massifs 
of Africa and Brazil and as indicating the late existence of a South-Atlantic 
land of Precambrian rocks. 

H. Keidel (op. cit., 1913 and 1916) has found that the Precambrian folding 
(extending to Permian time) and strike is dominantly northwest, in contrast 
to the north-south strike of the Tertiary Andine folds, in western Argentina 
and the Pampine sierras, with a subordinate northeast-southwest strike of Pre- 
cambrian faulting. G. Bodenbender (El nevado de Famatina, Bol. Acad. Nac. 
Cient. Cordoba, 1916, p. 100-82; review by H. Gerth in N. Jahrb, 209-11, 1921) 
records north-south folding in the Precambrian of the Pampine sierras. The 
prevailing northwest strike of the Precambrian can be traced to the Upper 
Marafion, as we saw before. The Precambrian of Argentina and western Brazil 
may then exhibit either marginal phenomena of the Archean Gondwana structure, 
with an average north-south direction, or have been part of another continental 
mass, extending westward. The former conclusion seems to be supported by 
Keidel’s last important. publication on the precordillera of San Juan and 
Mendoza in western Argentina (ibid., 1921, p. 97) in which he considers this 
range and its component Ordovician, Silurian, ne ones and Gondwana glacial 
beds as indicating the western border of a part of the Gondwana continent. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 113 


universal law that when any zone of the earth’s crust is considerably 
folded or fractured, subsequent disturbances follow the previous 
lines, and this simply because these lines appear to be lines of least 
resistance.’ Suess (loc. cit., p. 95) emphasizes the wonderful con- 
_ stancy of this folding which extends first with a west-northwest 


and then a west strike through the south of England to Weymouth 


and the Mendips and states, ‘‘ The region was folded, as we have 


eT a ees Sen 


se ane PP kee 


a seen, at the close of the Carboniferous period, was covered with 


younger sediments and subsided; then there occurred in the same 


* _ place a folding of the younger sediments, and this more recent folding 


coincides in direction with the older folding which preceded it.” 


_ He proposes to term this phenomenon posthumous folding, adding, 
_ “Tt is very likely that in most other mountain systems repeated 


movements in the same direction have occurred at very different 
times; but seldom do we witness so striking an episode as. is here 
presented in the subsidence of a great segment of a mountain arc 
between successive periods of folding; and in this example we find 
already displayed the extracrdinary constancy in the direction of 
the folding force.” 

In applying this important principle in the relations of the 
Paleozoic mountain systems to the Precambrian fold directions 
one can not help but be astonished at their general parallelism; 
and this coincidence of trends can not be attributed to Paleozoic 
folding that overwhelmed the Precambrian complex since the 


Paleozoic folding has as a rule affected only the marginal regions, 


as is most clearly evidenced: in the cases of North America, Africa: 
and Australia but also seen in the southeast and southwest portions of 
the Eurasian basement complex and probably in the eastern margin 
of South America. 

In the case of the Appalachians it has been persistently claimed 
by the best authorities on the stratigraphic relations of their com- — 
ponent formations, as notably. Ulrich (1911) and Campbell (1894), 
that these prove that the folding “‘ has been practically continuous 
from since early Paleozoic times”? (Campbell, loc. cit.). Ulrich, 
in the diagram of the inland migration of folding in southeastern 
North America (1911, fig. 18, p. 440) extends the folding from 
~ earliest Cambrian ”’ to “late Tertiary.” ! . 

If we further consider that we find at the beginning of Cambrian 
time two geosynclines, one in the place and direction of the Appala- 

* Also in regard to the Variscan folding of the ‘‘ Rheinische Schiefergebirge ”’ 
analogous observations have been made by W. Bornhardt and especially by Denck- 
mann (1912), who have found that the Variscan folding of Carboniferous age 
was there preceded by Devonian folding, and in the Saar basin followed by 


Permian folding; the latter folding not being observable in the Rheinische Schie~ 
ergebirge on account of the absence of younger beds (s22 A11-33, a3 


II4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


chians and their northern and southwestern continuation, and another 
in that of the Rocky mountains, as has been so clearly demonstrated 
by Walcott (1891, pl. 3; see also Schuchert, 1910, pl. 51); and that 
b th these depressions exactly follow the trends of the Precam- 
brian folds in the east and west, the conclusion seems unavoidable 
that these later fold directions were inherited, at least to a large 
extent, from Precambrian time. Likewise the generally westward 
trend of the Arbuckle and Ouachita mountains in Oklahoma, which 
are considered as indicating the western extension of the Appala- 
chian system stands in remarkable agreement with the east-west 
trend of the Precambrian folds of the middle segment of the con- 
tinent as seen north and south of Lake Superior, and it would seem 
that even where the later pressure came from a somewhat different 
direction, the folds would, at least in part, tend to fall into the old 
direction, which is that of least resistance in that case. This would 
at least be indicated by the observation of C. W. Honess (1920, 
p. 121) that in the southern Ouachita mountains a high angle is made 
by the east or southeast trending axes of many folds with the axis 
of the principal anticlinorium which trends northeast. 

If the principle of posthumous folds, which to us seems rather 
one of persistent or inherited folding, with “‘ prenuncial” as well 
as “posthumous ”’ folding, preceding and following the main orogenic 
outburst; if this principle has the wide application that it seems to 
us to possess where Precambrian and Paleozoic folding are compared, 
then vice versa we may well draw conclusions as to the probable 
Precambrian fold directions in cases where Paleozoic folding agrees 
in its direction with that inferred for the Precambrian folding from 
other inferences, without committing the error of a circulus vitiosus. 
This may well be the case with the Paleozoic folds trending in 
northeast and north-south direction, of eastern Brazil and it would 
fully explain the north-south direction of some of the folds in the 
western Sahara, if these should be found to contain Paleozoic elements. 
It should be further noted that the Paleozoic north-south folding 
of eastern Australia agrees with the north-south Precambrian folding 
found from western Africa to South Australia. We are inclined 
to see in these Paleozoic folds of both eastern Brazil and eastern 
Australia segments of larger fold systems that in these particular 
regions have fallen in with previous fold lines.! 


1 Extremely powerful folding, of course, will follow its own lines as we have 
seen in India where the Himalayas have overridden the Precambrian folds 
from the north; or in Europe where the Carpathians and Alps have overwhelmed 
the Variscan system to a considerable extent. On the other hand, we have 
seen there may remain Precambrian blocks unaffected by later waves of folding, 
surrounding them, as in the case of the Bohemian massif and of the block of 


Montana and Wyoming. 


i a Ni a a aa ea Te ie ye ea 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 II5 


We have seen in the chapter on the Precambrian fold systems of 


_ Eurasia, how the later folds of the Urals and the Timan, in a large 


part, coincide with the Precambrian folding of the region, which 


is a western continuation of the Sayan system of the Angara shield; 


and it is also noteworthy that the Predevonian Caledonian folding, 


which according to Suess (v. 3, pt 2) is intercalated between sup- 


posedly Laurentian remnants and the western portion of the Asiatic 
structure, follows in general the trend lines of eastern Laurentia. 
Likewise, the metamorphic rocks of Tonking and Cochinchina, 
together with younger rocks, strike like the original Precambrian 
basement complex of eastern Asia, that is, toward northeast, the 


metamorphic rocks of Formosa to north-northeast and those of 


Japan to east-northeast; thus all remaining in the same quadrant 
with the Precambrian folding. 

It may therefore be stated as a general proposition that apparently 
a great portion of the Paleozoic folds do not diverge greatly im their 
directions from the preceding Precambrian trend lines and thus have 
remained, to a large extent, under the influence of the original 
trend lines inherited from Precambrian time. 

It is readily seen that the evidence of the posthumous folds is 
largely corroborative of the conclusions drawn in regard to the 
existence of large entities of Precambrian fold and foliation systems, 
in so far as it shows the marginal regions of these large entities 
invaded by folds that run approximately parallel to the original - 
Precambrian fold directions. 

In summing up the conclusions from the Precambrian and post- 
humous Paleozoic folds we have reached thus far the following 
propositions : 

The Precambrian fold and foliation systems prove that there 
existed in Precambrian time several large crustal segments that 
reacted as entities against the universal Precambrian folding of the 
crust of the earth. These entities comprise as far as known, Eur- 
asia, North America-Greenland, Africa-Madagascar-East India-West 
Australia. Certain nuclear or central parts of these large entities 
became early so intensely folded, that they became “‘ stiffened ” 
blocks (Suess & Stille, 1909) and have been avoided by all younger 
folds. The most noted of these ‘ shields’’ are the Angara shield 


in Asia, the Baltic shield in Europe and the Laurentian shield in 


North America. The greater part of Africa represents a similar 
shield that has remained free from younger folding and acted as 


_a folded older block in the north and south against younger folding. 


We have further seen that where these large entities were affected 


116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


by Paleozoic folding, which mainly occurred in the marginal regions 
only, these Paleozoic folds on the whole correspond with or appear 
to be controlled. by the earlier Precambrian folds. q 
It has been urged by the writer that these enormous areas of ~ 
uniform or continuous Precambrian fold directions represent Pre- 
cambrian segments of continental size and the term arch-continents 
has been proposed for these vast bodies in the preliminary paper 
in the sense that they were ancestral to the later Paleozoic continents. 
We shall now investigate the relations of these supposed Precambrian 
continental masses to the recognized continents of Paleozoic time.. 


Relations of Precambrian Continents to Paleozoic Continents 


Suess (Suess-Sollas, v. 1, p. 600) has from his classical survey 
of the present fold systems of the earth distinguished the following 
units among the continents: 


“The first of these is Indo-Africa, the greatest tableland of the 
earth, limited on its northern border, from the point where the 
Wady Draa discharges into the Atlantic ocean to the mouth of the 
Brahmaputra, by the folds of Eurasia advancing to the south, but 
elsewhere, as far as it is known to us, surrounded solely by faults — 
and divided in two by the Indian ocean. 

“ The second unit is South America, a shield, as it were, girdled 
on three sides by mountain ramparts; broken off without perceptible 
trend lines on the east and northeast, and with open virgation of 
the branches of the mountains to the southeast between Cape Horn 
and Cabo Corrientes. 

‘The Cordillera of the Antilles shows a closer affinity to South ~ 
than to North America. ; / 

“ The third unit is North America; so far as folding is known in 
this continent it appears to be everywhere directed to the west, 
with a few exceptions caused perhaps by local overthrusting on to 
the subsidence at the outer border of the Rocky mountains; this 
westerly movement began in extremely ancient times, and manifests 
itself from the Atlantic coast to the Pacific, from the Appalachians to 
the Sierra Nevada and the coast chains. ‘Toward the north, however, 

a very extensive ‘plate’ without folding appears, which .stretches 
nearly to the Arctic Archipelago. 

‘“ Least obvious as'an organic whole, notwithstanding the extra- 
ordinary magnitude of the folded area on its southern border, is the 
unit of Eurasia. Here we are in the presence of much greater com- 
plexity and diversity; the description of its various parts is not 
yet advanced far enough to enable us to bring it into comparison . 
with the other continents. For the same reason I must provisionally 
pass over Australia! in silence.” 


1 Australia is shown by Suess in the fourth volume to be a remnant block - 
surrounded by three arches of the Oceanides in the east. 


‘ 
3 


stele, 


TEA ee gee, fee, ST Soper eee eee a 


el 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 117 


From our survey of the Precambrian folding we have arrived 
at the distinction of similar units for Precambrian time. namely, 
(xz) the North American-Greenland unit, (2) the Eurasian unit, 
(3) the African-Indian-Australian unit.. South America remained 
undefined as a unit through lack of evidence of original Precambrian 
folding, but the Paleozoic folds of the east coast, if posthumous in 
character, suggest its relation to the African-Indian unit. 

We shall now compare these units, which we have considered as 
Precambrian continental units, with the Paleozoic continents in 
general and the early Cambrian continents in particular. 


mM 


_ Fig. 2 Continents in Lower Cambrian time, after Frech, Arldt, Bélsche, - 
Schuchert, Ulrich and Holtedahl. 
A Lower Cambrian transgression of eastern Asia. 


Walcott (1891) has published the first map of North America 
in Lower Cambrian time, on which the principal fact of the wide 
extent of the continent and of the presence of two interior con- 
tinental seas that filled the two long troughs in the east and west 
was clearly brought out. These invasions did not occur along the 
continental margins but entered the continental platforms. Schu- 
chert (1910) has through the accumulation of many new facts, 
mainly by Walcott, improved on the first map and Ulrich (19109, 
fig. 4) has lately published a map suggesting that the long arms of 
the sea distinguished by Walcott and Schuchert, were much more 
restricted as. assumed before, and the eastern arm was separated 


into three different minor invasions. However that may be, all 


118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


these authors agree according to their maps in the assumption 
of a former greater extent of the continent in early Cambrian time. 
Schuchert states (ibid., p. 517) that ‘‘ from the extent and position 
of the Lower Georgic invasions, it is inferred that the North American 
continent was larger during the late Proterozoic than at any sub- 
sequent period.’”’ There is no doubt that North America extended 
not only considerably to the east of the Atlantic states in 
““ Appalachia ”’ but also in Arcadia, and especially in the far north- 
east, where it reached over Greenland to Europe. Holtedahl’s map 
extends the Lower Cambrian continent over Iceland around Scotland 
to southern Norway. In the west the continent also reached beyond 
the boundaries of the present continental mass, as is evidenced 
by the absence of massive Cambrian deposits in the coastal regions. 

In his ‘“ Paleogeography of North America’’ Schuchert has 
repeatedly pointed out that the Precambrian era closed with a great 
continental elevation. He states (ibid., p. 482), ‘‘ Laurentide 
revolution.—This was one of the ‘critical periods’ of the earth 
when the seas were withdrawn from North America for a very long 
time. During this interval, of which only the later or eroding 
portion is known, the continent was larger than at present, possibly 
as great as at the close of the Paleozoic, or even greater than at 
that time.” 

In its general form, its northeast extension across the northern 
Atlantic and its eastward extension into the Atlantic, this early 
Cambrian continent fully agrees with the Precambrian continent 
inferred by us from the trend lines of the Precambrian folding and 
foliation. It was therefore already in Cambrian time a continental 
mass of long existence; dating back even into Archeozoic time 
according to the evidence from the Archean folds. 

As a perusal of Ulrich’s and Schuchert’s authoritative charts will 
readily show, this continent has in its main body persisted through 
all later time as a distinct entity. It has been invaded by epicontinen- 
tal seas from various directions, principally the four cardinal directions, 
but has frequently again emerged. The one great exception is the 
large continental extension to northern Europe across the north 
Atlantic. This mass of continental size existed as an undoubted 
land mass until Devonian time, where as the ‘“ Eria”’ of some 
paleogeographers and the ‘‘ Atlantis’ of others (see fig. 1), it com- 
prised even the greater part of Great Britain, Scandinavia and 
northern Russia. The Atlantic was then restricted to the 
“ Poseidon ”’ of Schuchert whose northern boundary extended straight _ 
across from Labrador to middle Ireland. In more restricted form 


di 


ee ee 


7” 
; 

; 
re 
= 
7 


by 
; 
3 


ee eee Ee ere Ie ee Le we 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 IIg 


Eria can still be traced until Triassic time. As Holtedahl (1920, p. 21) 
points out, this part of the crust had through long geologic periods 
the tendency to rise; but like the eastern part of Appalachia it has 
now sunken deeply. Suess, clearly recognizing the connection of 
the Armorican folds in the Bretagne with the Appalachian folds in 
America — with their northeast bend in Gaspé and Newfoundland — 
drew the northern shore line of the Poseidon along this sunken 
Devonian mountain range (see Suess, 1911, p. 102) and derived 
the northern Atlantic ocean from the breaking down of the Paleozoic 
continental mass of ‘“ Atlantis.” 

While the great unconformity of the Cambrian and later Paleozoic 
overlapping formations upon the Precambrian is clear evidence that 
the Cambrian sea invaded upon an old land mass that had undergone 
considerable, if not in some parts enormous denudation, it is still 


_ possible that some of the Precambrian rocks are marine deposits 


that, if they contained fossils and could tell their story would show 
the Precambrian continent of North America to have been invaded 
by the neighboring oceans, the same as after the Precambrian. No 
less an authority than Walcott has, however, steadily maintained 
that all the Precambrian sediments on the continent are nonmarine; 
and he seems to be supported by abundant evidence from various 
sources. There is further clear proof of shallow water origin of the 
sedimentary beds of the Precambrian in ripple marks, mud cracks, 
the lithology, etc., as far west as the Inyo range in California (Knopf 
& Kirk, 1918, p. 23), and in the immensely thick (37,000 feet 
according to Walcott) Belt terrane which formed in a relatively 
narrow Precambrian geosyncline within the continent (W. H. 
Emmons & F. C. Calkins, 1913, p. 29), as well as in the Proterozoic 
beds in Utah (F. L. Ransome & H. S. Gale, 1915, p. 169), and 
generally in the Rocky mountain plateau region. To this evidence 
of shallow water origin must be added that of direct land formation. 
The latter is seen in the successive great unconformities of which 
at least four are fully recognized; in the well-known discovery of 
glacial beds (bowlder conglomerate or tillite) of Proterozoic (Lower 
Huronian) age in Canada by Coleman, and in the observation of 
proofs of land-formed rocks by our best authorities of the American 
Precambrian. To cite a few examples, Leith (1913, p. 333) suggests 
that “the unconformity at the base of the Cambrian was developed 
by a process of cut and fill,” and that ‘‘ the common occurrence of 
late Precambrian terrestrial sediments is more than a coincidence, 
but is related to the development of the basal Paleozoic uncon- 
formity.” Lane (1911, p. 32) states that after discussions with 


120 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM - 


Huntington, Barrell and Leith and by his own widening experience; 
he is “‘ now inclined to consider the Keweenawan as more largely 
a land surface formation’’ than he did in earlier writings; and 
Van Hise (see Leith, 1920, p. 101) believed thatthe ‘‘ Precambrian 
rocks and history, from earliest known vestiges, indicate the same 
behavior and conditions of development as in later times” and 
“that Hutton’s conception of uniformitarianism applies to the 
Precambrian.” Indeed, from Lyell to Van Hise a long line of investi- 
gators both here and in Europe have claimed that all Precambrian 
gneisses are metamorphosed sediments and dynamometamorphically 
changed eruptive rocks; and that these immense masses of sediménts 
can indicate only epicontinental and continental marginal deposits. 
If we add to this that the extensive graphite beds that appear as 
early as the Archeozoic Grenville beds, under the principle of 
uniformitarianism, indicate extensive swamp or at least shallow 
water conditions with algal growth, and that likewise the quartzite 
and marble beds with which they are associated are considered as 
epicontinental deposits,” it seems safe to assert that the existence 
of the Precambrian continental mass of North America, suggested 
by the uniform Precambrian fold lines, is well supported by the 
character of the sediments that have formed its component rocks. 

Eurasia suffered such a wide transgression of its eastern portion in 
Cambrian time that-it does not appear on maps of the early Cam- 
brian as the vast continent we see it today. And yet the great 
unconformity which everywhere marks the contact of Precambrian 
and Cambrian beds in eastern Asia leaves no doubt of the former 
existence of a great continental mass in eastern Asia, and the later 
Paleozoic history with its alternating emergences and submergences 
of this area sustains the continental character of eastern Eurasia 
to the present time, although the great Mediterranean sea, the 
“Tethys ” of Suess, passed across the continent from east-west from 
Devonian to Triassic time, separating the northern Angara land 
from the southern Gondwanaland. 

In Europe we have in the Proterozoic age the great formation 
of the Torridon sandstone of Scotland, which even contains 

1 Camsell (1916, p. 478) also found in the Athabasca sandstone of Keweenawan 
age, at the northeast end of Tazin lake in the Northwest Territories a conglom- 
erate deposit which he considers as of terrestric origin, and Coleman (1915, 


op. cit.) states that deposition during Keweenawan time was chiefly on the land 
in-a warm dry climate. 


2 Daly (1909, p. 157) e. g. states that the Hinata sea -was inrefdly san 
epicontinental sea, an inference that can with equal force be applied to the 
preceding invasions, and Schuchert (1918, p. 64) states that of the 14 miles of 
coarse Proterozoic sediments in south-central Canada, probably more than 
three-fourths were deposited in fresh water. 


a 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 F217 


“ dreikanter’ (see Walther, 1909, p. 287) and the Jotnian sand- 
stones in Scandinavia and Finland with their ripple marks and | 
mud cracks — not to speak of a 2-meter thick anthracite bed — 
-as proof of. continental conditions; and the distinction of four major » 
nceonformities in the Finnish series leaves no doubt of a series 
of great and enormously long, complete emergences of these con- . 
tinental areas that, if they correspond to the unconformities observed | 
in North America and eastern Asia, would even indicate ees 
m major continental emergences. . 
We see in these great unconformities of the Precambrian of North ~ 


areas responded as continental units not only to the orogenic forces 
+ hat folded them, but also to the epeirogenic forces that elevated 
z hem from time to time. While the continents, according to the recent 
ir avestigations of isostasy, are composed of positive. and. negative. 
elements that owing to minor differences in relative density act 
1 ore or less independently, they seem nevertheless to have formed _ 
mits of a major grade that reacted uniformly in times of greater 
Be stic events. This is, at least, strongly urged by the evidence 
of the great widely spread Precambrian unconformities that separate* 
the different formations, both here and in the old world. 
_ The evidence of repeated periods of wide continental elevation — 
Precambrian time that is afforded by the major unconformities is 

c ‘corroborated by the recognition of Proterozoic glaciation, not only 

on the Canadian shield as mentioned before, but also in Scotland, 
Bt é Baltic shield, South Africa, India, South China, South Australia-~ 
ind Tasmania. 

a ” The great Precambrian continental mass of the southern -hemi- ~ 
sphere which the Precambrian folding by its continuous ‘north- south — 
folding, indicates to have extended from Africa over. Madagascar 
to Middle Australia and East India — and if the folds. of eastern. 

Brazil and eastern Australia are posthumous in character, also to — 
these regions — is the evident ancestor of the great Gondwanaland. 
ondwanaland had its most glorious geologic period in Carboniferous - 
to Triassic time when it extended, as a separate continental mass, ~ 
from western South America across Africa to South Asia and beyond: 
ustralia. This vast continent with its characteristic flora and glacial 
eriod reached in Permian time in east-west direction two-thirds 

ound the world. It broke down in the middle, where the Indian 

ocean now is, in Jurassic time, and Africa, East India, Australia and 
a large portion of South America are its remnants. (fig. 3 a-d) 


a erica and Eurasia strong evidence that the supposed continental ~~ 


tit 


y 5 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


i Me HO a 
ty Be ( 
cn 
i a 


Iss 
il 


‘ 


ii i g ail 
‘6 via 


it set , 

Sil 

= SKY 
yt 


PY aye 
rl 
afl : 
D al 2 
Me 
TTT 
tid 
i ta) 
<] LL! oe 
S 
Sf 


iS A 
I, te 
Lh; Sia 
V} y a8 Hy 
‘ 5 Oct i OF 
a 


a 


ny’ YJ 
Ast | 

\ i 
All aH Mh 
; 


i = 


hale 
H De ia 
2, | <0 


Ss 

= a = a 
ae = 3 

eo 


UY we vans 
! 


ne (ly 


ae all 


| 


Fig. 3d 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 123 


Clarke (1913; 1919) has shown that Gondwanaland existed in 
Devonian time, but was then connected with Antarctica, and has 
therefore proposed the name “‘ Falklandia ”’ for this earlier continental 
mass (19109, p. 103). 

The evidence from the uniform direction of the Precambrian folds 
proves, in our view, that like the two northern continental segments, 
also the southern unit Gondwana was inherited from Precambrian 
time and persisted throughout Paleozoic time; for the Cambrian, 
Ordovician and Silurian periods were clearly such of land and of 
epicontinental seas over the three southern continents. This is 
indicated principally by the total absence of their rocks over most 
of these three.continents of today; or where the rocks are present, 
by their fossil and lithic facies. Parts may have been temporarily 
invaded, as central Australia and a large part of the present Indian 
ocean, during Cambrian time (see Schuchert, 1916, p. 98), but 
such facts as the distribution of the Gangamopteris (Glossopteris) 
flora together with the widely spread glacial beds call for a vast 
Permian continent extending from South America to Australia 
(see Kayser, 1913, p. 276). 

We believe to have advanced, in the preceding chapters, evidence 
from at least three mutually independent sources that there 
undoubtedly existed, at the end of Precambrian, and quite surely 
also far back into Archean time, three immense tracts of super- 
continental size upon the earth that behaved like continental seg- 
ments or units in their reaction to orogenic and epeirogenic diastrophic 
forces, to marine invasions and in the character of their sediments. 
We have in the preliminary paper (1919, p. 5) designated these tracts 
as arch-continents to indicate their ancestral relation to the later and the 
present continents. Inorder toemphasize more fully this important 
relation and at the same time give expression to these differences 
in size and outline that distinguish them from their Paleozoic 
descendants, we propose to add the prefix “‘ Arch”’ to the names of 
the continental masses which later appear in their place. We will 
then have the three primeval continental masses of Arch-Eurasia, 
Arch-America and Arch-Gondwana. Each of these arch-continents 
contains certain nuclei or shields, which are positive elements that 
remained undisturbed from later folding and more or less also from 
transgressions. ‘These are the Baikal shield or the ancient Angara- 
land of Asia, the Baltic shield of Europe and the Laurentian shield 
of America. Nearly the whole of Africa, the ‘‘ Brazilian mass ” 
and west Australia hold similar positions of areas that remained 
relatively undisturbed. 


124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


‘It may in time become desirable to distinguish the continental 
masses in their changing outlines in the different periods by separate 
names. Clarke has, in recognition of the ‘confusion possible 
from retaining one name for a changing continental mass, proposed 
the name “ Falklandia”’ for the Devonian representative of 
Gondwanaland, because it was connected with Antarctica. We do 
not know whether the Precambrian ancestor of Falklandia and. 
Gondwana was in any way connected with Antarctica and therefore 
can not properly use the name Falklandia for the still earlier develop- 
ment of the continent. It may be suggested that such stages could. 
be distinguished by prefixing the name of the period to the con- 
tinuous land mass, as Siluro-America and Cambro-Eurasia, retaining 
the names Eurasia, America and Gondwana for the three arch-’ 
continental masses, here described. 


Relation of Precambrian and Paleozoic Continents to Present 
Mobile Tracts of the Earth 


We have seen in the preceding chapter that the latitudinal extension 
of the Precambrian continents was preserved with remarkable 
persistence through Paleozoic time. The series of charts given in 
text figure 3 show at a glance this persistent character of the large 
primeval continental masses. The last chart, of late Triassic time, 
still clearly brings out the same original latitudinal direction of the 
continents. Inthe Jurassic period, however, the Indian ocean became 
definitely established by the foundering of a large portion of eastern. 
Gondwana; and in Tertiary time the Atlantic ocean finally extended 
southward between Africa and South America and connected with 
the Antarctic ocean. As a result of these fracturings of the old, 
continental masses the continents of the present day with their 
predominating longitudinal extension were formed. 

It would then seem that the Precambrian continental outlines 
are lost. in the present configuration of the surface of the earth. 
Nevertheless there is good evidence that the old boundary. lines 
of the original Precambrian continents continue to exist as distinct 
features in the framework of the earth. . : 

A comparison of figure 4 which represents the original “ central 
massives’’ or nuclei and also the present mobile or earthquake 
tracts (together with the tracts of Tertiary folding), with the charts 
of the Precambrian and Paleozoic continents given before, brings 
out readily the fact that these mobile. tracts, in a most remarkable 
manner, pass along the supposed boundaries between the Precambrian 


“3 
att 
++ 


apt 
at tete Hine 


Pett ye HET, 


++.4 
ate +) 
+ 


+ fe Se 
tity dete rs Pty a : 


Hatta te + tet ytit 
+4573 
ae (a 


Fig. 4 Chart showing the distribution of the Precambrian continental nuclei, marked by crosses 


them, marked by dots (earthquake belts) and horizontal lines (Tertiar 


125 


and of the mobile tracts separating 
1 Libbey’s circle, or subequatorial earth- 
ustrated London News, 1921) and others. 


. 
’ 


il 


y and recent folding). 


After Kayser (1912, p. 709), Bolton (The I 


quake belt; 11 Circum-Pacific earthquake belt. 


126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


continents as we have established them by the Precambrian fold — 


directions and other evidence. This is especially clear in the case 
of the boundary between Eurasia and Gondwana. 

The earthquake tracts distinctly form a latitudinal belt (also 
known as “ Libbey’s circle’’) around the earth, separating North 
and South America, traversing the middle Atlantic and separating 
first Eurasia from Africa and then from the other Gondwana elements 
(India, Arabia and western Australia) and reaching again, across 
the middle Pacific to Central America. i 

Another belt follows the eastern, northern and western boundaries 
of the Pacific ocean. It seems to be completed by the Antarctic 
seismic regions, as suggested on the chart. There are further known 
independent shorter longitudinal tracts in the Atlantic and Indian 
oceans, that indicate that the forces active along the later zones 
of fracturing which led to the breaking down of the eastern part 
of the old ‘ Atlantis,” and the separation of Gondwana into three 
continental portions, have not yet become extinct. 

When we go backward from Recent and Tertiary times to the 
Mesozoic age, we find in the geosynclines as reconstructed by Haug 
(see fig. 5) for that era, an expression of the same mobile tracts, 
with the addition of a northern loop separating Asia and Europe. 


fFig.5 Chart of geosynclines in Mesozoic time — From Haug (1900). 


ae Sy aio 


Se = eo a ae ad re Re Ni ee eee 3 


me Ae) S. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 127 


Finally the paleogeographic maps of the Paleozoic era, here 
reproduced in figures 2 and 3, clearly show that these same belts 


were also the tracts along which the principal movements of the 


seas and the separation of the continents took place in Paleozoic 


‘time as is, for instance, well seen by following the paleogeographic 


history of the Tethys. 

There existed, however, in Paleozoic time still another important 
geosynclinal, folded and undoubtedly also. seismic belt, namely that 
which extended from Scandinavia through Caledonia in Predevonian 


_time and from Germany, France and southern England (Variscan 


system) in Devonian time to North America (Newfoundland and 
Appalachian system). This belt, which is now entirely inactive, 
developed along the boundary of Archi-America (Laurentia) and 
Archi-Eurasia and also marks the boundary of the eastern portion 
of Archi-America and the old Poseidon (Archi-Atlantic) between 


America and Europe and probably also (see Holtedahl’s map, fig. 6) 


that between the old ‘‘ Atlantis”’ or ‘“‘ Eria’”’ and the Arctic ocean 


at 
ws 


Fig. 6 The structural denen 5 of the North fone Arctic regions. Aand B 
the stable areas: A, the shields or positive areas; B, the neutral areas; C to 
G, the post- -Ordovician zones of folding; C, Pre- Downtowian time; D, Pre- 
devonian time; E, Devonian; F, Late Paleozoic: H, areas of postulated 
greatest vertical movement. After Holtedahl (1920). 


in the north. This ancient mobile tract has become submerged in 
the greater event of the foundering that led to the formation of the 
North Atlantic and that has produced a new mobile tract, inter- 
secting the old one at nearly right angles. 

From these facts we believe that there is little doubt that the 
principal mobile, seismic belts of the present earth in their general 
direction still retain the fundamental boundary lines of the primeval 


128 NEW YORK STATE: MUSEUM 


continents and oceans. These principal, still active, belts are 
the latitudinal (Libbey’s) belt and the cireum-Pacific belt. ‘The trans- 
Atlantic belt of Paleozoic time, connecting Europe and the 
Appalachian geosyncline has become extinct; and new belts that 
originated later are the longitudinal belts of the Atlantic and Indian 
oceans. 


- Probable Causes of the Worldwide Extension and the Principal 
Directions of the Precambrian Folding ~ ; 


We have, in the preceding chapters, described the uniform direction 3 
of the Precambrian folding over vast areas; and assuming, as a 
working hypothesis, that this wide parallelism of the trend lines 
over these immense tracts indicates a uniform reaction of the latter 
as units to orogenic forces and thereby proves their character of 
entities in the framework of the earth; we have acclaimed these 
large units as primeval or arch-continents. By comparing their 
location and general form with that of the early Cambrian continents, 
as well as by considering the character of the Precambrian sediments 
we have shown that. this tentative inference of the continental 
character of the large uniformly folded areas is well- -supported by 
independent evidence. 

_ The questions of the cause of this rancid Precambrian folding 
and the interlocking one of. the significance of the directions that 
the folding exhibits in ‘different segments of the earth, arise as 
a natural sequence of the study of the parallelism of the trend lines; 
but their solution is not of critical importance for the problem of 
the Precambrian continents; the recognition of the latter being 
simply based on the grand arrangements of the trend lines as 
indicating’ segmental units of'a continental order of magnitude. 
Nevertheless, the direction of the Precambrian trend lines is so 
intimately connected with that of the major axes of extension and 
the distribution of the arch-continents that it seems proper to inquire 
into the probable causes of the worldwide Precambrian folding 
that are suggested by the trend lines; an inquiry that had to be 
postponed until the folding itself had been traced. over the earth 
and its general trend lines recognized. 

The Precambrian worldwide folding may be due to one or several 
of three groups of causes. It may have originated as: (1) local 
folding by terrestrial forces that persisted through immense intervals 
of time and gradually involved the whole earth; (2) simultaneous 
worldwide folding by terrestrial forces; (3) worldwide folding by 
cosmic forces. ~ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR .1920—2I 129 


1 Long-time, gradual extension of local folding 

_ The view that the worldwide Precambrian folding could have 
originated from a long-time, gradual extension of local folding has, 
to our knowledge, not been advanced or supported by any authors. 
‘On the contrary such authors as Suess, Uhlich, Andrée, Van Hise, 
Schuchert who have touched the subject of worldwide Precambrian 
folding have contrasted it with the later localized folding and seen 
in it the evidence of one or more Precambrian profound and general 
revolutions that in magnitude far surpassed the later more localized 
revolutions, a view that also finds general expression in the text- 
books. Nevertheless, the possibility that this folding involving the 
whole crust of the earth may be only the expression of an immense 
length of time and a gradual wandering of the folding process over 
the whole surface of the earth, is suggested by several facts. 

‘One of these is the recognition, in recent years, of the immense 
lapse of time that must be assigned to the Precambrian and that it 
equals or surpasses all later time of the history of the earth. This 
long Precambrian earth history finds its expression in the thickness 
of 32 miles of the combined Archeozoic and Proterozoic rocks as 
against the 21 miles for all subsequent fossiliferous strata (see - 
Schuchert, 1918, p. 64). There is, hence, a perfect sufficiency of 
time for a gradual folding of the entire earth crust if other factors 
Should favor such a process. The fact of the gradual wandering 
of the folding from the older chains into the foreland, after the 
partial denudation of the older chains, has been described as “‘ zonal 
‘wandering of mountain formation”. by Stille (1909), and well 
illustrated by Ulrich (to11, fig. 16) in his diagram of the origin 
of the Appalachian system. Suess has pictured in a masterly way 
the gradual extension of the Altaid folding over Asia from the 
vertex, and Grabau (1919) has lately even SusEC Tet a migration of 
geosynclines. 

In the case of the Appalachian system this ee has wandered 
from the Atlantic coast into the continent. We know now from 
‘Adams, Barlow and Coleman’s researches that the folding in the 
| eastern portion of the Canadian shield also came from the Atlantic 
‘side (that is, southeast), and we also have seen before that the folding 


 1lItis suggested by Blackwelder (1914, p. 637) for the Archean, when he states: 

“Whether these facts (greater deformation and metamorphism of Archean than 

_Algonkian) are to be interpreted as indicating a single almost universal orogenic 

disturbance just before the Algonkian deposits were laid down, or several, if not 

indeed many, such disturbances affecting successive strips of the continent at 
different times, is not now determinable. Considering the periodicity and local 
effects of the foldings i in later geologic time, the latter view is perhaps the more 
favored one.” 


a. |. 


I30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


is more intense near the eastern margin of the continent than in its 
interior. It could therefore be assumed as a working hypothesis 
that the Precambrian continent of North America which, as we have 
shown before, developed a uniform system of folding, that was convex 
southward and in the east and west parallel to the Atlantic and 
Pacific oceans, was affected simultaneously and through an immense 
lapse of time from these three sides by pressure that beginning 
its orogenic activity near the coasts led gradually to the continuous 
system of folds extending over the whole continent. Similarly 
the Precambrian folding of Eurasia could be conceived to have begun 
near the Pacific and Atlantic coasts and gradually wandered inward, 
until the two systems of folds met at the Baikal line. 

There are also certain more general views regarding the origin 


of the folds recorded in the literature that would seem to support | 
the possibility of a gradual development of the Precambrian folding — 
near the coasts. Foremost among them.is the hypothesis advanced 


by Reyer (1894) and Andrée (1914, p. 69) that the deeper cause for 


the form of the mountain ranges is to be found in the fact that the — 


boundaries of the oceanic and continental crust portions favor the 
formation of the bands of geosynclines and mountain ranges and that 


the curved form of the latter, which some would attribute to torsional — 


effects, is therefore the consequence of the curved outlines of the 
coasts near which the mountain ranges originated. Willis (1907, 
p. 117) holds a similar view, when he states that, “‘ since progressive 


subsidence results in the development of initial dips in lines essentially — 


parallel to the coast, and since initial dips determine the axial 
directions of folds during the next epoch of deformation by horizontal 
stress, it follows that the axial directions of folds conform to the 
general contour of the higher continental elements, to the land 
masses.” 

If this conception of the relation of the mountain ranges to 
the original coast lines is correct, it gives us a fair suggestion of 
the principal coast lines of Archi-America (from north to south in 
the west; northeast in the east; and possibly east-west in the south) 
and Archi-Eurasia (northeast in the east and northwest in the west); 


while Archi-Gondwana would suggest north-south coast lines both — 


in the east and the west. Asa matter of fact, these coast directions 


do indeed well agree with the supposed positions of the primeval — 
oceans, the Poseidon (the present central Atlantic) and the Archi- 


Pacific ocean. 


Another view that is favorable to the hypothesis of rather a 


gradual extension of the Precambrian folding instead of a simul- 


ee ee 


| 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—-2I 131 


_. taneous intense revolutionary folding such as is usually suggested 

to observers by the closely folded, crumpled condition of the 
_ Precambrian rocks, is found in the observations that laccolithic 
intrusions presuppose an orographic flexing to support the super- 
incumbent strata (Keyes, 1918, p. 75) and that the large Precambrian 
complexes of generally laccolithic form at Duluth, Sudbury etc. 
resulted from intrusions extending over a large period of time and 
that they were developed where the lateral pressure was not great 
(Benson, 1920, p. 144). This, as also Daly’s work, suggests that the 
i universal development of batholiths, laccoliths and sheet intrusions 
_ marking several of the Precambrian revolutions may, in every case, 
also have been an extremely slow process that developed pari passu 
with the gradual folding of the arch-continent. 

It may be mentioned in this connection that the metamorphism 
and the foliation of the rocks which are generally considered as a 
direct evidence of the intensity and profoundness of the Precambrian 
revolutions have lately been shown to be explainable by less intensive 
action. Thus Adams (1918, p. 180) has demonstrated by experi- 
ments that in certain types of rock schistosity or foliation may be 
produced by pressure alone, without heat and in the absence of 
moisture, and Barrell (1921, p. 11) has found that “‘ metamorphism 
is not caused by deformation (folding), but recrystallization is 
largely and directly related to batholithic heat and emanations, 
while “the folding and mashing” are regarded ‘“‘as related but 
_ independent processes, due to crustal compression, but going on 
_ most readily in the weak and recrystallizing roofs of batholithic 

_chambers.’”’ Barrell is further arguing for a shallow depth for the 
Precambrian metamorphism, basing his argument on the com- 
pleteness of the Archean metamorphism and the salt of the ocean 
_ aS a measure of erosion. 

The combined inference from these recent conclusions and obser- 
vations is that the Precambrian revolutions possibly were, even 
__ though involving the whole crust of the earth, in kind and intensity 
a not greatly different from the later orogenic revolutions of the 
_ earth. This, however, would again point to a probably gradual 

_ extension of the Precambrian orogenic revolutions over the whole 

earth. 


2 Simultaneous, worldwide Precambrian folding 
_A simultaneous, worldwide Precambrian folding by terrestrial 
forces is assumed by some European writers (see above), who 
having made a close study of the Precambrian folding in Bohemia 
5 


132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


and Scandinavia incline to the view that this close uniform folding 
is to be explained by a uniform contraction of the entire earth crust 
which then had a fairly homogeneous composition. The influence 
of enormous masses of eruptive material as an additional factor 
in the folding is generally recognized, as is also the fact that the 
folding, foliation, schistosity and longitudinal direction of the 
intrusive masses (notably the batholiths) are all expressions of 
the same deformative and compressive forces, all having the same 
trend lines. 


Suess (v. 3, pt 1, p. 7) has repeatedly emphasized the fact of: 


the contrast between the worldwide Precambrian folding and the 
restriction of the present folding to local areas of more recent sedi- 
mentation and therefrom concluded (v. 3, pt 2, p. 720) that while 
once the lateral pressure due to contraction of the earth was active 
over the whole planet, it is now localized. 

Among American authorities (see .‘‘ Problems of American 
Geology ’’) it is held that toward the close of the Archeozoic era a 
period of worldwide diastrophism ensued, which led to the profound 
folding of the Preproterozoic complex; and that several such orogenic 
revolutions followed thereafter in Precambrian time. Geologists are 
further agreed that these orogenies are probably due to periodic 
earth shrinkages (Schuchert, 1920, p. 401); but no longer, since the 
discovery of the fact that the earth is radioactive, consider the earth 
as a cooling body, but in agreement with Chamberlin’s planetesimal 


theory one seeks the cause of shrinkage in other physical and chemical — 


changes within the earth. Chamberlin (1920) has shown, by 
deducing the order of magnitude of shrinkage of the earth from 
Mars, Venus and the Moon, that the total shrinkage of the earth 
is greater than that of the other bodies adduced for comparison 
corresponding to the progressive nature of the compression from the 
least to the greatest, and he was the first to originate the idea that 
shrinkage originated in the deeper portions of the earth under the 
urgency of the enormous pressures by giving rise to slow recombi- 
nations of matter into denser forms. Geologists agree that this 
shrinkage due to condensation deep within the earth is the principal 
cause of the profound compressive forces that have been the chief 
agents in developing mountain. structures, and Chamberlin (1920, 
p. 14) points out that the total shrinkage of the earth has been very 
large, and likewise that of Precambrian and especially of Archean 
time. It is estimated (Schuchert, 1918, p. 48) that the diameter of 
the earth “at the close of the growing period must have been 200 
and possibly even 400 miles greater, for it is well known to geolo- 


se? oe. ee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 133 


4 iects that throughout geologic time it (the earth) has been losing 
- yolume, due in part to the loss of heat into space, but probably in 
_ greater degree to internal molecular rearrangements.” 
_ From the great amount of this shrinking of the earth, that set in 
after the earth had reached its mature size, or directly before the 
_ Archeozoic era, and from its causal relation with recombinations and 
_ recrystallization in the depths of the earth, it seems entirely proper 
to infer that the shrinking process was most active in the earliest 
_ part of the geologic history, or in the Precambrian, and that it 
_ gradually will die out and thus lead to that featureless earth with its 
_ universal ocean, that will mean old age for the planet. A corollary 
of this view is that folding and its associated phenomena was then 
7 also more intensive and above all more widely spread over the 
_ earth than in these late days of localization of the folding process. 
_ This conclusion is strongly supported by the uniform presence of 
- enormous intrusive masses throughout the world in the Precambrian 
_ tocks, which in the Proterozoic of south-central Canada have been 
estimated to have a thickness of 4 miles. 
Consideration of the facts here set forth urges adoption of the 
_ view cited above that our geologic history began with a worldwide 
- contraction of the earth and the resulting worldwide intensive and 
4 simultaneous folding and intrusive activity, suggested by the 
_ Precambrian rocks. In that case, we must ask ourselves how did 
the uniform trends of folding of large areas of supercontinental 
_ size come about? 
Austrian and Scandinavian authors have agreed from the closely 
- contorted and crumpled condition of the Precambrian rocks in 
' their respective countries, upon a uniform contraction of the earth 
_ producing a tangential pressure acting from all sides. We have, 
however, presented ample evidence that the Precambrian folding, 
- foliation etc. show a well-marked arrangement ona hugescale. There 
a is, therefore, evidence that a uniform and probably relatively rapid 
q contraction of the earth crust in Precambrian time, while producing 
¥ the irresistible tangential pressure that has folded all Precambrian 
_ tocks, could not have been the controlling factor of the direction of 
folding. It has been inferred, as we have seen above, that the 
“supposed irregular folding of the Precambrian indicates the con- 
“action of a relatively homogeneous earth crust, acted upon from 
all sides and lacking such belts of weakness where folding would be 
. ‘most likely to become so concentrated, as it has been in later stages 
of the development of the framework of the earth. The amazing 
' tegularity and arrangement in distinct segments of the folding of 


: 


134 NEW YORK STATE: MUSEUM 


the Precambrian on the contrary, proved in this paper, for the 


greater part of the earth, demand an explanation by another cause © 
than the uniform contraction of a homogeneous earth crust. There — 


appear to us two hypotheses worthy of consideration in this con-_ 


nection: 


a The orderly arrangement of the Precambrian folds is mainly 


due to the influence of preexisting differences in the earth crust. These 
would consist, according to present knowledge of the composition of 
the crust, of lighter and heavier segments representing the continents 
and oceans. These differences are considered as original, as we have 
seen before, resulting either from the mode of separation of the 
planetesimal material that built up the earth, or the continuous 
outpouring of heavier lavas in certain regions that became the oceanic 
basins. We have, in this paper, attempted to demonstrate that the 
trend lines of the Precambrian rocks do, indeed, show a control by 
a preexisting regional differentiation of the earth crust, and that 
the regions thus recognized and marked off, correspond to the later 
continents. ae 
b The Precambrian trend lines are mainly controlled by cosmic 


influences. As such we have cited, in the preliminary paper, the — 
tidal waves of the earth crust and changes in the velocity of rotation — 


of the earth. 


3 Control of the trend lines by the continental segments 


The first hypothesis, that of the control of the trend lines by the 


continental segments, is supported by all the evidence we have brought 


forward of the parallelism of the Precambrian trend lines with the — 
coast lines of later continents and the general agreement of the arch- — 


continents of Precambrian time with those of Paleozoic time. It is 


further supported by the present views of geologists on the processes — 


of folding in general. While the older geologists currently considered 
the folding of the earth crust as a simply superficial process due to 


horizontal or tangential compression of the shortening earth crust from — 
the surficial cooling of the globe, the conviction has been steadily — 


gaining ground that this assumption is not able to explain the facts of 


arrangement of the mountain systems and other problems. Suess — 


(v. 3, pt 2) from his study of the mountain ranges, especially of 


Asia, reached the view that the stratosphere and a large part of the - 


salic crust do not fold themselves but are folded, are passive and 


carried forward, a view which seems to be supported by the recent — 


experiments of Meade (1920, p. 521) who concluded that “ most of the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 135 


- faults or folds are the result of the riding or dragging of the upper 
layers by the underlying materials.’’ Suess pictured to himself the 
“mountain chains as the crumpled edges of flat-based earth scales, a 
view that apparently finds support not only in the grand arrangement 
principally of the Asiatic ranges but also in the fact that the angles 
of the fold faults or thrust planes observed in connection with these 
folds, notably the Himalayas, are very flat (see Middlemiss, 19109, 
p. 565, also Quirke 1920). 

Both in America and in Europe one has recognized the relatively 
deep-seated origin of folding. Gilbert had pointed already to 
that of the Appalachian folding, as revealed by the great erosion, 
and Dutton (1874, p. 163) had early urged that the surficial cooling 
_ of the globe could not account for the magnitude and the nature and 
distribution of the mountain folds. Under the leadership of 
Chamberlin the conclusion has been reached that the shrinkage of the 
earth originates in the deeper portions of the earth and that its 
controlling cause is the enormous pressure which induces slow 
_ recombinations and recrystallizations of matter into denser form. 
_ One has further concluded that the oceans are the principal sites of 
_ this condensation deep within the earth; and further that these 
condensations create the irresistible horizontal compressive forces. 
Under the influence of the forces created by the condensation, 
_ yielding by massive flowage takes place in the zone of rock flowage, 
7 which underlies the zone of fracture. The foliated structures and 
crystalline textures of the Precambrian rocks testify to the fact 
that they have been in the zone and under the influence of this 
flowage, through granulation and recrystallization. Experiments by 
~Tammann (1903) on the rate of flowing of crystallized substances 
_ have shown that the flowing is not dependent upon a previous 
7 melting, but that the plasticity, the reciprocal interior friction, 
is a property peculiar to crystals and that it rapidly grows with 
the deforming force and increasing temperature and reaches large 
‘figures near the fusion curve. Tammann’s investigations reveal 
complicated processes of crystallization and changes of volume 
that may have produced contraction and expansion at the same time 
at different places, as well as a general contraction or expansion. 
Such results lead to the view of the possibility of massive convection 
currents or ‘‘ Unterstrémungen,” a hypothesis especially developed 
_by Ampferer (1906),! and they also give a clue to a possible explana- 
_1Ampferer’s hypothesis is distinct from that advanced by Willis (1907) and 


Hayford (1911), who adopting the mechanism of Dutton, have attempted to 
make a lateral isostatic undertow — the cause of all horizontal movements in 


136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


tion of the “ pulsations’”’ or alternations of revolutionary and quies- 
cent periods in the geologic history, now postulated on good grounds 
by geologists in this country, notably Chamberlin, Schuchert and 
Ulrich, and Stille (r911, see Andrée p. 83) and others in Europe. 

It is thus the more recent trend of opinion to consider the shorten- 
ing of the earth’s crust as resulting from great compressive forces 
that originate in the depths of the earth from recrystallization 
and condensation and that lead to movements of the nature of 
convection currents in the zone of rock flowage which in their turn: 
carry forward the upper portion of the crust, or the zone of folding 
and fracture. 

While these movements of the deeper zone are of irresistible 
power, they are also very slow, but may at times become so extensive 
and quickened as to lead to the revolutionary periods of earth history. 
In Precambrian time these revolutions owing to the more rapid 
contraction of the earth, would seem to have been more extensive, 
or even world-embracing, and more violent. The result was the 
worldwide intensive folding, foliation and intrusion of the Precam- 
brian rocks, which was for the most part carried out in the deeper 
zone, that of rock flowage; while the later more localized folding 
is that of the outer zone of faulting and folding. This latter, how- 
ever, is also due to the carrying forward of the outer crust by the 
movement of the deeper zone. Observations like those of Holtedahl 
(1920, p. 23) of the wavelike motion of areas in Scandinavia during 
Paleozoic time, or the rhythmus observed between transgressions — 
and emergences by Karpinsky in Russia and by Chamberlin, 
Schuchert and Ulrich in North America, suggest that this process of 
flowage continues on a smaller or less rapid scale almost perpetually, 
though with distinct pulsations and changes of direction. 

Applying these views to the character and arrangement of the 
Precambrian folds and associated features, we infer that there has — 
taken place a broad movement of the material of the zone of rock — 
flowage toward the arch-continents of North America (Laurentia) 
and Archi-Eurasia from the sites of the Pacific and middle Atlantic 
oceans, which has led to the orderly arrangement of the Precambrian — 
folds of those continents on a huge scale. 

We have seen in the preceding chapters, first, that there exists 
evidence indicating a very slow folding process that gradually — 
extended from the coast lines inward, and then that there is still — 
more evidence suggestive of a more rapid folding during periods © 
of revolutions and of more active contraction of the earth crust. 
A fair conclusion from these two groups of evidence combined would 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 137 


seem to us to be that there was a continuous movement that slowly 
extended the folding into the continents, and that not being very 
intensive, may have allowed the numberless batholithic and lac- 
colithic intrusions, but that at times broke into a more violent 


character of worldwide orogenic paroxysms and then carried the 


eee oe 


a a eee | 
t 


folding and extensive volcanic and intrusive activities far into the 
interior and finally throughout the whole arch-continents. 

Whether, however, a slow continuous movement or pulsatory, 
more violent movements of the zone of rock flowage, or both, carried 
forward the folding into the continents from the underbodies of 
the oceans; the fact that is important for our inquiry remains that 
the results of these movements postulate original differences in 
the density of the outer crust, which controlled the direction of 
the movements and of the resulting folding, while the movements: 
themselves were only the agents furnishing the folding force. 


4 Possible cosmic agencies of Precambrian folding. 


We have, in the preceding chapters, seen how the grand uniform- 


ity between the general Precambrian folding in North America and 


7 


5 


Eurasia and the supposed coast lines of the two arch-oceans, there 
recognizable, indicate a controlling influence of the ancient boundar- 
ies between oceans and continents upon the forces that, emanating 
from the underbodies of these oceans, folded the Precambrian 
rocks throughout the continents. 

There are, however, other elements recognizable in the general 
trends of the Precambrian folds that do not seem to be readily 
brought into correlation with the ancient continental coast lines, 
and that are so equally distributed within certain belts, around the 
earth, that they suggest another factor than is furnished by the 
Precambrian continents and oceans. 

These elements are (1) the north-south directions of the equatorial 
belt of Precambrian folds and (2) the large east-west component 
of the folding in higher latitudes. 

We have seen the north-south direction clearly Hehe in 
Africa, Madagascar and west and south Australia; predominant 
in East India and prevailing in folding that probably is more or 


| less posthumous in character in eastern Australia and in South 


America. 

The east-west component appears in the northeast and northwest 
directions of the Precambrian of the Sinian and Sayan systems in 
Eurasia; it is emphasized by its prevailing (east-northeast direction) 


138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


in China and (west-northwest direction) in southern Russia. The 
same component is recognizable in the Variscan and Armorican 
folding which also, as we noted before, may contain in its character 
a strong posthumous element. In North America the east-west 
component appears in the Precambrian folding of northern Quebec 
where Cooke found the east component strongly prevailing over 
the other north component; but it is most apparent in the east-west 
strike of the Precambrian folding in the middle zone of the continent. 


On the southern hemisphere it is indicated by the east-west Pre- 


cambrian and later folding of South Africa and the curving into 
more or less latitudinal direction of the Andean folding in Argentina. 

These two belts, the northern belt of northwest and northeast 
directions and the equatorial belt of north-south directions of the 
Precambrian rocks are the two outstanding features of the trend 
lines of the Precambrian rocks. 

It is significant that the Paleozoic continental platforms were 
characterized, in contrast to the present continents, by their latitu- 
dinal rather than their longitudinal arrangement, a fact pointed out 
by Schuchert (1916, p. 91). 

It is further noteworthy that the great Tethys sea which formed 
an east-west sea extending from Central America eastward across 
Eurasia to the Pacific (see charts of Paleozoic continents and seas), 
separates the two belts of folding and thus indicates a zone of either 


less distinct or of transitional fold directions which also became ; 


one of weakness, geosynclinal sinking and subsequent local folding 
in Postpaleozoic time, which later folding has effectively hidden 
and obliterated the original Precambrian folding. If one enters 
the trend lines of the Precambrian rocks upon a polar projection, 
instead of the Mercator projection, it is more distinctly seen that 
the belt of the northern hemisphere, while distinctly circumpolar, 
has a somewhat zigzagged course, resulting from two deep embay- 


ments. These occupy the positions of the Pacific and middle — 


Atlantic oceans (Poseidon; see Cambrian chart); their location 
makes it entirely probable that they, as the loci from which the folding 


pressure originated, supplied the northern components in the north- — 
west and northeast directions on both sides of the embayments. — 
In western North America the large Archi-Pacific ocean was able 
to overcome entirely even the east-west component of the trend — 


lines. 
In the case of the north-south folding of the entire equatorial 
or Archi-Gondwana belt, it is clearly difficult to try to explain 


this solely by the influence of the Pacific ocean that interrupted 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 139 


‘the belt on the eastern hemisphere; and to overlook the fact that 
the Poseidon sea, which was to the northwest of the African 
‘ portion of the belt, should also have exerted a distinct influence 
‘ in southeast direction, as it did toward Laurentia in northwest 
direction. 

_ If then there is recognizable a distinct east-west component in 
the northern belt of Precambrian folding (to some extent also 
suggested by the folds of the southern hemisphere), and further, 
‘the north-south direction of the Archi-Gondwana or equatorial 
belt is not satisfactorily explainable by the influence of the two 
primordial oceans, we may well ask ourselves what these influences 
could have been. 

_ The fact that these components of the fold directions appear 
in two, or more probably three (including that of the southern 
hemisphere) belts of folding, seems to suggest that factors of a 
greater scope than the primeval differences of density of the conti- 
“nents and oceanic underbodies may have controlled the trend lines 
_ of Precambrian folding. 

_ These factors can be sought in changes of the velocity of rotation 
of the earth and in primordial tidal waves of the earth’s crust. 

_ We do not feel competent to enter upon a technical discussion of 
_the influences of these cosmic factors upon the earth’s crust. We 
4 shall therefore but roughly and briefly point out the possibilities 
of their influences, as we understand them. 

_ Suess, although considering the contraction of the earth as the 
principal cause of mountain folding and believing the folding to 
: arise from the dragging of the outer crust by deeper portions of the 
Same, was nevertheless inclined to set beside this interior cause of 
_ the changing of the earth’s surface features, also the exterior causes 
‘mentioned above. He says (Suess-Sollas, v. 4, p. 607): 


4 
LY 


_ “ Darwin states that if bodily tides influenced the arrangement 
of the mountain chains, then we should expect to find at the equator 
a north and south strike, toward the north a northeasterly strike, 
and toward the south a southeasterly strike. This supposition 
holds for almost the whole of the Pacific region. The advance of 
the Antilles toward the east, the arrangement of all the arcs of 
eastern Asia and the Oceanides, and in particular the fact that 
Imost all the Asiatic virgations open toward the west and south- 
West are consistent with the theory. But there is no lack of excep- 
tions; the St Elias range is folded toward the west or southwest, 
likewise the great Burman arc and the Urals. The whole of that 
part of the western Altaides lying outside the horst of Azov is 
opposed to the rule. 


I40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


“An attempt has been made to explain the arrangement from — 
the rotation of the earth. Douvillé has adduced the earlier more — 
rapid rate of rotation and obtains a prevalent east and west direction. 
Prinz, on the other hand, finds a prevalent north and south direction. — 
We may also point to the folding, directed to the south, of the 
United States chain, situated on the other side of the pole, also — 
of the Aleutian islands and the southern marginal arcs, and in ~ 
particular to the Cape mountains directed towards the north; the © 
exceptions are the same.” 


And again (p. 626, op. cit.) Suess states, pointing to the same — 
evidence, that ‘“‘ we are led to consider whether in respect to this 
great part of the earth, we must not admit the action of bodily 
tides or of the rotation, in addition to the contraction of the planet, 
as a possible factor in determining the plan of the folded ranges. ! 


a Retardation of rotation 


Andrée, in his excellent treatise (1914, p. 13 ff.) traces the origin 
and development of the theory of the retardation of the rotation 
of the earth through the influence of the tidal waves from William 
Thomson (1867), and G. D. Darwin to those authors who would 
apply this factor to the explanation of the mountain folds of the 
earth (Taylor, 1885), notably Béhm von Bohmersheim, and con- 
siders it as repudiated by later authors (notably G. von dem Borne 
and Ampferer) on geophysical grounds; the impossibility of assuming 
a sufficient flattening of the poles in these late periods of the earth’s 
history to explain the Tertiary folds of the earth, the failure to 
produce similar effects by experiments,? and the equal failure to 
bring the present mountain ranges into this scheme, as it was 
attempted by Suess. | 

While thus the influence of changes in the velocity of rotation — 
may be considered as nonexistent or negligible in the case of the 
Postproterozoic mountain folds, there is still a possibility. that 
these changes may have been so much greater and more rapid 
during the Precambrian era of the earth that they did have a distinct 
effect upon the worldwide folding of that time. Indeed, it is — 
claimed by Chamberlin (1916, p. 544) that rotation was the greatest — 

1 The principal influence of the rotation, Suess (op. cit.) saw, however, in its 
producing the eustatic movements ofthe ocean. Later (1911, p. 107) he expressed 


himself as being now uncertain about the rotation being a vera causa of eustatic 
movements, since we do not know where the pole was. 


* Keyes (1919, p. 87) has, however, lately stated that ‘‘ recent experiments 
indicate that the larger relief features of the globe are not the complex dynamical 
phenomena commonly fancied, but merely somewhat different expressions of 
the same simple tangential force and direct resultants of the earth rotation” 
and ‘that the effects of tangential compressive force which many mountain — 
structures display appear to be not the result of earth contraction, but of stress 
release due to retardation of the earth’s rotation.” 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—-21 141 


of the deformative agencies in the early history of the earth, and 
stated in “ The Origin of the Earth,” that periodical changes in 
_ the rate of rotation have been of the greatest importance among 
_ the shaping agencies of the framework of the earth. 
__ The master features of the latter are seen by Chamberlin according 
_ to the ingenious hypothesis developed by him (op. cit.) “in a 
segmentation that sprang from primitive shrinkage stimulated 
4 and shaped by oscillating rotation and tidal strains.’”’ This seg- 
_ mentation would take place at times when the polar areas were in 
tension through a cracking that would produce yield zones at 120° 
to each other, that pass from the poles to the fulcrum zones not 
_ far from 30° Lat. N. and S., while between them there should be 
_ oblique trends. The protrusive effects of the rotational stresses 
are supposed to have been mainly felt at the angles where the 
yield tracts joined one another, and subordinately along the yield 
tracts themselves. The continents are therefore held to have 
grown up from these angles as centers while the oceans formed 
_ in the depressions between. 
We can not enter here more fully into this fascinating hypothesis 
which is fully set forth and illustrated in ‘‘ The Origin of the Earth,” ! 
_ except to state that Chamberlin obtains three oval oceanic \basins 
on the northern hemisphere, namely, the Pacific, North Atlantic 
and the Caspo-Mediterranean cluster of depressions, and three 
on the southern, namely, the south Pacific, south Atlantic and 
Indian oceans. The continental clusters are North America, South 
America, Eurafrica, Asia, Australia and Antarctica. 
It will be seen at once that this arrangement of the primordial 
continents and oceans differs from the one at which we have arrived 
_ from the consideration of the Precambrian trend lines. It is, 
however, also obvious that Chamberlin’s arrangement of the 
_ primeval continents and oceans is equally different from that found 
_ by paleogeographers at the beginning of the Paleozoic era; and 
further that it is based on the conception of a gradual growth of the 
earth from planetesimals without reaching a molten state, a view 
_ against which Barrell and Daly, as noted before, have advanced 
arguments tending to show that a molten condition of the surface 
of the fully grown earth must be postulated to explain various 
facts, and they have for that reason considered Chamberlin’s seg- 
mentation hypothesis as not well supported. 
-However that may be, it is sufficient here for our purpose to 
emphasize the fact that Chamberlin’s hypothesis is designed to 


ee ee ae 


e ae also article in Scientific Monthly, 1916, v. 2, on the ‘‘ Evolution of the 
a sid 


asad 


142 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


reconstruct the embryonic framework of the earth, or that which 
was developed during the growing stage of the earth from the 
dominant influence of the changing rotation, and which concededly — 
(see Chamberlin, 1916, p. 203, 204) was greatly obscured by — 
secondary factors, such as dominant directions of wind and current 
movements and “‘ the diastrophism that sprang from secular loading 
and unloading, and from the shrinkage of the earth-body which 
appears to have assumed the leadership in shaping the earth after 
growth ceased.’’ It is precisely this last agency which produced the 
Precambrian compression phenomena upon which we have based 
our reconstruction of the Precambrian continents. We may 
therefore assume that theoretically the segmentation set forth by 
Chamberlin took place in the embryonic, growing stage of the earth, 
through the dominancy of the rotation factors, laying the skeleton 
work of its frame; that this, if not entirely obliterated by a molten 
or intensely volcanic stage, was at least obscured to a great extent 
when after full growth was attained, the shrinking of the earth and 
the resulting diastrophism put a different pattern on the surface 
of the earth, namely, that which we have traced and which explains 
the shape and arrangement of the Paleozoic and Precambrian con- 
tinents. As Suess has repeatedly emphasized, several patterns 
of mountain ranges have been placed in the framework of the earth 
upon each other through successive changes in the direction of 
diastrophic movements. It is thus explainable that the present 
pattern of mountain ranges and even of continental arrangement | 
is quite different from that of Paleozoic and Precambrian times. 

It is logical to infer from these facts that the differentiation 
into continental and suboceanic matter conceived by Chamberlin 
to have taken place during the slow growth of the earth, as 
well as the segmentation along yield tracts — both of which characters 
by the very nature of their origin, must be deeply implanted into 
the structure of the earth, theoretically reaching to the center — 
should in spite of the various vicissitudes and obscuring later 
influences of the surface, persist in the framework and be able to 
reappear again in the face of the earth, and may therefore be now 
again recognizable in the form described by Chamberlin.! 

1 It certainly is very suggestive that the three great Precambrian nuclei of the 
northern hemisphere, the Canadian, Baltic and Siberian (Angara) shields, are 
120° of longitude apart, a fact pointed out by Dacqué (1919, p. 97); and that these © 
ancient shields are girdled in the east, west and south by old, now strongly denuded 
mountain ranges, which in their turn are surrounded on the outside by festoons 


of younger chains of Tertiary age. A similar strange homology is observable 
in the structure of the southern hemisphere, as fully set forth by Dacqué. The 


Baltic and Siberian shields are, however, not considered as belonging to different 


continental blocks that are separated by oceanic basins in Chamberlin’s scheme, 
nor does the Precambrian folding described in this paper place them into different 
units. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 143 


_ We saw in the preceding chapter that Chamberlin, in the “ Origin 
of the Earth’ adduces the influence of oscillating rotation and 
tidal strains for the growing period of the earth, only leaving to 
later shrinkage the leadership in shaping the earth after growth 
had ceased. The same author had already in an earlier paper (in 
“The Tidal and other Problems,’ 1909 by Chamberlin et al.) 
investigated the possible retardation of the earth’s rotation through 
_ the friction of the water tides and the tides of the lithosphere. It 
_ is shown, in this suggestive publication from computations by C. 
_ §. Slichter, that when the earth had a rotation period of 3.82 hours 
its equatorial circumference was 1131 miles greater than it is at 
present, while the meridional circumference was 495 miles less. 
“Tn changing to the present form, the tract immediately under 
j the equator must have become shorter by 1131 mules. The 
tracts under the parallels adjacent to the equator north and south 
would have become shorter by less amounts, those still farther 
away by still less amounts, until a little beyond 30° latitude, north 
and south, parallels are reached under which the crust would have 
_ theoretically remained unchanged so far as this immediate factor 
is concerned.’’ There is hence a neutral zone at about 35° latitude, 
north and south, and beyond this are large areas of expansion. 
_ We would then have a zone of powerful compression at the equator 
q and two polar caps of similar extensive tension. Chamberlin 
estimates that the equatorial tract under such conditions must 
fold, crumple and overthrust on itself after the familiar fashion. 
_ of folded mountains to such an extent that, using Heim’s estimate 
of 74 miles of the crustal shortening for the Alps, it would require 
15 ranges of the magnitude of the Alps across the equator, or 28 
tanges of the order of the Pennsylvanian Appalachians (using 
_Lesley’s estimate). 
_ Professor Chamberlin concludes (op. cit., p. 49) that no such 
' condition is suggested “‘ by an equatorial belt of land, much less 
an elevated girdle accidented by cross folds, or knots, or contorted 
_ protuberances,” nor is there any evidence of the truncated remains 
_ ofthese. While this is true of the present condition of the equatorial 
_ belt, it seems, however, that it may well have been different in regard 
a to the Precambrian equatorial belt, for there we not only have 
“ evidence of an equatorial belt, the Archi-Gondwana, which, if it was 
not continuous around the earth, quite probably reached three- 
fourths around; and what seems still more significant, that belt 
Was provided with a complete system of strong north-south folds 
_ Such as would be postulated by an equatorial compression due to 


T44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


retardation of rotation. Likewise one might find evidence of a 
neutral zone in the belt with little distinct trend lines which we 
saw suggested by the conditions in Bohemia, southern Asia, etc. 
The progressive tension due to the expansion of the earth beyond 
the neutral zone would lead (op. cit., p. 50) to persistent fissuring 
or gaping radial from the poles, and “if to escape the difficulties 
arising from exceptional tension in high latitudes, it be assumed 
that the whole shell of the lower latitudes crowded toward the 


poles, this would involve meridional crowding and the formation. 


of a system of folded ranges pointing to the poles, while east and west 
ranges should be absent proportionately, and thus the effects should 
be expressed in a distinctive manner.” It is further inferred by 
Chamberlin that the earlier formations should show the most 
evidence of tension, the Archean most of all. “‘ As a matter of 
fact,’ however, ‘‘ the Archean of high latitudes, as of low latitudes, 
shows abounding evidence of compression,’’ as Chamberlin himself 
could observe in Greenland in 1894 in latitudes as high as 77°, 
when he found “the same evidences of crumpling, contortion, 
foliation and thrust stress generally as are commonly shown by the 
Archean rocks in lower latitudes.’ There is, thus, everywhere 
evidence of pronounced tangential thrust in the Precambrian ter- 
ranes of high latitudes, as of Canada, Scotland and Scandinavia, 
instead of the postulated tension effects, and further, as we have 
seen in the first part of this chapter, the Precambrian folds show 
a distinct east-west component instead of the postulated north-south 
directions. 

Professor Chamberlin from his investigation concludes that there 
is no geologic evidence of a retardation of rotation from the beginning 
of Archean time onward; the evidence of the Precambrian trend 
lines, brought forward in this paper, which in the north-south direc- 
tions of the folds of the Precambrian of the equatorial belt suggests 
the influence of retardation of rotation, is vitiated by that of the 
trend lines of the Precambrian beyond the neutral zones. 

As Chamberlin arrives at the important result that neither the 
friction of the present water tides nor the tides of the lithosphere, 
which are chiefly elastic strains, would be sufficient as retardative 
agencies to have a noticeable effect on the earth’s rotation, it appears 


safe to assume that the north-south trend lines of the equatorial belt — 


of the Precambrian are due to another agency than the retardation of 
the earth’s rotation. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 145 


b Acceleration of rotation 


_ We have seen before that the principal factor in folding the Pre- 
cambrian rocks undoubtedly was the considerable shrinkage of the 
earth after full growth was attained, due to pressure condensation, 
- etc. in the interior. This shrinkage we have further seen may have 
amounted to two or three hundred miles in the radius and 
4 would have been especially intensive at the beginning or in 
a Precambrian time. It is to be presumed that such a considerable 
_ shrinkage might cause an acceleration of the earth’s rotation sufficiently 
great to cause the crowding of the crust toward the equator that is 
i indicated by the east-west component and the close folding of 
a ‘the Precambrian rocks in the northern and southern latitudes; but 
q the folding of the Precambrian beds is on the northern femepter 
as in eastern Canada and Asia, by a pressure coming from the south. 
- Nor could this acceleration account for the north-south trend lines 
and the close folding of the equatorial belt, which then would be 
the zone of tension. Chamberlin (op. cit., p. 59) shows that a 
- reduction of a radius by 200 miles (from 4160 to 3960 miles) would 
‘ reduce the day from 26 hours 29 minutes .o8 seconds to 24 hours, 
an accelerative effect that would be greater than the retardative 
effect of the water tides and perhaps greater than all the tides * 
_ combined, but — it follows from his analysis — hardly large enough 
4 to have served as controlling agency of the Precambrian folding, 
4 even if the indicated direction of the pressure were not opposite to 
_ that postulated by an acceleration of rotation. This factor can 
hence also be excluded with a good margin of safety from those that 
_ may have controlled the Precambrian trend lines. 


c Body tides 


_ There is finally to be considered the possibility of the influences 
of body tides. Darwin, as stated before, has pointed out that if 
bodily tides have influenced the arrangement of mountain ranges, 
the direction at the equator must be north-south, toward north 
e _ they must strike northeast and toward south in southeast direction. 
4 It will be seen that the equatorial belt of Precambrian folds would 
fully agree with the postulated trend lines, but the northern hemi- 
. sphere gives in its Precambrian trend lines no clear evidence of 
~ a dominating northeast, nor the southern hemisphere of a dominating 
A southeast direction; for while the right wings of the Eurasian system 
q (the Sinian Renita) and of the Laurentian system are characterized 
: yy the northeast direction of folding, the opposite wing or moiety, 


. 


i 


146 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


which is by far the longer in the Eurasian system, exhibits an equally 
distinct northwest direction, or just the diametrally opposite 
direction from that postulated; and the central section of Laurentia 
possesses an east-west direction that is entirely indifferent to tidal 
influence. 

Possibly one might consider the north-northeast direction of the 
folds in India, and a like direction in the Colorado and Bohemian 
massives, as indications of a tendency of the north-south equatorial 
direction to change to northeast. It would, however, require the 
evidence of an entire circumpolar belt of this direction to prove 
the case. 

It is further to be remembered that the assumption of body 
tides powerful enough to fold the crust would postulate a con- 
siderably greater nearness of the moon and a less rigid condition 
of the earth crust in Precambrian time than there is reason to assume 
on other grounds. Finally Chamberlin (1909, p. 25) has pointed 
out that there is a large body of geological evidence which seems 
to indicate that the lithosphere is able to accumulate stresses for 
long periods, which are then relieved by permanent deformations; 
continuing, “‘it is difficult to understand how an earth could be 
‘possessed of this ability if it yielded fluidally to such transient and 
moderate stresses as those of the tides of the outer part of the litho- 


sphere. We therefore assume with confidence that, whatever the 


amount of the lithospheric tide, it is only an elastic strain which 
relieves itself almost instantly on the removal of the force which 
caused it and involves little friction.” 

As neither the retardation due to the tides nor the acceleration 
of the rotation due to shrinkage of the earth were found to be com- 
petent to account either for the direction or for the amount of the 
Precambrian folding of the equatorial and circumpolar belts, it 
follows, by exclusion, that the shrinkage appears to have been the 
sole cause of the folding, and the existence and configuration of the 
continental and oceanic segments the controlling agency im the dtrec- 
tion of the trend lines of the folds. 


Bibliography 
Abendanon, E. C. Aequinoctia, an old Paleozoic continent. Jour. Geol. 1919, 
27:562 
Adams, F. D. The basis of the Pre-Cambrian correlation. Jour. Geol. 1907, 
I7:115 


& Barlow, A. E. Excursions in the Eastern Townships of Quebec and the 
Eastern Part of Ontario. Guide book no. 2. 1913 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 TAZ 


— Problems of the Canadian Shield; the Archeozoic. In Problems of American 
_ Geology, New Haven, 1915, p. 43 

- Experiment in Geology. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer. 1918, 29: 167 

‘Alling, H. L. Geology of the Lake Clear Region. 14th Rep’t Dir. N. Y. State 
- Mus. for 1917, 1919. (N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 207-208, p. 111) 

_— The Adirondack Graphite Deposits. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 199. 1918 

fe Some Problems of the Adirondack Pre-Cambrian. Amer.. Jour. Sci. 1919, 
48:47 

_Ampferer, O. Ueber das Bewegungsfeld von Faltengebirgen. Jahrb. d. k. k. 
_ geol. Reichsanst. 1906, 56:539 

_ Andrée, K. Ueber die Bedingungen der Gebirgsbildung. Berlin. 1914 

, Barrell, J. The Strength of the Earth’s Crust. Jour. Geol. 1914, 22:28, 145, 
209, 289, 537, 655, 729; 1915, 23:27, 425, 499 

_— The Status of Hypotheses of Polar Wanderings. Sci. 1914, 40:333 
= Central Connecticut in the Geologic Past. Geol. Surv. Conn. Bul. 23, 
mep- 19. 1915 

_ — Review of T. C. Chamberlin, The Origin of the Earth. Sci. 1916, 44:239 
—— The Origin of the Earth, in The Evolution of the Earth and its Inhabitants. 
Yale Univ. Press. 1918 

Growth of Knowledge of Earth Structure. Amer. Jour. Sci., Centennial 
no., v. 46. 1918 | 

. Nature and Bearings of Isostasy. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1919, 48:282 

- —— Relations of Subjacent Igneous Invasion to Regional Metamorphism. 
om. Amer. Jour. Sci., 5 ser., 1:1, 174: 1921 

. Bascom, F. Piedmont Distziet of Pennsylvania. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 16:289. 
1905 

_ Benson, W. N. Tectonic Conditions Accompanying Intrusion of Basic and 
__Ultrabasic Igneous Rocks. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 31:144. 1920 

_ Berkey, C. P. Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of 
the Highlands. N. Y. State Mus. Bul., 107:361. 1907 

Areal and Structural Geology of Southern Manhattan Island. N. Y: 
Acad. Sci., v. 19, no. II, pt 2, p. 247. 1910 

_ Blackwelder, E. The Orogenic Epochs in North America. Jour. Geol., 22:633. 
1914 

_ Blake, T. A. Topographic and Geologic Features of the Northwest Coast of 
America. Amer. Jour. Sci., 2 ser., 45:242. 1868 

- Bohmersheim, A. Bohm Edler von. Abplattung und Gebirgsbildung. Leipzig 
é und Wien. I9I0 

_ Bolsche, W. Festlinder und Meere im Wechsel der Zeiten. Leipzig. Berlin. 
PaaO13 

_ Branner, J. C. Outlines of the Geology of Brazil to Accompany the Geologic 
_ Map of Brazil. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 30:189. 1919 

_ Buddington, A. F. Foliation of the Banc Syenite-granite Complex = 
Lewis County, N.Y. 14th Rep’t Dir. N. Y. State Mus. for 1917, 1919, p. 101 
_ Calkins, F. C. & Jones, E. L. jr. Geology of the St Joe— Clearwater Region, 
Idaho. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bul. 530. 1913 

Campbell, M.R. Paleozoic Overlaps i in Virginia. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 5:171. 
e 1894. 

: Camsell, C. An Exploration ae the Tazin and Talton Rivers, Northwest Terri- 
_- tory. Geol. Surv. Canada, Mem. 84. 1916. (Review Geol. Mag., 5:478. 
1918) 


148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Chalmers, J. A. & Hatch, F. H. Notes on the Geology of Mashonaland and 
Matabeleland. Geol. Mag., n. s. dec. 4, 2:193. 1895 
Chamberlin, R. T. The Building of the Colorado Rockies. Jour. Geol., 27: 150. 


1919 
Chamberlin, T. C. & Salisbury, R. D. A-College Text-book of Geology. New 
York. 1909 


Chamberlin, T. C. The Former Rates of the Earth’s Rotation and Their 
Bearings on its Deformation, in: The Tidal and Other Problems by T. C. 

- Chamberlin et al. Carnegie Inst., Washington. 1909 

— The Evolution of the Earth. II Earth Growth. Scientific Monthly, 2:536. 
1916 

— The Origin of the Earth. Chicago. 1916 

Diastrophism and the formative Processes. V The Testimony of the 
Deep Sea Deposits. Jour. Geol., 22:131. 1914. X The Order of the 
Magnitude of the Shrinkage of the Earth Deduced from Mars, Venus and the 
Moon. ibid., 28:17. 1920. XI Selective Aggregation of Material in the 
Formation of the Earth and its Neighbors. ibid., p. 126. XIII The Bearing 
of the Size and Rate of Infall of Planetesimals on the Molten or Solid State 
of the Earth. ibid., p. 665 : 

Clarke, J. M. Fosseis Devonianos do Parana. Mon. Serv. Geol. & Min. do 
Brazil, v. I. 1913 

Falklandia. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 5:102. 1919 

Coleman, A. P. The Proterozoic of the Canadian Shield and its Problems, 
in: Problems of American Geology, New Haven, 1915, p. 81 

Comstock, T. B. Report on the Geology and Mineral Resources of the Central 
Mineral Region of Texas. II Annual Rep’t Texas Geol. Surv. 1891, p. 553 

Cooke, H. C. Some Stratigraphic and Structural Features of the Pre-Cambrian 
of Northern Quebec. Jour. Geol., 27:65, 180, 263, 367. I919 

Crosby, W. O. Origin and Relations of Continents and Oceans. Boston Soe. 
Nat. Hist. Proc., 22:443. 1884 

Cross, W., Howe, E. & Ransome, F. L. Silverton Folio. Geol. Atlas of the 
U.S., no. 120. 1905 

Cross, W. & Ransome, F. L. Rico Folio. ibid., no. 130. 1905 

Cross, W., Howe, E., Irving, I. D. & Emmons, W. H. Needle Mountain Folio, 
Col. U. S. Geol. Folio no. 131. 1905 

Cross, W. & Hole, A. D. Engineer Mountain Folio, Col. ibid., no. 171. 1910 

Dacqué, E. Paladogeographische Karten und die gegen sie zu erhebenden, 
Einwande. Geol. Rundschau, 4:185. 1913 

Geographie der Vorwelt (Paldiogeographie). Leipzig-Berlin. 1919 

Daly, R. A. First Calcareous Fossils and the Evolution of the Limestones. 
Bul. Geol. Soc., 20:153. 1909 

— Geology of the North American Cordillera at the 49th Parallel. Geol. 
Surv. Canada, Mem. 38. 1912 

A Geologic Reconnaissance between Golden and Kamloops, B. C., along 

the Canadian Pacific Railway. Geol. Surv. Canada, Mem. 68. 1915 

Genesis of the Alkaline Rocks. Jour. Geol., 26:97. 1918 

—— The Planetesimal Hypothesis in Relation to the Earth. Scientific Monthly. 
1920, p. 482 

Dantz, C. Die Reisen des Bergassessors Dr Dantz in Deutsch-Ostafrika in den 
Jahren 1898, 1899 and 1900. Sonderabd. aus: Mitth, aus den d. Schutz- 
gebieten 15:26. 1902 


ee ee 


Se ee eee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 149 


Darton, N. H. Sundance-Folio. Wyoming-So. Dakota Geol. Atlas of the U. S. 
- Folio no. 127. 1905 

, Blackwelder, E. & Siebenthal, C. E. Laramie-Sherman Folio. U. S. 
: Geol! Surv. Folio no. 173. 1910 

Davis, W. M. The Framework of the Earth. Amer. Jour. Sci., 1919 48:225 
_ Dutton, C. E. A Criticism upon the Contractional | Hypothesis. Amer. Jour. 
See oci., 3 Ser., 8;113. 1874 

_ Evans, J.W. The Rocks of the Cataracts of the River Madeira and the Adjoin- 
ing Portions of the Beni and Mamoré. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., 62:88. 1906 
_ Fisher, Osmond. Physics of the Earth’s Crust. London. 1881 ; 

~ —— On Convection Currents in the Earth’s Interior. Geol. Mag., 6:8. 1909 
_ Gibson. Geology of Africa, in Encycl. Brit., 1:323. 1910 

_ Gilbert, G. K. Preliminary Geologic Report in Wheeler, Geogr. and Geol. 
Surveys West of 100th Meridian. Washington. 1874 

_ — Pueblo Folio, Col. U. S. Geol. Folio no. 36. 1897 

7 Gortani, M. Review of J. Barrell et al. The Evolution of the Earth and its 
Inhabitants, in Scientia, 28:44. 1920 

Grabau, A. W. Migration of Geosynclines. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 30:87 
: (abstract). I919 

_ Gregory, J. W. Geology of Australia, in Encycl. Brit., 2:943. “1910 

Gurich, G. Beitrage zur Geologie von Westafrika. Zeitschr. d. d. geol. Gesellsch. 
39:96. 1887 

_ Hague, A., Iddings, J. P., Weed, W. H., Walcott, C. D., Girty, G. H., Stanton, 
me 1. W., Katewlton, F. H. Geology of the Yellowstone National Park. Pt 2, 
U. S. Geol. Monog. no. 32. 1899 

_ Harder, E. C. & Chamberlin, R. T. The Geology of Central Minas Geraes, 
Brazil. Jour. Geol., 23:341.. 1915 

-_ Haug, E. Les Geosynclinaux et les Aires Continentales. Bul. Soc. Geol. de 
_ France, ser. 3, 28:617. 1900 

_ Hintze, F. F. jr. A Contribution to the Geology of the Wasatch Mountains, 
Utah. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Annals, 23:85. 1913 

Hobbs, W. H. Origin of Ocean Basins in the Light of the New Seismology. 
Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 18:233. 1907 

Hogbom, A. G. Precambrian Geology of Sweden. Bul. Geol. Inst. Univ. 
Upsala, 10:6. I910 

Holmquist, P. J. The Archean Geology of the Coast-regions of Stockholm. 
Guide to Excursions. 11th Int. Geol. Cong. in Sweden, no. 15. I910 
Holtedahl, O. Paleogeography and Diastrophism in the Atlantic-Arctic Region 
during Paleozoic Time. Amer. Jour. Sci., 49:1. 1920 

' Honess, C. W. Structural Features of the Southern Ouachita Mountains, 
4 Oklahoma. Bul. Geol. Soc., 31:121 (abstract). 1920 

- Horwood, C.B. The Old Granite of the Transvaal and of South and Central 
Africa. Geol. Mag., n. s. dec. 5, 8:455, 497. 1909 

Hovey, E. O. Notes on the Region of Parker Snow Bay, Greenland. Bal, 
Geol. Soc., 29:98. 1918 

Jaggar, T. A. & Palache, C. Bradshaw Folio, Ariz. U. S. Geol. Surv. Folio 
' no. 126. 1905 

_ Karpinsky, A. Uebersicht der aie -geogr. Verhaltmisse des europaischen 
: Russlands. Beitr. z. Kenntniss des russ. Reiches, 3. Folge. 1887 

Katzer, F. Geologie von Bohmen. Prag. 1892 


150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Kayser, E. Lehrbuch der geologischen Formations Kunde. 5th ed. Stuttgart. 
1913 ; 

Keith, A. Asheville, Folio, N. C.-Tenn. U.S. Geol. Surv. Folio no. 116. 1904 

Kemp, J. F. Comparative Sketch of the Precambric Geology of Sweden and 
New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bul., 149:94. 1911 : 

Keyes, C. R. Mechanics of Laccolithic Intrusion. Bul. Geol. Soc., 29:75. 
1918 P 

— Geotectonic Adaptation through Retardation of the Earth’s Rotation. 
Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 30:87 (abstract). I919 

Knopf, A. An Andalusite-mass in the Precambrian of the Inyo Range, Cal. 
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 7:549. 1917 . 

Knopf, A. & Kirk, E. A Geologic Reconnaissance of the Inyo range and the 
Eastern Slope of the Southern Sierra Nevada, Cal. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. 
Paper I10. 1918 

Lake, P. The Growth of the Indian Peninsula. Geol. Mag.,n.s. dec. 3, 10: 309. 
1893 

Lane, A. C. The Keweenaw Series of Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv. Pub. 6, 
Geol. sera) Vii1s 1911 ‘ 

Lebling, C. Tektonische Forschungen in den Appalachen. II. Geol. 
Rundschau, 5:511. I915 

Leith, C. K. Relations of the Plane of Unconformity at the Base of the Cam- 
brian to Terrestrial Deposition in late Pre-Cambrian Time. Congr. Geol. 
Inter. XII, session Canada, p. 333. 1913 

— Memorial of Van Hise. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 31:101. 1920 : 

Maitland, A. G. Some Problems of Western Australian Geology. Presid. 
Add. Perth. 1917 (Geol. Mag., dec. 6, 5:477. 1918) 

Mead, W. J. The Mechanics of Geologic Structures. Jour. Geol., 28:504. 
1920 

Middlemiss, C. S. On the Inclination of Reverse Fault between Sivalik and 
Murree Line of Formations near Kotli, Jamma Province. Rec. Geol. Surv. 
India, I:122. 1919. (Review:Geol. Mag., 56:565. 1919) 

Miller, W. G. & Knight, C. W. Revision of Precambrian Classification in 
Ontario. Jour. Geol., 23:585. 1915 

— Nickel Deposits of the World. Toronto. I917 

Miller, W. J. Origin of Foliation in Precambric Rocks of Northern New York. 
Jour. Geol., 24:587. 1916 

Newland, D. H. The Zinc-pyrite Deposits of the Edwards District, New York. 
N. Y. State Defence Council Bul. 2. 1917 5 ; 

Noble, L. F. & Hunter, I. F. A Reconnaissance of the Archean Complex of the 
Granite Gorge, Grand Canyon, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 
no. 98-T, p. 95. 1916 

Paige, S. Lilano-Burnett Folio, Texas. U.S. Geol. Surv. Folio no. 183. 1912. 

Parkinson, J. The Geology of the Oban Hills (Southern Nigeria). Quar. 
Jour. Geol. Soc., 63:313. 1907 

The Crystalline Rocks of the Kukuruku Hills (Southern Nigeria). ibid., 

Pp. 317 

A Note on the Petrology and Physiography of Western Liberia. Quar. 
Jour. Geol. Soc., 64:313 (plate 35). 1908 

Pirsson, L. V. & Schuchert, C. Text-book of Geology. New York. 1915 


— es oe 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 ‘I51 


-Preumont, G. F. J. J. & Howe, I. A. The Geology and Petrology of the 
Congo Free State. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., 61:641. 1905 

Pumpelly, R. Geological Researches in China, Mongolia and Japan. Smithson. 
_ Contrib. no. 202. 1866 
Quirke, T. T. Concerning the Process of Thrust-faulting. Jour. Geol., 28:417. 
1920 

Ransome, F. L. Globe Folio, Arizona. U.S. Geol. Surv. Folio no. irr. 1904 
4 Bisbee Folio, Arizona. ibid. no. 112. 1904 

' — Geology of the Globe Copper District, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. 
BeePaper, 12:24. 1903 

Reyer, E. Geologische und geographische Experimente. Heft 3, Leipzig. 1894 
Geologische Prinzipienfragen. Léipzig. 1907 
Richardson, G.R. Van Horn, Texas, Folio. U.S. Geol. Surv. Folio no. 194. 
1914 

- Richthofen, F. Freih. von. China, Ergebnisse eigener Reisen und darauf 
gegrtundeter Studien. Berlin, pt 1, 1877. pt 11, 1882 

~Ruedemann, R. On some Fundamentals of Precambrian Paleogeography. 
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 5:1. 1919 

Schrader, F.C. Mineral Deposits of the Cerbat Range, Black Mountains, and 
Grand Wash Cliffs, Mohave County, Arizona. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bul., 397:29. 
1909 © 
Schuchert, C. Paleogeography of North America. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 
me 20:427. 1910 

: The Problem of Continental Fracturing and Diastrophism in Oceania. 
Amer. Jour. Sci., 42:91. 1916 

_—— On Pre-Cambrian Nomenclature. Amer. Jour. Sci., 42:475. 1916 
-—— The Earth’s Changing Surface and Climate during Geologic Time; in 
_ The Evolution of the Earth and its Inhabitants. New Haven. 1918 

oo Paleozoic Crustal Instability in Eastern North America. ‘Amer. Jour. 
- Sci., 50:399. 1920 

WSederholm, J. J. Les roches prequaternaires de la Ramnoseandshs Pamp. 
11, Geol. Congr. 1910, p. 10 

¥ Erith, W. D. & Packard, E. L. Salient Features of the Geology of cago. 
Jour. Geol., 27:107. 1919 

Stille, H. Wsuees Wandern der Gebirgsbildung, Jahresb, d. niedersichs. geol. 
_ Vereins. 2:34. 1909* 

a E. Das Antlitz der Erde, v. 1-3, Prag und Leipzig. 1885-1909. 
(English transl. by Hertha B. C. Sollas, Oxford) 

a Synthesis of the HSS ESOE 21H) of North America. Amer. Jour. Sci., 
Meat:101. Ii 

-— Bau und Bild der bOhmischen Masse. Wien. 1903 

‘Tammann, G. Kristallisieren und Schmelzen. Leipzig. 1903 

Taylor, W. G. On the crumbling of the earth’s crust. Amer. Jour. Sci., 
— 30:259. 1885 

Tilley, C. E. The Metamorphism of the Precambrian Dolomites of Southern 
F Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. Geol. Mag., 57:449. 1920 

_ Tornau, F. Die nutzbaren Mineralvorkommen, insbesondere die Goldlager- 
4 statten Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Zeitschr. d. d. geol. Gesellsch. 59:60. 1907 


_  * Other important papers by Professor Stille came to hand too late to be used. 


152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Tornebohn, A. E. Geologic Map of the Pre-Quaternary Systems of Sweden. 
2d ed. 1g1I0. 


Uhlich, V. Ueber Gebirgsbildung. Vortrag am 21. 5, 1904 in der k. Akad. d. — 


Wiss. in Wien. Sitz.-ber. 1904, p. 20 
Ulrich, E.O. Revision of the Paleozoic Systems. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 22:281. 
e IQII 


Deposits in Maryland. Maryland Geol. Surv. I919 

Van Hise, C.R. A Treatise on Metamorphism. U. S. Geol. Surv. 471. 1904 

Van Hise, C.R. & Bailey, W.S. The Marquette Iron-bearing District of Michi- 
gan, including a chapter on the Republic Trough by H. Lloyd Smith. U. S. 
Geol. Surv. Monogr. 28, 1897 ~ 

& Leith, C. K. Pre-Cambrian Geology of North America. U. S. Geol. 
Surv. Bul. 360. 1909 ; 

Voit, F. W. A Contribution to the Geology of German South-west Africa. 
Trans. Geol. Soc. South Africa, 7:77. 1905 


Africa. ibid., 8:106. 1906 
Walcott, C. D. The North American Continent during the Cambrian Time. 
12th Annual Rep’t U. S. Geol. Surv., 1891, pl. 43 


Paleogeographic Charts in Bassler, R. S. The Cambrian and Ordovician — 


Preliminary Notes on the ‘‘ Fundamental Gneiss Formation ”’ in South 


— Algonkian Rocks of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado. Jour. Geol. — 


3:312. 1895 


Walther, J. Ueber algonkische Sedimente. Zeitschr, d-d geol. Gesellsch, | 


61:283. 1909 


Williams, G. W. Preliminary Notes on the Geology of the Ningi Hills, Northern — 


Nigeria. Geol. Mag., 57:434. 1920 
Willis, B. Research in China, v. 2, Carnegie Inst. Pub. no. 54. 1907 
A Theory of Continental Structure Applied to North America. Bul. Geol. 
Soc., 18:389. 1907 
Discoidal Structure of the Lithosphere. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 31:247. 
1920 


SS eee ee 


ee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 153 


THE CHAMPLAIN SEA 


EVIDENCE OF ITS DECREASING SALINITY SOUTHWARD AS SHOWN BY 
THE CHARACTER OF THE FAUNA 


BY WINIFRED GOLDRING 


Introduction 


Recent collecting in the postglacial banks of the Champlain 
and St Lawrence valleys has brought out the fact that going south- 
_ ward there is evidence of a marked change in the Pleistocene fauna, 
similar to that seen in the living fauna of the Baltic sea today. 
Study of this fauna and comparison with the conditions found in the 
_ Baltic and elsewhere has led to the conclusion that the character 
_ of this postglacial marine fauna is due in large part at least to decreas- 
_ ing salinity in this direction in the waters of that time. 

_ The normal salt composition of sea water permits the develop- 
_ ment of a fauna rich in species and genera. A reduction in the salt 
- content of the water produces an impoverished fauna, poor in species, 
_ poor in lime, dwarfed in size but often rich in individuals (Shimer, 
_ p. 473; Walther, 1910, p. 60). 

_ Marine animals are divided into three groups according to their 
_ ability to live in water of various degrees of salinity: (1) stenohaline 
types can not live in water with less than 30 or 35 permille! of salt 
_ (normal open sea); (2) euryhaline types can endure without injury 
a considerable freshening of the water; they need the salt but not 
a definite percentage, and will live as long as any salt remains; 
_ (3) brackish-water types are adapted to a small amount of salt and 
an increase of the salt content is just as harmful as a reduction of 
it. The brackish state of water has never been definitely delimited, 
but probably the upper limit would be a salinity of 2 or 3 permille. 
The stenohaline forms outnumber the euryhaline and brackish- 
_ water forms in all groups (Walther, 1894, p. 6263; Grabau, p. 1044). 
_ Experiments have been undertaken with sea animals (by Beudant; 
Walther, 1894, p. 63) to determine whether they can be induced to 
_ live in gradually freshened water. It was found that if marine 
_ mollusks are brought suddenly into fresh water, almost all the species 
die; but many species can endure the gradual addition of fresh 
_ to salt water until eventually the water has become quite fresh. 


1 That is, parts in a thousand. 


154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Among 610 individuals of various marine species which were grad- 


ually accustomed to fresh water, only 37 per cent died. Of the 


same number of the same species which were kept at the same time 


continuously in salt water, 34 per cent died; so that the mortality 
in the groups compelled to live in a strange element was only 3 
per cent greater. These experiments show that sea animals are 
not bound to an absolute quantity of salt, but their stenohaline 
or euryhaline behavior is important in this, that they are able more 


easily or with more difficulty to adjust the salt content of their ' 


tissue to that of the surrounding water. It has been found that 
nearly related species behave very differently in this respect; one 
species may die immediately, another live on for several days. Fora- 
minifera live mostly in pure salt water, yet in the estuaries of British 
rivers there are known 100 species belonging to 44 genera. In 
brackish sea water, in spite of the simultaneous increase in the lime 
content, the secretion of lime skeletons is diminished. Species of 
Foraminifera in the estuaries have shells poor in lme, while the 
same species secrete coverings rich in lime in the normal salty sea 
(Walther, 1894, p. 63; 1919, p. 123). 

A noted area for studying the influence of a diminished salt 
content upon the animal life is the Baltic sea, which shows a very 
striking decrease in salinity eastward and in a large way the responses 
of the fauna to it. It is more static than estuaries; it lacks the tides 
which are characteristic of the latter and therefore does not show 
the pronounced changes from fresh to salt water twice a day. The 
North sea has the normal marine salinity of 35 permille which 
decreases steadily going eastward in the Baltic until at the northern 
end of the Gulf of Bothnia the water is practically fresh. In the 
Skager Rak the water has a salinity of 34 permille; -off Skagen, 
the northeasternmost point of Denmark, 30 permille; in Kattegat, 


22 permille, and 20 permille in Kiel bay. “ Throughout the southern — 
part of the Baltic, from the ‘Scheren,’ at the mouth of the Gulf 


of Finland, to Bornholm the salinity is from 7 to 8 permille at the 
surface and does not vary greatly in the depths. For instance, 
in the deepest part of the Baltic off the Island of Gotland, the salinity 
is only 12 permille, and in the Bay of Danzig, which shows a yearly 
average of 7.22 permille at the surface, it is only 11.66 permille 


(average) at the depth of ros meters. In the Bay of Riga the 1 


salinity is 6 permille, in the southern part of the Gulf of Bothnia 
it is 4 permille and gradually diminishes until the water is entirely 
fresh (3 permille at Uleaborg, northern end; Grabau, p. 1045). 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 155 


fs. - 
frre eer 

= - 1 
. 


Fig. 1 Sketch map of Baltic showing permillage variations in salinity 
(after O’Connell, 1916). 


Corresponding to these changes in salinity are certain very definite 
_ changes in the fauna.’’ (O’Connell, p. 70; see also Grabau and 
Jacobsen). 

_ As the salinity of the water decreases from that normal for sea 
water, the fauna changes from one typically marine to one in which 
only a few marine groups are represented and finally to a fresh- 
water fauna. Each phylum is affected. 

_ Pouchet and de Guerne (p. 919-21), from a study of dredgings in 
the Baltic, reported from the Gulf of Finland a crustacean fauna 
made up almost entirely of fresh-water types. One of the types, 
Bosmina longirostris, shows a great abundance of 
individuals, for it represented by itself alone three-fourths of the 
mass of the animals obtained at the various stations. Associated 
‘with the fresh-water types is a marine pelagic form, Evadne 


- 


150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


nordmanni, which occurs more and more frequently in pro- — 
portion to the increase in the salinity of the water (westward). 
In descending south the Evadnes tend more and more to replace 
the Bosminas, but the latter have been found even as far 
down as Kiel. Another abundant euryhaline crustacean is Podon 
intermedius. From the point of view of the pelagic fauna, 
the Gulf of Finland may be compared to a lake broadly opened 
on the Baltic (salinity of .73 permille at Cronstadt; 2.62 permille 
at Seskar). Along the extent of Gotland, the marine crustacean 
fauna is found in the Baltic as far as Kalmar sound between Oland 
and Sweden. One interesting copepod found is Temora velox, 
known for a long time as an inhabitant of brackish waters. This 
species appears to have adapted itself in a special manner to extreme — 
conditions of existence in the Baltic, for it has spread out every- 
where there and is so abundant as to play an important part in the — 
nourishment of certain fish. . 

A change similar to the above has been found among the Mollusca. 
Species of Limnaea, such as L. palustris and pereger, 
replace the Littorina species. When the salinity of the water — 
is low along the coast the two forms are found living together, and ~ 
with them is also found a river form, Neritina fluviatilis. © 
Common forms of Planorbis and Bythinia have been 
enumerated from the Baltic in addition to the Limnaeas and ~ 
Neritinas. In the Gulf of Bothnia many of the common ~ 
air-breathing pond snails have habituated themselves to the slightly — 
saline waters of that part of the Baltic (Forbes, p. 90, 231; O’Con- 
nell, p. 71). 

There is a very rapid decrease eastward in the number of species 
comprising the whole fauna. Mobius (1872, p. 279; 1873, p. 138) 
describes the Baltic as being faunistically divided into two basins, a 
western and an eastern; the former marked by a rich fauna, the latter 
by a strikingly impoverished one. In his earlier report on the Baltic — 
fauna (1872, p. 277), he gives the total number of observed inverte- 
brate animals as amounting to about 200 species (exclusive of infus- 
orians and crinoids), only one-fifth of which were found in the eastern 
basin of the Baltic which begins between Rigen and the southern 
extremity of Sweden. In the later report (1873), this number 
is increased to 241 species for the western basin (exclusive of 
infusorians, rhizopods, ostracods) of which 69 have been found in — 
the eastern. The following table (after O’Connell, p. 72) shows 
the rapid decrease in the species of the Baltic fauna and gives a 
comparison of that fauna with a normal marine fauna: 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 157 


Comparative number of species of invertebrates in the Baltic, etc. 


Henae Baltic Bay Bay of 
Great as a of Trave- 
Phyla Britain whole Kiel munde 


35 permille | 78 permille | 20 permille | 12 permille 


 BSERGS hc, 6.6.5 OoRee ORE Beane ace eee rs IOr 68 50 2 
MELA CPM E MTT Metre cy ec ictaccre. series Ios ca Rjere ace eds, aes wavelets II 8 


1! DILCSCEISS SAS 5 EIS eee ease 682 68 64 40 
SSAC TUMOR RINSE ait 9. shere «Spe eat Apel eee dard he foe 5 4 4 
“TROYHDUS aay ta 9 og a nC ae ee ec en 1040 243 194 107 


Another striking change has been noted in the character of the 
Baltic fauna which may likewise be correlated with the variation 
in salinity. As the stenohaline forms disappear entirely, euryhaline 
forms become dwarfed. Mébius (1873, p. 138) reports dwarfing 
of worms, and of a copepod, very noticeable even in the short 
; distance from Arendal (Norway coast, on Skager Rak) to Kiel. The 
dwarfing of fishes has also been noted (see O’Connell, p. 72). The 
animals of the eastern basin are more dwarfed than in the western 
_ basin, and the best examples are found among the mollusks, in 
which group in addition to being dwarfed, the shells become poor 
in lime. 

Mytilus edulis at Kiel attains a length of 8-9 cm; in 
q the eastern basin (for example at Stolpe bank, Gotland and Dalar6) 
_ this mollusk reaches a length of only 3-4 cm. In the clayey mud 
of the sea bottom in various places in the eastern basin are found 
‘very many conchiolin coverings of Mytilus edulis and 
Macoma balthica (groenlandica); often the two 
brown conchiolin coverings are still bound together by the ligament 
at the back in complete shell form. This occurrence is readily 
explained. It has been found in the case of these two species, 
in the eastern basin, that the lime layers of the shell are extraordi- 
-narily thin, and therefore so brittle that they can be easily crushed 
_ between the fingers. Because of its thinness, the lime layer of the 
Shells is very soon dissolved after the death of the animal (Mobius 
GO73, p- 138): 

A very noteworthy case of dwarfing is exemplified by Cardium 
edule, the common European cockle, which has a large, rough, 
thick shell and thrives best under purely marine conditions. This 


158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


‘ 


species ‘in the North sea, of normal marine salinity, is the size 
of a small apple; at Stockholm, where the salinity is below ro permille, — 
the shell in the deeper, more saline water is only as large as a walnut 
and is even smaller along shore where the water is fresher. At 
Konigsberg, with the decreasing salinity, the size reaches that of 
a hazelnut, whereas at Reval, it is only the size ofa pea’’ (O’Connell, 
p. 72). The studies made of the Baltic sea have shown that the 
fauna of a brackish-water body of the nature of the Baltic is due 
to a mingling of marine species and fresh-water (river) species which, 
however, are modified. Only the most euryhaline marine species — 
survive. A very important fact brought out is that, however 
dwarfed or otherwise modified the species may be, the marine forms 
of the Baltic are not different specifically from those living in water 
of normal marine salinity nor do the fresh-water forms differ speci- 
fically from those found in the rivers emptying into the Baltic 
or those in nearby fresh-water bodies (Forbes, p. 90; Pouchet & 
de Guerne, p. 920, 921). 

Examples of dwarfing due to freshening of sea water have been 
noted elsewhere than in the Baltic Cardium eduleje 
which is common along the British coast, is found in a dwarfed 
condition in the brackish waters of the estuaries. The shell is 
invariably reduced in size, and in addition is thin and with less 
strongly marked external characters. The cockle of the Greenland 
estuaries is likewise thin, smooth and almost edentulous; in each — 
valve of the young shells are found rudiments of a single tooth — 
which finally disappear. This species of Cardium is very 
abundant in the Pliocene (Crag) of Suffolk and Norfolk, but is 
not now found in Europe (Forbes, p. 213-14; see Shimer, p. 474). 

Both the Caspian and Black seas have fresher water than the 
Atlantic ocean, due to the many streams emptying into them. The 
fauna in each case is typically marine and the species are the same 
as those in the Atlantic, but in these seas they are practically all 
dwarfed in size as compared to the Atlantic specimens. Ten species 
of Cardium are found in the Caspian sea, small, thin, with — 
lateral or central teeth or both suppressed. Often one tooth alone 
is preserved; at times it acquires a great development and is accom- 
panied by great distortion of the shell on that side. These are 
all aberrant forms, all related back to Cardium edule. The 
same is true of the cockles of the Black sea (Forbes, p. 201-2, 211-15; 
see Shimer, p. 473, 474). Among other species dwarfed by brackish 
water are Mya arenariaand Littorina littorea. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 159 


In general, species that live in both normal sea water and 
in brackish water are smaller in the latter. There are some excep- 
tions to this (Forbes, p. 230; see Shimer, p. 474), as, for example, 
Scrobularia and Mactra solida. These forms have 
become thoroughly adapted to a brackish water environment, 
and, moreover, attain their largest size there. 

- Modifications due to changes in the salt content of water are 
“not confined to invertebrates alone; and while this paper is con- 
cerned with invertebrate species only, it is not amiss here to point 
out a case or two in which a higher group, the fishes,.are affected. 
The dwarfing of fishes in the Baltic has been noted above. Forbes 
‘(p. 204) shows that the fishes of the Black sea are very indicative 
of the estuarine character of its waters. The number of species is 
remarkably small when compared with those of the Mediterranean; 
_ but on the other hand the number of individuals is marvelously 
great. Lull (p. 172) points out ontogenetic variation dependent upon 


‘backs (Gasterosteus cataphractus). ‘Those living 
in salt water have from twenty to thirty bony plates along the back, 
‘in brackish water these are reduced to from fifteen to three, while 
j in fresh water there are none at all.” 


Pleistocene Fossils of the Champlain Sea 
Part 1 Decrease in Species Southward 


A careful list, with localities, has been compiled of the marine 
Pleistocene invertebrate species collected by the writer and also 
all those reported by others in various publications; and these have 
been tabulated to show the distribution of the species from Labrador 
to the southernmost locality from which they have been collected 
in the Pleistocene of the Champlain valley. 


_the chemical content of the water in little fishes known as stickle- | 


160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Table showing distribution of marine Pleistocene invertebrate fossils 


ie] 
2 Z 
RS = aS 
(2) oO 
Species S Si ee ue) pers || Is 
| [ela ls| a]. [ele ys 
Q, “= os mH 
3 3 Oi lhe sulle lb cael ie z7| 8 |S £ 
fo) 5 S12 SaaS | -|@ 
aval ew fe g|r[i| s|}4] sl ele] 3 
x sla] = el 4(#1 8] 6) e/a 
oy s|a| % 5 Sal eles |hifsty fez, 
oN PRS Pal MES z 4/2] m] 5/2] a 
B( Sis SZ) E/E) 8/4] 8/8 /Fl gslele 
Kos | is a | oes Sea 
OQ » 5S 3 o ty Pe) — wu H Ta a a ro) jo) 
glee 3 3/3 3 6/3 q 
S/e/HISIGQISlOlS | lal Ela lSlH]o 
FORAMINIFERA 
Nodosaria laevigata d’Orb..........]... bo sleet les oe eo. < eee ® elles |. ‘ oe 
Lagena sulcata (W. & ae. ars Meth ee dl by Fe SCG ilk ex |e 4 : 
Entosolenia globosa Will.. Eee | SSR A IE OS Gh : = 
CastatanWallvcdee nee Ne OM OS MON abet OS q 3 
SS marginata Will.. : Se Oy <a <P é : 
sc squamosa Will.. Pili DRS TE PS ST TORT : 5 
BuliminapresliP. Si). .n mts oe. Dies: -1| eS aS EX lea aF 3 
Polymorphina lactea Adams........ Generel | OS Oe Pee ee : a 
Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). Kil Pole aX listers | herei|isvomfie : 
Orbulina universa d’Orb............ Eee | Oe eerie Xl 4 
Globigerina bulloides d’Orb.........]... Nil Miles ae lice 5 
Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.)...... >| Feral (eed be>-<|| 90-4 |e -ai 1 pe) * 
Polystomella crispa a Vitae ery Alan heal SAPP AXE oe rel . 
Nonionina scapha (F. & M.).. at) ON) OM ONY mPN TONE OM mrerell fe 5 
Textularia pygmaea d’Orb.......... Stes let llexstel lig Sil loreal fakes 
Cornuspira foliacea (Phil.)......... stehal |e avAftetorel| occa oeevea Oe [ore 
Quinqueloculina seminulum Linn. . ><a Ghasliened Xl She 
Biloculina ringens d’Orb............ 5 Pi | lige <1 er <a fle <<] Pail | 
Triloculina tricarinata d’Orb........ Boe IFO -< lees ele le 
Rotalina? turgida Wms............. caeeeas Sete s er ites 
PORIFERA 
Metheaslogani Dawe jwey ope toe uia al ees) ecuallia ateille <I, MI ser a 
Tete .c' ofchante te ores eee tee oe a eee xe pa xX]. a 
ECHINODERMATA 
Ophiacantha spinulosa M. & T......|...)...]...]. belt eo e-<j eee . 
Solaster (Crossaster) papposa M. & T.|...|.../...}...}...] |] X|.. 3 
Jka sho} atl btecitcro nein “oleae Rate ecko ilies liekeeale Hen, aioe ts - 
Euryechinus drobachiensis (Mull)....|...|... Dale XT Sine 
Echinus pranmlatis SAV cs sere ces selec alice Sy mel erendll erences 
Psolus fabricii Dur. & Kor.......... bsaiti le aecta t Epay sof 5: cost airepetl PaO Trade 
BRYOZOA ! 
Membranipora catenularia Jam...... Alc acllie Deltoe Pl ees (easy Ellie . 
pcreine ade atte oko where A shore lets D4) ets tenes Lem oe ; 
e lineata Linn.. Eel WEG WWee< beeeied ltt Rens) ceo leslie 
Hippothoa expansa Daw...........|..- orl DG pavers’ be oS ieactol| okerst| eral 
Schizoporella hyalina John.........]... eecce OMT bssetel | Dal tetra |e ene] ena es 
Lepralia pertusa Esper... ...2...... DCS ecile OC te DK hoya EX nile F 
quadricornuta Daw.. Poel bawetest | Beal ee Sere ON Pelegltectellee 
es spiniferar, Bushit. so... caailbecill a oN hae Syaies| etal eee a 
a Winlacears JOhnNs een eee Brees llesave [eo lo Aye ewe 
: VaniglosamlObmen tin aeitan acai et I oles ln Peale 
st globifera Pack. . ws iubieienececst|her boi etrenst | See one aes lke : 
Porella (Lepralia) belli Daw. sree RAC pert Sen >< [alee Seale ‘ 
Porella elegantula (d’Orb. ) MG Seeaee BD) ots Ol lees ered hota Xx}. A 
NNT ACOMPTESSA SOW siesois ate chele ms tovehat el a bel] eehal|) POS eteret | eee Ret Meetct Vector Paiere | 
Smithia producta (Pack.) . aaromarlay eters Breech Faenct| f de><] lPicaro |[kGics | ree : 
trispinosa (John.).. A eee lees] bade s<| lls. teil hs crer| geval ic : 
Cribilina punctata? Hass.......... Wallaroo laeo||osollaaalls 4 5 
Mucronella peachii John........... author ous |i mel ereeed [Reread | enw etthe 4 ‘ 
ventricosa Hass........ Pk. he lao [etared loreee eect lc { i 
Myriozoum planum Daw........... pts enal |S &>-<il'oe5 3 || al teis ct | 3 c 
subglaciale d’Orb....... J/g bsnares| al beraaeyl pened aerate ; 5 
Tubulipora fimbria Lam............ Beydllle taal COM [Poot lieeeelereve lle : 
Idmonea atlantica Forbes.......... FS Pi Wetec iad Ness (esc ell eed ko : 3 
Diastoporavobelia JoOhte scree s cine ||erereliete Sa ee ; ; 
Crisiaebinneare lismepe sees «Sell revel iseeeel [ea xX]. : 3 
Alectolspai acc ccs ee cskiton scabs Ahiliec si lene io nivalis : i 
Lichenopora hispida (Flem.)........]...|..- lee 3 : 
Celleporaria surcularis Pack... 2)... :\..-l..0! DMllee fallin 5 


i Pee 


: 
, 
: 
| 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 161 


Table showing distribution of marine Pleistocene invertebrate fossils (continued) 


eal 
= Z 
a 2 = 
> BS) bal 
4 = iS S 
s| | 3 
: > Da E g é 
a Species SB fey ue) ~|# [si] .8 
P SOM a tel || eemitee te oe 
a 3) 3) * al Zz #/2/a 
oS “S| A lead 
Bi bt |e PIAlz/S 2 ||) es] 
1 ce) S| hey lige os 6 |.§ 
slals al14al#!]s]o]/ 81% ]-3]'5 
[aa] a a oOo] 0 O 
8|s/% Sie 2) S/S) 8) 5] bla |e 
el elalaislele] Sie Bielel alee 
: SISlElSlSIS/S/ 3/18/3121 8/2) 2/2 
Ald |X /SlQlS/OlelalmalE;ajojo]o 
BRACHIOPODA 
Rhynchonella psittacea Gm..........]... Xe oA3 SX<| EES pid] veel iskeae) [see (ree ete cel | ects ee 
Terebratella labradorensis Sow......|... iil) SXilie ocd arcadia tail ats Pes eig flake] Ms coll toicers| hea atl email ieee hese 
a i spitzbergensis David...|... scl fe Ge Vey aed reese Pet ccorl [tecees estes] Pe teas| laches =e | eet Rete lene 
_ LAMELLIBRANCHIATA 
Saxicava rugosa Lam. (= arctica L.)| X| X| X| X| X| xX} X| X<| X| XxX} Xl Xx 
‘Panopaea norvegica SIDENR fois craieies stelle Bere ok lie, shar allegen dl Ne etalls 
Mya arenaria Linn................ Dl Wie eiite St Hikg> <I Yt |e Sl betel Ne | fee =< 
_ “ truncata Linn EAB le OA or SSM I Ses DAN 
Lyonsia arenosa Moll.............. a Bicll eee. cl (aka Vetere Netaw lintel Le easel: 
Macoma groenlandicaBeck (=balthica 
lo. Of See SS ee ee x) XI XI; XI; XT XT XT XX] XT XT XX] Xx) Xx] x) Xx 
Order x| X| | xX; Xi Xi Xi xi OXI Ox ea le 
peed cea [EON [Percents le daha eae eke a here he ane o 
Cyrtodaria siliqua Daud ‘cil ones ENP ec Gad <<) [neces semen | eet eae Reareme | Scceel eee esc 
‘Venericardia borealis Co BEN DS hegre al heey Oi fens, | cee foeceal ERR IS ee ci ie 
_ Astarte laurentiana Lyell callecelloaalleNteoallae sl <I Oi oS ialal le ae asc 
' Dbanksii Leach....... SFP eI Cl teucgell OS SO RIES | Scour] Sete eee 
“ lactea Brod. & Sow......... ses ><> <I tes Od be Al ator eet] eae 
Beate a iredel tecae DIN: <| ferienctl tees hese 
Seate sabes Sis sab ete lotic Ata od neces 
eee 2 isch aes eer aliens sl Saisie aleoelle reat lon 
Cryptodon gouldii Phil aoe Reet soe Be, Pa ce lied ligne cl | Seon [ie] ce <hats 
Mytilus edulis Linn............... <x ia XI he XIX ox 
Modiola’‘modiolus Linn............. Bes id wis tra bl tees Oh aces ol gee | ea Heel hers bees eer 
enor ieee Cay AREA i Oat etme E Re ra) bata ees Se albaeaal ePd aba | reeasd Puan 
corrugata Stim.. PSS Ol Pen ae A S.4{| 5555 hevevod tatiencel FORO Ie Bie ol Seal ones ters 
0 Glawous liabalgaiee bos clos alles oleae BE || Sie | in pals eae bs Src: adel here eee 
Nucula tenuis Mont...............]...]... IP ARIREee SIt Oe Si hererell lemeeal ene 
Mee) eXpansa Reeve... 2... 2)2...) 4.) 05. x Bde lien tts >< | eit cae bao 
Le eda pernula Mill Peete: tiv atcutartvalts coke Fi cll evevcll bea >< beeen eet bata ested fc Aa ose lee eee 
Leda minuta Fabr...............-- DREN OM lsotlte Set <I ORE Sista el heen | ieee tenets 
eiia arctica Gray RRR EMCEE ae Gitar alle < {| Se eee x! xX} xX}. Xx 
himatila: Sayre oh ello powns cee Bie tiloreesl ta < Sa rae levees crs | haeeed| beeen meee emote hore 
_ “ myalis Couth.. BW Either: Alf | Steet Pome £4 SU Bi liege at hae oy beeen [cuetes| hermes (race | Eems Needed meee eee Pe 
Pecten islandicus Ghent eS 2 SPOS Re ses ld [feted arts [hee Sel Less tas] Motes | eieecd pee 
Ostrea virginiana Lister............ erty ogress eesacal poste co lise Sect eee sete cui peeeeul besser | cama leet |p 
; GASTROPODA 
Philine lineolata Couth............. Rte |eatelipeseea lee reds Pe eS Aleee als 
Cylichna alba Br wn Eeerctctsteeee cts Sralereen |e chile: ON lst etait oe os Sa liked owe 
F Onyauottenne se) Aeon 5 ene al bead ol meee Sella A laenello nisl be 
os nucleola Reeve........... EG; Les cl Veeco ets | ae ce <a lb 
# occulta Migh. & Ad....... cubleoaltaes eal de Pate 
Mmestiiata Brown... ...... stasis revel | esPall) = ox Ihonates repel lkeenalteoeas Bere 
Haminea solitaria Say............. Boo Ulla Benoa eee Alb Sie Slsexaleeeal i 
Diaphana debilis Gould............ Ale Bi eae mee Saab Mle eee il Boe |b 
Utriculus pertenuis MUTA oe oo nega & ee | cine ll cade Bere Eile SNe | ental tice 
S: ee atolium virtreum Sars....|...||...1..- Salers tae os ieee cieetel bs : 
micula emersonii Couth........... ec Vanes] hare i estes ch lee >A eae : 
8 bred pean al Le : Ue le 1B 3 (ae : 
Bis eictencherat > Siieee lls Sl oral (oe al ios al oe . 
‘Lepeta coeca IRON eras aeieie Bresictorene © Drs 35 | Pie 4 Nee a e-ie : 
Capulus ungaricus Linn....... meen eee [acaba [hetaee [Peskecltsiecks >a le 6 
Mrepidula fornicata Linn...........)..:|...|...|... EB ee Sie 4-ylicae Oe ol | Bese 
dN Margarita Helicinaybabres een le alert irr at OS t : 
arpentata Goldie caries |e lsetelis slllereclierse Sete |teecell evalinscaltext als 
i cinerea Couth >i... inceele sales. Sal ca dlis alle cline eal eee (ame 


162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Table showing distribution of marine Pleistocene invertebrate fossils (continued) 


pe 


ell 


Pu 
> a 
as a 
2) |3 a 
au > 5 
— rd ea 
q aed a 
> cs alleges 
BS eels {3 cS 
Species as 's aan 5 JRlELE Ss 
= = a . > » 
2 }2| |2l2|0 |e) le tea 
> Aa set apes 
4 > No Pies Wee hall (to) a Bat) 
Zz) a) 9 a) OS) at] @ | = | eae eons 
= a 5/5 
s)e/¥ Alsa|a| 2 B/S) 2) §lalale 
Siu m>lol oe] al s/9| %|] 6/9] o 
e/Sle1S/8/ S18) 8/4) 8) 2/2] s] el ge 
SISSIES) 2] S/8/S)/ 8/81/3818] 8] 2 
5 6 | 3 2 lo lesles 
S/S/Z(S/EISISISISl SIE IElSI518 
Cyclostrema costulata MOll.. Saal > Als Mhaee eee Mowe 
cutleriana Clark.......|__. Se ei tews SEN sillee COR 
Turritella erosa Couth............. Seifert jaa 4 lia cas iets D4 ee IM Pee rN ePcrallicyeaicyesiicwi | 
S reticulata Migh.......... > eral (nee areal (eed (PR Patri licn sihieoc te a st 
Heleiia Stim). 5 ys ogee D4 rears mee, © need (ene fear (rar trea Ibi rs iet| fecal Sh ih 
Littorina rudis Martin.............]... Raed ae. ¢ eer eee (nse We eel peer oe 
= PalliataiSaws td tuk cis ones SCRE SSIS Fee dilicieta lta a 
Rissoa castanea Moll..............15.. > AES Salone tle ae 
fe mexarata blitiinss sche sitet tee alee Fs A cae eee lie Oe 
Cingulatjan!meyert Priele; ooo go STS Ae AVR Se ee ee bea 
Bela Harpularta (Conuth i... ssp tae Dod tances ees De eS IE 
Clegans( MOI ek ek te see es lis Ue ie they 3 [ate 
“Rpyranidalis Strom das.ccons fae esie CALA ALOU ER ioe x}. 
EP iurrictialvionta: ook hrs cereale alee e >) ae paket x]. 
“ “trevelliana Turton...........1 >. 4 (ae me. 4 oe (Wael Pee PDA manele esl lacieilics aif gaie 
“ violacea Migh. & Adams......]...|... A |p eS D4 an Pa (PRA (hte Mcealhes = aiken all 
“ cancellata Migh. & Adams.....} X]...]... ER A Fee lv Sterile. 
Natica cl usa Brod. & Sow See >| ee >, 4 lke ic 
Lunatia heros Say.......... lies are al feacea e 
groenlandica Beck oe cl baa jime>-| [cae aes | Ke frvrges | ||. 
Choristes*elerans. Cpr! tiie e552 uli: ea NS ee ae = p< (RAR Cones be et (act 
Velutina zonata Gould.............]... DeLee le tel DM elo 
Scalaria groenlandica Perry.........]... es feted Nae 5) oa? let alien cast ie 
Acirsa eschrichtu Holb: poe... od. ope le Se CEOS TS Ciel” OL OR Ee ia 
Trichotropis borealis Brod. & Sow.../ X|...| X|...]... heer es 
arcticane Mads ose eleo ee ele en eRe De eas 
Admete viridula Fabr....... Ar Dame ceil eae Si Pomel Pee pea. <I am Wiese et 2d cy = 
Aporrhais occidentalis Beck.........} X|...|... Breed (eae Le eel fesbsia ti a) | Ar 
Ptychatractus ligatus (Migh.) . ar seal epee rect cP irs | > aoe ese bebe [leer i. 5 
Astyris nolbollaivolloc on oe seierek | Sel Sek Mile bilenel ered 
Menistho albula Moll.. ee Sel Sma Py al La : 
Buccinum undatum Linn........... X| xX) xX bs 
toftent oui. ee. cae foe ee lore x w bios apie e elle lore [et pa ike eget tees altel ee 
S cyaneum Brug.. sis wteifee viafe dle) Date sfelie soins foie ae |ie a oi] ecell oo ieuctl operat | eMee] eteeneal ana 
s groenlandicum Chem. Tee elie Blea 4 Saree (ee) nego Perea Fatal Peociliieessiitsy~ a]! < 
5 tenue Gray.. oe dns BUG SPST as et SEE foie Si eae |e 
+ scalariforme Méll........| ..]... > Aa al torte lowed fear te 
ee ciliatum Fabr.. Pero bree Feil (weer al lars: >| Pe Bal lc 
- cretaceum Reever i sce |olete es x Ss allisntay 
c Blaciale Mains h iee enw 4 eee, 4 hae. < bares hes 5 OA A he 
= plectrumotim, sc. alaeces | oes ae x se a loetal 
Tritonofusus krayeri MOll.......... SOUS | reel eel lee eee 
Sipho spitzbergensis Reeve........./...]...]...]...]... ees lls 
Neptunea despecta Linn............ > 4 Nee hg ¢ > de> dimer dle 
Trophon scalariforme Gould........ | eel ox Pi tee, 4 eae (e 
clathratum Dinn’ ... 0.0.5)... x| XX xX]. 
ANNULATA 
Serpula vermicularis Linn..........|...|... x Dd eed ee 
Wermilia serrularocnuenn. fc eee asi nie er SS TIA ee See ce ee eee 
Spiochaetopterus typus Sars........ be IMPLY te Vocal ae eb eee eel eee line 1! 
Spirorbis glomerata Mall........... > AEB iep-< lions: Fi 
. Vitreal Fabre: See food bc ae » <n lea ‘x<| X 
s borealis: Daudee. 6.2 So6 cee coliees < Aisle. 
- Tueidus Blenicie sos. ose a salemtalsct x 
e nautiloides Lami... 22.0.2... .|..- D2 leary a beet (ene (ee IE lili 
is Catinaba Wlodbercd.0 ans omar 4 ise re SB ora eel ieeic|Gres) oral 
7 SUMStLOrSA ON be see ee are erpeloke p 4 [Parnes RR (Para Crean eerie Oi 55 Sie Livery. | nk tn 


quadrangularis Stim ......]...1... See IEF ES [ee 


att ‘sttre” Je oho 


‘KON ‘AQTUIOTA U01}e4G JUIOg UMOID | Pah eMC 


163 


REN “iuiod watery |= Ss =: 


4A “quiog AsuwIyD | 2) eeatel Laake 


AJIUIOIA pue "x “N ‘Aluay 410g | Ae oni 


“A N ‘ox0qsyita | 
APIUTIOIA puV. 4A ‘UoysurIng | 


x 
“KN ‘4037 3304 | : x : 
"KN “8] Inosjep | x 
APUIA pues eMe}10 | ey ae 
x 


[eerquoy | x: 
AUIOTA pu dagen | XXX : 


Aeg Aelinyy | Geo 3 OS 


dno7J-np-are1any | x IXXX 


Hsoonty | I: 


soperqe7 | ‘ x : 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 


Species 
4 CRUSTACEA 
porcatus Da Costa : 
6 


a 
 Balanus hameri Asc......... 
crenatus Brug...... 


ipagurus bernhardus? Fabr. 


_ Hyas coarctata Leach....... 


a 
a“ 


by rable showing distribution of marine Pleistocene invertebrate fossils (concluded) 


Eu 


7 
| 
j 


164 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


In addition to the species listed in the table there are nine species, 
each reported only from one locality but not from any of the lower St 
Lawrence localities: from Ottawa and vicinity, Dentalina sp., 
Leda pygmaea, Natica affinis, Nereis pela- 
gica; from Port Kent, Tritonium ang lveg mea 
fornicatum (Emmons, Geol. of N. Y., 2d Dist., 1842, p. 128); 
from Burlington and vicinity, Yoldia obesa, Y. -siliqua, 
Nucula abyssicola. An old collection of Pleistocene 
fossils from the Champlain valley in the State Museum contains 
Rhynchomellas psrttacend: Mya trunecaigae 
Buccinum glaciale, Bi ciliatum, B. ecyaweume 
Balanus hameri; but as no localities were given for these 
species they can not be used in the lists. The distribution of the 
total number of species is summarized in the comparative table 
which follows: 


=) 
3 2 
2 eS 
oO 
38 2 2 5 
HQ - q ~ 
S>| 2 B 3 2-8 g 
Phyla, etc. gel 8 a: 5 a 8 
B| 3 ‘8 ss) Boa IS n 
os 4 > a 8 a ~ 
n » ss) b= < 
lial ha TE | ca tes ha 4 E 3/8 
Slsss'/ el S/S el si el gla lal e 
sie | 812) 2) o4e | 2 See : 
ro} © 8 = EB ° .& 2 aw E E 
=(2/8/S/ 2/218 / 3121813] ble 
=i - [o} * d 
24in/Qa/l/eiole la | m | Ea aeowee 
—— ee ee OO SO Oe eee ee ee ee 
Boramimiterates scien eae Zr 8) rss eels ee Se PENS coe allcoallsoo alles... ) 
ROTILET A eetee eebointerietcraiee ete 2 |i 2 U0 fete ol et te Taw e:ailheyes ort] heatevell Kenetenn etal 
Echinodermata.............. (a Nivea 1p pasa A wear heal fees ell le ae i (a Pea lBoe alles arllesc-lleo-- 
EV OZO ae tnen salsioe iia coke 28 | 26 5 2 Mi evetesel| arenes 1 DCP)I.. csccl|! savers |e eetel leoeearet | aeeans 
Brachiopoda..... Mecbode fopasl| is: 3 I To] oc vc] cess vllieisce ellie © » clave enel| tenement) | Seaen iene an 
Mollusca { Lamellibranchiata.} 37 | 28 | 12 | 18 | 10 5 8 }13(?)] 4 3 2 I I ] 
Gastropoda....... 68 | 41 | 12] 4o "Tea Ney wits et ae 
Anil ata. coerce tte eer erty |e Sane I 2 A beget a Ss Sie , | 
Cristaceavice ren anne 5 4 S| 2 I I ay a Fe el FP alissa dlls a oe ; 
otal ire a eetels Ae eee 183 |134 | 48 | 89 | 25 (S) jeune) {77(?) 5 3 2 I i 


Of the 25 species found at Ottawa and vicinity, 4 (listed above) 
have not been reported elsewhere; of the other 21 all except 1 
(Porella elegantula) occur likewise at Montreal. 


WN 
> 


py 
dl 


- 
a 
rn - J 
‘ 
- s 
= 7) 


eee 


Y 

TREALE 
ay / 
Yncanl Yj, 


K 


FO. ORD 


y ff 
Ledlff- 
go i; W) My 
¢ y 
y i 
Mi 
i 


P 


y 
y 


Y 
JN 
fe 


va 
fy 
Ae 

Le 
;) 

i -e 


ry ; 
Pec AREA 


sara. 


ie 


LOGERSR 
J) gah 
Uy 
Y ff. 


os ’ e 
J a YJ ‘ L 
Ss b = ti) 
fs ‘ oF 5 a Ne z Se Yh 2 GE A 
eae, : ; = 
= Ww we Lr SptP eWELCH’S Gt 
Le ASE PERT SMITHS FALLS HE: 
SEF j ee er LS 
Vira A Vay j ( £ oft 
oO Oey y ) 
Vik } 
Wiz NORGOOn 
OGD R 


; OG &y 
Pr seg As AO NG 
Meat oc 
Y) 


2 r “a 
. aA > / 
) vA 
? wy y IPRIOR 
ih 
Z am 6 A\ H 
‘ 
beet “Nes 
a aoe 
Za “4a 
® s A = 
J a 
rues f 
4 Fd. = 
FF 


$ eo 4 
y, (ep Las 
f Oe 
os 
) - fe 


’ bie, : * 


2 


Le 
Map 1. Map showing localities [e] in the Champlain basin, and a part of Canada, where marine Pleistocene fossils have been found. Seal? gsqtroi approximately 15 miles to the inch. 


i At REE = a eae, 


a neon n tebe mune Bitte eh i | 


‘os: 


ey aiigee co 1A 
ae re W Fait “a 
‘Port Bent y T oid 


s tr) 
é 
4 


mfnong\d3eo! 

v - e+ * y 
“OULY ¥ OM % 
ae a ‘ 


Ww 


2 to dreq 8 bas ysieed cialgmedD ) oft at (@} evitilevol goiworls a qe 


4 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 ° 165 


Ottawa and Vicinity 


Dentalina sp. Nucula tenuis 
_Polystomella crispa Astarte banksii 
_Tethea logani A. laurentiana 
-Solaster papposa Cylichna alba 

: Porella elegantula Natica affinis — 
'Saxicava rugosa Lunatia groenlandica 
. Mytilus edulis Neptunea despecta 
_Macoma groenlandica Admete viridula 
_M. calcarea Haminea solitaria 
-Yoldia arctica Philine lineolata 
Leda minuta Serpula vermicularis 
_L. pygmaea Balanus crenatus 


From Green’s creek and Besserer’s wharf, Ottawa river, about 8 
miles below Ottawa, have been reported Saxicava rugosa, 
PMacoma groenlandica, Yoldia arctica, Leda 
myezmaca, Nucula tenuis, Solaster papposa 
and Nereis pelagica. In addition there have been found 
in the clay nodules at this locality remains of three species of fish: 
a capelin, Mallotus villosus (abundant); a lump sucker, 
Cyclopterus ; a Species of stickleback, Gasterosteus. 
There have also been found remains of fresh-water plants, several 
birds, mammals etc., which show that the Leda clay was not far 
from the shore when clay with drift material was brought down 
by the rivers. Leda (Yoldia) may occur in moderately deep water; 
the other fossils suggest shallow water (Coleman, p. 131). 

_ Marine Pleistocene shells have been reported from numerous 
localities in Canada, some of which are shown on the accompanying 
‘map of localities (map 1). The two commonest and most abundant 
Shells reported are Saxicava rugosa and Macoma 
groenlandica. Brockville, Ont., is the most southern and 


Bora Brockville through Perth, northwest to Fort Coulonge on the 
Ottawa river. ‘“‘Gravels, sands and clays not unlike the marine 
deposits...occur at various places west of Brockville. ..and some 
of them have been searched carefully for fossils, but without success, 
ugegesting that for some cause the marine fauna could not advance 
into the Ontario basin ’’ (Coleman, p. 134). 


166 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


In New York State, marine fossils of this period cease in the west- 
ward extension before the beds reach Morristown, opposite Brock- 
ville. So far, the most western locality from which they have been 
reported is Ogdensburg. Marine fossils have been found in New. 
York from north to south as follows: 


1 Ogdensburg 2 Mooers 
Macoma groenlandica Macoma groenlandica 
M. calcarea Saxicava rugosa 
Saxicava rugosa Yoldia arctica 
Cylichna alba (?) : Balanus sp. (fragments, rare) 
3 Freydenburg’s Mills, Saranac R. 4 Cumberland Head, Plattsburg 
Saxicava rugosa - Macoma groenlandica 
Macoma groenlandica Mya arenaria 
Mytilus edulis 
Balanus sp. 
5 Lapham Corners 6 Valcour Is. 
Mytilus edulis Saxicava rugosa 
Macoma groenlandica Macoma groenlandica 


Mya arenaria 
Astarte laurentiana (rare) 
Balanus crenatus 


7 Port Kent 


Saxicava rugosa Pecten islandicus 
Macoma groenlandica Cylichna alba (not frequent) e 
M. calcarea (rare) Utriculus pertenuis (rare) 
Mya arenaria Tritonium anglicum 
M. truncata T. fornicatum 
Mytilus edulis Turritella sp 
Yoldia arctica Balanus crenatus 
8 Willsboro 9 Port Henry (few miles north of) 
Saxicava rugosa 
Macoma groenlandica Macoma groenlandica 
Mytilus edulis Saxicava rugosa 
Yoldia arctica (rare) Mytilus edulis (fragments, rare) 


Balanus crenatus 


10 Crown Point 11 Crown Point station (mouth of 
Putnam Creek, 4 mile north) 


Macoma groenlandica : 
Macoma groenlandica _ 3 


12 Crown Point station (2 miles 
south, along shore) 


Macoma groenlandica 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 167 


In addition to the places listed above, Macoma groen- 
-landica has been found at Norwood, in the vicinity of Chazy, 
and at Essex and southward. 
_ In Vermont the greatest number of species have been reported 
from the vicinity of Burlington, probably because that area has 
been better searched: The writer has found in the clays about 
a mile north of BurlingtonaBalanus crenatus, not hitherto 
reported from that state, and in the clays just north of Chimney 
Point Yoldia arctica, not before reported so far south as 
this. The fossils in Vermont have been found from north to south 
as follows: 


Balanus crenatus (rare) 


| 1 McBride Bay, South Hero 2 Burlington and vicinity 
_ Mya arenaria Macoma groenlandica 

~ Macoma groenlandica Saxicava rugosa 

_ Saxicava rugosa Yoldia arctica 

| 


3, Mallett’s Bay, north of Burlington 


_ Ophioglypha sarsii Yoldia arctica 
_ Lepralia sp. Yoldia obesa 
_ Macoma groenlandica Leda minuta 
_M. calcarea Nucula tenuis 
Saxicava rugosa N. expansa 
Mya arenaria N. abyssicola 
: Mytilus edulis Cryptodon gouldii 
4 
i 4 Colchester 5 Chimney Point 
~Macoma groenlandica Macoma groenlandica 
-Saxicava rugosa Yoldia arctica (rare) 


_ Mya arenaria 
Yoldia obesa 
_Yoldia siliqua 

Tethea sp. 
_ In addition, Mytilus edulis has been reported from Isle 
‘La Motte, Mya arenaria from Providence island, and 
Yoldia obesa from St Albans. Shells also have been noted 
at Swanton, Milton Falls, Milton, West Milton, Chickering Village, 
‘Shelburne Falls, Charlotte, Vergennes and Addison, but no lists 
of species have been given. . 
_ The above tables and lists bring out the fact that the number of 
Pleistocene species is considerably reduced at Ottawa and vicinity, 
while from Pakenham Mills about 30 miles southwest of Ottawa, 
not far from the most western limit for marine fossils, is reported 
only Macoma groenlandica. In the Champlain valley 
the number of species decreases rapidly until at Willsboro, N. Y., 
_only five species are represented. 


V 


168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Emmons (p. 283) states that two species of Pleistocene 
fossils are found the entire length of Lake Champlain. As a 
matter of fact only one species, Macoma groenlandica, 
has been found at the southernmost locality (see Wood- 
worth, p. 215). Emmons reports no species south of Crown 
Point, and I have nowhere found a record of any such southern 
extension of this fauna; but Prof. John H. Cook in the course of 
some field work for the State Museum recently (1920) discovered 
two new localities for Macoma groenlandica, both of 
them farther south than Crown Point. One locality is along the 
shore near the mouth of Putnam creek, about one-half of a mile 
north of Crown Point station; the other is about 2 miles south of 
Crown Point station, just east of Breeds Hill, and the specimens 
were not visible in the deposits along the shore, but were dredged 
from the clay in the lake bottom. ‘This second locality is about 8 
miles farther south than the Crown Point area. 

Four species extend down the greater part of the Champlain 
valley. Yoldia arctica found recently, together with 
Macoma groenlandica, just north of Chimney Point, 
Vt., has almost as great a range as the latter. Saxicava 
rugosaand Mytilus edulis were found a few miles north 
of Port Henry, and have not been found farther south. Only frag- 
ments of Mytilus edulis were found and these infrequently, 
which would indicate that this species was not represented in large 
numbers as far south as thiss Balanus crenatus has not 
been reported south of Willsboro, nor Mya arenaria south’ 
of the Port Kent and Burlington areas. No gastropods occur 
south of Port Kent, which is the only locality in the Champlain 
valley from which they have been reported; and only four species 
have been found here. This does not take account of the three 
species of Buccinum reported, without locality, from the Champlain 
valley. The other phyla, Foraminifera, Porifera, Echinodermata, 
Bryozoa, Brachiopoda and Annulata, are almost without repre- 
sentation in the Champlain area. A specifically unidentified sponge 
(Tethea sp.) is listed as occurring at Colchester, Vt., and a 
bryozoan (Lepralia sp.) at Mallett’s Bay, Vt. From this 
latter place one echinoderm also has been reported. Rhyncho- 
nella psittacea has been reported from the Champlain 
valley without alocalityandEuryechinus drobachiensis 
is similarly listed from Vermont; so these citations can have little 
value in the present problem.! 


1 The basin was also open to large marine animals, such as whales and seals — 
(Dawson, 1894, p. 267, 268; Perkins, 1907-8, p. 76, 80, 81, 102). 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q20—21 169 


So far account has been taken only of the occurrence of marine 
Pleistocene invertebrate fossils. While it is not intended here to 
place too great weight upon the occurrence of fresh-water fossils, 
nevertheless, considering the conditions found in the Baltic, the 
possible significance of the association of marine and fresh-water 
forms in Pleistocene deposits should not be overlooked. At 
Clarenceville, an outport of Missisquoi county, Quebec, between 
the Richelieu river and Missisquoi bay, four species of fresh-water 
fossils are found in the deposits with Mya arenaria and 
Macoma groenlandica. Three of these species, Unio 
rectus Lam., Unio cardium? Rafinesque, Unio ven- 

_tricosus Barnes, are represented by large and thick shells better 
developed than those of the St Lawrence river at present. A 
species of Limnaea also occurs here (Dawson, 1894, p. 58, 238). . 
A similar occurrence of fresh-water fossils has been noted (Ref. 
Cit., p. 238, 245, 246, 248) at Pakenham Mills, in Lanark county, 
about 30 miles southwest of Ottawa, and about 20 miles east of the 
western limit of known marine fossils (Coleman, p. 130). A 
Sphaerium? was found here associated with fresh-water 
bivalves and Macoma groenlandica, but the specimens 
were too imperfect for certain determination. Other species 
reported from the Saxicava sand and Leda clay of this locality are: 


Amnicola limosa (Say) Valvata tricarinata Say 
A. porata (Say) Planorbis bicarinata Say 
Limnaea palustris Muller P. trivolvis Say 

L. elodes? Say P. parvus Say 
Patula(Pyramidula) striatella Anthony Campeloma decisum Say 


; From the villages of Avonmore and Monklands, south of Ottawa, 
~ Coleman (p. 132) reports fresh-water shells. of at least eleven species. 
_ At Montreal were found two speciesof Limnaea, L. umbrosa 
' Say and L. caperata Say (Dawson, 1894, p. 245), and from 

Mallett’s Bay, Vt., (Perkins, 1909-10, p. 55) is reported Helix 

(Pyramidula) striatella found in the Leda clay. In 
_ the Montreal and Vermont areas the fresh-water species very 
c probably were carried in by streams. The occurrence of fresh- 
_ water fossils together with Macoma groenlandica and 
Mya arenaria at Clarenceville is very suggestive of estuarine 

conditions. The Pakenham Mills area, to which fresh-water fossils 
_ are peculiar, is of great interest in this connection. Two of the 
genera, Planorbis and Limnaea, and one species, 
Limnaea palustris, which were found adjusted to the 


170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


slightly saline waters of the upper Baltic, are represented here. 
It is quite possible that all or part of these forms were carried in 
by rivers; but the situation of Pakenham Mills near the western 
limit of known marine fossils is significant and in favor of brackish- 
water conditions there, and consequent adjustment of the fresh- 
water forms to this condition. Also, as noted above, the only 
marine shell found is Macoma groenlandica, which is 
now found farther up in the estuaries than most others. 

There is evidence of freshening of the sea westward. In the region 
west of the fossiliferous beds, at higher levels, are beachlike deposits 
of sand and gravel and also stratified clays resembling the Leda 


clay which are believed by some to be of marine origin, but by others . 


(see Coleman, p. 136, 145) to be of fresh-water origin. Coleman 
says: ‘‘ That the old sea level at 350 feet continued into the Ontario 
basin, and may even have reached its western end seems very 
probable, and the fact that marine fossils are very abundant east 
of Brockville, but have never been found to the west, may be accounted 
for by the narrowing of the lower end of the basin forming a strait 
not very much wider than the present river and only 100 feet deeper; 
so that Niagara and the other rivers flowing into Lake Ontario 
were able to keep the waters fresh, or at least only brackish, in 
spite of their communication with the enlarged Gulf of Saint Law- 
rence” (Ref. cit., p. 136). 


Part 2 Dwarfing of Species and Other Modifications 


Dwarf faunas may be divided into two classes: (1) “ faunas 
where the individuals are of smaller size than that to which the 
species grows under normal conditions; this is the result of an 
abnormal habitat; (2) faunas where all the individuals are small 
but of the normal size of the species; in this case some selective 
action has weeded out all the large and heavy species, leaving a 
dwarf but not stunted fauna. Dwarf faunas usually include repre- 
sentatives of both classes’ (Shimer, p. 490). This, from the data 
gathered, seems to be true of the Champlain Pleistocene fauna. 
The dwarfed character of this fauna is well shown by five species: 
Macoma Croen tan dae as Saxicava rugosa, 
Mytilus edulis, Mya arenaria,. Y oldiavare pues 
(see plates 1-3). Through the kindness of Doctor Pilsbry, I 


have obtained for comparison recent specimens of these species, 


in addition to those in the State Museum. 
It is well, perhaps, to give approximately some idea of the numbers 
of individuals of the different species, upon which comparisons 


~~ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 171 


are based. The specimens of Macoma_ groenlandica 
collected at Montreal numbered about 225; at Ottawa and vicinity, 


about s0; at McBride Bay, South Hero, 150; at Cumberland Head, 
over 300; at Valcour island, over 160; at Lapham Corners, 115; 
at Port Kent, over 1000; at Burlington and vicinity, over 200; at 
Willsboro, several hundred; at Essex, over 150; at Port Henry 
vicinity, over 250; at Chimney Point, about 150; at Crown Point, 
over 150. The specimens of Yoldia arctica collected at 


- Ottawa and vicinity numbered over 450 (about 375 at Ottawa); 


at Burlington and vicinity, about 75 (largely fragmentary); at 


Port Kent, over 350; at Willsboro, about 20; at Chimney Point 


12 (fragmentary). The specimens of Saxicava rugoSa, 


~ collected at Montreal numbered tro; at Ottawa and vicinity (almost 


entirely Green creek), about 275; at South Hero, 3 (small); at Bur- 
lington and vicinity, 7 (fragmentary); at Port Kent, about 300; 


at Willsboro, about 300. The specimens of Mytilus edulis 
collected at Lapham Corners numbered several hundreds; at Port 
- Kent, 20+ (fragmentary); at Willsboro, 25+ (fragmentary); at 


Port Henry, few small fragments. Specimensof Mya arenaria 
were collected to the number of several hundreds at McBride bay, 


- South Hero, and at Cumberland Head; at Valcour island, about 


25-+ specimens (largely fragmentary). 
Macoma groenlandica is the. only species found 


extending the entire length of Lake Champlain, the most southern - 


occurrence, as noted above, being 2 miles south of Crown Point 
Station. Professor Cook, in reporting the two new occurrences 
for this species stated that, so far as he could recall, the shells in 
size and character resembled those from Crown Point. The writer 
has not, as yet, had any opportunity for studying the shells collected 
in the vicinity of Crown Point station; and therefore it is the speci- 
mens from the Crown Point area, about 8 miles farther north, that 
are used here for purposes of comparison. The recent shells used 
in comparison are from the New Jersey and New York coasts. The 
largest recent shell examined has a length of 33.4 mm and a width 
of 25.5mm. The other shells vary from 25 mm to 31.3 mm in length 
by 19 mm to 26 mm in width. The largest shells found at Montreal 
were in a fragmentary condition, but in proportion to the measure- 
ments of the other shells must have reached a length of 24 mm to 25 
mm with a width of 20 mm to 21.5mm. These very large shells were 


found to be fewer in number; a large proportion measure from 19 


mm to 22.5 mm in length by 16mm to 20mminwidth. The majority 
of the shells found, or what might be termed the average shells, are 


172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


around 17 mm to 18 mm in length by 14 mm to 16.5 mm in width. 
At Crown Point, the largest shell found had a length of 15 mm and 
a width of 11.6 mm. The large shells are few and run from a little 
under 13 mm to 14 mm in length by ro mm to 11 mm in width. 
Average specimens measure 1o mm to 12 mm in length by 7 mm 
to 10 mm in width. These measurements show that at Montreal 
the largest shells of M. groenlandica found are about the 
size of the average-sized recent individuals; while the average- 
sized Montreal specimens run much under this. The largest shells 
found at Crown Point are less than one-half the size of the largest 
recent ones and less than three-fifths the size of the largest shells from 
Montreal. The average Crown Point shells are half, or less, the size 
of average recent shells, and three-fifths, or slightly over, the size 
of average Montreal specimens. The Montreal specimens may be 
regarded as typically marine, and those from Crown Point as 
dwarfed. Other localities show various gradations between these 
two points, but there is a general decrease in size southward. (See 
plate 1, figures 6, 7, 8.) 

M. groenlandica in the vicinity of Ottawa runs smaller, so 
far as specimens collected show, than at Montreal. The largest 
specimens found at Green’s creek measured 19.2 mm to 20 mm in 
length by 14.7 mm to 17.5 mm in width; a number of shells measured 
from 17.2 mm to 18.3 mm in length by 14.3 mm to 15.6 mm in width; 
the majority of the shells from here are even smaller, the average 
running 15.2 mm to 16.5 mm in length by 12 mm to 13.7 mm in width. 
The average-sized shells here then are 2 mm to 3 mm smaller than 
at Montreal. At Cumberland Head, near Plattsburg, N. Y., the 
largest shells, very few in number, run from 17.5 mm to 21 mm in 
length by 15.4 mm to 16.3 mm in width; medium-sized shells measure 
15 mm to 16.7 mm in length by 12.4 mm to 14.3 mm in width; the 
majority of the shells are smaller yet, ranging in size from 13.8 mm x 
12 mm to 14.6 mmx 11.9 mm. At McBride bay, South Hero, Vt., 
these shells are smaller than at places farther south, except Crown 
Point and Chimney Point. This may be due to lack of extensive 
collecting, or perhaps an environment unfavorable to a better develop- 
ment of the shells. The largest shell found measures only 17.5 mm x 
14 mm; medium-sized shells measure from 13 mm x 10.5 mm up to 
14.3 mm x 12 mm; the majority of the shells have the following 
measurements or are smaller: 11.5 mm x 10.2 mm up to 13 mm x 


10.7 mm. Near Burlington, Vt., and vicinity very few of the large — 


shells were found and these measured from 18.7 mm x 16.5 mm to 
22mmx17.7mm. The medium-sized shells running from 17 mm x 


~~ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 173 


14.8 mm to 17.7 mm x 14.6 mm are not abundant; the majority of 
_ the shells have the following measurements or are smaller: 14.7 mm x 
| 12.8mmup to16.8mmxi5mm. Macoma groenlandica 
_ is not very abundant at Valcour island. The specimens collected 
_ here, in general, run smaller than those of the previous locality, but 
the predominating sizes at Valcour island run somewhat larger than 
_ the predominating sizes at Burlington and vicinity. The largest 
_ shells are few in number measuring 18.4 mm x 15.8 mm up to 
18.8 mm x 16.3 mm and 19 mm x 15.1 mm. The medium-sized 
shells, 16 mm X 13.3 mm to 17.5 mm x 14 mm are fairly abundant ; 
_ but the most numerous shells are smaller than this, giving the 
measurements 15 1m x 13 mm to 15.5 mm x 13.7 mm and 15.8 mmx 
13.2 mm. At Lapham Corners, while the shells average about the. 
same, the largest-sized shells are more abundant: 18 mm x 14.7 mm 
and 19 mm x 15 mm up to 22 mm x 19.3 mm; the medium-sized 
Shells vary from 16.2 mm x 14 mm to 17.5 mm x 15.3 m; but the 
majority of the shells collected at this locality run as follows and 
mecmaller: 14 mm x 12\7 mm to 15.7 mm x 13 mm. M. groen- 
_landica was found at Port Kent in much larger numbers than 
at any other locality, the largest proportion of the shells varying 
_ from 12.4mm x 10.4mm to 13.7 mmx 11.5 mmand 14.7 mm X 11 mm. 
_ The medium-sized shells measure from 15.2 mm x 13.7 mm to 17 mm 
_ X 14.7 mm; while the largest shells reach the size of 18 mm x 15 mm 
to 22 mm x 19.4 mm. At Willsboro, a short distance south, the 
_ Shells were very abundant, but no shells were found so large as the 
largest size found at Port Kent; but the medium and average-sized 
q Shells run about the same. The largest shells vary from 17.2 mm x 
13.7 mm up to 19 mm x 16.6 mm and 19.2 mm x 15.8 mm; the 
_ medium-sized shells vary from 14 mm x 11.3 mm to 15.7 mm x 13.5 mm 
_ and 16.7 mm x 13 mm; the majority of the shells average smaller than 
_ this and give the measurements: 12 mm x 9.5 mm to 14 mm x ro mm. 
_ Although Essex is only a few miles south of Willsboro, from this 
_ point for several miles southward along the lake shore the shells 
q average smaller and thinner, if anything. The majority of the 
_ Shells vary from 13 mm x 11.8 mm to 15 mm x 12.5 mm; the medium- 
_ sized shells, which are much fewer in number, vary from 14.5 mm x 
13 mm to 16 mm x1 3 mm; while the few largest-sized shells show 
7 the measurements: 16.7 mm x 14.2 mm to 18.8 mm x 16.5 mm. 
_ The shells found a few miles north of Port Henry and just north 
_ of Chimney Point, Vt., while very small for the species, still run 
markedly larger than the Crown Point specimens. At the locality 
_ north of Port Henry only a very few (six) of the largest-sized shells 
were found and these vary from 18.2 mm x 13.7 mm to 21 mm x 


gic) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


17.8 mm. Here there are two sizes about equally abundant: one 
size varying from 16 mm x 12.4 mm to 17.5 mm x 13.8 mm and 
the other, from 13.4 mm x 10.8 mm to 15.8 mm x 12.5 mm. ~None 
of the very large specimens was found in the vicinity of Chimney 
Point. One specimen was found measuring 17:2 mm x 14 mm. 
The large specimens found vary from 14 mm x 10.8 mm to 14.7 mm x 
11.6 mm and 14.8 mm x 11.3 mm; average specimens vary from 
12.1 mm xX 10 mm to 13.5 mm x 10.8 mm and 13.7 mm x 10.1 mm; 
but the majority of the shells run smaller, measuring 10 mm x 8.2 mm 
to 11.6 mm xX g.2 mm. 

Yoldia arctica has been found almost as far south as 
Macoma groenlandica. It has been collected at fewer 
localities and in smaller numbers than the latter; but it nevertheless 
‘shows the same gradual decrease in size southward. Just north of 
Chimney Point, the most southern locality for the species, the 
occurrence is very rare, so that few specimens were collected; seven 
fragmentary shells (four of them half shells) were found and pieces 
of five other half shells. So far as measurements can be made 
these shells vary from 8.7 mm x 5.5 mm to 9.5 mm x 6.1 mm and 
9 mm x 6.4 mm. Comparison of shells from this locality with 
recent shells and those from the Montreal section can be made only 
approximately because of the small number to judge from. All the 
shells found run small, and since those found farther north run 
- as small or smaller, the small size of the Chimney Point shells I think 
may be accepted without question. J am rather inclined to believe 
that a larger series of shells from this place would show that those 
in our possession are an expression of the larger sizes of the shell 
and that the average individual runs smaller. Typical adult recent 
forms of Yoldia arctica vary from 19:5 mm x 22 quam 
20.7 mm x 14 mm; at Montreal typical adult shells were found 


varying from 17.2 mm x 11.2 mm to 19.3 mm x 11.8 mm and © 
19.2 mm x 11.9 mm. Approximately, then, the Chimney Point — 


shells are less than one-half the size of the recent shells and about 


one-half the size of the Montreal specimens. (See plate 2, figures 


Ay 5; N6e) 


Yoldia arctica was collected in largest numbers at © 
Ottawa and Port Kent, N. Y., and is apparently more abundant — 


at the latter place. At Willsboro this species was rare in occurrence, 
though not so infrequent as at Chimney Point. The largest indi- 


viduals here vary from 9 mm x 5.6 mm to 9.8 mm x 6.3 mm, while 
the average specimens measure from 7.1 mm x 4.6 mm to 8.8 mm x 
5.7 mm. The average specimens vary from a little over one-third 
to less than one-half the size of the recent-specimens and from one- 


. 


| 
: 
: 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 15 


half (or more) to less than one-half the size of the Montreal specimens. 
The Port Kent and Burlington localities are the most northerly 
ones at which Yoldia arctica has been collected in the 
Champlain area. The largest specimens at Port Kent vary from 
10mm x 7 mm to 12 mm x 8 mm; the averaged-sized specimens vary 
from 6. 7 mm x 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm x 5.4 mm and 8 mm x 6 mm. 
The majority of the specimens are included in the smaller sizes 
_ measuring 7 mm in length and slightly under. The largest specimens 
then are a little above one-half to three-fifths or more the size of 
the recent and Montreal specimens, while the average-sized specimens 
are well under one-half, and even one-third, their size. Of the 
specimens found at Burlington and vicinity, the largest number 
were found around Mallett’s Bay, but the species was not found 
' to be very abundant anywhere in this area. A larger number of 
specimens would be necessary to make any more than an approximate 
comparison with the Port Kent material; but so far as observations 
go the average specimens of this material run as small as, and perhaps 
smaller than, those from Port Kent. The large-sized specimens 
are few in number and vary from 9.8 mim x 6 mm to 13.9 mm x 8 mm. 
_ The average-sized specimens (the majority) vary from 5.8mm x 4mm 
_ to 8.2 mm x 5 mm, but only a few reach the upper limit of size. In 
the vicinity of Ottawa the specimens in general run smaller than 
at Montreal, the largest having been collected at Ottawa. The 
largest specimens here attain the size of 16.4 mm x 9 mm to 19 mm x 
Iz mm, but the majority of the specimens vary in length from 13 mm 
_to 15 mm and in width from 8 mm to 9 mm. At Green’s creek 
_ along the Ottawa river, several miles below Ottawa, and at Britannia, 
_ a few miles above, all the specimens found were much smaller; but 
specimens were not found in these localities in sufficient numbers 
to permit comparisons. : 
Beoaxkicava rugosa and Is aeubih an edulis were both 
: found just a few miles north of Port Henry, but Mytilus only 
in small fragments and these very infrequent, so it is rather impossible 
to make any conjectures as to the size of the individuals of that 
“Species at this locality. Recent specimens of Saxicava 
Tugosa from Barden bay, Greenland, range from a size of 
34.6 mm x 18.8 mm to 41 mm x 20 mm. Macoma groen- 
_landica was found to be by far the most abundant species in the 
‘Port Henry area; while S. rugosa was found to be rare. Less 
than twenty specimens were collected here, the largest found 
‘Measuring 22 mm x 11.5 mm and the others ranging from 18.4 mm x 
to mm to 21 mm x 10.3 mm. The Port Henry area was. very 
carefully searched; and, while the number of specimens collected is 


—_—~ 


——S 


176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


not sufficient to make hard and fast comparisons, I believe they 
may be regarded as typical of the area. They are a little over 
one-half the size of the recent specimens, and are very considerably 
smaller than the average Montreal shells, which in addition are very 
much thicker. The largest Montreal specimen measured 37 mm x 
17.1 mm; average large specimens range from 31 mm x 16 mm 
to 34 mm x 21 mm; a large proportion of the material shows 
measurements from 22 mm x 14mm to 27 mmx16mm. The Port 
Henry material therefore runs about the size of the smaller Montreal 
specimens, though even the very small specimens from the Montreal 
area have very heavy shells. (See plate 1, figures 1-5.) 

Localities in the Champlain valley between these two areas show 
intermediate-sized specimens. At Willsboro the specimens tend to be 
chunky, short and broad. Only a few are at alllarge and the majority 
run rather small. Out of about:three hundred specimens only four — 
of the largest sizes were found and these range from only 25.5 mmx — 
12.8 mm to 28 mm x 13.5 mm. Average large specimens, about — 
ten out of the whole number, vary from 22 mm x 10.8 mm to 23 mm x 
12.8 mm; but the majority of the specimens measure as follows and 
smaller: 17.8 mm x 10 mm to 19.5 mm x 11.6 mm and 20.5 mm x 
11.4mm. At Port Kent, in about the same number of specimens, 
the shells run slightly larger. The largest sizes, though few in num- 
ber, are more numerous than in the Port Henry area and range 
from 25 mm x 12 mm or 13 mm to 29 mmx14.5mm. The average ~ 
large specimens vary from 22 mm x 13.7 mm and 22.6 mm x 11.6 mm 
to 23 mm x 12.6 mm and 24.8 mm x rz mm; but the majority of 
the shells run smaller: 18.4 mm x 11.7 mm to 21.7 mm x 11.6 mm. 
In this last group belong also shells which run longer, but are much 
narrower. This variation in the shape of the shells in the same ~ 
locality will be discussed later. At Valcour island the larger sizes 
are more abundant and the shells are much heavier again, approaching 
the condition found in the Montreal area. The species is more — 
abundant here than in any of the other localities and the specimens — 
collected are the largest found in the Champlain valley. The largest — 
specimens range from 28 mm x 17 mm and 29.5 mm x 14 mm to © 
34.5 mm xX 15.5 mm; the average specimens, and the most abundant, 
measure 22 mm xX 11.2 mm to 27.8 mm x 14.3 mm and 28 mm xX — 
13.5 mm. A large portion of the specimens are under 25 mm in ~ 
length, varying from 20mm to 25 mm. In the vicinity of Burlington 
fragments of a few specimens were found, insufficient for comparison; — 
at McBride Bay, South Hero, only three small specimens were 
found. Valcour island, therefore, is the most northern locality in 
the Champlain area at which specimens were found in numbers — 


_ Htely 15 miles to the inch, 


Normal marine 
waters 


Fresh-waters 


SAS 


SS 


"Woodworth and Fairchild fac Mewe Works (see 


Ae -~ = \ve . 


CPF ge eh UD) ed Nd itl Gro O 


ofa Ny 
Yy Gig 
Lyle GAS ee 
ZY LLYN 
Ly @ ee: 


Brackish waters 


Fresh-waters 


Vi; 
IEA 
B GG Y, 

YW 


dl 


jes 
SN 
SoS 
S 


4 


z 

—_ 

fT 
76° 


Map 2 Map of the Champlain sea showing the relative salinity of the different parts. 
bibliography). Boundaries in Canada more or less generalized and only approximately correct. 


Based upon maps by Coleman and Mather for Canada, Woodworth and Fairchild for New York (see 
Scale ,-a'ryy; approximately 15 miles to the inch. 


a he 


em 


a 


~ 
SA SS 


eiaq anst iff sets to Vithtitea ovitster bi} gaiwede ‘dod tinkqarel out to 10 
g bobilersnsty bol ie SNtlAD MAE? nf too RAB AOR! HR MGirgotidid. 


f 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 iy 


sufficient for making comparisons. In the Canadian area, in addition 
; to the Montreal material, specimens were collected at Ottawa and 
vicinity. At Ottawa only a few small specimens were found, 
_ decidedly not typical; but at Green’s creek, along the Ottawa river, 
_ 8 miles below Ottawa, more typical material was found, though 
not in great abundance. The shells found range from average-sized 
specimens with a length of 15 mm and width of 7 mm to the largest- 
- sized specimen with a length of 25 mm and width of 13.8 mm, giving 
_ measurements well under those for Montreal. 

Mytilus edulis was found only in small numbers south of 
Lapham Corners; and this is the most northern locality in the 
Champlain area from which the writer has shells for comparison. 
Specimens collected here number up to several hundreds: The 
largest specimens range from 38 mm x 20 mm to 45 mm x 20 mm 
and 43 mm x 25 mm. Sizes varying from 33 mm x 17 mm to 
4I mm x 18 mm are abundant, but a large part are smaller. The 
larger specimens in the case of this species are used for comparison, 
because I have only the larger, representative recent forms and in 
some localities only enough specimens have been found to make 
such a comparison. Recent forms from the New York coast range 
from 68 mm x 32.1 mm to 77.5 mm x 35.2 mm; from Cape May, 
68 mm xX 29.7 mm to 76.4 mm xX 35.3 mm. Specimens from Gay 
Head, of ‘average adult size for the locality and station” run 
somewhat smaller than those from the two preceding localities. 
The largest specimen at hand measures 68.3 mm x 30.7 mm. The 
larger Lapham Corners specimens run one-half to three-fifths and 
less the size of the largest recent specimens. No specimens have 
been obtained from the Montreal area. A specimen figured in 
“Geology of Canada” for 1863 (page 963) measures 40 mm x 
20.5 mm, but I should regard this as small for the area. (See plate 2, 
figures 1-3.) 

Farther south, at Port Kent, only about a dozen specimens at all 
complete were found. The largest specimens measure 52 (?) mm x 
27mm and 46 mm x 22 mm; the rest of the specimens range from 
32.5 mm x 18.5 mm to 43.7 mm x 27 mm. The largest specimens 
_ tun about three-fifths the size of the largest recent specimens; most 
_ of the other specimens run one-half, and less, that size. At Willsboro, 
_a short distance farther south, the shells are heavier than at Port 
_ Kent and, particularly, Lapham Corners. I think this is due to 
_ the fact that the limy layer has been dissolved away to a large 
extent in the specimens from the last-named places. As noted 
_ above, at Port Henry only small fragments were found, and these 
of rare occurrence. At Willsboro, compared with Saxicava 


178 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


rugosa and Macoma groenlandica, this species is 
relatively rare. Only a few shells are anywhere near perfect, and the 
larger shells are so broken that measurements can be only approximate 
or not taken at all. The largest specimens must have had a length 
of 45 mm to 52 mm and greatest width of 23 mm to 26mm. The 
rest of the specimens (not more than twenty-five collected in all, 
besides the fragments) range from 31.8 mm x 19.5 mm to 43 mm x 
23 mm, the majority running under 4omminlength. Thespecimens 
in general run from under one-half to about three-fifths the size 
of the recent specimens, with the exception of the two or three 
largest specimens. With the small number of specimens from this 
locality, it is difficult to make comparisons; but the material seems 
in general to run about the same as that from Port Kent and Lapham 
Corners. 

Mya arenaria, like Mytilus edulis, has been found 
in only a few localities, but the Pleistocene specimens from the 
Champlain area are so pronouncedly smaller and thinner than the 
recent and Montreal Pleistocene specimens that they deserve 
consideration here. Recent specimens from the New York coast 
and Portland, Maine, range from 76 mm x 45.2 mm to 89 mm x 
51.2 mm. Specimens from the shore of the bay at Ocean City 
run considerably smaller, those used in comparison ranging from 
64.2 mm x 39.5 mm to 69.6 mm x 42.2 mm. A large number of 
fragments were found at Montreal, but no whole specimens. The 
fragments show that the specimens were fully as heavy and must 
have been comparable in size to the typical, adult recent specimens. 
In “ Geology of Canada ’”’ for 1863 (page 963) is figured a specimen 
from the Montreal area measuring 85 mm x 50 mm, almost the size 
of the largest recent specimen here used (see plate 3). 

Pleistocene specimens of this species were collected at Cumberland 
Head (near Plattsburg); McBride bay, South Hero; and Valcour 
island. The two largest specimens out of a collection of several 
hundred specimens from Cumberland Head, measure 52 mm x 35 mm 
and 50mm x 31 mm. Other specimens range from 37 mm xX 25 mm 
to 44 mm x 30 mm. The majority of specimens have a length of 
40 mm or less, though quite a number range between 4o mm and 
44mminlength. The South Hero specimens are smaller, if anything, 
than those from Cumberland Head. The largest specimen in the 
collection of several hundred from this area measures 52 mm xX 33 mm. 
Typical specimens range from 31.3 mm x 18 mm to 44 mm x 29 mm, 
the larger number measuring less than 40 mmin length. This species 
is much less abundant at Valcour island. Much of the material 
collected is fragmentary and comparisons can be made on only 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 179 


- bout twenty-five specimens. The largest found measures 42 mm x 
27. 5mm. One fragmentary specimen, if complete, might be a little 
arger than this specimen, but there is not enough difference to count 
in the general run. Other specimens measured range from 33 mm x 
20.3 mm to 41 mm x 34.8 mm; and the fragmentary specimens 
‘seem to run about the same size. I should say that in general the 
Valcour island material runs about the same as the South Hero 
“material, with perhaps a smaller representation of the larger-sized 
“specimens. From the above measurements it is seen that the 
~Valcour specimens run one-half, and less, the size of the recent 
specimens; in the South Hero material, the largest specimen is 
_ about three-fifths the size of the largest recent specimen, and a large 
part of the average material is about one-half the size of recent 
‘specimens. At Cumberland Head the relations stand much the 
same, though the larger specimens here are more abundant. 

_ There is one other species, Cylichna alba, which occurs in 
_a dwarfed form in the Champlain valley. This species has been 
found only at Port Kent, and even there is relatively infrequent. 
_ About 115 specimens were found during the course of several days’ 
- collecting, all running much smaller than the Canadian specimens. 
_ The largest Port Kent shells are about one-half the size of those 
from Canada, the majority, however, are much smaller, ranging 
_ from two-fifths down to one-third the size of Canadian forms. (See 
plate 2, figures 8, 0.) 

Just as it is found in the Baltic, so here, together with the dwarfing 
of species goes a decreasing thickness of shell. The little 
te ylichna alba, just discussed, has a very thin shell, so thin 
q that even in working the specimens out of the sand with the point 
of a small knife-blade many were broken. Of the other shells, 
Bwolidia arctica, Macoma groenlandica and Mya 
-arenaria perhaps show the most noticeable changes. Yoldia 
arctica, through the Champlain area, from Port Kent southward, 
shows the same characteristics as Cylichna alba. The shells 
are of a paperlike thickness and very easily broken in collecting. 
_ For this reason most of those collected at Chimney Point, Vt., the 
“most southern locality, are in a fragmentary condition. Even the 
smaller specimens of Macoma groenlandica from the 
Montreal area are stoutly built and not easily crushed. Though 
there are slight variations in some localities, in general there is 
a gradual decrease in thickness of the shells of this species going 
‘southward, until at’ Crown Point even the largest shells are very 
easily crushed into numerous pieces between the fingers: At Cumber- 
land Head and South Hero the shells of Mya arenaria 


180 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


particularly were found in quantity and suggested a mass of broken 
eggshells, a resemblance which is further carried out by their extreme 
thinness and brittle character. The thinness of the shells of this 
species at these localities is in striking contrast to the specimens 
from Montreal and recent specimens. ‘The Montreal specimens are 
somewhat heavier even than the recent individuals and are three or 
four times as heavy as the specimens from the Champlain area, 
measuring even up to 2.6 mm, 3.5 mm, or even 4 mm, in thickness 
at the thickest part of the shell Saxicava rugosa shows 
extremely heavy shells, even among the smaller sizes, from the 
Montreal area (see plate 1, figures 4, 5). Some of them are much 
heavier than the recent forms from Barden bay, Greenland, but 
in general this species seems to have been less affected than the 
others as regards thickness of shell. Saxicava rugosa near 
Pebble Beach, south shore of Valcour island, is so abundant that 
shells can be collected by the hundreds in a very short time. Here 
the shells tend to run rather heavy, the largest ones approaching 
the Montreal specimens, which in their heaviest expression have 
a thickness of 2 mm to 2.5 mm and almost 3 mm in the thickest part 
of the shell. At Port Kent and southward the shells run thinner 


again, having their thinnest expression in the few specimens found | 


a few miles north of Port Henry. Here the thickness of the largest 
specimens is no more than .5 mm. There is not sufficient data to 
make similar comparisons for the specimens of Mytilus edulis 
found in the various localities. 

Walther (1920, p. 210) points out that brackish-water conditions 
are indicated also by insignificant constancy of form. This is shown 
to some degree by Macoma groenlandica and Saxt- 
cava rugosa, where the shells may be longer and narrower, or 
shorter and wider than normal or show gradations between these 
two forms. In Yoldia arctica from the Champlain area the 
modified form of the shell is very noticeable, as shown by figure 7, 
plate 2. In the recent forms and those from the Montreal and 
Ottawa areas, there is a pronounced posterior extension or wing, 
with subacute tip. The specimens from the Champlain area, Port 
Kent and southward, possess this posterior wing, but it is shorter 
and blunter, giving a squarish appearance to the posterior end of 
the shell; in a large proportion of the shells, the wing is so blunted 
at the tip that it is hardly recognizable as such. There are all 
gradations between these two types of forms, and except for these 
gradations the extreme forms of the Champlain area are so different 


from the typical form from the vicinity of Montreal and Ottawa — 


that one would be inclined to regard them as belonging to another 
species. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 181 


‘Pleistocene Fauna of the Hudson Valley and its Significance 


_ No fossils have been reported from the Pleistocene deposits of 
_ the Hudson valley south of Croton Point, either from the New York 
or New Jersey shores. The clays of the Hackensack region, New 
Jersey, might be attributed either to marine or lacustrine origin 
(Salisbury, p. 195, 200). The absence of fossils seems to be against 
the liypothesis of a bay of salt water. However, it is thought 
_ probable (ibid., p. 198) that such connections as the bay had with 
4 the ocean were perhaps outlets rather than inlets and the discharge 
of fresh water into the bay after the ice had left New Jersey must 
have been great. Under these conditions the waters of the bay 
q may not have been salt, or at least not normally salt, which would 
- account for the absence of marine life. 

' The most northern point at which Pleistocene 
_ fossils have been reported from the Hudson val- 
ley is at Storm King, 50 miles above New York 
(Shimer, p. 488, 489). The specimens were 
found in drilling a series of holes across the 
j Hudson bed and belong to only two species, 
 Mulinia lateralis (Say), of which hun- 
_ dreds of specimens were collected, and Trivia 
“trivittata Say, of which there were but 
_ few specimens collected. The fossils were found 
_ 620 feet out in the river from the Storm King 
shore, 40 feet below the bed of the river, which 
; is about 120 feet below the present river or sea 
level at that point. Shimer describes this ¥s 
a dwarf fauna which in the abundance of 
~Mulinia lateralis suggests Pleistoceen 
age. He points out that the Hudson today 
is brackish at Storm King and as far north as 
Poughkeepsie and that heavier sea water might 
still come up in sufficient amount to furnish a 
“marine habitat even under quite fresh sur— 
face conditions; but that it was not ascertained 
whether there are any marine forms in the 
_ present bed of the stream. Fairchild (1919, 
_ fp. 16) states that salt-water organisms pass up 
_the Hudson only to the Highlands. 

__ The two species found at Storm King liveat _ Fig. 2 Sketch map of 
“present off the New England and New Jersey Hudson iver valley 
coasts, innormal marine or but slightly freshened SEO SE soem a 


3 : a 2 where marine Pleistocene 
_ water; and in these localities are considerably fossils were found. 


182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


larger than the Pleistocene specimens. An average size for specimens 
of Trivia trivittata off the Massachusetts coast is two-thirds 
of an inch long by one-third of an inch greatest diameter; an average- 
sized fossil specimen is three-eighths of an inch long by a greatest 
diameter of three sixteenth of an inch. An average specimen of 
Mulinia lateralis from the New England coast has a length 
of nine-tenths of an inch and a width of six-tenths of an inch. One 
of the larger of the fossil specimens measured five-sixteenths of an 
inch by one-fourth of an inch. Shimer further points out: ‘“‘ The 
young shells off the coast are small, thin, with margins subequally 
rounded and beaks inconspicuous and nearly touching each other; 
this description applies to all of the Hudson River specimens. It 
does not seem probable, however, though possible, that so many 
shells could be gathered at random as was done by the drill without — 
getting some adults. The more probable explanations seems to be 
that these fossil individuals were living in an unfavorable environ- 
ment, a water less than normally saline, and through a constant 
sapping of vitality, were not able to attain large size”’ (p. 489). 
Recently a few specimens of Mulinia lateralis were collected 
at Croton Point about 20 miles south of Storm King.’ The largest 
one measured 11.9 mm x 8.5 mm (i. e. about seven and one-half 
sixteenths of an inch long); a smaller specimen measured 7.1 mm x 
5.3 mm (i. e. about four and one-half sixteenths of an inch long). 
The larger specimens from Storm King run somewhat smaller than 
the largest specimen from Croton Point, as one might expect in 
waters of decreasing salinity; but the latter is still only about one- 
half the size of average recent forms, under normal conditions. 

In the sandy layers at Croton Point, a few feet above the water’s 
edge, occurs a bed of oysters (Ostrea virginiana Lister), 
similar to the thick Saxicava beds found in some localities in 
the Champlain area and Canada. In one place the bed reaches 
a thickness of about 30 inches, but it quickly thins out and varies 
from 12 and 14 inches to about 6 inches; following around the point 
to the shore on the north side only a thin line of shells is found. — 
It has been popularly assumed that this bed of oysters represents — 
an Indian shell heap. Prof. A. W. Grabau, I understand, some 
years ago, in a paper which I have not been able to locate, describes — 
this occurrence of oyster shells as an oyster bed rather than a shell — 
heap’; and the evidence which I have collected seems to indicate the 

1 Woodworth (p. 187) afteran examination of this oyster bed concluded that 


ne oe were in a talus and derived from an old shell heap at the top of the 
ull. ‘ 


_ REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 183 


‘same thing. Some of the oysters in this bed are of very large size, 
but the majority of the shells belong to young forms, and there are 
a large number of very young forms, ‘‘ baby’’ oysters. Also asso- 
ciated with the oyster shells are a number of other marine species 
of shells: Mya arenaria Linn, Modiola demissus 
Spill), Mulinia lateralis (Say), and Alectrion 
movassa) obsoleta (Say)..Balanus crenatus. Brug. 
was collected here; but as that form occurs on the oyster shells, 
it is of no pape one in this connection. I have discussed this 
bed of shells found at Croton Point with the State Archeologist, 
Arthur C. Parker, and he believes that the conditions found there 
warrant the assumption that the occurrence is an oyster bed. 

Of the marine forms collected at Croton Point, all but the oysters 
are in too small numbers or too fragmentary to make comparisons 
as to size with typical marine forms. Mulinia lateralis we 
have discussed above as larger than the specimens from Storm 
King and smaller than the recent shore forms. The oysters occur 
in very large sizes and the largest specimens are quite massive; but 
this is a euryhaline form which thrives in water with diminished 
salt content (Walther, 1920, p. 210). 

_ A number of fresh-water gastropods were found to be of rather 
frequent occurrence in the oyster beds. They are Polygyra 
Mmeesuia (Say), Polygyra iraudulenta  (Pilsbry), 
-Eyrgomphala alternata (Say) and Planorbis sp? 
These species undoubtedly were carried in by streams. 

_ Ries (p. 594, pl. 14) reports sponge spicules from Croton Point; 
also five species of fresh-water diatoms. At Croton landing a number 
of impressions were found in the blue clay which were identified as 
worm tracks by Professor Hall. 

_ The Pleistocene fauna of the Hudson valley, as far as present 
knowledge goes, is very small; but I am of the belief that, with this 
problem in mind, more information can be obtained through further 
work along these lines. The present evidence, however, seems to 
‘lead to the same conclusions as were drawn for the Champlain 


New York, and none has been reported north, of this locality; (3) the 
two species found at Storm King represent a dwarf fauna, one of 
them, Mulinia lateralis, occurring in a dwarfed condition 
less. so, however) at Croton Point about 20 miles farther south. 


184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . 


Experiment in the laboratory and observation in the field — 


(information of Dr Raynor Lidén and Dr Ernest Anters) have shown 
that clay deposited in fresh water shows a laminated character that is 
not found in similar deposits laid down in very brackish or salt water. 
The Pleistocene clays in the vicinity of Albany and northward show 
this laminated character very beautifully, and it has been found in 
the clays of the Hudson valley extending as far south as Haverstraw 
(Ries, p. 577). This condition of the clays verifies what has already 
been indicated by the absence of marine fossils: that the Pleistocene 
waters of the Hudson valley were fresh or practically fresh north of 
Storm King. In contrast to this, nowhere in the Champlain area 
where marine fossils were found was this peculiar laminated character 
noted, which fact, together with the distribution and character of the 


fossils of this area, indicates that the Champlain sea extended in | 


a brackish condition, gradually freshened, to the vicinity of Crown 
Point station and that south of this area its waters were practi- 
cally fresh. 

Summary 


This study of collections made in the Champlain and St Lawrence _ 


valleys has led to the conclusion that the character of the Champlain 


Pleistocene fauna is due in large part at least to decreasing salinity 


southward in the waters of that time. 
The first part of this paper is given up to a discussion of con- 
ditions found in the Baltic sea and other freshened bodies of water. 


The Baltic sea shows a very striking decrease in salinity eastward — 


and in a large way the responses of the fauna to it. As the salinity 


of the water decreases from that normal for sea water, the fauna ’ 
changes from one typically marine to one in which only a few marine ~ 


groups are represented and finally to a fresh-water fauna. Each 


phylum is affected. The decrease in number of species eastward — 


is very rapid; the Baltic has been described as being faunistically 
divided into two basins, a western and an eastern, the former marked 
by a rich fauna, the latter by a strikingly impoverished one. Another 
striking change in the Baltic fauna is the dwarfing of the euryhaline 


forms. This has been noted among the worms, crustaceans, fishes, — 3 
but the best examples are found among the mollusks, notably © 


Mytilus edulis and Cardium edule. In addition to 


being dwarfed the shells become poor in lime, as exemplified by q 


Mytilus edwlis-and Macoma balthica’ "@rorme 


landica). Examples of dwarfing and decrease in thickness of | 
the shells (in the case of mollusks) due to freshening of sea water | 
have also been noted in the British estuaries, and in the Black and | 


Caspian seas. 


—— 


3 
: 
: 
| 
; 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 185 
i] 


A careful list, with localities, has been compiled of the Pleistocene 
invertebrate species collected and reported and these have been tabu- 
lated to show the distribution of the species from the sea (Labrador) 
to the southernmost locality (Crown Point station) from which 
they have been collected in the Champlain area. The total number 
‘of Pleistocene species reported from all localities is 183. Of this 
‘number, 89 have been collected from the vicinity of Montreal and 
25 from Ottawa and vicinity. So far as reported, only 32 of the 
total number of species entered the Champlain area, and of this 
number 7 are listed without localities. At Port Kent, about 4o 
miles north of the Crown Point area, only 13 species occur; from 
Burlington and vicinity, on the Vermont side, are reported 17 (—) 
species. There is a rapid decrease in species from this point south- 
ward: at Willsboro only 5 species occur (Saxicava rugosa, 
Macoma groenlandica, Mytilus edulis, Yoldia 
farctica, Balanus crenatus); a few miles north of 
Port Henry, 3 species (Macoma groenlandica, Saxi- 
cava rugosa, Mytilus edulis); just north of Chimney 
Point, Vt, 2 species (Macoma groenlandica, Yoldia 
-arctica); at Crown Point, 1 species (Macoma groen- 
landica). 
4 By comparison of specimens of the Pleistocene species of the 
‘Champlain area and Canada with recent representatives it has been 
found that the Champlain fauna is a dwarf fauna, the dwarfed 
character being well shown by 5 species: Macoma groen- 
landica, Saxicava rugosa, Mytilus edulis, Mya 
mrenatia and Yoldia arctica. In general, repre- 
sentatives of all these species show a gradual decrease in size south- 
ward. For example, in the caseof Macoma groenlandica, 
which extends farther south in the Champlain area than any other 
“species the largest shells from Crown Point are less than half the . 
size of the largest recent ones and less than three-fifths the size of 
the largest shells from the Montreal area. The average Crown 
Point shells are half, or less, the size of average recent shells and 
tk ee-fifths, or slightly over, the size of average Montreal specimens. 
‘Another species, Cylichna alba, occurs in a dwarfed form 
_ in the Champlain valley, but has only been found at Port Kent 
| and is there relatively infrequent. 
| Just as it is found in the Baltic, so here, along with the dwarfing 
Of species goes a decreasing thickness of shell. This is seen best 
Mea Cylichna alba, Yoldia arctica, Macoma 
“€roenlandica and Mya arenaria, but is also well 
Shown in Mytilus edulis and Saxicava rugosa. 


186 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The variability in form noted by Walther as characteristic of a 
fauna living under brackish-water conditions is shown in the various © 
Champlain localities to some degree by Macoma groenlan- 
dica and Saxicava rugosa; very strikingly by Yoldia 
Ai Gy bale ia: | 

The Pleistocene fauna of the Hudson valley is briefly considered, - 
but the data are meager. The evidence obtained, however, seems to — 
lead to conclusions similar to those arrived at for the Champlain area. 
The waters of the Pleistocene Hudson estuary were so freshened 
going northward that (1) only a few marine forms were able to 
advance into these waters at all; (2) so far as present knowledge 
goes only two species reached as far up as Storm King, 50 miles 
above New York, and none has been reported north of this locality; 
(3) the two species found at Storm King represent a dwarf fauna, 
one of them, Mulinia lateralis, occurring in a dwarfed 
condition (less so, however) at Croton Point about 20 miles farther 
south. 

It is recognized that clay deposited in fresh water shows a laminated — 
character not found in similar deposits in very brackish or salt 
water. The laminated character of the Hudson Valley clays, seen 
as far south as Haverstraw, and the absence of this peculiar laminated ~ 
character in any of the localities in the Champlain area where 
marine fossils were found, verifies what has already been indicated — 
by the distribution and character of the faunas of these areas: 
(1) that the Pleistocene waters of the Hudson valley were fresh, or 
practically fresh, north of Storm King; (2) that the Champlain 
sea extended in a brackish condition to Crown Point and that ~ 
south of this area its waters were fresh or practically fresh. 


Bibliography 


_ I Ami, Henri M. Additional Notes on the Geology and Paleontology of 
Ottawa and Its Environs. Ottawa Naturalist, 1892, 6:75 
2 Baldwin, S. Prentiss. Pleistocene History of the Champlain Valley. Amer. 
Geol., 1895, 13:170-84 
3 Coleman, A. P. Marine and Freshwater Beaches of Ontario. Bul. Geol. 
Soc. Amer., 1991, 12:129-46 R 
4 Dawson, Sir J. William. The Canadian Ice Age, Montreal, 1894, 
particularly, p. 58, 209-69 
5 Emmons, Ebenezer. Geology of New York. Surv. 2d Geol. Dist., 1842, 
Pp. 128, 283-85 ‘ai 
6 Fairchild, H. L. Postglacial Marine Watérs in Vermont. Rep’t Vt State 
Geol. for 1915-16, p. 3-6 
7 Pleistocene Marine Submergence of the Hudson, Champlain and 
St Lawrence Valleys, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 209-210, 1919 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 187 


8 Forbes, Edward. Natural History of the European Seas. London, 1859, 
88-90, 171, 201-15, 230, 231 
Grabau, A. W. Principles of Stratigraphy, New York, 1913, p. 1044-45, 


Io Jacobsen, O. Ueber den Salzgehat des Ostseewassers. Jahresbericht der 
mmission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchung der deutschen Meere in Kiel 
das Jahr 1871. 1873, 1:37-52 
11 Logan, Sir William E. Geology of Canada. 1863, p. 915-28, 963, 964 
32 Lull, R.S. Organic Evolution. 1917, p. 172 
_ 13 Mather, Kirtley F. The Champlain Sea in the Lake Ontario Basin. Jour. 
of Geol. 1917, 25:542-54 
14 Mobius, Karl. Die faunistischen Untersuchungen in der Ostsee im Jahre 
1871, auf der Expedition S. M. S. Pommerania. Der Zoologische Garten. 


das Jahr 1871. 1873, p. 97-144 
- 16 O’Connell, Marjorie. The Habitat of the Eurypterida. Bul. Buff. Soc. 
Nat. Sci., 1916, 11:70—-73 
17 Perkins, G. H. 6th Report of the Vermont State Geologist for 1907-8. 
The Pleistocene, p. 255, 256 
18 7th Report of the Vermont State Geologist for 1909-10. The 
Pleistocene, p. 55 
19 A General Account of the Geology of the Green Mountain Region. 
8th Report of the Vermont State Geologist for 1911-12. Pleistocene, p. 35-56 
_ 20 Pouchet, G. & de Guerne, J. Sur la faune pélagique de la mer Baltique 
et du golfe de Finlande. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de 
l’Academie des Sciences. 1885, 100: 919-21 
_ 21 Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 35, 1900, 
P- 572-95 

22 Salisbury, R.D. Glacial Geology of New Jersey. Geol. Surv. N. J., 1902, 


_ 23 Shimer, H. W. Dwarf Faunas. Amer. Nat., 1908, 42:472-90 
24 Walther, Johannes. LEinleitungin die Geologie als historische Wissenschaft 
I. Theil: Bionomie des Meeres. Jena 1893-94, p. 62-65 

25 Allgemeine Palaeontologie. .Geologische Fragen in biologischer 


GS widies UNE in Nitin a ee a. 
; a ¥ jae: : 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES 
PLATE 1 
180 


Saxicava rugosa Lam. (= arctica L.) 


Fig. 1 Recent specimen (right valve) from Barden bay, Greenland. 

Fig. 2 Outlines of right valves showing comparison in size of the largest Pleisto- 
cene specimens from various localities in Canada and New York with one of the 
largest recent specimens. a, recent, Barden bay; 6, Montreal; c, Valcour island; 
d, Port Kent; e, Willsboro; f, Ottawa vicinity; g, few miles north of Port Henry. 

Fig. 3 Similar outlines of average-sized specimens showing comparison with 
a medium-sized recent form. a, recent, Barden bay; b, Montreal; c, Valcour 
-island; d, Port Kent (Ottawa and vicinity about the same); e, Willsboro. 

Fig. 4, 5 Two specimens from Montreal showing the remarkable thickness of 
the shells. Both valves are weathered. 


Macoma groenlandica Beck (= balthica L.) 


Fig. 6 Recent specimen (left valve) from the New York coast. 

Fig. 7 Outlines of left valves showing comparison in size of the largest Pleisto- 
cene specimens from various localities in Canada and New York with one of the 
largest recent specimens. a, recent, South Amboy, N. J.; 6, Montreal; c, Port 
Kent (Burlington vicinity and Lapham Corners practically the same); d, Cumber- 
land Head (Port Henry practically the same); e, Willsboro (Valcour island 
and Essex practically the same); f, Chimney Point; g, Crown Point. 

Fig. 8 Similar outlines of average-sized specimens. a, recent, Cape May, 
N. J.; 6, Montreal; c, Valcour island (Burlington and Lapham Corners about 
the same); d, Cumberland Head; e, Port Kent (Willsboro, Essex, Port Henry 
practically the same); f, Chimney Point; g, Crown Point. 


190 


PLATE 1 


W. Goldring, del. 


ie 
i 


Mytilus edulis Linn. 


Fig. 1 Recent specimen (left valve) from Cape May, N. J. 

Fig. 2 Outlines of left valves showing comparison in size of the largest Pleisto- 
cene specimens from localities in New York with one of the largest recent 
specimens. a, recent, Cape May, N. J.; 6, Lapham Corners; c, Port Kent. 

Fig. 3 Similar outlines of average-sized specimens. a, recent New York coast; 
b, recent, Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard, Mass.; c, Lapham Corners; d, Port 
Kent (Willsboro about the same). 


Yoldia arctica Gray 


Fig. 4 Right valve of a large-sized recent specimen. 

Fig. 5 Outlines of right valves showing comparison in size of the largest 
Pleistocene specimens from localities in Canada and New York with one of 
the largest recent specimens. a, recent; b, Montreal; c, Ottawa; d, Burlington; 
e, Port Kent; f, Willsboro; g, Chimney Point. 

Fig. 6 Similar outlines of medium-sized valves. a, recent; 6b, Canada 
(Montreal); c, Port Kent; d, Port Kent (majority of specimens). Port Kent 
material is taken as typical of the Champlain specimens, because there are larger 
numbers to judge from. 

Fig. 7 Outline of right valves showing variation in shape of Pleistocene speci- 
mens. a, Ottawa; b,c, d, Port Kent. a and d represent the two extremes. 


Cylichna alba Brown 

Fig. 8 Pleistocene specimen from Canada (Dawson, Can. Ice Age, p. 244). 

Fig. 9 Outlines showing comparison in size of Canadian and Port Kent speci- 

mens. a, Canadian specimen; b, one of the largest Port Kent specimens; 
c, specimen representing the size of the majority of Port Kent forms. 


192 


W. Goldring, del. 


So) 


193 


Mya arenaria Linn. 


Fig. 1 Recent specimen (left valve) from the New York coast. 

Fig. 2 Outlines of left valves showing comparison in size of the largest 
Pleistocene specimens from localities in Canada and New York with one of the 
largest recent specimens. a, recent, New York coast; b, Canada (Geol. Can. 
1863, p. 963); c, Cumberland Head; d, McBride bay; e, Valcour island. 


194 


W. Goldring, del. 


PLATE 3 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 195 


New York State Museum 


Joun M. CLARKE, DIRECTOR 
PUBLICATIONS c, 


Packages will be sent prepaid except when distance or weight renders the 
ne impracticable. On 10 or more copies of any one bulletin 20% discount 
will be given. Editions printed are only large enough to meet special claims and 
obable sales. When the sale copies are exhausted the price for the few reserve 
copies is advanced to that charged by secondhand booksellers, in order to limit 
eir distribution to cases of special need. Such prices are inclosed in[{ ]. All 
lications are in paper covers, unless binding is specified. Checks or money 
yrders should be addressed and payable to The University of the State of New 
k. 
seum annual reports 1847—date. All in print to 1894, 50c a volume, 75c in 
oth; 1894-date, sold in sets only; 75c each for octavo volumes; price of quaric 
- volumes on application. 


These reports are made up of the reports of the Director, Geologist, Paleontologist, Botanist 
d Entomologist, and museum bulletins and memoirs, issued as advance sections of the reports. 


irector’s annual reports 1904— date. 


1904. 138p. 20c. Tor2. (Bul. 164) 214p. 5opl. 5oc. 
1905. 102p. 23pl. 30c. ; 1913. (Bul. 173) 158p. il. 29pl. 4oc. 
. ‘1906. 186p. 4Ipl. 25c. t914. (Bul. 177) 174p. il. 33pl. 45c. 

1907. (Bul. 121) 212p. 63pl. 50c. 1915. (Bul. 187) roz2p. il. 58pl. 5 maps. 5¢c. 
1908. (Bul. 133) 234p. 39pl. map. 4oc. 1916. (Bul. 196) 308p. il. 50pl. maps. 55c. 
1909. (Bul. 140) 230p. 41pl. 2 maps, 4 charts. 1917. (Bul. 207, 208) 211p. il. maps. 75c. . 
«Out of print 1918. (Bul. 219, 220) 309 p. il. 43 pl. 75c. 
_TQrO. (Bul. 149) 280p. il. 42pl. soc. 1919. (Bul. 227, 228) 146p. il. maps. 
torr. (Bul. 158) 218p. 4gpl. soc. 
_ These reports cover the reports of the State Geologist and of the State Paleontologist. Bound 
élscwith the museum reports of which they form a part. 


S2ologist’s annual reports 1881—date. Rep’ts 1, 3-13, 17—date, 8vo; 2, 14-16, 
 4to. 


In 1808 the paleontologic work of the State was made distinct from the geologic and was reported 
ately from 1899-1903. The two departments were reunited in 1904, and are now reported 

the Director’s report. 

he annual reports of the original Natural History Survey, 1837-41, are out of print. 

eports I-4, 1881-84, were published only in separate form. Of the 5th report 4 pages were 

Teprinted in the 39th museum report, and a supplement to the 6th report was included in the . 

40th museum report. The 7th and subsequent reports are included in the 41st and following 

useum reports, except that certain lithographic plates in the 11th report (1891) and 13th (1893) 

e omitted from the 45th and 47th museum reports. 

parate volumes of the following only are available. 


Report Price Report Price Report Price 
I2 (1892) $.50 I7 $.75 21 £.40 
14 75 18 75 22 -40 
15, 2v. ae I9 -40 23 -45 

6 I 20 . 50 [See Director’s annual reports] 


Paleontologist’s annual reports 1899—date. 
See first note under Geologist’s annual reports. 


Bound also with museum reports of which they form a part. Resor for 1899 and 1906 may 
aad for 20c each. Those for 1901-3 were issued as bulletins. In 1904 combined with the 
ctor’s report. 


tomologist’s annual reports on the injurious and other insects of the State 
_ of New York 1882-date. 
R eports 3-20 bound also with museum reports 40-46, 48-58 of ne they form a part. Since 


8 these reports have been issued as bulletins. Reports 3-4, 17 are out of print, other reports 
prices are: 


Report Price Report Price Report Price 
1 $1 13 ‘ Out of print 24 (Bul. 134) $.35 
2 .30 14 (Bul. 23) §$.20 25 ©. 141) P35 
5 55) IS (ee 31) 15 2602 14) aod) 
6 15 16( “ 36) 375) Zien ot55) .40 
7 20 18( “ 64) 20 28( “ 165) .40 
8 25 19( ¢ 76) .15 DON (Gees) .45 
9 .25 201G # 97) .40 30 ( “ 180) -50 

10 .35 21( “ 104) .25 31 ( “ 186) 35 
11 25 22( “ 110) 25 32 ( “ 198) .40 
1 = 525) 23 ( “ 124) 75 B38 202) 230 


196 


NEW YORK STATIS MUSEUM 


Botanist’s annual reports 1867-date. 


Bound also with museum reports 21-date of which they form a part; the first Botanist’s report 
appeared in the 21st museum report and is numbered 21. Reports 21-24, 29, 31-41 were not 
published separately. : 

Separate reports.for 1871-74, 1876, 1888-098 are out of print. Report for 1899 may be had 
for 20c; 1900 for 50c. Since 1901 these reports have been issued as bulletins. 

Descriptions and illustrations of edible, poisonous and unwholesome fungi of New York have 
also been published in volumes 1 and 3 of the 48th (1894) museum report and in yolume 1 of the 
49th (1895), 51st (1897), 52d (18098), 54th (1900), 55th (1901), in volume 4 of the 56th (1902), 
in volume 2 of the 57th (1903), in volume 4 of the 58th (1904), in volume 2 of the soth eee 
in volume I of the 60th (1906), in volume 2 of the 61st (1907), 62d (1908), 63d (1909), 64th (1910 
65th (1911), v. 2 of the 66th (1912) reports. The descriptions and illustrations of edible and 
unwholesome species contained in the 49th, 51st and 52d reports have been revised and rearranged, 


and, combined with others more recently prepared, constitute Museum Memoir 4. 


Museum bulletins 1887-date. 


ogy, mineralogy; 
(4) entomology. 


8vo. 


(1) geology, economic geology, paleontol- 
(2) general zoology, archeology, miscellaneous; (3) botany; 


Bulletins are grouped in the list on the following pages according to divisions. 
The divisions to which bulletins belong are as follows: 


I Zoology 59 Entomology 117 Archeology 
2 Botany 60 Zoology 118 Geology > 
3 Economic Geology 61 Economic Geology I19 Economic Geology 
4 Mineralogy 62 Miscellaneous 120.2 goa 
5 Entomology 63 Geology 121 Director’s report for 1907 
6 a 64 Entomology 122 Botany | 
7 Economic Geology 65 Paleontology 123 Economic Geology 
8 Botany 66 Miscellaneous 124 Entomology 
9 Zoology 67 Botany 125 Archeology 
Io Economic Geology 68 Entomology 126 Geology 
It . K 69 Paleontology 127 = 
12 i = 70 Mineralogy 128 a 
13 Entomology 71 Zoology 129 Entomology 
14 Geology 72 Entomology 130 Zoology 
I5 Economic Geology 73 Archeology 131 Botany | 
16 Archeology 74 Entomology 132 Economic Geology 
17 Economic Geology 75 Botany 133 Director’s report for 1908 
18 Archeology 76 Entomology 134 Entomology 
Ig Geology 77 Geology 135 Geology 
20 Entomology 78 Archeology 136 Entomology 
21 Geology 79 Entomology 137 Geology 
22 Archeology 80 Paleontology 138 
23 Entomology 81 Geology 139 Botany 
‘24 : 82 ns) 140 Director’s report for 1909 
25 Botany 83 . 141 Entomology 
26 Entomology 84 sabe 142 Economic Geology 
27 . 85 Economic Geology 143 ~ Zi 
28 Botany 86 Entomology 144 Archeology 
29 Zoology 87 Archeology 145 Geology 
30 Economic Geology 88 Zoology 146 
31 Entomology 89 Archeology 147 Entomology 
32 Archeology 90 Paleontology 148 Geology 
33 Zoology 91t Zoology 149 Director’s report for 1910 
34 Geology 92 Geology and Paleontology 150 Botany_ 
35 Economic Geology 93 Economic Geology 151 Economic Geology 
36 Entomology 94 Botany 152 Geology 
37 : 95 Geology 153 z 
38 Zoology 96 & 154 S 
39 Paleontology 97 Entomology I55 Entomology 
40 Zoology 98 Mineralogy 156 e 
41 Archeology 99 Geology 157 Botany ‘ 
42 Geology 100 Economic Geology 158 Director’s report for 1911 — 
43 Zoology tor Geology 159 Geology 
44 Economic Geology 102 Economic Geology 160 scien 
45 Geology and Paleontology 103 Entomology 161 Economic Geology 
46 Entomology 104 « 162 Geology 
47 5 105 Botany 163 Archeology 
48 Geology 106 Geology 164 Director’s report for 1912 
49 Paleontology 107 Geology and Paleontology 165 Entomology 
50 Archeology 108 Archeology 166 Economic Geology 
51 Zoology Io9 Entomology 167 Botany 
52 Paleontology 110 # 168 Geology 
53 Entomology I11 Geology 169 C 
54 Botany I1z2 Economic Geology 170 a 
55 Archeology 113. Archeology 171 a 
56 Geology 114 Geology Teer 
57 Entomology IIs £ 173 Director’s report for 1913 
58 Mineralogy 116 Botany 174 Economic Geology 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 1Q7 


175 Entomology 191 Geology 209-210 Geology 


176 Botany 192 211-212 

177 Director’s report for 1914 193 - 213-214 ws 
178 Economic Geology 194 Entomology 215-216 “ 

179 Botany 195 Geology 217-218 st 

180 Hatomology: 196 Director's report for 1916 219-220 Director’s report for 
_ 18r Economic Geology 197 Botany 1918 

182 Geology 198 Entomology 221-222 Paleontology 

183 <7 I99 Economic Geology 223-224 Economic Geology 

184 Archeology 200 Entomology 225-226 Geology 

185 Geology 201 Economic Geology 227-228 Director’s report for 

186 Entomology 202 Entomology | IQI9Q 

187 Director's report for 1915 203-204 Economic Geology 229-230 Geology 

188 Botany 205-206 Botany 231-232 Entomology 

189 Paleontology 207-208 Director’s report for 233-234 Botany 

190 Economic Geology IQI7 BERS Archeology 

237-23 


Bulletins are also found with the annual reports of the museum as follows: 
Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report 


I2-I5 48,v.1I 85 58, v. 2 I3I, 132 62, Vv. 2 I93 70, v. I 
16517 50) Vv. I 86 58,v.5 133 62, v.1 194 70, V. 2 
18,19 5I,v.1I 87-89 58,v.4 134 62, Vv. 2 195 70, Vv. I 
20-25 52,v.1 90 58, Vv.3 135 63, Vv. I 196 70, V. I 
26-31 53,v.1 91 58,v.4 136 By Wer: 197 Fi) say £3) 
32-34 54,V.1 92 58,v.3 137, 138 63h varE 198 70, Vv. 2 
35,36 54, Vv. 2 93 58, v. 2 139 63, Vv. 2 199 70, V. 2 
37-44 54, V.3 94 58,v.4 140 63, v. I 200 Te ee 
45-48 54,v.4 95,96 58,v.1 I4I-43 63, Vv. 2 201 Fike Arana 
49-54 55 97 58,v.5 144 64, v. 2 202 71, V. 2 
55 56, v. 4 98, 99 59,Vv.2 145, 146 64, v. I 203-4 Tis Niet 
56 56, v. I 100 59, v.1 147, 148 GARyen2 205-6 7D ae (2 
57 cots IOI 590, Vv. 2 49 vale 207-8 4I,V.1 
«+58 56, v. I 102 59,v.1 I50-54 64, Vv. 2 
59,60 56, v.3 103-5 59,V-2 155-57" 65, Vv. 2 
: 61 56, Vv. 1 106 59, v. 1 158-60 65, Vv. 1 Memoir 
; 62 56,v.4 107 60, v. 2 I61 65, Vv. 2 2 49, V. 3, and 50, v.2 
63 56, Vv. 2 108 60, v. 3 162 65,v.1 3,4 53, Vv. 2 
: 64 56, v. 3 I09, 110 60,v. 1 163 66, v. 2 5,6 7s Ves 
4 6 56, v. 2 IIl 60, v. 2 164 66, Vv. 1 7 57,V.4 
- 66,67 56,v.4 II2 60, v. I 165-67 66, v. 2 8, pt I 50, Vv. 3 
68 56,v.3 113 60, v. 3 168-70 66, v. I 8, pt 2 59,Vv.4 
; 69 56, Vv. 2 TI4 60, v. I I71-76 67 9, pt I 60, v. 4 
r FO 71s 575 Ve Eypt I II5 60, v. 2 177-80 68 9, pt 2 62, v.4 
- 72 57, V. I, pt 2 116 60, v. I I8t 60, v. 2 £0 60, Vv. 5 
73 57, V.2 117 60,v.3 182, 183 69, v. I II 61, v.3 
74 57, Vv. I, pt 2 Irs 60, v. I 184 60, v. 2 12, ptetter O36 vers 
B75 57, V.2 [19-21 (One iat 185 69, v. 1 12) ptr2y, OO. vars 
76 57, V.1I, pt 2 I22 6I, Vv. 2 186 69, v. 2 13 63, Vv.4 
77 57, V.I, ptI 123 61, v. 1 187 69, v. I I4,v.I 65,v.3 
78 57,V. 2 I24 6I, v. 2 188 69, v. 2 I4,v.2 65,v.4 
3 79 S7pWel, pt.2)° 125 62, Vv. 3 189 690, v. I Bis: VARA WNT 
: 80 57,V.I,ptI 126-28 62, v. 1 I90 69, v. 2 TS teVeee ee eMva Ss 
4 81,82 58,v.3 129 62, v. 2 IOL 70, v.1 
83,84 58,v.1 130 62, v. 3 I92 70, v.1 
4 aes figures at the beginning of each entry in the following list indicate its number as a museum 
bulletin. 
Geology and Paleontology. 14 Kemp, J. F. Geology of Moriah and West- 
port Townships, Essex Co., N. Y., with notes on the iron mines. 38p. il. 
7pl.2 maps. Sept. 1895. Free. 
19 Merrill, F. J. H. Guide to the Study of the Geological Collections of the 
_ New York State Museum. 164p. 119 pl. map. Nov. 1898. Out of print. 
f 21 Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Lake Placid Region. 24p. Ipl. map. Sept. 


1898. Free. 
34 Cumings, E. R. Lower Silurian System of Eastern Montgomery County; 
Prosser, C. S. Notes on the Stratigraphy of Mohawk Valley and Saratoga 


County, N. Y. 74p. 14pl.map. May rgoo. 165¢c. 
39 Clarke, J. M.; Simpson, G. B. & Loomis, F. B. Paleontologic Papers 1. 


72p. il. 16pl. Oct. 1900. 15¢. 


Contents: Clarke, J. M. A Remarkable Occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta Beds of 
the Chenango Valley, N. ¥ 
Paropsonema cryptophya; a Peculiar Echinoderm from the Intumescens-zone (Portage 
Beds) of Western New York. 
—— Dictyonine Hexactinellid Sponges from the Upper Devonic of New York. 
—— The Water Biscuit of Squaw Island, Canandaigua Lake, N. Y. 
Simpson, G. B. Preliminary Descriptions of New Genera of Paleozoic Rugose Corals. 
Loomis, F. B. Siluric Fungi from Western New York. 


IL SE meer re _‘_ la Os OT erthlhUCCr_ Orr...’ 


198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


42 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Hudson River Beds near Albany and Their Taxo- 


nomic Equivalents. 116p. 2pl.map. Apr. 1901. 25¢c. 


45 Grabau, A. W. Geology and Paleontology of Niagara Falls and Vicinity. 


286p. il. 18pl. map. Apr. 1901. 65c; cloth, goc. 


48 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of Nassau County and Borough of 


Queens. 58p.il. 8pl.map. Dec. 1901. Out of print. 


49 Ruedemann, Rudolf; Clarke, J. M. & Wood, Elvira. Paleontologic Papers 


2. 240p.13pl. Dec. 1901. Out of print. 


Contents: Ruedemann, Rudolf. Trenton Conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill. 


Clarke, J: M. Limestones of Central and Western New York Interbedded with Bituminous 


Shales of the Marcellus Stage. 
Wood, Elvira. Marcellus Limestones of Lancaster, Erie Co., N. Y. 
Clarke, J. M. New Agelacrinites. 


New York, Ireland and the Rhineland. 


52 Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist 1901. 28op. il. 
map. Itab. July 1902. 4oc. 

56 Merrill, F. J. H. Description of the State Geologic Map of 1go1. 
2 maps, tab. Nov. 1902. Out of print. 


Value of Amnigenia as an Indicator of Fresh-water Deposits during the Devonic of 


Topl. 
42p. 


63 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Stratigraphy of Canandaigua and Naples. 


Quadrangles. 78p. map. June 1904. 25c. 


65 Clarke, J. M. Catalogue of Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in the 


New York State Museum. 848p. May 1903. $1.20, cloth. 


69 Report of the State Paleontologist-1902. 464p. 52pl. 7 maps. Nov. 
1903. $1, cloth. 

77 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer Co. 98p. 
il. 15pl.2 maps. Jan. 1905. 30c. 

80 Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist 1903. 396p. 29pl. 
2 maps. Feb. 1905. 85¢c, cloth. 

81 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Watkins and Elmira Quadrangles. 32p. 
map. Mar. 1905. 25c. : 

82 Geologic Map of the Tully Quadrangle. .40p. map. Apr. 1905. 20c. 

83 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of the Mooers Quadrangle. 62p- 
25pl.map. June 1905. 25¢c. 

84 —— Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson Valleys. 206p. 


il. rrpl. 18 maps. July 1905. 45c. 


go Ruedemann, Rudolf. Cephalopoda of Beekmantown and Chazy Forma- 


tions of Champlain Basin. 224p. il. 38pl. May 1906. 75¢c, cloth. 


92 Grabau, A. W. Guide to the Geology and Paleontology of the Schoharie 


Region. 314p. il. 26pl. map. Apr. 1906. Out of print. 

95 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Northern Adirondack Region. 188p. 
3 maps. Sept. 1905. Out of print. 

96 Ogilvie, I. H. Geology of the Paradox Lake Quadrangle. 54p. il. 
map. Dec. 1905. Out of print. 

99 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Buffalo Quadrangle. 32p. map. 
1906. 20c. 

ror —— Geology of the Penn Yan-Hammondsport Quadrangles. 28p. 
July 1906. Out of print. 


106 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Erie Basin. 88p. 14pl. 9 maps. © 


Feb. 1907. Out of print. 


107 Woodworth, J. B.; Hartnagel, C. A.; Whitlock, H. P.; Hudson, G. H.; 
388p. 


Clarke, J. M.; White, David & Berkey, C. P. Geological Papers. 
54pl. map. May 1907. 9goc, cloth. 


Contents: Woodworth, J. B. Postglacial Faults of Eastern New York. 
Hartnagel, C. A. Stratigraphic Relations of the Oneida Conglomerate. 


Whitlock, H. P. Minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clinton Co. 

Hudson, G.H. On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy Limestone of New York. 
Clarke, J. M. Some New Devonic Fossils. 

An Interesting Style of Sand-filled Vein. Chae 

— Eurypterus Shales of the Shawangunk Mountains in Eastern New York. 


I5pl. 


17pl. @ 
May — 


map. 


Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Formations of the Skunnemunk Mountain Region. 


White, David. A Remarkable Fossil Tree Trunk from the Middle Devonic of New York. 
Berkey, ©. P. Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of the Highlands. 


111 Fairchild, H. L. Drumlins of New York. 60p. 28pl. 19 maps. 
1907. Out of print. 


July 


leit 


Oe 


ee ee ee ee ee ee 


hie 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q20—21 199 


114 Hartnagel, C. A. Geologic Map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach Quad- 
tangles. 36p. map. Aug. 1907. 20c. 

115 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Long Lake Quadrangle. 88p. 2opl. 
map. Sept. 1907. 25c. 

18 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Geologic Maps and Descriptions of the 
Portage and Nunda Quadrangles including a map of Letchworth Park. s5op. 
 16pl. mes Jan. 1908. 35¢c. 

126 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Remsen Quadrangle. 54p. il. r1pl. map. 
Jan. 1909. 25¢. 

127 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in Central New York. 64p. 27pl. 15 
‘maps. Mar. 1909. Out of print. 

128 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Geneva-Ovid Quadrangles. 44p. map. 
_ Apr. 1909. 20c. 

135 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Port Leyden Quadrangle, Lewis County, 
Seen. Y. 62p.il. 11pl. map. Jan. 1910. 25¢c. 

137 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Auburn-Genoa Quadrangles. 36p. map. 
"Mar. I9I0O. 20c. 
138 Kemp, J. F. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Geology of the Elizabethtown and 
Port Henry Quadrangles. 176p. il. 2opl.3 maps. Apr. 1910. Out of print. 
145 Cushing, H. P.; Fairchild, H. L.; Ruedemann, Rudolf & Smyth, C. H. 
Geology of the Thousand Islands Region. t194p. il. 62pl. 6 maps. Dec. 
- 1910. $1, cloth. 

146 Berkey, C. P. Geologic Features and Problems of the New York City 
(Catskill) Aqueduct. 286p. il. 38pl. maps. Feb. 1911. 75c; $1, cloth. 

4 148 Gordon, C. E. Geology of the Poughkeepsie Quadrangle. 122p. il. 26pl. 
Pemap: Apr. IQII. 30c. 

152 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Honeoye Wayland Quadrangles. 3o0p. 
map. Oct. IQII. 20. 

153 Miller, William J. Geology of the Broadalbin Quadrangle, Fulton-Saratoga 
- Counties, New York. 66p. il. 8pl. map. Dec. 1911. 25c. 

154 Stoller, James H. Glacial Geology of the Schenectady Quadrangle. 44p. 
gpl. map. Dec. 1911. 20c. 

159 Kemp, James F. The Mineral Springs of Saratoga. 8op. il. 3 pl. Apr. 
I9I2. I5¢. 

160 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Black and Mohawk Valleys. 48p. 
il. 8pl. 14 maps. May 1912. 5o0c. 

162 Ruedemann, Rudolf. The Lower Siluric Shales of the Mohawk Valley. 
_ 52p.il. r5pl. Aug. 1912. 35c. 

168 Miller, William J. Geological History of New York State. 130p. 43pl. 
- iOmaps. Dec. 1913. 40c. 

_ 169 Cushing, H. P. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Geology of Saratoga Springs and 
Vicinity. 178p.il. 2opl.map. Feb. 1914. 4oc. 

170 Miller, William J. Geology of the North eee Quadrangle. gop. il. 14pl 
_ Feb. 1914. 25¢. 

171 Hopkins, T. C. The Geology of the Syracuse Quadrangle. 8op. il. 2opl. 
map. july 1914. 25¢. 

~ an Luther, D. D. Geology of the Attica and Depew Quadrangles. 32p. map. 
‘ ug. 1914. 5c. 

182 Miller, William J. The Geology of the Lake Pleasant Quadrangle. 56p. 
Sel topl. map. Feb. 1916. 25¢. 

183 Stoller, James H. Glacial Geology of the Saratoga Quadrangle. 5op. il. 
_ I2pl.map. Mar. 1, 1916. 25¢. 

185 Martin, James C. “The Precambrian Rocks of the Canton Quadrangle. 
_I12p. il. 2opl. map. May I, 1916. 30c. 

189 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Paleontologic Contributions from the New York 
_ State Museum. 225p.il. 36pl. Sept. 1916. 5o0c. 

~191t Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Vicinity of Ogdensburg. 64p. il. 6pl. map. 
Nov. 1916. 25¢. 

192 Miller, William J. Geology of the Blue Mountain Quadrangle. 68p. il. 
 Itpl.map. Dec. 1916. 25c. 

193 —— The Adirondack Mountains. 97p. il. 30pl.2 maps. Jan. 1917. 35¢c. 
195 Fairchild, H. L. Postglacial Features of the Upper Hudson Valley. 22p. 
‘map. Mar. I, I917. 25¢. 


200 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . 


209-210 Fairchild, H. L. Pleistocene Marine Submergence of the Hudson, 
Champlain and St Lawrence Valleys. 75p. il. 25pl. maps. May—June 1918. 


Soc. * 
211-212 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Lake Placid Quadrangle. tog4p. il. 23pl. 
map. July—Aug. 1918. 365¢c. 4 
213-214 Geology of the Schroon Lake Quadrangle. to2p. il. 14pl. map, 
Sept.— Oct. 1918. 35c. 
215-216 Stoller, J. H. Glacial Geology of the Cohoes Quadrangle. 4g9p. il. 
2pl. map. Nov.—Dec. 1919. 25¢. q 
217-218 Chadwick, George H. Paleozoic Rocks of the Canton Quadrangle. 
6op. il.r20l. map. Jan.—Feb. 1919. 35¢c. 
221-222 Clarke, John M. Organic Dependence and Disease. Their origin and 
significance. 
225-226 Berkey, C. P. & Rice, Marion. Geology of the West Point Quad- 
rangle. 152p. 56pl. map. Sept.—Oct. 1919. 
229-230 Kemp, James F. Geology of the Mount Marcy Quadrangle. 86p.25pl. 
map. Jan._Feb. 1920 
Miller, W. J. Geology of the Lyon Mountain Quadrangle. Prepared. 
Crosby, W. O. Geology of Long Island. Jn preparation. 
Luther, D. D. Geology of the Phelps Quadrangle. In preparation. 
Geology of the Eden-Silver Creek Quadrangles. Prepared. 
Geology of the Brockport-Hamlin and Albion-Oak Orchard Quadrangles.” 
Prepared. 
—— Geology of the Medina-Ridgeway and Lockport-Olcott Quadrangles. 
Prepared. 
—— Geology of the Caledonia-Batavia Quadrangles. Prepared. j 
Ruedemann, R. The Utica and Lorraine Formations of New York. Prepared. 
Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Gouverneur Quadrangle. Prepared. ‘ 
Kemp, James F. &-Alling, H. L. Geology of the Ausable Quadrangle. Pre- 
pared. 
Smyth, C. H. jr & Buddington, A. F. Geology of the Lake Bonaparte Quad- 
tangle. ‘Prepared. 4 
Miller, W. J. Geology of the Russell quadrangle. Prepared. 
Cook, J. H. Surface Geology of the Albany-Berne Quadrangles. Prepared. 
Buddington, A. F. Geology of the Lowville Quadrangle. Prepared. 
Fairchild, H. L. Evolution of the Susquehanna River. Prepared. 


Economic Geology. 3 Smock, J. C. Building Stone in the State of New York. 
154p. Mar. 1888. 3oc. 

First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State of 
New York. 78p. map. June 1889. 25c. 

bao) Building Stone in New York. 210p. map. tab. Sept. r890. 4o0c. 

tr Merrill, F. J. H. Salt and Gypsum Industries of New York. 94p. 12pl. 
2 maps. 11 tab. Apr. 1893. 50c. q 

12 Ries, Heinrich. Clay Industries of New York. 174p. il. Ipl. map. Mar. 


7 


1895. 30c. 
15 Merrill, F. J. H. Mineral Resources of New York. 240p. 2 maps. Sept. 
1895. _[50c] 
17 Road Materials and Road Building in New York. 52p. 1r4pl. 2 maps. 


Oct. 1897. 15c: 
30 Orton, Edward. Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York. 136p. il. 
3 maps. Nov.1899. I65¢c. 
35 Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York; Their Properties and Uses. 456p. 
140pl. map. June 1900. Out of print. a 
Lime and Cement Industries of New York; Eckel, E. C. Chapters on 
the Cement Industry. 332p. rorpl. 2 maps. Dec. 1901. 85¢c, cloth. 
61 Dickinson, H. T. Quarries of Bluestone and Other Sandstones in New 
York. 114p. 18pl.2 maps. Mar. 1903. 35c. 
85 Rafter, G. W. Hydrology of New ee State. go2p. il. 44pl. 5 maps. 
May 1905. $1.50, cloth. ; 
93 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New. York. 78p. July ye 
1905. Out of print. 
too McCourt, W. E. Fire Tests of Some New York Building Stones. 4op. | 
26pl. Feb. 1906. I5¢. - 


f. a 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 201 


2 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1905. 162p. 
e 1906. Out of print. 

Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1906. 82p. July 1907. 
Out of print. 

& Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Adirondack Magnetic Iron Ores with a 
Report on the Mineville-Port Henry Mine Group. 184p. 14pl. 8 maps. 
_ Apr. 1908. 35¢c. 

120 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1907. 82p. 
July 1908. 15¢. 

123 & Hartnagel, C. A. Iron Ores of the Clinton Formation in New York 
| State. 76p. il. 14pl. 3 maps. Nov. 1908. 25¢. 

+132 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1908. 98p. 
July 1909. I5c. 

142 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York for 1909. 98p. Aug. 1910. 
5c. 

143 Gypsum Deposits of New York. 94p. 2opl. 4 maps. Oct. I910. 35¢. 
“151 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New Yorki1g1o0. 82p. JuneIgII. I5c. 


11g 


161 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York Igit. 114p. July 1912. 20c. 
166 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1912. 114p. Aug. 1913. 
20¢. 


“174 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1913. I1Ip. Dec. 1914. 
ee 20c. 

178 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1914. 88p. Nov. 1915. 1I5¢c. 
‘181 —— The Quarry Materials of New York. 212p. 34pl. Jan. 1916. 4oc. 
190 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1915. 92p. Oct. 1916. I5¢c. 
-— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York (see Mus. Bul. 196). 

199 Alling, Harold L. The Adirondack Graphite Deposits. 1150p. il. July 1, 
SerH17.. 30C. 

zor Smyth, C. H. jr. Genesis of the Zine Ores of the Edwards District, St 
‘Lawrence County, N. Y. 32p. 12pl. Sept..1, 1917. 20¢. 

203-204 Colony, R. J. High Grade Silica Materials for Glass, Refractories 
and Abrasives. 31p.il. Nov.—Dec. 1917. 15¢c. : 

223-224 Newland, D.H. The Mineral Resources of the State of New York. 
 315p.il. 3 maps. July-August 1919. 5o0c. 

he Iron Regions of Orange and Putnam Counties. Prepared. 
‘Mineralogy. 4 Nason, F. L. Some New York Minerals and Their Localities. 
22p.Ipl. Aug. 1888. Free. 

58 Whitlock, H. P. Guide to the Mineralogic Collections of the New York 
State Museum. 1 5op. il. 39pl. 11 models. Sept. 1902. 40c. 

“70 New York Mineral Localities. 1top. Oct. 1903. 20c. 

98 —— Contributions from the Mineralogic Laboratory. 38p. 7pl. Dec. 
— 1905. Out of print. 


‘Zoology. 1 Marshall, W. B. Preliminary List of New York Unionidae. 2op. 
Mar. 1892. Free. 
9 —— Beaks of Unionidae Inhabiting the Vicinity of Albany, N. Y. 3op. ipl. 
_ Aug. 1890. Free. 
29 Miller, G. S. jr. Preliminary List of New York Mammals. 124p. Oct. 
‘a 1899. 5c. 
} Farr, M.S. Check List of New York Birds. 224p. Apr. 1900. 25¢c. 
3 38 Miller, G.S. jr. Key to the Land Mammals of Northeastern North America. 
106p. Oct. 1900. I5c. 
4 0 Simpson, G. B. Anatomy and Physiology of Polygyra albolabris and Limax 
Maximus and Embryology of Limax maximus. 82p. 28pl. Oct. Igo0I. 25c. 
, y Kellogg, J. L. Clam and Scallop Industries of New York. 36p. 2pl. map. 
Apr. 1901. Free. 
$1 Eckel, E. C. & Paulmier, F. C. Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians of New 
York. 64p. il. tpl. Apr. 1902. Out of print. 
: g ekel, E. C. Serpents of Northeastern United States. 
Paulmier, F.C. Lizards, Tortoises and Batrachians of New York. 
60 ae T. H. Catalozue of the Fishes of New York. 784p. Feb. 1903. $1, 
cloth. 


202 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


71 Kellozg, J. L. Feeding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria. 30p 4pl. 
Sept. 1903. Free. 

88 Letson, Elizabeth J. Check List of the Mollusca of New York. 116p. May 
1995. 20c. A ] 

ot Paulmier, F. C. . Higher Crustacea of New York City. 78p. il. June 1905. 
200. 

130 Shufeldt, R. W. Osteology of Birds. 382p. il. 26pl. May 1909. 50c. 


Entomology. 5 Lintner, J. A. White Grub of the May Beetle. 34p. il. Noy. 
1888. Free. 

6 —— Cut-worms. 38p.il. Nov. 1888. Free. ; 

13 —— San José Scale and Some Destructive Insects of New York State. 54p. 
7pl. Apr. 1895. 15¢. 

20 Felt, E. P. Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 5pl. June 1898. 
Free. 


See 57. 

23 —— 14th Report of the State Entomolozist 1898. 1150p. il. gpl. Dec. 1898. 
20¢. 

24 —— Memorial of the Life and Entomologic Work of J. A. Lintner Ph.D. 
State Entomologist 1874-98; Index to Entomologist’s Reports 1-13. 316p. 
Epis Oct. 1899!) 35e. 

Supplement to 14th report of the State Entomologist. 


26 —— Collection, Preservation and Distribution of New York Insects. 36p. 
il. Apr. 1899. Out of print. 
Shade Tree Pests in New York State. 26p. il. 5pl. May 1899. Out of 


27 
print. 

31 —— 15th Report of the State Entomologist 1899. 128p. June 1900. I5¢c. 

36 —— 16th Report of the State Entomologist 1990. 118p. r6pl. Mar. 
IQ0I. 25¢. 

37 Catalogue of Some of the More Important Injurious and Beneficial 
Insects of New York State. 54p. il. Sept. 1900. Free. 

46 Scale Insects of Importance and a List of the Species in New York State. 
g4p. il. r5pl. June 1901. 25¢c. 

47 Needham, J. G. & Betten, Cornelius. Aquatic Insects in the Adirondacks. 
234p. il. 36pl. Sept. 1901. 45¢c. 

53 Felt, E. P. 17th Report of the State Entomologist 1901. 232p.il.6pl. Aug. 
1902. Out of print. ; 

Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 8pl. Aug. 1902. Out of 


CY pe 
print. 


This s a revision of Bulletin 20 containing the more essential facts observed since that was 
prepared. 


59 Grapevine Root Worm. 4op. 6pl. Dec. 1902. 165¢. 
See 72. 
64 —— 18th Report of the State Entomologist 1992. 110p. 6pl. May 1993. 


20¢. 

68 Needham, J. G. & others. Aquatic Insects in New York. 322p. 52pl. Aug. 
1903. 80c, cloth. 

72 Felt, E. P. Grapevine Root Worm. 58p. 13pl. Nov. 1993. 20c. 


This is a revision of Bulletin 59 containing the more essential facts observed since that was 


prepared. 

74 & Joutel, L.H. Monograph of the Genus Saperda. 88p. 14pl. June 
1904. Out of print. 

76 Felt, E. P. 19th Report of the State Entomologist 1903. 150p. 4pl. 1904. 
5c. 


79 Mosquitoes or Culicidae of New York. 164p. il. 57pl. tab. Oct. 1904. 
Out of print. 

86 Needham, J. G. & others. May Flies and Midges of New York. 352p. 
il. 37pl. June 1905. 80c, cloth. 

97 Felt, E. P. 20th Report of the State Entomologist 1994. 246p. il rgpl. 
Nev. 1905. Out of print. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I920—21 203 


3 —— Gipsy and Brown Tail Moths. 44p. 1opl. July 1906. Out of print. 
—— 21st Report of the State Entomologist 1905. 1I44p. tIopl. Aug. 1906. 


5c. 
109 —— Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle. 34p. 8pl. Mar. 1907. Out of 
110 —— 22d Report of the State Entomologist 1906. 152p. 3pl. June 1907. 


3 25¢. 

124 —— 23d Report of the State Entomologist 1997. 542p. il. 44pl. Oct. 
1908. 75¢. 

129 —— Control of Household Insects. 48p. il. May 1909. Out of print. 

f 34 —— 24th Report of the State Entomologist 1908. 208p. il. 17pl. Sept. 


' 1909. 35¢. 
=30 —— Cael of Flies and Other Household Insects. 56p. il. Feb. 1910. 15c 


‘This i sf a revision of Bulletin 129 containing the more essential facts observed since that was 

prepare 

141 Felt, E. P. 25th Report of the State Entomologist 1909. 178p. il. 22p1- 
july 1910. 35c. 

I 147 —— 26th Report of the State Entomologist 1910. 182p. il. 35pl. Mar 

IQII. 35¢. 

155 —— 27th Report of the State Entomologist 1911. 198p. il. 27pl. Jan. 912. 


= ae Leaf Beetle and White-Marked Tussock Moth. 35p. 8pl. Jat. 
| Bae 28 28th Report of the State Entomologist 1912. 266p. 14pl. July r9r3. 
a 29th Report of the State Entomologist 1913. 258p. 1691. April 1915, 
—— 30th Report of the State Entomologist LO14. . 3386p) il top Jan: 
ae Pict Report of the State Entomologist 1915. 215p. il. r8pl. June 1, 
- 1916. 35¢. 


1904 Household and Camp Insects. 84p. il. Feb. 1, 1917. 15¢. 

I 98 —— 32d Report of the State Entomologist 1916. 276p. US ple june 1, 
1917. 40. 

_200 —— Key to American Insect Galls. 310p. il. 16pl. August 1917. Out of 


print. 

202 33d Report of the State at erot cick 1917. 240p. il. r2pl. 35c. 
231-232—34th Report of the State Entomologist for 1918. 288p. il. 2opl. 
Betten, Cornelius. Report on the Aquatic Insects of New York. In press. 


. 


Botany. 2 Peck, C. H. Contributions to the Botany of the State of New York’ 
_ 72p. 2pl. May 1887. 20¢c. 
8 —— Boleti of the United States. 98p. Sept. 1889. Out of print. 
25 —— Report of the State Botanist 1898. 76p. 5pl. Oct. 1899. Out of print. 
i 20C. 
* 28 —— Plants of North Elba. 206p.map. June 1899. 20c. 
«54 Report of the State Botanist 1901. 58p.7pl. Nov. 1902. 4oc. 

67 —— Report of the State Botanist 1902. 196p. 5pl. May 1903. 5o0c. 
75 —— Report of the State Botanist 1903. 7op. 4pl. 1904. 40c. 

4 Report of the State Botanist 1904. 60p. 1o0pl. July 1905. 4oc. 
Report of the State Botanist 1905. 1I08p. 12pl. Aug. 1906. 50c. 
Report of the State Botanist 1906. 120p. 6pl. July 1907. 35c. 
Report of the State Botanist 1907. 178p. 5pl. Aug. 1908. 4oc. 
Report of the State Botanist 1908. 202p. 4pl. July 1909. 4oc. 
Report of the State Botanist 1909. 116p. 1opl. May 1910. 45¢c. 
Report of the State Botanist 1910. oop. 5pl. May IgiI. 30c. 
Report of the State Botanist 1911. 140p. 9pl. Mar. 1912. 35¢c. 
Report of the State Botanist 1912. 138p. 4pl. Sept. 1913. 30c. 
Report of the State Botanist 1913. 78p.17pl. June 1915. 20¢. 
Report of the State Botanist 1914. 108p.1pl. Dec. 1915. 20¢. 

188 Breoacc, H. D. Report of the State Botanist 191 5+ 118p. il. gpl. Aug. 1, 


204 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


197 --— Report of the State Botanist 1916. 122p. I1pl. May 1, 1917. 30 o 
205- 206 Report of the State Botanist 1917. 169p. 23pl. Jan. —Feb. 1918. 
50c. a 
——— — —Report of-the State Botanist for 1918 published in the annual 
report of the’ Director for 1918 (Mus. Bul. 219-220). 
233-234—-—Report of the State Botanist for 1919. 73p. 1pl. May-June 1920. 


Archeology. 16 Beauchamp, W. M. Aboriginal Chipped Stone Implements of 

New York. 86p. 23pl. Oct. 1897. Out of print. ‘ 
18 Polished Stone Articles Used by the New York Aborigines. 104p. 35cl 
Nov. 1897. 25¢c. 


22 Earthenware of the New York Aborigines. 78p. 33pl. Oct. 1898. 25¢c. 

32 Aboriginal Occupation of New York. 190p. 16pl. 2 maps. Mar. 1900 
30¢. 4 

41 Wampum and Shell Articles Used by New York Indians. 166p. 28pl. 


Mar. 1901. Out of print. 
Horn and Bone Implements of the New York Indians. 112p. 43pl. Mar. 
1902. Out of print. 
Metallic Implements of the New York Indians. 94p. 38pl. June 1902. 
Out of print. ' 
Metallic Ornaments of the New York Indians. 122p. 37pl. Dec. 1903. 
Out of print. . 
History of the New York Iroquois. 340p. 17pl. map. Feb. 1905, 
Out of print. 

Perch Lake Mounds. 84p. 12pl. Apr. 1905. 200. 
oe Use of Wood in New York. Igop. 35pl. June 1905. Out of 


50 
55 


78 


— Aboriginal Place Names of New York. 336p. May 1907. Out of 
print. 4 
113 —— Civil, Religious and Mourning Councils and Ceremonies of Adoption. 
118p. 7pl. June 1907. =25¢. 
117 Parker, A. C. An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site. 1o2p. 38pl. Dec. 
1907. 30C. . 
125 Converse, H. M. & Parker, A. C. Iroquois Myths and Legends. 1g96p. 
il. r1pl. Dec. 1908. 5oc. 
144 Parker, A.C. Iroquois Uses of Maize and Other Food Plants. 120p. il. 31pl. 
Nov. 1910. Out of print. 
163 —— The Code of Handsome Lake. 144p. 23pl. Nov. 1912. 25c. 
184 The Constitution of the Five Nations. 158p. 8pl. April1, 1916. 30c. 
235-236——- The Archeologic History of the State of New York. Part f. 
470p. 142pl. July-August 1920. q 
237-238——The Archeologic History of the State of New York. Part 2. Pp. 
pl. Sept.Oct. 1920. $1.75 for parts 1 & 2. 


Miscellaneous. 62 Merrill, F. J. H. Directory of Natural History Museums 
in United States and Canada. 236p. Apr. 1903. 30c. 4 

66 Ellis, Mary. Index to Publications of the New York State Natural Histo: y 
ey and New York State Museum 1837-1902. 418p. June 1903. 75¢, 
cloth. 

New York State Defense Council Bulletin No. 1. Report on the Pyrite and 
Pyrrhotite Veins in Jefferson and St Lawrence Counties, New York, by A. F. 


Buddington. p.4o, il. Nov. 1917. Free. 
New York State Defense Council Bulletin No. 2. The Zinc-Pyrite Deposits of 
the Edwards District, New York, by David H. Newland. p.72, il. Nov. 1917. 

Free. a 


Museum memoirs 1889-date. 4to. 

1 Beecher, C. E. & Clarke, J. M. Development of Some Silurian Brachiopoda. 
g6p. 8pl. Oct. 1889. $1. . 

2 Hall, Janes, We Clarke, J. M. Paleozoic Reticulate Sponges. 35o0p. il. 7opl. — 
1898. 2, clot = 

3 Clarke, J. M. The Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia Co., N. 
128p. 9pl. Oct. 1900. 80c. 

4 Peck, C. H. N. Y. Edible Fungi, 1895-99. 106p. 25pl. Nov. 1900. 750. 


This includes revised descriptions and illustrations of fungi reported in the 49th, 51st and 52d 
reports of the State Botanist. 


-REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 205 


5 Clarke, J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Guelph Formation and Fauna of New 
York State. 1096p. 21pl. July 1903. $1.50, cloth. 

( aa M. Naples Fauna in Western New York. 268p. 26pl. map. 1904. 
2, clot. 

7 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 1 Graptolites of the 
- Lower Beds. 350p. 17pl. Feb. 1905. $1.50, cloth. 

8 Felt, E. P. Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees. v. I. 46op. il. 48pl. 
Feb. 1906. $2.50, cloth; v. 2. 548p. il. 22pl. Feb. 1907. $2, cloth. $4 for 
the two volumes. 

9 Clarke, J. M. Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North America. 
Pt ti. 366p. il. 7opl. 5 maps. Mar. 1908. $2.50, cloth; Pt 2. 25opl. il. 36p. 
4 maps. Sept. 1909. $2, cloth. 

to Eastman, C. R. The Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations. 236p. 
15pl. 1907. $1.25, cloth. 

ir Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 2 Graptolites of the 
_ Higher Beds. 584p. il. 31pl. 2 tab. Apr. 1908. $2.50, cloth. 

12 Eaton, E. H. Birds of New York. v. 1. 5orp. il. 42pl. Apr. 1910. v. 2, 
_ 7iop. il. 64pl. July 1914. 2nd edition. $6 for the two volumes plus post- 
4 5 ae 15 pounds. Sold in sets only. 106 colored plates in port= 
folio $1 

13 Whitlock, H. P. Calcites of New York. trgop. il. 27pl. Oct. iyio. $1, 


a Clarke, J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. The Euryperida of New York. v. I 
' Text. 440p. il. v. 2. Plates. 1I88p. 88pl. Dec. 1912. $4, cloth. 

15 House, Homer D. Wild Flowers of New York. v.1. 185p. 143pl. il; v. 2. 
oe L772. r2Ipl. il. 1918. $7 for the two volumes. Report edition only. 264 
colored plates in portfolio $2.50 + postage (mailing weight 5 pounds). 
Goldring, W. Monograph of the Devonian Crinoids of New York. Prepared. 
Pilsbry, H. L. Monograph of the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of the State 
_ of New York. In preparation. 


Natural History of New York. 3ov. il. pl. maps. 4to. Albany 1842-94. 
DIVISION I zooLoGy. De Kay, James E. Zoology of New York; or, The 
New York Fauna; comprising detailed descriptions of all the animals hitherto 
_ Observed within the State of New York with brief notices of those occasionally 
_ found near its borders, and accompanied by appropriate illustrations. 5v. 
il. pl. maps. sq. 4to. Albany 1842-44. Out of print. 

Historical introduction to the series by Gov. W. H. Seward. 178p. 


-v.I ptt Mammalia. 131 + 46p. 33pl. 1842. 
4 : 300 Copies with hand-colored plates. 
v.2pt2Birds. 12 + 380p. 14Ipl. 1844. 

a Beolored plates. 


3 pt 3 Reptiles and Amphibia. 7 + 98p. pt4 Fishes. 15 + 415p. 1842. 
; ot 3-4 bound together. 

as = Plates to accompany v. 3. Reptiles and Amphibia. 23pl. Fishes 79pl. 
Be, 1842. 

a 300 copies with hand-colored plates. 

-v.5 pt 5 Mollusca. 4-+271p. 4opl. pt 6 Crustacea. 7op.13pl. 1843-44. 

Se ‘Hand-colored plates; pt 5-6 bound together. 


DIVISION 2 BOTANY. Torrey, John. Flora of the State of New York; com- 
prising full descriptions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hitherto 
_ discovered in the State, with remarks on their economical and medical prop- 
erties. 2v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1843. Out of print. 

. I Flora of the State of New York. 12 + 484p. 72pl. 1843. 


300 copies with hand-colored plates. 


WV. 2 Flora of the State of N:v York. 5720. 8901. -1843. 


206 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


DIVISION 3 MINERALOGY. Beck, Lewis C. Mineralogy of New York; com- 
prising detailed descriptions of the minerals hitherto found in the State of 
New York, and notices of their uses in the arts and agriculture. il. pl. sq. 4to. 
Albany 1842. Out of print. ' 


v. I pt 1 Economical Mineralogy. pt 2 Descriptive Mineralogy. 24 + 536p. 
1842. : 
8 plates additional to those printed as part of the text. 


DIVISION 4 GEOLOGY. Mather, W. W.; Emmons, Ebenezer; Vanuxem, Lardne? 
& Hall, James. Geology of New York. 4v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1842-43- 
Out of print. , 

v. I pti Mather, W. W. First Geological District. 37 + 653p. 46pl. 1843. 

v. 2 pt 2 Emmons, Ebenezer. Second Geological District. 10 + 437p. 1I7pl. 
1842. 

v. 3 pt 3 Vanuxem, Lardner. Third Geological District. 306p. 1842. a 

v. 4 pt 4 Hall, James. Fourth Geological District. 22 + 683p. ropl. map. 
1843. a 


DIVISION 5, AGRICULTURE. Emmons, Ebenezer. Agriculture of New York 
comprising an account of the classification, composition and distribution o — 
the soils and rocks and the natural waters of the different geological formations — 
together with a condensed view of the meteorology and agricultural productions 
of the State. 5v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1846-54. Out of print. 

v. 1 Soils of the State, Their Composition and Distribution. 11 + 371p. 2Ipl. 
1846. 

v. 2 Analysis of Soils, Plants, Cereals etc. 8 + 343 + 46p. 42pl. . 1849. 
With hand-colored plates. 

v. 3 Fruits etc. 8+ 340p. 1851. 

v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. 95pl. 1851. 

Hand-colored, 

v. 5 Insects Injurious to Agriculture. 8+ 272p. 5Sopl. 1854. 

With hand-colored plates. 


DIVISION 6 PALEONTOLOGY. Hall, James. Paleontology of New York. 8v 
il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1847-94. Bound in cloth. 
v. 1 Organic Remains of the Lower Division of the New York System. - 
23 + 338p. g9pl. 1847. Out of print. 
v. 2 Organic Remains of Lower Middle Division of the New York System. 
8+ 362p. 104pl. 1852. Out of print. 
v. 3 Organic Remains of the Lower Helderberg Group and the Oriskany Sand- q 
stone. pti, text. 12 + 532p. 1859. [$3.50] 
pt2. 142 pl. 1861. [$2.50] 
v. 4 Fossil Brachiopoda of the toper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage and Che- 
mung Groups. I1 + 1+ 428p. 69pl. 1867. $2.50. 
v. 5 pt 1 Lamellibranchiata 1. Monomyaria of the Upper Helderberg, 
Hamilton and Chemung Groups. 18 + 268p. 45pl. 1884. $2.50. 
—Lamellibranchiata 2. Dimyariaof the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, 
Portage and Chemung Groups. 62 + 293p. 51pl. 1885. $2.50. 
pt 2 Gasteropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helderberg, 
Hamilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 2v. 1879. v. 1, text. 15 + 492p.; 
v.2. 120pl. $2.50 for 2 v. 
—— & Simpson, George B. v. 6 Corals and Bryozoa of the Lower and Upper 
Helderberg and Hamilton Groups. 24 + 298 p. 67pl. 1887. $2.50. 
—— & Clarke, John M. v. 7 Trilobites and Other Crustacea of the Oriskany, 
Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill Groups. 
64 + 236p. 46pl. 1888. Cont. supplement to v. 5, pt 2. Pteropoda, 
Cephalopoda and Annelida. 42p. 18pl. 1888. $2.50. . 
—— & Clarke, John M. v. 8 pt 1. Introduction to the Study of the Genera of 
the Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 367p. 44pl. 1892. $2.50. 
—— & Clarke, John M. v. 8 pt 2 Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 394p. Gani 
1894. $2.50. Out of print. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1920-21 207 


Ca talogue of the Cabinet of Natural History of the State of New York and of 
the Historical and Antiquarian Collection annexed thereto. 242p. 8vo. 1853- 


Handbooks 1893-date. 
New York State Museum, 52p. il. 1902. Out of print. 


Outlines history and work of the museum with list of staff 1902. 


Paleontology. 12p. 1899. Out of print. 


_ Brief outline of State Museum work in paleontology under heads: Definition; Relation to 
biology; Relation to stratigraphy; History of paleontology in New York. 


Guide to Excursions in the Fossiliferous Rocks of New York. 124p. 1899. Out 
of print. 


Itineraries of 32 trips covering nearly the entire series of Paleozoic rocks, prepared specially 
for the use of teachers and students desiring to acquaint themselves more intimately with the 
classic rocks of this State. 

] t 16p. 1899. Out of print. 

Economic Geology. 44p. 1904. Out of print. 

Insecticides and Fungicides. 20p. 1909. Out of print. 

Ciassification of New York Series of Geologic Formations. 32p. 1903. Out of 
_ print. Revised edition. 96p. I912. Free. 


Guides * 

‘Guide to the Mineral Collections, prepared by Herbert P. Whitlock. p. 45. 1916. 
Out of print. 

Guide to the Collections of General Geology and Economic Geology, prepared by 
Robert W. Jones, p. 31. 1917. Free. 

Guide tq, the Paleontological Collections, prepared by Rudolf Ruedemann. p. 35. 
By” 16. 


Geologic maps. Merrill, F. J. H. Economic and Geologic Map of the State 
of New York; issued as part of Museum Bulletin 15 and 48th Museum Report, 
v.I. 59x67cm. 1894. Scale 14 milestolinch. 15c. 
—— Map o ithe State of New York Showing the Location of Quarries of Stone 
Used for Building and Road Metal. 1897. Out of print. 

Map of the State of New York Showing the Distribution of the Rocks 
_ Most Useful for Road Metal. 1897. Out of print. 
- Geologic Map of New York. 1901. Scale 5 milestotinch. In atlas form, 
$2. Lower Hudson sheet, 50c. 
Separate sheets of this map are available at 50c each, as follows: 


Finger Lakes Delaware 

Long Island Adirondack 
s St Lawrence Hudson Mohawk 
Ontario East Central Lower Hudson 


; (Note) The Ontario West and Ontario East are not colored as they have no surface geologye 


___ The lower Hudson sheet, geologically colored, comprises Rockland, Orange, Dutchess, Putnam, 
Westchester, New York, Richmond, Kings, Queens and Nassau counties, and parts of Sullivan, 
Ulster and Suffolk counties; also northeastern New Jersey and part of western Connecticut. 


—— Map of New York Showing the Surface Configuration and Water Sheds. 
- Igor. Scale 12 miles to 1inch. 15c. ‘ 

-—— Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of Its Economic 
Deposits. 1904. Scale 12 milestotinch. 15¢c. 

Geologic maps on the United States Geological Survey topographic base. Scale 
_ Iin.=1m. Those marked with an asterisk have also been published 
separately. 

Albany county. 1898. Out of print. 

Area around Lake Placid. 1898 

ficinity of Frankfort Hill [parts of Herkimer and Oneida counties]. 1899. 
Rockland county. 1899. 

sterdam quadrangle. 1900. 

arts of Albany and Rensselaer counties. 1901. Out of print. 

jagara river. I90I. 25¢c. 

rt of Clinton county. 1901. 

Oyster Bay and Hempstead quadrangles on Long Island. 1gol. 


-_ 


208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Portions of Clinton and Essex counties. 1902. 

Part of town of Northumberland, Saratoga co. 1903. 

Union Springs, Cayuga county and vicinity. 1903. 

*Olean quadrangle. 1903. Free. ; 

*Becraft Mt with 2 sheets of sections. (Scale Iin.==4m.) 1903. 20c. 

*Canandaigua-Naples quadrangles. 1904. 20c. 

*Little Falls quadrangle. 1905. Free. 

*Watkins-Elmira quadrangles. 1905. 20c. 

*Tully quadrangle. 1905. Out of print. 

*Salamanca quadrangle. 1905. Out of print. 

*Mooers quadrangle. 1905. Out of print, 

Paradox Lake quadrangle. 1905. 

*Buffalo quadrangle. 1906. Out of print. 

*Penn Yan-Hammondsport quadrangles. 1906. 20c. 

*Rochester and Ontario Beach quadrangles. 1907. 20c. 

*Long Lake quadrangle. 1907. Out of print. 

*Nunda-Portage quadrangles. 1908. 20c. 

*Remsen quadrangle. 1908. Free. 

*Geneva-Ovid quadrangles. 1909. 20c. 

*Port Leyden quadrangle. 1910. Free. 

*Auburn-Genoa quadrangles. 1910. 20c.. 

*Elizabethtown and Port Henry quadrangles. I9g10. I5c. 

*Alexandria Bay quadrangle. 1910. Free. 

*Cape Vincent quadrangle. 1910. Free. 

*Clayton quadrangle. 1910. Free. 

*Grindstone quadrangle. 1910. Free. 

*Theresa quadrangle. 1910. Out of print. 

*Poughkeepsie quadrangle. 1911. Out of print. 

*Honeoye-Wayland quadrangles. I9QII. 20c. 

*Broadalbin quadrangle. Ig11. Free. 

*Schenectady quadrangle. 1911. Out of print. 

*Saratoga-Schuylerville quadrangles. 1914. 200. 

*North Creek quadrangle. 1914. Free. 

*Syracuse quadrangle. 1914. Free. 

*Attica~-Depew quadrangles. I914. 20¢. 

*Lake Pleasant quadrangle. 1916. Free. 

*Saratoga quadrangle. 1916. Free. 

*Canton quadrangle. 1916. Free. 

*Brier Hill, Ogdensburg and Red Mills quadrangles. 1916. 1I5¢c. 

*Blue Mountain quadrangle. 1916. Free. : 

*Glens Falls, Saratoga, Schuylerville, Schenectady and Cohoes quadrangles. 
IQ17. 20c. ‘ 

Lake Placid quadrangle. 1919. 

Sc! rson Lake quadrangle. 1919. 

Cohoes quadrangle. 1920. 

Canton quadrangle. 1920. 

West Point quadrangle. 1921. 

Mount Marcy quadrangle. 1921. 


" Accessions, 53-64 

Archeology and ethnology, report on, 
— 41-49 

Ausable quadrangle, 14 


Berkey, Charles P., 14 
q Botany, report on, 28-31 


Catskill formation, subdivision, 14 
Champlain sea, 153-87 

_ Codling moth, 37 

Corn borer, European, 32-35 
Corn insects, 35 


_Entomology, report on, 32-40 
European corn borer, 32-35 
Existence and configuration of Pre- 
cambrian continents, 65-152 


Farm crops, pests, 36 

Field crops, pests, 36 

| Flint Mine hill, excavations 
= survey of, 46 

_ Forest insects, 38 

Fossil invertebrates, further restora- 
* tions, 22 

' Fossil trees of Gilboa, 20-22 


and 


_ Gall insects, 38 
Gall midges, 38 
Geological survey, 13-24 

Geologist, staff of, 19 

Geology, industrial applications, 14 
Gifts to the- Geological department, 
24-25 

Gilboa, fossil trees of, 20-22 

: C oldring, Winifred, The Champlain 
Beesea, 153-87 

Grain insects, 35-36 


Ss bd ; : 
‘Horticultural inspection, 40 
Hudson valley, pleistocene fauna of, 


q 181-84 


: INDEX 


Mineral industry, 14 

Mount Marcy quadrangle, 14 

Museum, ideals and purposes, 8; 
educative functions, 8; misconcep- 
tion as to title, 10; should have its 

and 


own independent building 
equipment, 12 

Museum reservations, 23 

New York State Archeological 


Association, 47 

New York State Indian Commission, 
48 

New York State Indian Welfare 
Society, 48 


Oil fields, 15 


Petroleum problems, 15-19 
Precambrian continents, existence 
and configuration of, 65-152 


Publications, printing funds inade- 
quate, 12 

Reservations, 23 

Rice, Marion, 14 

Roosevelt Memorial Commission, 


Director’s appearance before, 12 
Rose leaf beetle, 37 
Ruedemann, Rudolf, Existence and 
configuration of Precambrian con- 
 tinents, 65-152 


Shade tree insects, 37 

Staff of the Department of Science, 
25-27 é - 

Staff of the State Geologist, 19 

State Museum, see Museum 


Tahawus region, 14 
Topographic quadrangles, 13 


Victory Park, 14 


.West Point quadrangle, 14 


Zoology, report on, 50-52 


(220) 


; : Bork: State Mu seum Bulletin 


$ second-class ingtien November 27, 1915, at the Post Office at Albany,-N. Y. 
+ th act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage 
ovided for in section 1103, act of October 3, 1917, authorized July Ig, 1918 


shed monthly by The University of the State of New York 


ALBANY, N.Y, January-February 1921 


New York State Museum 


Joun M. CrarKke, Director 


“THE MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER 
LEISTOCENE MAMMALS OF NEW YORK STATE 


BEING A DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF ALL KNOWN OCCURRENCES 
: a 


C. A. HARTNAGEL an ‘SHERMAN C. BISHOP 


Sc: py th ms / fe 
~ rc bi 
af 

ay ALBANY 
_ THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 
1922 | 
e = 


THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 


Regents of the University 
With years when terms expire 


1924 ADELBERT Moot LL.D., Vice Chancellor - - - Buffalo ~ 
1927 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D., M.A, Ph.D., LL.D. Albany ~ 
1925 CHARLES B. ALEXANDER M.A., LL.B., LL.D., 


Litt.D. ---- - - - = Tuxedo — 
1928 WALTER ine KELLOGG B. sy LLD. - = = Ogdensbur a 
1932 JAMES Byrne B.A., LL.B., LL.D. - - - - New York 
1929 HERBERT L. Bripcman M.A., LL.D. - - - Brooklyn 
1931 THomas J. Mancan M.A.- - - - ~— -— -— Binghamte 
1933 WILLIAM J. WALLIN M.A.- - - - - - = Yonkers 


1923 Wiitt1AM Bonpy M.A., LL.B., Ph.D. - - - New York™ 
1930 WILLIAM P. Baker B.L., Litt.D. - - - - = Syracuse 
President of the Oo he and Commissioner of Education a 
FRANK P. Graves Ph.D., Litt.D., L.H.D., LED, 
Deputy Commissioner and Counsel 
FRANK B. GILBERT B.A., LL.D. 
Assistant Commissioner and Director of Professional Education 
Aucustus S. Downinec M.A., Pd.D., L.H.D., LL.D. 
Assistant Commissioner for Secondary Education 
CHARLES F. WHEELOcK B.S., Pd.D., LL.D. 
Assistant Commissioner for Elementary Education 
Georce M. Wirey M.A., Pd.D., LL.D. 
Director of State Library 
\ James I. WveER M.L.S., Pd.D. 
Director of Science and State Museum 
Joun ‘M. Crarkez, Ph.D., D.Sc., LL.D. 
Chiefs and Directors of Divisions 
Administration, 
Archives and History, James Sutiivan M.A., Ph.D. 
Attendance, JAMES D. SULLIVAN 
Examinations and Inspections, AVERY W. SKINNER B.A. 
Finance, CLARK W. HALLIDAY 
Law, FRANK B. GiLBert B.A., LL.D., Counsel 
Library Extension, Witt1AM R. Watson B.S. 
Library School, Epna M. SAnpErson B.A., B.L.S. 
Publications, LLtoyp L. CHENEY B.A. 
School Buildings and Grounds, Frank H. Woop M.A. 
School Libraries, SHERMAN WILLiAMs Pd.D. 
Visual Instruction, ALFRED W. ABrams Ph.B. 
Vocational and Extension Education, LEwrs A. WILSON 


mais 


PREBACE. 


boscideans in America was made in this State and so extensive have 
: ae records of their. occurrence now become that i picture a time, 


Pp Bee ularly the mastodons, in vast numbers. Twenty years ago the 
priter, who had then some experience in excavating these remains, 
ompiled and published a list of all known occurrences of these 
reatures in this State, but since then additional early records have 


ded to the State Museum, and it has seemed wise to reconsider 
e whole subject. This work has now been admirably done by my 
ociates, Messrs. C. A. Hartnagel and Sherman C. Bishop, who 
ve extended the record to cover all occurrences of mammalian 
1ains in the Glacial and Postglacial soils of New York. 


Joun M. CrarKe 
Director 


September 1922 
4 [5] 


nib 


wan't bite (eee 


‘wNasnfT 2381S oy} ul.{zz61 yotsuepley] “q “D pue ayIZID “L “N Aq posojsat se UOpojseUt sooyo) sy] 


1 Id 


aw V ork State Museum Bulletin 


Entered as second-class matter November 27, 1915, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y. under 
i, the act of: August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided 
J for in section 1103, act of October 3, 1917, authorized July ro, 1918 


Published monthly by The University of the State of New York 


Nos. 241-242 ALBANY, N. Y. JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1921 


THE, MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEIS- 
} TOCENE MAMMALS OF NEW YORK STATE 
BEING A DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF ALL KNOWN OCCURENCES 
By 


C. A. HARTNAGEL and SHERMAN C. BISHOP 


INTRODUCTION 

_ The preservation of any land mammal as a fossil is an accident; 
its subsequent discovery frequently one. The many elements 
contending in the destruction of organisms make preservation of 
such remains the exception rather than the rule. Regions that 
4 are richly populated with fossil remains preserve but a remnant 
of the legions that formerly existed; regions devoid of remains 
of any kind may have supported an immense living world. 

Fossil remains of carnivorous land mammals in New York are 
exceedingly rare. Only the discovery of a fox and two species of 
bears have been reported. Records of: mastodons and ee 


Riecay longer but because their very size calls attention to fet, as 
‘something unusual. Remains:of many smaller Pleistocene mam- 
1 mals which did not differ materially from those now living, have 


_ De Kay (New York Fauna, pt 1, eee 1842) noticed at 
some length occurrences of the mammoth and the mastodon, which 
Will be referred to again in their proper places; also a “stag” termed 
Elaphus americanus, and a_ supposedly fossil horse. 
Prof. James Hall, in the Boston Journal of Natural History 
(1846, 5:390), mentioned without discussion the mastodon, mam- 
po: Castoroides, deer and elk. ¢. Hart Merriam’s list of the 


Caribou, horse and ,Castoroides. More recently, Gerrit S. Miller 
(* Preliminary List of New York Mammals,” N. Y. State Mus. 
Bul. 29. 1899) included the fossil beaver (Castoroides), peccary, 
Borse, mastodon and mammoth. In New York State pee ee 


[7] 


8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


toroides and reindeer. The most complete record of mastodon 
occurrences thus far printed i is that by John M. Clarke (N. Y. State © 
Museum Bul. 69, 1903) in which there are about sixty distinct | 
entries with ten or more in later publications. Rock caves have — 
been a source of vertebrate remains, but exploration of New York 
caves has not resulted in the finding of numerous species such as 
have been discovered in Pennsylvania and elsewhere; from the 
great abundance and variety of species discovered in these neighbor- 
ing states it would be reasonable to suppose that New York sup-_ 
ported a similar fauna. The discovery of open caves or crevices — 
and the accident of entombment and preservation must be depended 
on for any great extension of the list of fossil species in New York. 

New York has proved to be particularly rich in remains of 
Mastodon and Elephas and in here summarizing these discoveries, 
they have been recorded chronologically by counties, numbered con- 
secutively in the text and indicated on key maps, plates 2, 6, 13, 
showing distribution. Of the several factors contributing to the 
localization of mastodon remains in southeastern New York, where 
over one-third of the recorded specimens have been found, the early 
physical development of the country is doubtless the most impor- 
tant. Here were thousands of acres of swampy upland, freed by 
the recession of the great ice sheet and offering food to invading 
animals from the south. The land to the northwest held fewer 
inducements for there is nothing in the makeup of a mastodon to 
fit it for mountain climbing. Eastward the ancient Hudson may 
have acted as a partial barrier, for comparatively few remains of © 
these animals have been recorded from New England. The largest 
of the existing swampy areas in Orange county, the so-called 
“ drowned lands,” cover about 17,000 acres, but it is not here that 
remains have been found, probably because the change from open 
lake to swamp has been too recent. Peat bogs and marl ponds out- 
side the area of the “ drowned lands,” and the beds of extinct ponds — 
now being used for agricultural purposes are the regions that have | 
contributed most largely of mastodon remains. 

Muck and marl deposits are natural traps in which the animals 
mired; and this is every year evidenced by the “ bogging down” of 
domestic cattle. If further proof were needed it is only necessary 
to recall the many instances where remains have been found in posi- | 
tions which would admit no other explanation. In several cases 
too, the stomach contents have been found between the ribs, further 
evidence of sudden death. 

This record is believed to be reasonably correct and complete but 
the writers would be grateful for additional data and for correc- 
tions to errors existing in the list herewith presented. | 


See ee 


[ene RyN Cir 1 0 


\ 


Scele of Miles 


b s ° io 20 30 


Map showing distribt 


to 


Scale of Miles 
° 


10 


is 


ic ENn@are 


Plate 2 


| 
fe Bho 


i ; 
CHEMUNG I if 
ei PRON EES B 


5 


o OM E 


7a" 772 


— 


al 


iDELAWARESE 


75° 


a7, MAS5 S 


Map showing 


distribution of mastodon 


remains in New York State. 


RECORDS OF MASTODON * REMAINS 
ARRANGED BY COUNTIES 


Albany County 


xr 1835? Coeymans. Mastodon or mammoth. This specimen 
was found previous to 1842, but the exact date is not known. 
Ww . W. Mather, after mentioning the discovery of supposed fossil 
elephant bones in Green county, states: “Another was found on 
the Helderberg mountain, in a bed of shell or lake marl, where it 
appeared to have been mired in this material, on the bank of a small 
q pond-hole or marsh. This was found on the farm of Mr. Shear, 
4 or 5 miles west of the Hudson, in the township of Coeymans, 
Albany county. A, tusk of the animal was brought to Albany. 
Most of the skeleton is supposed to be still at the locality where the 
tusk was found. The tusk was small for one of these animals.” 
Professor James Hall,? who also visited the Coeymans locality, 
states that “the bones were imbedded in a fresh-water marl, or 
rested upon the clay beneath the marl. There is here no possibility 
of their having been transported; and the inference of Doctor 
_ DeKay,’ that these animals perished while in search of food in 
q swamps, seems substantiated by the position of their bones.” 

_ The find above reported is probably the same as that recorded 
from the town of Coeymans, in French’s Gazetteer (1860) which 
states, “ The fossil remains of a mastodon were found on the farm 
of Mr P. Gidney, 6 miles west of the river.” 

_ Sir Charles Lyell’s* reference of this occurrence follows: 


“Albany and Greene counties.— Mr Lyell examined, in company 
with Mr Hall, two swamps west of the Hudson river, where the 


S* Mapinut (Blumenbach, Naturges, ed. 6, 1790, p. 608), is the earliest name 
given to the fossil probascidean commonly called the American mastodon. The 
pesos name “americanum” was supplied by Kerr. 

_ *Geology of New York, pt 1, 1843, p. 44. 

- ?Geology of New York, pt 4, 1843, p. 367. 

_ *Zoology of New York, pt 1, 1842, p. 104. 

In Amer. Jour. Sci. 1844. v. 46, p. 322. From article by Sir Charles 
Lyell originally printed in Proc. London Geol. Soc. v. 4, no. 92. See also 
Lyell’s Travels in North America, v. 1, 1845, p. 54. Sir Charles Lyell 
travelled in America in 1841 and with Professor Hail visited several locali- 
ties where mastodons had been found, including the one in the town of 
( Coeymans. Further references to his visits to mastodon localities will be 
noted under the counties of Livingston, Monroe and Niagara. 


[9] 


Io NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


remains of mastodon occurred in both places at a depth of 4 or 5 
feet, precisely in such situation as would yield shell marl, and peat, 
with remains of existing animals in Scotland. Cattle have recently 
been mired in these swamps.” 

The date of this find is given by Clarke as 1835? (New York 
State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 929). None of the bones of this find 
are believed to have been preserved and there are no records show- 
ing that they were ever received in the State Museum or the Albany 
Institute. There is thus no direct evidence to determine whether 
the animal was a mastodon ora mammoth. On the basis of other 
known finds in this section of the State the chances are that it was 
a mastodon. 

2 1866. Cohoes (plates 1, 3, 4). The peculiar circumstances 
under which the skeleton of the Cohoes mastodon was discovered, 
have given the specimen wide publicity. The lower jaw anda single 
foot bone were found on a ledge of rock, on the side of a pot hole, 
by workmen excavating for the foundations of the Harmony Mills 
at Cohoes, N. Y., in September 1866. Continued excavations re- 
vealed the principal parts of the skeleton at a lower level of the 
same pothole; and in February of the year following, a few other 
bones (those of the right fore leg and foot) in a smaller pothole 
about 60 feet to the southwest of the larger one. Most of the bones 
were lying on a bed of clay and broken slate above a layer of water- 
worn pebbles. Above the bones there was an accumulation of 
muck, peaty soil with fragments of limbs and rotten, beaver-gnawed 
wood and artificial fill, almost 60 feet in thickness. 

The surface of the rock in which the potholes were excavated 
lies at a level almost 100 feet above the present surface of the river 
bed below the Cohoes falls. Hall®> thought the potholes had been 
formed by the action of surface waters falling through crevasses 
in the ice sheet to the rock beneath but this interpretation has been 
generally abandoned in favor of the theory that they are of a post- 
glacial origin. Quoting H. L. Fairchild, O. P. Hay® states that at 
the time of the withdrawal of the ice sheet, the site of Cohoes was 
depressed about 350 feet below the present level and covered with 
_a thick deposit of sand and clay laid down in the bed of Lake 
Albany. With the elevation of the land, Lake Albany was drained 
and the ancient Mohawk (Iromohawk) cut through the deposited 
sands and clays, reached bedrock and drilled the potholes. 


5'N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist. 2rst Annual Rep’t, 1871, p. 105. 
® Science 1919, 49 :379. 


‘UNOSNI, 338IG YIOR MON UI UOJIJOYS ‘“UOpoj}seu sooyod sy) 


Plate 4 


Deformed lower jaw of Cohoes mastodon. Note absence of the ultimate 
molar of right side of jaw and the distortion due to disease (pyorrhea) in 
the remaining tooth. 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS II 


_ Various theories have been advanced to account for the presence 
of the skeleton in the potholes. Hall not only provided a glacial 
o1 igin for the holes but for the mastodon itself which he believed 
to have been entombed in the glacier, dismembered by action of the 
ice and dropped, part in one pothole and part in another. 

- Clarke’ was of the opinion that the skeleton belonged to the period 
of swamps which covered the area after the fall of the postglacial 
‘waters. O. P. Hay® stated his opinion as follows: “ We may fairly 
Beeame that it [the mastodon] had only recently died and was lying 
on the flood plain not far above the potholes. No disarticulated 
bones could have been distributed as this skeleton was. The bones 
must, perhaps without exception, have been held together by liga- 
ments and probably much of the flesh remained. At this moment 
the river rose and swept the flood plain carrying the cadaver over 
the potholes.” 

_ It is certain that the skeleton was deposited long after the pot- 
holes had been drilled, for the majority of the bones rested on a 
bed of clay and broken slate above a layer of water-worn pebbles 
and gravel at least 10 feet thick. Above the bones the muck and 
peat deposit was at least 50 feet thick. It would seem therefore 
"that the bones were deposited while in the flesh in potholes which 
were abandoned except at periods of high water, and subsequently 
covered by the accumulated debris of years. 


Allegany County 


3 1903. Belvidere. The only find of a mastodon in Sesame 
county of which we have knowledge is the one mentioned as a news 
item in the American Geologist (Jan. 1904: 33:60). “ Remains of 
a large mastodon were discovered recently in the village of Belvi- 
dere, N. Y. They were unearthed by Dr James Johnson of Brad- 
ford and Mr Alban Stewart of the Smithsonian Institution. The 
femains consist of three ribs and four vertebrae, each of the latter 
being 6 inches in width, indicating a very large individual.” 


4 Bronx County 

4 1880. Morrisania. Mastodon or mammoth. Dr N. L. Brit- 
ton® has given the following account of this find: “A mastodon’s 
tu k was recently found at Morrisania, N. Y., by Mr R. Stoker, in 


oN, Y. State Mus. ah 69, 1903, p. 930. 

pecience TOQIQ, 40:37 

° School of Mines. are May 1880, p. 198-99. See also N. Y. Acad. 
Sci., Trans. 1885, 5:15. 


I2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


an excavation for a cellar. It was obtained from a stratum of © 
drifted material about 4 feet in thickness, underlain by gneiss rock, 
and covered with 6 feet of artificial filling. The specimen was 
taken from one corner of the excavation, about 6 feet from each 
wall, and 1 foot above the floor. No other parts of the animal were 
found, nor is it likely that there would be by further exploration 
as the material consists of drifted dirt and pebbles, and the tusk 
was probably brought there from a distance. The specimen has 
been donated to the School of Mines by Mr Stoker.” 

5 1887? Harlem.” Prof. J. F. Kemp? states that, im) the 
Columbia College collection there is a mastodon tooth from that 
[the drift] of Westchester Co., just across the Harlem river.” The 
exact locality or the date of this find has not been ascertained but 
the locality can not be far from Morrisania where a portion of a 
mastodon’s tusk was found. The part of Westchester county above 
referred to is now a part of Bronx county. 


Broome County 


6 1875. Center Lisle. There are in the museum of Cornell Uni- 
versity, a humerus and a rib, identified as belonging to a mastodon 
found a few hundred yards north of Center Lisle’! at 1100 feet ele- 
vation. According to Professor Tarr,” the remains were found in a 
boggy place where a spring emerges from the base of a gravel ter- 
race. The remains occurred in such a situation as to warrant the 
inference that the animal may have mired there after the valley was 
cut down to its present level. He states too that it is equally possible — 
to infer that the remains were washed out of the gravels and con-— 
centrated in this swampy area, but with present information it is — 
not possible to decide between these alternatives. 

7 1887? Binghamton. Mastodon or mammoth. In 1887 there } 
was presented to the State Museum by H. L. Griffis, the “ water- ~ 
worn extremity of tusk of mastodon, found in drift while exca- ; 
vating for a sewer at Binghamton, N. Y.” (N. Y. State Mus. Nat. 
Hist., 4tst Annual Rep’t, 1888, p. 30). 

Binghamton is situated at the junction of the Chenango and Sus- 
quehanna rivers at an elevation of 845 feet. No direct evidence — 
presents itself which determines whether the tusk belonged to a 
mastodon or an elephant. 


et a 


rUN. Mi. Acad. Sci. Drans., 168717252: 
™ The locality is given as Lisle, in Am. Jour. Sci., 1875, 10:390. 
* Geol. Atlas U. S., Folio 169 (Field ed.), 1900, p. 201. 


= aig 


. 
MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 13 


In this connection it may be worthy of remark that Binghamton 
,. lies in a valley where during glacial retreat there flowed a great 
_ tiver, whose waters were supplied from the melting ice to the north. 
It is, of course, possible that the tusk was brought down by this 
_ Tiver from the glacial ice, in which case the tusk is probably that 
_ of amammoth. On the other hand, the animal may have lived later 
_ and the tusk been buried in the river drift; if so, the chances favor 
_ its belonging to a mastodon. 


: Cattaraugus County 


8 1843? Himsdale. Mastodon or mammoth. At Hinsdale, 
Hall*® reports in his list of mastodons, “a tusk, with some horns 
of deer, was found 16 feet beneath the surface in gravel and sand.” 
A Nothing further is known of the character of the remains and it 
_ is not known whether the tusk was taken out and preserved. This 
: find is at present interesting chiefly for the association of the deer 
| horns found with it. Hinsdale is at an elevation of 1484 feet. 
| g 1906. Conewango Valley. Mastodon or mammoth. In Sep- 
’ 

: 
{ 


‘ 
; 


tember 1906, C. N. and W. H. Hoard reported to the State Geolo- 
gist the finding of parts of a skeleton represented by 40 to 50 bones, 
mostly vertebrae and foot bones. The largest bone found was a 
femur a little over 2 feet in length and 13 inches in circumference 
_ midway between the ends; after seasoning 10 years it weighed a 
little over 20 pounds. The remains were uncovered by a steam 
_ dredge in excavating for the state ditch along the Conewango creek 
_ in a shelf of blue clay 10 or 12 feet high. The bones were found 
_ imbedded in the blue clay overlaid by about 3 feet of black muck 
; and about 6 feet below the natural surface of the ground. At pres- 
' ent writing these bones are in possession of William T. Fenton, 
_ Conewango, N. Y. This locality is close to the boundary of Cat- 
_ taraugus and Chautauqua counties. The remains are very probably 
those of the mastodon but they have not been identified by anyone 
4 _ capable of close discrimination of their generic characters. (See 
i Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Annual Rep’t Director for 1906, p. 60). 
~~ 10 1008. Kill Buck. “A single tusk has been reported as found 
_ at this date near the banks of the Great Valley creek. Details are 
_ wanting.” The above brief account quoted from Clarke (N. Y. 
State Mus. Bul. 140, p. 46) has not been supplemented by later 
_ information, and so the generic character of the tusk still remains 
q in doubt. The elevation of the creek at Kill Buck is 1400 feet. The 


* Geology Fourth Dist., 1843, p. 364. 


I4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


creek empties into the Allegany river less than a mile from Kill — 
Buck, which is nearly 3 miles east from the great northern bend of 
the Allegany. The locality is nearly midway between Hinsdale and 
Conewango, the other two localities where fossil bones have been 
found in the county. 


Chautauqua County 


Ir 1843? Jamestown. In 1843 Hall reported that a tooth of a 
mastodon had been found at Jamestown, several feet below the © 
surface, in gravel. . 

Fossil teeth from the same neighborhood, at first thought to be- 
long to the mastodon, were described as early as 1835, but these 
have proved to be teeth of the buffalo. Jamestown is located near 
the outlet of Chautauqua lake at an elevation of 1300 feet and is 
24 miles distant from Lake Erie. (See Amer. Jour. Sci., 1835, 
27 :166. ; : 

12 1871. Jamestown. Large mastodon. Two skeletons were — 
found in this year at the same locality. The larger one™ has been 
rather fully described by the late Hon. Obed Edson in his “ History 
of Chautauqua County ” (1894, p. 34-36). His account follows: 


ee Pe ew - 


“In August 1871, portions of a gigantic mastodon were found 1 
mile north of Jamestown near the summit of the low hills dividing 
the valley of Chautauqua lake from that of the Cassadaga. This 
important discovery within our county, of relics of life in the Cham- ~ 
plain period (perhaps of the Recent period), demands a full descrip- — 
tion. The exhumation and preservation of the bones were fortu- — 
nately intrusted to the late Prof. Samuel G. Love, assisted by Pro- © 
fessors Burns and Albro, and are now in the museum of the James- ~ 
town High School. The following is from an article written by © 
Prof. S. G. Love, published in the Jamestown Journal: j 


On the east side of the Fredonia road, about 1 mile north of James- “a 
town, is the farm of Joel I. Hoyt. About 500 yards from the road is a 
sink or slough covering about an acre, possibly more in extent, and vary- — 
ing from 2 to 8 feet in depth, and fed by several living springs. Cattle 
have been mired and lost there since the farm was first occupied. Mr — 
Hoyt drained the sink and left the muck to dry, and later commenced an ‘ 
excavation there. The work of excavating had continued a little more 
than a week, when the workmen began to find (as they supposed) a 
peculiar kind of wood and roots, imbedded some 6 feet beneath the sur- 4 
face. For several days they continued to carry the small pieces into an 
adjoining field with the muck, and to pile the larger ones with pine roots — 
and stumps to be burned. But Mr Hoyt discovered unmistakable evi- ¥ 
dences of the remains of some huge animal. At once there was a change — ‘i 


= 


et PO ee ee. 


se 


bs Another description of this skeleton and that of a smaller one found — 
nearby is given by T. A. Cheney under date of November 13, 1871, in the 
American Naturalist 1872, 6:178-79. See description, p. 16. 


: 


_MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS I5 


in the procedure, in order to secure specimens and determine their char- 
acter. It was difficult to determine the precise position of the remains, 
as they were much disturbed and partially removed before any special 
notice was taken of them. From the best information I could get, I con- 
clude that the body lay with the head to the east, from 4 to 6 feet beneath 
the surface, and in a partially natural position. Many of the bones were, 
however, out of place. The lower jaw was about 5 feet from the head, and 
_ lay on the side crushed together so that the rows of teeth were very near 
each other. The tusks extended eastwardly in nearly a natural position, 
and, judging from the statements of Mr Hoyt and the workmen, they 
must have been from Io to 12 feet in length. After digging into the- 
_ gravel and clay about ro inches I found traces of a rib, decayed, but 
_ distinctly marked, over 5 feet in length. Where the body must have lain 
_ were found large quantities of vegetable matter (evidently the contents of 
the stomach) mostly decayed, in which were innumerable small twigs 
_ varying from one-half inch to 2 inches in length. The remains were all 
i in a very forward state of decay; and when I reached the ground I found 


them. Many of them were picked up in the field, whither they had been 
_ drawn with the muck, and from piles of roots and stumps. Specimens 
- secured: (1) Tip of one of the tusks; length, 3 feet, 71%4 inches; diameter, 
| 6% inches. (2) Middle section of the other tusk; length, 2 feet, 5 inches; 
' diameter, 714 inches. (3) Six teeth; length of longer ones on the crown, 
_ 7% inches; weight, 524 pounds; length of shorter ones, 4%4 inches; weight, 
2% pounds. (4) Left side of under jaw containing two teeth in situ; 
_ length preserved, 2 feet, 1 inch; depth from the crown of the teeth, 10% 
_ inches; thickness, 6 inches. (5) Pieces of scapula (shoulder blade) from 
- t0 to 13 inches long and 4 to 7 wide. (6) Sections of ribs; 12 to 18 inches 
long. (7) Head of the femur (thigh bone). (8) Portions of the vertebrae 
of the neck. (9) Fragments of the cranium (skull). (ro) Various other 
pieces not yet identified. The animal was undoubtedly the American 
' mastodon (Mastodon Maximus, or Mastodon Americanus of some 
_ authors). A single tooth is sufficient to distinguish it from the elephant. 
The grinding surface of a mastodon’s tooth is covered with conical pro- 
_ jections (whence the name of the animal) while that of the elephant is 
_ flat. The size of the living animal must have been, in height, from 10 to 
15 feet, and in length to the base of the tail, from 15 to 20 feet. (I ought 
_ perhaps to say that although I am quite satisfied with the above estimate 
_ of size, I have been told by very good authority that it is an under- 
estimate.) 


_ The following is from a paper read by Professor Love before the 
Chautauqua Society of History and Natural Science, July 16, 1885. 
Referring to the article in the Journal he says: 


| “When we arrived at the farm we found the rain of the previ- 
ous night had filled the excavated portion of the sink with water 
to the deph of 2 or 3 feet. At the limit of the digging on the 
eastern side stood a bank or wall of the muck about 4% feet high. 
fter reopening the ditch and draining off a part of the water, we 
ommenced an examination of this bank, in which the lower jaw 
‘was soon found. It was nearly 3 feet from the surface; the sides 
were crushed together, the right side of the jaw being uppermost. 
t was removed with great care in a blanket, but the upper (right) 
alf crumbled into small pieces as soon as it was exposed to the 
ir for a few minutes. I am of opinion that the animal died in 
is tracks from some natural cause. He may have been drowned 
r mired, but if so the sink must have been at that time much 


16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


deeper than at present, and, judging from the make of the land — 
around the sink, I should say it may have been deeper by many ~ 
feet. The slight dislocation or disturbance of the remains I have ~ 
no doubt were due to causes which would naturally operate in a — 


slough, into which large trees would be liable to fall and finally © 


sink to the bottom. In any event the remains must have been 
buried much deeper in the muck and water for many, many years 
in order to escape complete destruction, and the fact that the bones 
of those animals were permeated with large proportions of fatty 
matter would help greatly to preserve them. 

“The twigs found in such large quantities where the stomach 
would naturally be were found, upon a miscroscopical examination 
and camparison, to be the same kind (genera and species,) as the 
cone-bearing trees (pine and spruce) of the present day. Mingled 
with the twigs was a mass of yellowish fetid matter, probably the 
remains of some vegetation which.did not possess the staying quali- 
ties of the balsamic cone-bearers.”’ 


13 1871. Jamestown. Small mastoden. In the preceding ac- 
count of the large mastodon found at Jamestown mention is made 
of another description of this skeleton by T. A. Cheney. In the 
body of his account such expressions as larger skeleton, smaller ani- 
mal are found, and the concluding paragraph of his article is as fol- 
lows: ‘The smaller skeleton (found at a short distance from the 
larger one) was probably 7 feet in height; tusks 4 feet long, 4 
inches wide, teeth 3% inches in length; sections of jaw and rib 
bones were also found.” Although no mention is made of the 
smaller mastodon by Obed Edson in his original account of the 
larger skeleton, a letter received from him in 1919 stated that the 
skeletons of four mastodons had been found in Chautauqua county. 
Mr Edson also stated in his letter that some teeth of other mastodons 
and elephants had been found in the county but was unable to give 
any definite data regarding the other finds.: The measurements 
given of the smaller skeleton at Jamestown indicate the smallest 
mastodon of which we have definite knowledge in New York State. 

14 1871. Portland (?). Mastodon or mammoth. We are in- 


debted to William L. Bryant of the Buffalo Society of Natural | 
Sciences for the following memorandum relating to a fragment of — 


a tusk in the Buffalo museum: “From G. W. Brud, Silver Creek, 


N. Y., a fragment of a tusk of a mastodon [the tusk measured 13 : 
feet long] dug out of a gravel bank in Portland (?), Chautauqua — 


county.” 


15 1894. Sheridan. This specimen was discovered by Robert — 


Dahlman in April 1894, on his farm, which is in the town of 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS I7 


Sheridan, one-half mile west of the Hanover town line, and 2% 
niles from Lake Erie. The farm is along the main highway, run- 
ing from Buffalo to Erie, Pa., and here follows the beach of glacial 
Lake Warren for several miles. The beach is at an elevation of 
755 feet, or 183 above the level of Lake Erie. A second or higher 
beach of Lake Warren is here well developed, lying parallel to it 
ne-half of a mile to the southeast and 30 feet higher. At the south, 
; beyond this higher Warren lake beach at a little more than a mile 
distant is the still older beach of glacial Lake Whittlesey, 4o feet 
“above the highest Warren beach. At the place where the bones 
were found, the lower Warren beach is not over 300 feet wide with 
_a narrow strip of muck land on both sides, and it was in this muck 
’ 150 feet south of the highway (landward side of the beach) that 
‘the bones were found. The muck at the locality is about 2 feet 
thick, and below that 3 feet of quicksand, underneath which is a 
| hard bed of sand on which all the bones were found, except the 
‘skull. The tusks were driven into the sand a couple of feet. From 
the position in which the bones lay, it would seem as if the mastodon 
had come up over the old lake beach and plunged headfirst into the 
quicksand. 
The remains found consisted of the skull fairly well preserved, 
‘one tusk with the tip broken off measuring 714 feet long and 7 
“inches in diameter. The other tusk had the tip preserved, but the 
base was broken off and measured about 4 feet in length. Other 
bones found were a number of vertebrae, part of the leg and 
shoulder bones. Twelve teeth were found, some of which were 4 
nches across and weighed 4 pounds each. 
16 19002. Westfield. Mastodon or mammoth. We are indebted 
to Doctor Clarke, who visited this locality, for the details of this 
find. He states’ that the bones were found “on property of Mrs 
Alice Peacock, alongside the Nickel Plate Railroad. The bones lay 
on pavement of heavy boulders and under several feet of black 
ayey muck. They consisted of one tusk (6 feet, 2 inches, and 
ughly curved), seventeen ribs, eight pelvic and lumbar vertebrae, 
patella and parts of scapula and pelvis.” No direct evidence is at 
hand to determine whether the remains were those of a mastodon 
or mammoth. The highly curved character of the tusk mentioned 
does not warrant any generic determination such as might be pos- 
sible if the tusk were double curved. It is not known what dis- 
"position has been made of Westfield remains. The locality where 


a j BN. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 863, 933. 


18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the bones and tusk were found is a little more than a mile from, — 
and 140 feet higher than Lake Erie. 


Chemung County 
17 Before 1757. Chemung. Chemung is an Indian name mean- 
ing big horn or great horn, and it is evident from the following! 
account by Beauchamp*® that at least one tusk of-a mammoth or 
mastodon had been found in this country before the coming of the — 
early white settlers. “Chemung has various forms, as that of © 
Skeemonk in 1777, and Shimango in 1779. In 1757 the French ; 
spoke of the ‘Loups of Chaamonaqué or Theoga,’ meaning the 
Delawares living at Tioga. It was written Shamunk in 1767, but 
usually Chemung. The river and an Indian village bore this name, — t 
which meant big horn. The village was burned in 1779. Zeisberger 
has wschummo for horn, and the locative may be added. Spafford 
said: ‘Chemung is said to mean big horn, or great horn, in ~ 
dialect of the Indian tribes that anciently possessed this country. — 
And that a very large horn was found in the Tioga or Chemung 
river is well ascertained.’ This was a Delaware name, and the river ~ 
had: another of similar meaning. In Schoolcraft’s larger work? » 
(5:669) is a communication from Thomas Maxwell, who gave the - 
usual definition and said that the name came from a large horn or t 
tusk found in the river. Of course this must have been in = 


. 


ip ty on 


times to have originated the Delaware name. The early settlers 
found a similar one in the stream in 1799. It was sent to England, — 
and an eminent scientist called it the tusk of an elephant or some — 
animal.” In the communication referred to above, Maxwell a 
states that the jas was found embedded in sand, and the year given 
is “ about 1794” instead of 1799. 

According to Thomas Maxwell, the tusk from which Chentitiiil 
derived its name, had been preserved by the Indians, as shown in. 
the following paragraph’*: “The name of the river is given in 
the journal of Col. Gansevoort as the Tioga. It has since bem 
called the Chemung — and it is said it was so called from a lar 
horn having been found in the river near Bydelman’s, by Hig) 
Indians — Chemung meaning great horn. The Muncies and Dela- | 
wares called it Conongue, which in their language means horn in 


eins 


ee 


: 


us 


77 N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 108, 1907, p. 42. 
“Information respecting the Cees. Condition and Prospects of the 
Indian Tribes of the United States by Henry R. Schoolcraft, Philadelphia, 


1855. “ 
* Brigham’s Elmira Directory for 1863 and 1864. Elmira 1863, p. 16, 17. 4 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 19 


‘the water. A similar horn was found in the water at the lower end 
of the Upper Narrows, by some of the early settlers. Captain 
Daniel McDowell, a former resident of Chemung was captured at 
_ Shawanee on the 12th of September, 1782, by the Indians, and car- 
tied to Niagara, and thence to Quebec. While a captive among the 
Indians he-saw (jit is believed at Quebec,) the identical horn which 
_ gave the name of Chemung to the river theretofore called Tioga. 
. He stated to the writer in his life time that it was a counterpart of 
' the one found at the Upper Narrows, about the year 1791. Captain 
~McDowell had seen both, and was well calculated to give an opinion 
an the matter. The river is still called Tioga above its junction 
Ditth the Cohocton, at Painted Post, and to its head, in the neighbor- 
eis of Blossburgh, Pennsylvania.” 
38 «1788. Chemung river (upper narrows). Mastodon or mam- 
moth. In the preceding account, the early find with date given as 
: about 1794, should probably be 1788 in which case the occurrence 
would be the same as the one of which the account follows: 
| “A Description of a Horn or Bone, lately found in the River 
_ Chemung, or Tyoga, a western Branch of the Susquehanna, about 
12 miles from Tyoga Point: Communicated by the Hon. 
“TIMOTHY EDWARDS, of Stockbridge, Esq.; in a Letter to the 
Rev. Joseph Willard, D. D. 
January, 1788. 


“Tt is 6 feet 9 sible long, 21 inches round, at the large end, and 
pt inches, at the small end. In the large end is a cavity, 2% inches 
in diameter, much like the hollow which is filled with the pith of 

4 “the horn of the ox: This is only 6 inches deep. Every other part 
) is, or appears to have been solid. The exteriour part, where entire 
_ or not perished, is smooth; and in one spot of a dark colour. The 
interiour parts are of a clear white, and have the resemblance of 
well burnt, unslacked lime stone; but these can be seen only where 
it is perished, tender, and broken. From one end to the other, it 
appears to have been nearly round; and on it there have been no 
prongs or branches. It is incurvated nearly into an arch of a large 
circle. By the present state of both the ends, much of it must have 
perished ; probably 2 or 3 feet from each end. From a general view 
of it, there is reason to believe, that in its natural state, it was nearly 
a semicircle of 10 or 12 feet. The undecayed parts, particularly 
the outside, send forth a stench, like a burning horn or bone. Of 
what animal this is the horn or bone, and what has become of ‘this 
animal, are questions worthy of the curious and learned.’’!9 


_ “From Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, v. 2. 


20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Another brief account of the tusk is given by Mitchill*® who — 


states that the tusk was found, “ at Chanango, in New York, near — 
the point where the Susquehannah passes into Pennsylvania.” 


DeKay** refers to a tooth found on the banks of the Susquehannah, 
near Tioga, March, 1786, and states that the tooth was figured in 
the Columbian Magazine. Although the date of publication of the 
magazine is not given by DeKay, it is believed that he had refer- 


‘ 


ence to the figure in the November number of 1786 (1:103), where — 
figures are given of a thigh bone, a tusk and a tooth, which are 


supposed to have been brought by Major Craig from Ohio. Con- 
cerning this, Mitchill states, “Of this species appears to be the 
animal, whose remains were brought by Major Craig from the 
banks of the Ohio, in 1786. They consisted of a thigh bone, part 
of a tusk, and a portion of the jaw with the grinders. They were 
figured by Colonel DeBrahm, and published in the Columbian 
Magazine, at Philadelphia, vol. 1, p. 103-107.” 

1g 1853. Elmira. Mastodon or mammoth. The following ac- 
count by Maxwell relates to a tusk, “ found on an island in the river 
below Elmira, a few weeks since, and it is now here. I have re- 
cently examined it. It is about 4 feet in length, of the crescent 
form, perhaps 3 to 4 inches in diameter. Capt. Eastman saw it 
yesterday, and with others who have seen it, pronounces it to be 
ivory, and a tusk of some large animal, probably now extinct. This 
is the third horn or tusk which has been found in the Chemung so 
that the name is likely to be perpetual.” 


Columbia County 


20 1705. Claverack. Cotton Mather, of witchcraft ill-fame, 
has been generally credited, but incorrectly, with the authorship 
of the earliest printed account of the discovery of mastodon 


remains. In a letter to Doctor Woodward of England, dated — 
November 17, 1712 and published in the Philosophical Transactions — 
of the Royal Society of London for 1714, 29:62 Mather described — 


briefly, ‘. . . bones and teeth of some large animals found lately 


in New England” and, giving a literal interpretation of the biblical — 


pt 1, p. 164 (1703). See also article by George Turner in Trans. Amer. © 
Phil. Soc, 1799, 4: 514. Brief account of the tusk above described and © 


refers to publication above cited. 

® Geology of North America, in Cuvier, Theory of the Earth, 1818, p. 363, 
New York. 

™ DeKay, Nat. Hist. N. Y. Zool. pt. 1, 1842, p. 101. 


a 
Bie 
‘o 
y rs 0 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 21 
statement, “there were giants in the earth in those days,” judged 
he remains to be of antediluvial giant men. But Mather’s 
information was derived from a letter he had received from Gov- 
10r Joseph Dudley, dated Roxbury, July 10, 1706, and from an 
item published July 30, 1705 in the Boston News Letter. 
_ B. Green, editor and printer of the Boston News Letter, gives the 
following account: “New York, July 23. There is a prodigious 
Tooth brought here, supposed by the shape of it to be one of the 
fa r great Teeth of a man; it weighs four pound and three quarters, 
e top of it as sound and white as a Tooth can be, but the Root is 
much decayed, yet one of the fangs of it holds half a pint of Liquor ; 
it was lately dug up, a great way under ground in the side of a 
Bank or Hill 30 or 40 Foot above it, at or near a place call’d Claver- 
ack, about 30 miles on this side of Albany, and is looked upon here 
as a mighty wonder, whither the Tooth be of Man or Beast: They 
also dug up several Bones, which as they came to the Air crumbled 
away: They say one of them which is thought to be a Thigh- -bone 
Was 17 Foot long. There is since another Tooth taken up in the 
Same place, which is a Fore Tooth flat and broad, and is as broad 
as mans Four Fingers, which I have not yet seen; but the other I 
did see, and t'was brought here by a Gentleman of the Assembly: 
They dug up several Trees in the same place of great bigness.” 
A short extract from the above account, without reference to the 
source, is given in Dunlap’s History of the New Netherlands 
| (1840). DeKay (1842) incorrectly credited Dunlap’s account to 
the Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. of London for 1705. 
Governor Dudley’s letter to Mather, which is concerned particu- 
larly with an account of specimens found some miles south of Al- 
Dany, states concerning the teeth from Claverack: “. . . one of 
4€ same growth, but not of equal weight, was last year presented 
to my Lord Cornbury, and one of the same figures exactly was 
shown at Hartford of near a pound weight more than this.” 
_ As an interesting commentary on the thought and learning of the 
fime in matters pertaining to natural science, Cotton Mather’s com- 
Munication taken from the Transactions of the Royal Society, is 
1 ted in full: ‘“ The first letter directed to Doctor Woodward, is 
jated at Boston, in New England, Nov. 17, 1712. In this the 
Writer gives an Account of a large Work in Manuscript, in two: 
Volumes in Folio, but does not name the Author. This, according 
fo the account of it, is a large Commentary upon some Passages in 
the Bible interspers’d with large Philosophical Remarks taken out 


22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


more particularly as to Matters observ’d in America, whence he 
entitles the Work Biblia Americana. This Work Dr. Mather rec 
ommends to the Patronage of some generous Mecaenas, to oa 
the publication of. As a specimen of it, he transcribes a Passage 
out of it, being a Note on that Passage in Gen. Chap. 6. V. 4 re- 
lating to Giants ;.and confirms the Opinion of there having been i 
the Antediluvian World, Men of very large and prodigious Statue 
by the Bones and Teeth of Some large Animals, found lately i : 
Albany in New England, which for some Reasons, he judges to be 
Human; particularly a Tooth brought from the Place where it wad 
found to New York, 1705, being a very large grinder, weighing 4 
pounds and three-quarters, with a Bone, suppos’d to be a oe 
bone, 17 Foot long. He also mentions another Tooth, broad a 

flat like a Fore-Tooth, four fingers broad: the Bones onemnlelit to. 
pieces in the air after they are dug up; they were found near « 
place call’d Claverack, about 30 miles on this side of Albany. an 
then gives the Description of one, which he resembles to the yea 
Tooth of a Man; he says it has four Prongs, or Roots, flat, and | 
something worn on the top; it was six inches high, lacking one 
eighth, as it stood upright on its Root, and almost Thirteen Inches 
in circumference ; it weighed two pounds four ounces Troy weight | 
There was another near a pound heavier, found under the Bank of | 
Hudson’s River, about fifty leagues from the Sea, a great way be- 
low the Surface of ‘the Earth, where the Ground is of a different 
colour and Substance for seventy five Foot long, which they sup- | 
pose to be from the rotting of the Body, to which the Bones. and | 
Teeth did, as he supposes, once belong. It were to be wished the | 
Writer had given an exact Figure of these Teeth and Bones.” . 

It may be pointed out that the tooth mentioned by Mea in the | 
above account as resembling “ the Eye-Tooth of aman,” came from | 
ue west bank of the Hudson, the locality as given by Dudley being x | 

‘some nos below city of Albany, about fifty leagues from 
the sea.”’ The tooth, “near a pound heavier,” the specimen m m 
tioned by Dudley as being shown at Hartford, was doubtless th 
Claverack fore tooth, “flat and broad . . . as a man’s fou 
fingers.” 

In 1713, English ministers and governors stationed abroad were 
instructed to promote the welfare of the Royal Society of London : 
by contributing specimens and by replying to any inquiries addressee : 
to them, concerning the countries to which they were delegated. As | 


he 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 23 
esult of these instructions, Lord Cornbury sent to the secretary 
£ the Royal Society one of the teeth and some of the bones found 
Claverack in 1705. A letter from Lord Cornbury, dated at New 
York and addressed to the secretary, gives further details of the 
covery of the specimens and an account of the excavations car- 
don under his (Cornbury’s) direction. 
“1 did, by the Virginia fleet, send you a Tooth, which, on the 
utside of the box, was called the tooth of a Giant, and I desired 
‘might be given to Gresham College: I now send you some of his 
ones, and I am able to give you this account. The tooth I sent 
yas found near the side of Hudson’s river, rolled down from a 
igh bank by a Dutch country-fellow, about twenty miles on this 
side of Albany, and sold to one Van Bruggen for a gill of rum. 
Van Bruggen being a member of the Assembly, and coming down 
LO New York to the Assembly, brought the tooth with him, and 
show’d it to several people here. I was told of it, and sent for it 
to see, and ask’d if he would dispose of it; he said it was worth 
nothing, but if I had a mind to it, ’twas at my service. Thus I came 
by it. Some said ’twas the tooth of a human creature; others, of 
some beast or fish; but nobody could tell what beast or fish had such 
tooth. I was of opinion it was the tooth of a giant, which gave 
me the curiosity to enquire farther. One Mr. Abeel, Recorder of 
Albany, was then in town, so I directed him to send some person 
to dig near the place where the tooth was found; which he did, and 
aat you may see the account he gives me of it, I send you the origi- 
al letter he sent me: you must allow for the bad English. I desire 
these bones may be sent to the tooth, if you think fit. When I go 
to Albany next, I intend to go to the place myself, to see if I can 
discover anything more concerning the monstrous creature, for so 
E think I may call it.” 
‘Mr Abeel’s letter runs thus: 
“According to you Excellency’s order, I sent to Klaverak to make 
urther discovery about the bones of that creature, where the 
at tooth of it was found. They have dug on the top of the bank 
ere the tooth was roll’d down from, and they found, fifteen feet 
derground, the bones of a corpse that was thirty feet long, but 
s almost all decayed; so soon as they handled them they broke 
pieces; they took up some of the firm pieces, and sent them to 
, and I have ordered them to be delivered to your Excellency.”” 


"# Weld, Hist. of Royal Soc., London, 1848. 


a 


q 


24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Dutchess County 
22, 23 1854 Poughkeepsie. Two skeletons, presumably 


discovered buried, in a marsh about 2 miles from Poughkeepsie, 
New York. Its state of perfection is not known, as it is yet but | 
partly exhumed. This is the second skeleton obtained from the) 


vicinity of this city’. (Am. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, 1854, 18:447.) 


by Prof. W. B. Dwight, who writes: ‘The chief find of mastodon 1 
bones here i ha 40 or nlp or 45 years ago ina small circular . 


Creek road, and from 2 to 3 miles northeasterly from the city. The a 
bones were of large size and were, I think, put into the hands of a 
library association called the Lyceum. What became of them { 
nobody knows.’ | 

“A vertebra from Poughkeepsie is in the State Museum.” 

A brief account of the mastodon remains found in 1854 is con- 
tained in a letter dated Sing Sing, N. Y., September 22, 1854, writ- | 
ten by Spencer F. Baird, former secretary of the Smithsonian In-| 
stitution, to James Hall. Regarding this occurrence Professor | 
Baird says, “ When at Poughkeepsie yesterday morning, I learned 
that some large bones, supposed to be mastodon, had been discov 
ered in digging marl near the city.” A memorandum accompany- 
ing the letter states, “ that the bones found appear to have been a 
large vertebra and some splinters of other bones lying in the shelly 
marl bed. The locality was visited by Professor Baird.” . 

24 1899. Hyde Park road. The following account from 
Poughkeepsie of the remains of a mastodon or mammoth was 
printed in the New York Herald, of November 20, 1899: ‘“ Por- 
tions of a mastodon have been found in Dutchess county, in a 
swamp on the old Macpherson place, in the Hyde Park road, neat 
the country homes of Frederick W. Vanderbilt and other prominent 
New York persons. Workmen digging a drain found several ‘a 


obtained the bone and will Beat it to Vassar College. The coll 
lege officials are desirous of making further excavations in the 


= oe 


#N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 927. 


ye ea 
< SS a ees 


_ skeletons may be found there.” 

_ The printed article also includes a brief account of the mastodon, 
- found on the Schaeffer farm near Newburg on the opposite side of 
' the Hudson river. The latter find is described under Orange 


Genesee County 


. 24 1835? Stafford. A mastodon tooth from this place is re- 
_ ported by Hall** who states, “In a small muck swamp in Stafford, 
_ Genesee county, a small molar tooth was found several years since. 
a Its situation was beneath the muck, and upon a deposit of clay and 
' sand.” 
_ 25 1841. LeRoy. Concerning this find we have only the brief 
- account given by Hall,?® “ In 1841, a molar tooth, weighing 2 pounds, 
was found in a bed of marl 3 miles south of LeRoy.” 
_ 26 1897. Batavia. In September of this year, some remains of 
a mastodon were found on the Baker farm about a mile south of 
_ Batavia. Accounts of the discovery were published in the Buffalo 
_ Express of September 10 and rith. The animal was identified as 
the mastodon by Prof. H. L. Ward of Rochester, who visited the 
locality and saw the parts of the skeleton that were recovered. 
One of the tusks of the mastodon was first encountered at a depth 
_ of 3 feet in making an excavation which was said to have been in 
. a soil of the nature of quicksand saturated with water. This indi- 
cates that the locality was not a true peat bog. The published 
- account also states that “ the tusk and rib were found on high land,” 
_ probably near the margin of a swamp as indicated by the saturated 
condition of the soil. 
_ Among the other parts recorded as being found was a second 
4 tusk of pure cream color found at a depth of about 4 feet. This 
_ tusk, probably broken, was about 314 feet long and weighed about 
_ 32 pounds. It was shorter than the first tusk, which had a length 
_ of 5 feet, with a diameter of 5 inches at its larger end and 214! 
' inches at the point. A portion of a jaw with two teeth, one of 
_ which weighed 4%4 pounds, was obtained. Some vertebrae, a rib 
_ and larger bones, probably leg bones, and part of skull were also 


| uncovered. See Clarke N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 932. 
27 1908. Batavia. This find is reported by Clarke,?* who states, 


“Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol. 4th Dist. 1843, p. 364. 
** Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol. 4th Dist. 1843, p. 364. 
N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 140, 1910, p. 46. 


26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


“ Discovery of a part of a skeleton on Willow street in this village — 
has been reported. The bones found consisted of a few ribs, ver- 
tebrae and leg bones and it is stated that a jaw bearing teeth was — 
also uncovered.” Most of the remains are in a splendid state of 


preservation and are now in the Holland Land Office Museum at 
Batavia. 


28 1916. South Byron. About 1916 a molar of a mastodon was ~ 
found on the farm of Mrs E. H. Miller. The location is a short — 
distance south of the village at an altitude near 700 feet, and 8 | 
miles northeast from the mastodon locality in Batavia village. At | 


the present writing the tooth is in the possession of Mrs Miller. 


Greene County 


29 1706. Coxsackie. This ‘mastodon, whose remains were 
found some miles below Albany, probably in the town of Coxsackie, 
‘ was the second found in America. The year before, in 1705, the 
first specimen found by white settlers had been uncovered at 
Claverack. It is no wonder then that great curiosity and doubt was 
expressed as to the kind of animal to which the remains belonged. 

Among the manuscripts of Cotton Mather, deposited at one time 
with the American Antiquarian Society at Worcester, was a letter 
to him from Governor Joseph Dudley in which an account is given 
of these mastodon remains from the vicinity of Albany, N. Y.. The 
letter was first printed in the Collections of the Massachusetts 
Historical Society?’ and later in Eager’s History of Orange County. 
As an early record of mastodon remains from this locality, it is 
herewith presented in its entirety: 


“Roxbury, 10 July, 1706. 


“Sir, I was surprised a few days since with a present laid before 
me from Albany, by two honest Dutchmen, inhabitants of that city, 
which was a certain tooth accompanied with some other pieces of 
bone, which being but fragments, without any points whereby they 
might be determined to what animals they did belong, I could make 
nothing of them; but the tooth was of the perfect form of the eye 
tooth of a man, with four prongs or roots, and six distinct faces 
or flats on the top, a little worn, and all perfectly smoothed with 
grinding. I suppose all the surgeons in town have seen it, and I 
am perfectly of opinion it was a human tooth. I measured it, and 


as it stood upright it was six inches. high lacking one-eighth, and — 


Second ser. 1814: 2:263-64. See also Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. 


1814, 29:62. 


Se eS ee eee 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 27 


7 round 13 inches, lacking one-eighth, And its weight in the scale 
“was 2 pounds, and four ounces, Troy weight. One® of the same 
growth, but not of equal weight was last year presented to my lord 
Cornbury, and one of the same figure exactly was shewed at Hart- 
ford, of near a pound weight more than this. 

_ “Upon examination of the two Dutchmen they tell me the said 
‘tooth and bones were taken up under the bank of the Hudson’s 
tiver, some miles below the city of Albany, about 50 leagues from 
the sea, about foot below the surface of the earth, in a place 
where the freshet does every year rake and waste the bank, and that 
there is a plain discoloration of the ground, for seventy five foot 
long at least, different from the earth in colour and substance, 
where is judged by every body that see it, to be the ruins and dust 
of the body that bore those teeth and bones. 

_ “Tam perfectly of opinion that the tooth will agree only to a 
‘human body, for whom the flood only could prepare a funeral; and 
without doubt he waded as long as he could to keep his head above 
the clouds, but must at length be confounded with all other creatures’ 
and the new sediment after the flood gave him the depth we now 
find. 
_ “T remember to have read somewhere a tradition of the Jewish 
trabbins, that the issues of those unequal matches between heaven 
ad earth at the beginning. were such whose heads reached the 
ouds, who are, therefore called Nephelim, and their issue were 
Geborim, who shrunk away to the Raphaim, who were then found 
‘not to be invincible, but fell before less men, the sons of the east 
in several places besides Canaan. I am not perfectly satisfied of 
what rank or classis this fellow was, but I am sure not of the last, 
for Goliah was not half so many feet as this was ells long. 

_ “The distance from the sea takes away all pretension of its being 
‘a whale or animal of the sea, as well as the figure of the tooth, nor 
can it be any remains of the elephant, the shape of the tooth and 
-admeasurement of the body in the ground will not allow that. 

_ “There is nothing left but to repair to those antique doctors for 
hii origin, and to allow Dr. Burnet and Dr. Whiston to bury him 
a ut I the Bae oe if he were what he shows, he will be seen again 


ria leven Sir, your humble aa 
“i DW DLE Yar 


, * This refers to the Claverack specimen. 


28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


30 18387 Greenville. Both Hall and Mather record in their 
1843 reports?® the finding of bones at Greenville, which were prob- — 
ably those of a mastodon, although Mather remarks that they were | 
“the bones of a fossil elephant, as is supposed.” Hall states that — 
“the bones were imbedded in a freshwater marl, or rested upon — 
the clay beneath the marl. There is here no possibility of their ~ 
having been transported.” This locality, which is about 2 miles © 
west of Greenville, was also visited by Sir Charles Lyell®° in com- | 
pany with Professor Hall in 1841. Lyell states that the remains — 
of a mastodon occurred, “at a depth of 4 or 5 feet, in shell-marl, 
with recent species of shells. These deposits of marl covered with 
peat are newer than the boulder (drift) formation.” No informa- — 
tion is available as to the exact date when the bones were found. — 
According to Mather, ‘‘ Two of the vertebrae were brought to Al- 
bany, one of them, the dentatus, is still in the possession of Prof. 
E. Emmons. The articulating surface of this is 9 inches in diame- 
ter.” Greenville is at an elevation of around 700 feet, about 12 
miles west of the Hudson and 8 miles north of the higher points of 
the northern Catskills. 

31 1840. Freehold. From a small swampy depression on the 
farm of Charles Coonley, located on the road between Freehold and 
Greenville, bones of a mastodon have been obtained at various times. 
Doctor Clarke*! records an atlas found in 1840, and within the last 
I5 years a few other bones, including one vertebra, have been 
obtained. A vertebra from this locality is in the American Museum 
of Natural History, having been presented by Charles Snyder of 
Freehold. Information given the writers by residents of Freehold 
and Greenville is to the effect that most of the bones of the masto- 
don are still in the swampy depression, their presence having been 
determined, it is said, by sounding. The Freehold locality is about 
3 miles from the mastodon find recorded from west of Greenville. 


Lewis County 


32 1877. Copenhagen. Mastodon or mammoth (plate 5, upper 
figure). Franklin B. Hough of Lowville in a letter, now in the 
Museum files, to Dr S. B. Woodworth, Secretary of the Regents, 
under date of September 29, 1877, writes as follows: “Mr P. H. 


” Hall, Geology of New York, pt 4, p. 367; Mather, Geology of New 
York, pt 1, p. 44. 

*Tyell’s Travels in North America, 1845, 1:54. See also Amer. Journal 
Sci. 1844, 46: 322. 

Nn. Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 927. 


“KON ‘Ueutsiep] wor; uopojsew Sunod e& fo ysl poAtosaid-ljay ‘anbY samo] ‘YyYyowUWRU eB FO Jey} aq Alqissod 


Kew jnq ‘uOpojseW a]eUIOf B JO Ysn} B oq 0} padoTEG “A ‘N “Od stMoy ‘uaseyuedoD ye punofz ysnj r9pualg ‘aanby sadd/) 


gq MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 29 


4 Sage of Copenhagen, Lewis Co., has just brought to me a tusk of 
_ a Mammoth or Elephant*? found about a mile west of that village on 
_ Thursday of last week (Sept. 20th). It is 5 feet 9 inches long on 
_ the lower side, 834 inches around at the base and 1034 at the largest 
part, and weighs 25 pounds. It was found in digging muck from 
a low place in a field that had no drainage but was on somewhat 
elevated ground. Its base was uppermost in the muck and it passed 
obliquely down through a kind of marl into a bed of blue gravel. 
The tip was broken off in getting out but has been mended on again. 
The tusk is quite sound and has a socket at the base. . . . The 
tusk is much more slender than any I have seen, and must have 
belonged to a young animal.” In a letter to Professor Hall, dated 
October 11, 1877, Doctor Hough tells of a personal visit to the 
locality. He wrote, “ The place where the tusk was found being 
12 miles from this place, I did not find an opportunity of seeing it 
_ until today. The spot is a narrow swamp timbered with black 
ash, soft maple and elm, and was evidently once a shallow pond. 
The limestone rock is not over 10 or 12 feet below the surface, and 
is covered with a foot or more of gravel. Over this is ‘a stratum 
of marl, still showing occasionally delicate but distinct shells of 
existing species but mostly a finely comminuted greyish white mass 
of the consistence of putty. Above this and varying in depth from 
1 to 6 feet or more, is muck, full of the remains of the recent vege- 
tation of the swamp. The place where the tusk was found, was 
near the bottom of the muck, and in the marl, about 5 feet below 
the surface. No excavatioins have since been made and the hole 
is now in the condition of a mortar bed from recent rains. 

“T think there is no doubt but that the animal lost its life there 
as both the marl and muck have been formed where they are. 
There is no appearance of any materials having been transported 
by currents or otherwise.” 

This swamp is on the divide between the North Sandy creek and 
the Deer river at an elevation of 1190 feet above sea. A slight 
difference in level would turn the waters into the Deer river, but 
_ the natural overflow is into the extreme source of the North Sandy 
creek. This find is the most northerly thus far recorded in the 
State. The tusk as shown in the plate is a slender one and it has 
not been determined definitely whether it belonged to a mastodon 
or mammoth. While the tusk resembles in some respects that of 


2 A brief account of this find is given by C. H. Merriam in “ The 
Mammals of the Adirondack Region,” 1886, p. 145. The same account is 
also given in Tran. Linnaean Soc. of iN. Y., 1884, 2:47. 


30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the mammoth it is quite likely that it belonged to a female mastodon. 
The character of the tusk and the nature of the deposits in which 
it was found are quite similar to those of the Mount Holly, Ver- 
mont, mammoth®® (E. primigeniws), which was found on the 
divide between the Champlain and Connecticut valleys, beneath 
muck and lying on a bed of gravel at an elevation of 1415 feet. 
One of the Mount Holly tusks had the following measurements: 
along curve on outer surface 80 inches, greatest circumference 12 
inches, cord from base to point 60 inches, longest perpendicular 
from cord to inner curve 19 inches. In the Copenhagen specimen 
the corresponding last two measurements are 50 and 13 inches re- 
spectively. The measurements show that the Mount Holly speci- 
men is larger than the Copenhagen, and that the proportions are: 
nearly the same. It is not known-whether the curve of the Mount 
Holly tusk is in a single plane. The Copenhagen specimen clearly 
shows a spiral curve. 


Livingston County 


33 1825. Geneseo. In 1825, the remains of a mastodon were 
found about one-half mile east of the court house at Geneseo in 
a small marsh. An account of the find was published in the Liv- 
ingston Register of August 17, 1825, and 2 years later the follow- 
ing article was written by Jeremiah Van Rensselaer :** ‘‘The tusks 
were first seen, and then the head, but these, as indeed the whole 
skeleton, were in such a state of almost total decomposition, as to 
defy all attempts at preservation. The skeleton lay in the direction 
so frequently observed in the remains of this animal, South West 
and North East. The head rested upon the lower jaw. The tusks 
were much decayed; their points were five feet apart, and curved 
at least a foot from the center. They were four feet and two 
inches in length; the largest diameter could not be ascertained on 
account of their decay— but it was preserved a considerable dis- 
tance and then gradually diminished, so that at five inches from 
the point, the diameter was three inches. The laminated structure 
of the tusk was rendered evident by decomposition, which had in 
a; measure separated the laminae, and the whole was supposed to 
be: phosphate of lime. 

“ Of the two (superior) incisors, no trace could be discovered, 
but the eight molars were in situ. The length of the largest tooth 


** Appendix to Thompson’s Vermont, 1853, p. 15. 
Amer. Jour. Sci., 1827, 12:330-81. 


ia MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 31 


_ was six and a quarter inches; of the smallest three and a half; the 
crown of the tooth was two and a half; and the breadth of the 
_ enamel from one-eighth to three-eighths of an inch, as was rendered 
visible by wearing away of the surface. The roots were all broken 
and decayed. The animal could not have been old, as eight molar 
teeth were found; old animals have only one molar on either side 
of each jaw. 

“The pelvis was twenty two inches in its transverse diameter, 
between the acetabula at the inferior opening. The epiphyses of 'the 
_ large bones, and the patellae were found nearly perfect, not ‘having 
- suffered from decay.” | 

_ This find is mentioned by DeKay,*° who states that the skeleton 
_ was found resting upon a bed of fine white gravel, but as DeKay 
' refers tothe Rensselaer account, which is apparently the source of 
his information, the word marl should have been used instead of 
gravel. 

‘One of the teeth of the Geneseo mastodon is indir by Hall%? 
whose brief account is here given: 


“At Geneseo in Livingston county, several years since, a large 
- number of bones and three teeth were found in a swamp beneath a 
deposit of muck, intermingled with a sandy calcareous marl. A 
single tooth, in the possession of C. H. Bryan, Esq. of Geneseo, is 
_ the only known ‘remaining specimen of this collection. The figure 
at the head of the chapter is from this fossil.” 

Hall further states (p. 366), “In the case at Geneseo, where the 
_ bones were said to be imbedded in gravel, it is proved to have been 
a shell marl.” 

| A footnote on the same page reads; “ While Mr. Lyell was in this 
_ part of the country, being desirous to ascertain the truth among 
_ conflicting statements, he procured an excavation to be made at the 
4 spot where the bones were originally found. Some fragments of 
_ bones were obtained, mixed with marl and freshwater shells, leav- 
_ ing no doubt of the position of the animal, which doubtless perished 
_ on the spot where these remains occur.” 

_ Sir Charles Lyell’s account of his visit to the Geneseo locality is 
) given in his “ Travels in North America” (1845, 1:45): 

_ “Twas desirous of knowing whether any shells accompanied the 
q bones, and whether they were recent species. Mr. Hall and I there- 


® Nat. Hist. N. Y. Zool., pt 1, 1842, p. Io4. 
5 Nat. daist. IN: ei., Geol. pt 4, 1843, p. 304; fig. 173, p. 363: tables; no. 
y 68, fig. 74. ‘See also ‘Amer. Jour. Agr. & Sci., 1847, 6:35, fig. 2! 


32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


fore procured workmen, who were-.soon joined by several amateurs 
of Geneseo, and a pit was dug to the depth of about five feet from 
the surface. Here we came down upon a bed of white shell-marl 
and sand, in which lay portions of the skull, ivory tusk, and ver- 
tebrae, of the extinct quadruped. The shells proved to be all of 
existing freshwater and land species now common in this district. 
I had been told that the Mastodon’s teeth were taken out of muck, 
or the black superficial peaty earth of this bog. I was therefore 
glad to ascertain that it was really buried in the shell-marl below 
the peat, and therefore agreed in situation with the large fossil elks 
of Ireland, which, though often said to occur in peat, are in fact 
met with in subjacent beds of marl.” 

Another account by Lyell,?” published previously to the one above 
given states that at Geneseo (printed Genesee), “Remains of the 
Mastodon giganteum were found with existing shells in a small 
swamp, in a cavity of the boulder formation, so that the animal 
must have sunk after the period of the drift, when a shallow pond 
fed by springs was inhabited by the same species of fresh-water 
Mollusca as now live on the spot.” 

A somewhat extended account of the Geneseo mastodon is given 
in “A History of Livingston county.”* From this history the fol- 
lowing statements are derived: ‘“‘ The tusks were of spiral form, 
one measured 5 feet in length and 7 inches in diameter at its base, 
gradually diminishing in size to an obtuse point. They were found 
about 3 feet apart, their points lying in opposite directions. The 
teeth were marked upon their grinding surface by four rows of 
studded, blunt points elevated an inch. The processes of the teeth 
that enter the jaw were destroyed in all of them. The bones were 
so badly decayed that it was impossible to collect any of the im- 
portant ones. Measurements showed that the lower bone of the 
hind leg was 3 feet in length from the knee joint to the ankle. The 
thigh bone, was 3 feet in length from joint to neck. The length of 
the animal from the center between the base of the two tusks to the 
exterior point of the pelvis was estimated at 20 feet and the height 
at 12 feet. The bones were placed in the cabinet of the Buffalo 
Natural Historical Society.” 

This society is now the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Its 


7 Am. Jour. Sci., 1844, 46:322. This article is from the Proceedings of 
the London Geological Society, 1843, v. 4, no. 92. 

% By Lockwood L. Doty, Geneseo, 1876, p. 379-81. On page 528 is the 
statement that the Mammoth spring at Geneseo is so called from the fact 
that several bones and teeth of a mastodon were exhumed here in 1825. 


a juseum contains five molar teeth and parts of tusks from western 
Bolan from Geneseo figured by Hall, shows the root processes. It 
is not known whether this specimen has been preserved. It may 
have represented the best of the molars or the processes may have 
been added when making the drawing. The early accounts stated 
that the root processes were all broken and decayed. 

34 + 1886. Fowlerville. Some remains of a mastodon were 
found in an excavation on the bank of the Genesee river, 80 feet 
above the water. Three or four teeth, tusks and some badly broken 
‘bones were found.2® Some of the teeth are said to be in a private 
collection in Rochester. 

- 35 1835. Scottsburg. An account of the finding of this speci- 
“men is given in “A History of Livingston County” (1876, p. 380). 
The account states that the “discovery was made about the year 
1835, in straightening the road from Scottsburgh to Conesus lake. 
In digging the ditch on the east side of the road, where it ran 
through a swamp of five or six acres, near the inlet of the lake 
and about thirty rods to the west, the remains of a mastodon 
were found, about three feet below the surface. Eight teeth were 
found, four of which had blunt points, and weighing about two 
pounds each. The shoulder blades, pieces of the ribs and some 
joints of the backbone were also found. Some of these bones are 
‘now in the Le Roy Female Seminary.” Clarke* states on the 
authority of C. E. Beecher that twenty bones and fragments 
were collected by F. H. Bradley and H. A. Green, which were pre- 
sented to Yale University Museum by R. S. Fellows. There is a 
possibility that the record presented above may actually represent 
two finds in the vicinity of Scottsburg. Data to determine this 
‘point are not available. 

_ 36 1900? Nunda. It is not known whether this find represents 
a mastodon or mammoth. The only account we have of the bones 
is the brief statement of Clarke‘! which reads, “Ten bones and 
fragments, collected by Rev. Milton Waldo and presented by R. S. 
‘Fellows to Yale University Museum, C. E. Beecher.” As no ac- 
‘count of the find is given in the History of Livingston County pub- 
lished i in 1876, the bones were probably collected between that date 


a d 1900. 


i ®N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 932. 
» *N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 932. 
4 “N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 032. 


34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Madison County 


37 1917. Canastota. The discovery of these remains was re- 
ported by Dr Burnett Smith, of Syracuse University, and a brief 
account of the find was published by Doctor Clarke (N. Y. State | 
Mus. Bul. 196, p. 46, 1918). The bones were found in 1917 at an 
elevation of 420 feet while a drainage ditch was being dug in muck 
on the farm then owned by Mrs J. B. Fuller, 4 miles north from 
Canastota and 2% miles south from Lewis point on the south shore 
of Oneida lake, which is 123 feet above the level of Lake ‘Ontario 
and within the limits of glacial Lake Iroquois. The parts found 
consisted of femur, ulna, radius, tibia, patella and three ribs. A 
photograph of the larger leg bones was shown to Dr W. D. Mat- 
thew and by him identified as those of a mastodon. The bones were 
all found close together, in muck at a depth not exceeding 3 feet 
from the surface. Efforts to obtain the bones for the Museum 
were unavailing as the owners hoped to procure the remaining ones 
for assembling a complete skeleton. Difficulties encountered with 
water gave but little encouragement to hopes for ‘final success of 
the enterprise. The locality for this mastodon is less than 3 miles 
from the place, and at nearly the same elevation, where an incisor 
of the giant beaver*? was found. This mastodon find is of special 
interest because the remains occurred well within the basin of 
glacial Lake Iroquois, thus indicating the presence of the living 
mastodon in this section after the withdrawal of glacial waters and 
the extinction of Lake Iroquois. At this time the glacier also had 
retreated far enough to the north to again establish the St Law- 
rence drainage. 


Monroe County 


38 1813?, 1830, 1833. Perinton. In a letter, to the editor of 
the American Journal of Science and Arts, dated Pittsford, October 
26, 1830, J. A. Guernsey states: 


I have just procured a piece of a tusk found 3 weeks since in the bank 
of the Ironduqoit creek, 2% miles from this place; a boy struck a spade 
against the point of the tusk and broke it off, he then dug parallel to the 
surface of the earth, about 5 feet below the sod, but he ‘broke it into five 
pieces. The entire length of all the pieces was 7% feet, and the whole | 
tusk must have measured 9 feet The exposure to the air causing it to 
slack and crumble, I advised the possessor to lay it in a‘box of sand where 
it now remains. 

The root or butt of the tusk is hollow for 18 inches. The longest piece 
measures 22 inches in length, and 16% inches in circumference, weighing 


“See article by Burnett Smith (Am. Jour. Sci., Nov. 1914) for detailed 
account of the incisor and descriptions of the Pleistocene formations of 
the region. 


“MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 35 


‘One of the vertebrae of the neck was also found, weighing 2 
unds 2 ounces; it was apparently very much decayed. The owner of 
the lands intends digging for the remainder of the skeleton. A. J. S,, 


pes? (1831) 19:358. 

"With the above published Cen there is a sketch of the tusk 
a the statement is made that it was drawn from memory. 
_ Six years after the publication of the above account, an article, 
Wwritten at Rochester, describing another find was published*® under 
the title, ““ Fossil Remains of the Elephant, Elephas primigeneus.” 
‘The locality is undoubtedly the same as that of the 1830 find since 
both are at the Irondequoit creek and the same distance from Pitts- 
ford. Fullam’s Basin, the locality for the later find, is just west of 
] airport near the place where the West Shore Railroad crosses Iron- 
r quoit creek. The 1837 account includes these statements: 


These fossil remains were dug up from a sand bank in the Irondiquot 
creek in the town of Perinton, about 10 miles east of this city. They con- 
sist of a tusk and two teeth of the fossil elephant. The teeth are well pre- 
s served. The tusk had decayed for some distance at each end. As it lay 
n the sand, curved somewhat, it measured Io feet in length, and 7 feet of 
it were removed, buta portion of this length broke into many pieces. The 
ongest piece is 204 feet long, and 5 inches in diameter, and as it belonged 
ear the middle part of the tusk, the whole was of great size and near 
he root was probably 8 inches in diameter. The large piece and many 
tTagments are now in the possession of Mr Butler,*a the enterprising 
roprietor of the museum in this city. 

These fossils were found April 2, 1833, in excavating the earth for the 
Passage of water at a saw-mill. It is said that there was no indications 
9f other bones or teeth. About 20 years before, a thigh bone of some huge 
inimal was found in removing the earth a few rods below in the same 
bank. The whole probably belonged to the same animal, and more may 
yet be discovered on further removal of the earth. The thigh bone is 
id to be in the possession of a gentleman in an adjoining town to Perin- 
n, but I have not been able to discover it. The tusk lay about 4 feet 
low the surface, and partly under the stump of a large forest tree. The 
ace was covered with forest a few years ago; I have conversed with 
veral individuals who were at the place, and knew the circumstances, and 
ve examined the remains in the museum. There can be no doubt about 
)the character of these remains and that they had been buried for centuries 
the earth. The place is in the road, at the Irondiquot creek, a little 
stance from the place called Fullum’s Basin, perhaps 10 miles from Lake 
ntario. 


The thigh bone mentioned as having been found about 20 years 
fore, which would make the date about 1813, seems not to have 
n known to Mr Guernsey, and no mention is made of Guernsey’s 
er in the 1837 article. 

n a footnote in the Hanerieas Journal of Science (1838, 33 :123) 
ios. C. Dewey states, “ The remains of the elephant in the museum 


© Am. Jour. Sct, 1837, 32:377- 
a Should probably read “ Mr Bishop.” 


36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of Mr. Bishop, noticed in the last number of this Journal, belong 
to one species of the mastodon. The teeth of the elephant were 
from some place, it is said, in Ohio. Those of the mastodon were 
found with the tusk in Perinton, as described.” ' 

It is evident from Dewey’s statement that the remains at Perinton 
were those of a mastodon, and his statement finds substantiation 
in “ Sketches of Rochester” by Henry O’Reilly, published at Roch- 
ester in 1838, which has the following account of the Rochester 
Museum (p. 381), “ The proprietor is J. R. Bishop. Some small 
remains of the mastodon, found in Perinton, in Rochester, and on. 
the western prairies, may be seen in this collection.” . 

The Perinton fossil remains are also described by O’Reilly as 
follows: a 


It was on the bank of this stream [Irondequoit], near Fullam’s Basin, 
in the town of Perrinton, that the thigh bone, one large tusk, and two 
teeth of the fossil elephant, mastodon, were found in the diluvium, over 
which stood the aged trees of an ancient forest. A part of these remains 
are now to be seen in the Rochester Museum kept by Mr Bishop. The] 
discovery was made by Mr Wm. Mann while digging up a stump. The 
teeth were deposited about 4 feet below the surface of the earth. These | 
were in a tolerably good state of preservation; the roots began to crumple | 
a little on exposure, but the enamel of the teeth was in almost a perfect a 
state. g 

Under the heading “American Elephant,” DeKay** in 1842, de- | 
scribed what he considered to be a new species of fossil elephant | 
(Elephas americanus). He states that the specimens | 
“were found in a diluvial formation near the Irondiquoit river in 
Monroe county, 10 miles east of the city of Rochester. According 
to a writer in the American Journal [of Science], volume 32, page} 
377, these remains consisted of a tusk and two molars, one of which | 
is in the Cabinet of the Lyceum (New York) and is that figured} 
in the plate.” On the basis of Dewey’s statement, it seems reason-| 


able to assume that the tooth figured by DeKay, may represent a 


the Perinton locality. Possibly the tooth may have been obtained] 
from Bishop’s Museum at Rochester, which had mammoth teeth] 
among its collections. At least it is not clear how the tooth figured 
by DeKay, came to be recorded from Perinton. Further reference | 
to this tooth will be given under mammoths (page 70). It may be} 


“Nat. Hist. N. Y.; Zool. 1842, pt 1, p. 101; pl. 32,'fig. 2. 
“Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol., pt 4, 1843, p. 364. 


‘i MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 37 


and apparently no mammoths from New York were known 
mito him’ at the time of the publication of his report in 
_ 1843. Among the list of Fossil Bones of Quadrupeds he cites 
one (page 364): “in the town of Perrinton, in the bank of a 
small stream, in gravel and sand, a tusk and several teeth were 
found at this place, which are now in the Rochester Museum.” 
The evidence as to the age of the deposits in which the remains 
were found is not such as to justify any definite conclusion. 
Whether the animal became imbedded in these deposits while Iro- 
quois waters were still present or at a much later period can not be 
determined from present known facts. Hall states that “the de- 
posit of gravel and sand is a recent one, made by the stream on 
which it occurs” (page 366). It is possible that the remains may 
have been washed out of an earlier deposit by later waters and some 
of the parts reinterred. The scattering of the remains suggests that 
such might have been the case. The bulk of deposits are of glacial 
delta formation and the locality is not only within the southern 
area of glacial Lake Iroquois but also in the area of the preceding 
water, glacial Lake Dawson. 
39 1837. Genesee Valley Canal. Mastodon or mammoth. A 
letter apparently written by Prof. Chester Dewey and dated Roch- 
ester August 19, 1837 states*®: 


A part of a mammoth has this day (Aug. 19th) been uncovered in exca- 
vating the Genesee Valley Canal, where it crosses Sophia” street, in this 
city. Two ribs, a part of the skull, and of a bone of a leg, and an enor- 

- mous tusk, have been found. The last, which must have been 8 or 10 feet 
- long, was chiefly picked to pieces by the Irish laborers, who supposed it 
to be a log, as it had lost its gelatine; about a foot of the smaller end is 
entire, and there can be no doubt what it once was. It must have been 8 
- inches in diameter in the middle. One rib, which seems to have been a 
- short rib, is in a fine state of preservation. Whether the animal was an 
elephant or a mastodon is uncertain. These remains were found about 
| 4 feet below the surface in a hollow or water-course, lying on and in a 
| very hard body of blue clay, and about 2 feet above the polished limestone, 
_ which underlies so great a portion of this city. 

_ The upper surface of the limestone, which is covered with soil and 
if earth from 2 to 6 and sometimes to 12 and 20 feet deep under Rochester, 
| is not merely smoothed, but actually polished, making a very good transition 
| marble. 


_ This find is also recorded by Hall in Assembly Document 
200, February 20, 1838, page 347, and more fully. described 
by him in the Natural History of New York (Geol. pt 4, 1843, 
 p. 364). Hall states, “In 1838 [should be 1837], . . . some bones 
- * Amer. Jour. Sci. 1838, 33:201. 


_ “This is now Plymouth avenue and the locality is near its intersection 
_ with Caledonia avenue. 


? 


38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of the head, several ribs, parts of two vertebrae, and some portion 
of the pelvis were found, intermingled with gravel and covered by — 
clay and loam, and above these a deposit of shell marl. These bones — 
are now in the state collection. The tusk is said to have been nine © 
feet long, but was nearly destroyed by the workmen before remov- © 
ing it from the clay. A portion of a tibia was also found, which ~ 
is in the Rochester Museum.” } 
Sir Charles Lyell*® during his travels in America in 1841, visited — 
the above locality. He writes, “In the suburbs of Rochester, Mr ~ 
Hall and I visited a spot where the remains of the great mastodon 
had been dug up from a bed of white shell-marl. I found frag- — 
ments of the fossil teeth and ivory of one tusk, and ascertained that © 
the accompanying shells were of recent species of the genera Lim- ~ 
nea, Planorbis, Valvata, Cyclas, etc.” 
In the report of DeKay (1842), no mention is made by name of © 
the Sophia street (Rochester) find. The following, however, oc- ~ 
curs on page 103: “In the same year (meaning 1817), remains | 
were found in the city of Rochester, 4 feet below the surface, in a © 
hollow or watercourse.” It is evident on comparing the above sen- | 
tence with the August 19th letter of Professor Dewey, that DeKay’s ~ 
statement refers to the Sophia street discovery and that the date © 
should have been 1837 instead of 1817. On the basis of DeKay’s © 
published statement, Hall in 1843 (page 364) lists finds for the two 
years 1817 and 1838, which are here combined under the date — 
1837. 
40 1866? Mt Hope cemetery. “A few remains at Mount Hope © 
cemetery, H. L. Ward.”*® This is all the information we have con- | 
cerning this find, and it is not known whether any of these bones © 
were ever collected. It is possible that the bones were too fragmen- | 
tary and probably not well preserved as only a few were found and ~ 
it is not known whether the bones belonged to a mastodon or a | 
mammoth. The locality is on the east side of the Genesee river, © 
the cemetery being in line with the southwestern extension of the | 
Pinnacle hills and apparently having a similar glacial origin, the © 
deposits being composed of sand and gravel. The site is less than 
a mile from the Genesee Valley canal find of 1837. 
41 1913. Charlotte Boulevard, Rochester. In the geological 
museum of the University of Rochester there is a rib of a mastodon 


4 Travels in North America, 1:18, 1845. See also Lyell’s article in Pro- 
ceedings of the London Geological Society, v. 4, no. 92. This article is | 
also printed in Amer. Jour. Sci. v. 46, 1844; see p. 322 for reference to the | 
Rochester locality. 

* Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 931. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 39 


_ormammoth found 12 feet below the surface of the ground in 
_ gravel at the corner of Charlotte boulevard and Miller street, Roch- 
ester. The specimen was presented by Sigurd Bo in January, 1913, 


having been found but a short time previously. No other remains 
are believed to have been present in the immediate vicinity, at least 
no others were found, and we are with no clue for the generic de- 
termination of the specimen. The above information was given by 
Prof. G. H. Chadwick to one of the writers when he visited the 
Rochester Museum a few years ago. 

42 1918. Pittsford. Prof. H. L. Fairchild has recently reported 
the discovery of the foot bones of a mastodon or mammoth in a 
small swamp near Pittsford in which there is marl overlaid by muck. 
It is intended to carry on excavations in hopes of obtaining other 
parts of the animal. 

New York County 


43 1840? Manhattan. The following account of a find, sup- 
posedly that of a mastodon, in New York City is quoted from 
Issachar Cozzens, m “A Geological History of the New York or 
Manhattan Island,” published in 1843 (page 75): ‘‘ The cellular 
part of a large bone, probably of the mastodon, was found in dig- 
ging the cellar of J. M. Bradhurst’s house about 10 feet below the 
present surface, in Broadway near Franklin street.” 

44. 1885. Inwood. Mastodon or mammoth. Of this tusk Prof. 


R. P. Whitfield®® writes as follows: “In April 1885, Elisha A. 


Howland, then principal of grammar school No. 68, at 128th street, 
between Sixth and Seventh avenues, brought and donated to the 
museum the lower extremity of a mastodon tusk, nearly 15 inches 
long by 4 in its greatest diameter, which had been found shortly 


} before at Inwood, N. Y., while cutting a ditch through a peat bed 


near the Presbyterian Church at that place. This fragment shows 
fresh breaking at the upper end, and was undoubtedly much longer 
when first found.” 

45 1885. Dyckman’s creek. Mastodon or mammoth. In 1885 


atusk was found in excavating for the Harlem ship canal. An ac- 
_ count of this find as communicated to Science** by R. P. Whitfield 
- of the American Museum of Natural History includes the follow- 
_ ing statements: 


The specimen was found at a depth of 16 feet below mean low water, at 


_ the eastern end of Dyckman’s creek, at its junction with the Harlem river. 


The portion of the tusk preserved and received at the museum is nearly 


5° Science, v. 18, Dec. 18, 1891. 
V7. 18, Dec. 18, 1801. 


AO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


3 feet long, and has a diameter of 7% inches full, at its largest part; being 
the upper or socket end of the tusk, and is well preserved, although much ~ 
shattered by drying and rough handling by the workmen before it came 
to the attention of the engineers in charge of the work. 

The excavation at this point is through the salt meadow, of the Harlem 
river, showing from 4 to 6 feet of meadow sod and silt filled with the roots 
of the meadow grass; below this there is a deep bed of incipient peat, of 
which, at the spot where the tusk was found, there was fully 12 feet; next 
below comes a bed of sandy clay of very variable thickness, but at the 
spot in question measuring only 18 or 20 inches in thickness. This clay 
rests immediately on the submerged slope of the dolomitic limestone ridge 
which forms the upper end of Manhattan island, and extends northward 
beyond the Spuyten Duyvil creek. 

The tusk was found imbedded in the peat with the socket or “ butt” end 
down, and slightly entering the sand, the shaft being in the peat and at 
an angle of about 70 degrees to the horizontal, showing that it had settled 
through the peat until it came in contact with the sand. 

From the indications furnished by the conditions of its occurrence I 
should conclude that the tusk had not been transported from any other 
locality after the death of the animal, as there is no abrasion shown on its 
surface. Moreover, the peat in which it was imbedded is in the condition 
of its original formation, is clean and unmixed with any foreign matter, 
being entirely of vegetable origin: and contains quantities of seeds, appar- 
ently of Carices, or sedges, and grasses, as well as a few nutlets of some 
bush or shrub not yet determined, and examples of the elytra of beetles. 
At the top of the peat occur numbers of the stumps and roots of forest 
trees and fragments of wood. No evidence whatever is found of any 
marine substance below the roots of marsh grass, not a vestige of any 
kind of mollusks, marine or fresh water, can be detected, although now 
living and abundant in the salt waters at the surface. The sandy clay 
between the peat and the surface of the limestone appears to me to be the 
result, principally, of the decomposition of the limestone in place, and not 
transported sand. Glacial markings are discoverable on the surface of the 
limestone a short distance south of the locality, where the soil has pro- 
tected it from the action of the weather, but where the ledge has been 
uncovered by the removal of the peat and sand, it shows a deeply rotted 
surface covered by the sand. 

Dyckman’s creek was an artificially excavated channel, made about 1818, 
for the purposes of a tide mill, through a natural depression at that point, 
and not a natural stream; consequently, it could have had no agency in 
the transportation of the tusk; and it seems probable that the animal to 
which the tusk once belonged either died near the spot, or by some acci- 
dental injury had it broken from its socket near where it was found. 

The exact location of its occurrence is in the canal, about 15 feet from 
its northern side, and about 10 feet west of the center of Broadway. 


Niagara County 


46 1840? Niagara Falls. Both Hall and Lyell mention the 
finding of mastodon remains at Niagara Falls. Hiall® states: “A 
molar tooth was found in digging a mill-race at Niagara falls, 
several feet below the surface. The deposit in which it occurs is 
a fine gravel and loam containing fresh-water shells, and is evidently — 
a fluviatile deposit.” Hall further adds (page 396) that the place © 
was “upon the east side of the river, of the same elevation as Goat | 
Island. It was at this place, and in the same deposit, that a mas- 


“1a Nat. Hist. N. Y. Geology, pt 4, 1843, p. 364, 306. 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 4I 


‘todon’s tooth was found 11 feet below the surface.” Lyell,*? who 


_. We began by collecting in Goat island shells” of the genera Unio, Cyclas, 
- Melania, ~Valvata, Limnea, Planorbis, and Helix, all of recent species, in 
a ‘the superficial deposit. They form regular beds, and numerous indi- 
viduals of the unio and Cyclas have both their valves united. We then 
' found the same formation exactly opposite to the falls on the top of the 
cliff on the American side, where two river terraces, one 12 and the other 
' 24 feet above the Niagara, have been cut in the modern deposits. In these 
"we observed the same fossil shells as in Goat Island, and learnt that the 
_ teeth and other remains of a mastodon, some of which were shown us, 
_ had been found 13 feet below the surface of the soil. We were then taken 
_ by our guide to a spot farther north, where similar gravel and sand with 
4 fluviatile shells occurred near the edge of the cliff overhanging the ravine, 
_ resting on the solid limestone. It was about half a mile below the prin- 
} cipal fall, and extended at some points 300 yards inland, but no farther, 
for it was then bounded by the bank of more ancient drift. This deposit 
; _ previsely occupies the place which the ancient bed and alluvial plain of the 
_ Niagara would naturally have filled, if the river once extended farther 
northwards, at a level sufficiently high to cover the greater part of Goat 
island. At that period the ravine could not have existed, and there must 
_ have been a barrier, several miles lower down, at or near the whirlpool. 


ror 


_ Amore recent account of the gravels at Niagara Falls and their 
4 age, together with many interesting observations relative to the 
q wearing back of the Niagara gorge since the gravels were deposited, 
is given by Kindle and Taylor in the Niagara Folio (U. S. G. S. 
“no. 190, 1913). Brief extracts from this folio follow: ‘ While 
the falls were still below the whirlpool the river above that point 
was flowing in a shallow bed, like that in which it now flows from 
Buffalo to Chippewa. This bed was cut mainly in drift, and in the 
' cutting process the fine material was washed out and carried away 
and the gravel was formed into bars. There are not many such 
formations in the old bed of the river, but some very small ones 
-are well known through the fossil shells that have been found in 
‘them. . . . Much the largest of the gravel deposits connected 
with Niagara river are those on Goat island and in Prospect 
q Park and the city of Niagara Falls, N. Y. (page 14). . . . Until 
the falls had cut the gorge back to the vicinity of Swift Dutt point, 


ig 


about 1000 feet north of Hubbard point (nearly 2 miles below Goat 


_ Travels in North America, 1845, 1:20, fig. p. 30. 

_ “This find is apparently the one to which DeKay refers when he states, 
“A tooth was found in digging a mill-race on Goat island, Niagara county, 
12 OF 13 feet below the surface.” ‘Nat. Hist. N. Y. Zool., pt 1, p. 104, 1842. 
_ See “ Post-Pliocene Fossils of the Niagara River Gravels,” by Eliza- 
" beth J. Letson, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 45, 1901, p. 238-52. 


42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


island) the bed of the river south of that place remained at the level — 
of the gravel on Goat island (page 22.)” 

The evidence presented above shows that the gravels in which — 
the mastodon remains were found were deposited when the falls 
were nearly 2 miles farther down stream. The time required for 
excavating this upper section of Niagara gorge gives some basis for 
estimation of the time since the bones were imbedded in the gravels. — 
The estimate for the time required to cut the Upper Great gorge 
(about 2% miles) has been given as a minimum of 3000 years and 
a maximum of more than 20,000 years, so that it may not be an 
exaggeration to say that the mastodon whose tooth was found at 
Niagara Falls lived 15,000 years ago. 


Ontario County 


47 1885. Seneca. These remains were found at Seneca Castle 
in the town of Seneca, 6 miles northwest from Geneva. The exact 
elevation at which the bones were found is not available, but Seneca 
Castle is at an elevation of 762 feet and the bones must have been 
obtained somewhere near this altitude. An account of the discovery 
of these bones was communicated to Science by Prof. E. Hitchcock™® 
in 1885. A later account by Clarke®* is as follows: “ Excavated 
by Henry J. Peck on farm of Charles Gregory, where the bones 
had been discovered about 1882. Found beneath marl and diatom 
earth, about 3 feet from the surface. Sixty-five bones were ob- 
tained, mostly ribs and vertebrae with one tusk, 9 feet on outer 
curve, and styloid 1 inch longer than in the Warren mastodon. The 
antler of an elk was also found. The bones are now in the collec- 
tion of Amherst College. H. J. Peck” 

Accompanying the above account by Clarke, is a plate with scale 
showing the distribution of the bones and a section of the bedded 
deposits of the swamp. 

48 1908. Manchester. All the knowledge that we have con- 
cerning this find is that a tooth®? was found on the property of 
Leonard S. Lyke in the year given. 


Orange County | 

49 1780. Montgomery (3 miles south). The earliest definite — 
record of Orange county mastodon remains is given by the Rev. © 
Robert Annan*® in an article entitled, “Account of a Skeleton of a © 


® Science, 1885, 6:450. 

*®N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, p. 931. 

5? Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 140, roto, p. 46. 

*® Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. Mem. 1793, 2:160-64. 


= i. | a ae i 


Scala 


2 t i) 


@ Indic 
mater) 


masento 


Plate 6 


~ Hopewell 


x 
oe 


vawford Jcn 


o Sparrow Busb 
2 Honesyille 


Breil 
Fonte 


“Carpenter Pr e Greenville Ye 
4 


Scale of Miles 
ees ° 2 A * i 

zi ae : LA acta 
@ Indicates localities at which . 
material for mounted skeletons 


has been obtained. 


Map of Orange county showing distribution of mastodon remains, 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 43 


Large Animal, found near Hudson’s River.” Bones and teeth were 
found in the fall of 1780 during ditching operations intended to 
_ drain a deep swamp on the Annan farm, located on the banks of 
the Wallkill river about 15 miles west of the Hudson. 
A considerable part of the skeleton was unearthed, including 
_ yertebrae, leg bones and four teeth, the descriptions of which give 
undoubted evidence of the identity of the animal. The remains 
were examined by Gen. George Washington while he was encamped 
_at Newburgh in 1782-83 after which some of the bones were car- 
ried to Germany by Doctor Michaelis, physician general of the Hes- 
_ sian troops; other bones were sent to a museum in Philadelphia. 
The locality of the Annan farm has been given more definitely 
by other writers as being 3 miles south of Ward’s Bridge®® in the 
town of Montgomery. 
_ Dr Johann David Schoepf,” writing of travels made in America 
during 1783-84, mentions a tooth from Ulster county. This very 
likely came from the Annan farm, then probably in Ulster county 
_ but annexed to Orange in 1798 when five towns were added. 
Under the date of September 10, 1800, Dr James G. Graham, 
_ writing to Doctor Mitchill, proprietor of the Medical Repository, 
_ said the bones were found in 1782, and later writers have perpetu- 
_ ated the error®. 
_ Graham (ibid) listed additional Orange county remains, found 
_ between 1782 and 17094, giving the localities of them in terms of 
_ miles from Ward’s Bridge (Montgomery) as follows: 
} 50 Montgomery (3 miles east). “About 3 miles east of Ward’s 
Bridge, some other bones were found.” 
51 Montgomery (7 miles east). “About 7 miles east of said 
_ bridge, a tooth (one of the grinders), and some hair, about 3 inches 
_ long, of a dark dun color, were found by Mr Alexander Colden, 
4 or 5 foot below the surface.” Sylvanus Miller, in a letter ad- 
dressed to De Witt Clinton in 1814, mentions specimens of mas- 
_todons from Ulster and Orange counties with which were found, 
“Jocks and tufts of hair, in tolerable preservation.” It is probable 
that Miller referred to the remains above noticed. 


i, Lhe village of Montgomery, which was incorporated in 1810, was, 
prior to that date, known as Ward’s Bridge. 

© Reise durch einige der mittlern und ‘stidlichen vereinigten nordameri- 
kanischen Staaten, 1788, 1:413. 

_ & Medical Repository, 1801, 4:213-14. 

.@’De Witt Clinton, An Introductory Discourse Dcteicd before the 
‘Literary and Philosophical Society of New York, on the Fourth of May 
er. New York, 1815. 


44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


52 Montgomery (7 miles northeast). “About 7 miles north- 
easterly from Ward’s Bridge, a vertebra was found.” 


The Peale Skeletons 


53 1793-1801. Montgomery (1 mile east). Graham (ibid) 
stated that in 1793, three or four ribs of the mastodon were found 
1 mile east of Ward’s Bridge at a depth of 8 feet below the surface. 
This was one of three localities to be exploited in 1801 by Charles 
Wilson Peale, who succeeded in recovering sufficient material to 
partially restore two skeletons. 

Rembrandt Peale,®* in the account of the exertions of his father, 
gives this locality as being 11 miles from Newburgh on the farm 
of Captain J. Barber: “Almost an entire set of ribs were found, 
lying nearly together, and very entire; but as none of the back 
bones were found near them (a sufficient proof of their having been 
scattered) our latitude for search was extended to very uncertain 
limits. ” Excavations carried on for 2 weeks resulted in 
finding “. . . two rotten tusks, three or four small grinders, a 
few vertebrae of the back and tail, a broken scapula, some toe- 
bones, and the ribs, found between 4 and 7 feet deep.” Eager® 
states incorrectly that the Peale excavations were carried on in 
1805 or 1806. 

Peale’s Baltimore Skeleton 


54 1794-1708-1801. Montgomery (5 miles west). Five miles 
westerly from Ward’s Bridge a number of bones were taken up in 
1794 and sent by Graham to New York where they were said to 
have been deposited in Columbia college (Graham, ibid). In 1798 
other bones were found in the same locality and secured by Peter 
Millspaw, on whose farm the bog was situated. Peale carried on 
further excavations in 1801 and secured the first specimen of a com- 
plete under jaw. Altogether Peale succeeded in unearthing some 
ribs, toe and leg bones, the right scapula, the atlas and part of the 
head; to these were added bones that had been in the possession of 
Doctor Graham and Doctor Post, consisting of a rib, the sternum, 
a femur, tibia and fibula, and a patella. Another rib was found in 
a farm house some 10 miles distant (Peale, ibid). 

These remains, together with restorations made from bones dis- 
covered in other localities, were assembled and exhibited for a num- 


* Godman’s Amer. Nat. Hist., 3d ed. 1846, 2:55-63. U. Hunt & Son. Phil. 
“ Hist. of Orange County, 1847, p. 73. 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 45 


ber of years in the Baltimore Anatomical Museum.°° The skeleton 
was disarticulated and purchased in 1848 by Warren who used the 
bones in his studies of the osteology of the mastodon.® 


Peale’s Philadelphia Skeleton 


— 55 1799-1801. Near Newburgh. On the farm of John Masten, 
bones of the mastodon were found in 1799 and sold to Peale in 
1801. The bones recovered at this time consisted of the vertebrae 
_ of the neck and most of those of the back and tail; most of the ribs, 
both scapulae, both humeri with the radii and ulnae; one femur, a 
tibia of one leg and a fibula of the other; some fragments of the 
head and many of the fore and hind foot bones; the pelvis some- 
q what broken and a large piece of a tusk about 5 feet long. Peale’s 
q exertions at this locality, which lasted for several weeks, added but 
fa few bones and teeth (Peale, ibid). 

_ This skeleton was exhibited in London about 1802 but later re- 
turned to the United States where it remained in Peale’s Philadel- 
_ phia Museum for about 50 years. Warren®” states that this speci- 
q men disappeared about 1849 or 1850 and that there is no authentic 
record of its later history. Lucas®® says it was destroyed by fire 
_ together with other material in Peale’s museum. 

_ Two pieces of tusk from Orange county were in the possession 
_ of Doctor Mitchill in 1801. Mitchill, one of the proprietors of the 
Medical Repository, commented editorially on the discovery of the 


_ 56-57 1800-1809. Montgomery (4 miles south). Remains were 
found between 1800 and 1809 in two localities on the farm of 
Thomas Booth in the town of Wallkill, 4 miles south of Ward’s 
Bridge. These bones were recovered from a depth of 6 feet below 
the surface of soil said to consist of (1) black and rich earth, (2) 
_a stratum of blue clay, (3) a layer of white marl and (4) a layer 
of gray marl.” 

_ 58 1807-1817. Chester. Remains of the mastodon on the farm 
of Mr. Yelverton at Chester, near Goshen, were first noticed in 
| 1807 or 1808. On May 28, 1817, Samuel L. Mitchill visited the 


_ spot and with the help of several friends succeeded in getting out 


> ©The Mastodon Giganteus of North America, 1852, p 253, pl. 1. 
| “See also Tran. Amer. Phil. Soc. n. s., 1834, 4:321. 

“The Mastodon Giganteus of N. Amer. 1852, p. 252, pl. 1. 

_ © Animals of the Past, 4th ed., 1916, p. 206. 

_ Medical Repository, 1801, 4:308. 

* Arnell, Medical Repository, 1800, 6:315—16. 


46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


a considerable number of bones, including parts of the legs, feet, — 
shoulder blades, vertebrae and pelvic bones. Both the upper and 
lower jaws with the teeth and two tusks, 7 and 9 feet long, were — 
found. ‘| 

The bones were recovered from a layer of peat and were nowhere ~ 
in contact with the marl that underlaid this formation at a depth © 
of about 6 feet. Beneath and immediately around the bones was a — 
mass of coarse vegetable fibers said to resemble chopped straw — ~ 
perhaps the remains of the last meal.” | 

59 1829. Montgomery (vicinity). In 1829 remains of a young 
specimen were disinterred by Archibald Crawford in the vicinity 
of Montgomery and said to have been placed in the museum of 
Peale of New York. Besides many bones of the trunk and limbs, 
both tusks and jaws were found, Dr John Godman directed atten- — 
tion” to the presence of sockets and a fragment of tusk in the right 
side of the lower jaw, and upon this evidence attempted to estab- 
lish a new genus and species under the name Tetracaulodon 
mastodontoideum. The specimen is of particular interest, 
however, because of the retention of sixteen teeth in the jaws, there 
being two teeth on each side, above and below, in addition to the 
permanent complement. ; 

60 1838. Near Newburgh. In 1838 a tooth was found by 
Daniel Embler of Newburgh, on or near the farm of Samuel Dixon | 
of that city." 

61 1843. West Point. Issachar Cozzens™ in 1843, records mas- 
todon remains from a bog at West Point. This is perhaps the dis- 
covery to which Mather,” referred in the following terms: “ Bones 
of this animal (mastodon) are now (September 16, 1843) being 
disinterred from the marl underlying peat in a marsh in Orange Co.” 


The Shawangunk Head 


64 1844. Scotchtown. ‘In 1844, [remains were] found 8 miles | 
southwest from Montgomery, on the farm of Mr Conner near | 
Scotchtown, in Wallkill.’ ! 

The remains in this case consisted of one of the largest and best — 
preserved heads ever found, but only a few other bones. Were 


% Mitchill in Cuvier, Theory of the Earth, 1818, p. 376, pl. 7, fig. 1-4, pl. 
8, figs. 1-3. Hovey, N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann., 1908, 18: 147, pl. 5. 

™@ Amer. Phil. Soc. Tran., 1830, 3 i ag 

* Eager, Hist. of Orange Co., 1847, p. 

a History of Manhattan or. New York penn’ New York 1843, p: 103. 

* Nat. Hist. N. Y. Geol. pt 1, 1843, p. 636. 

™ Kager, Hist. of Orange Co., 1847, p. 73. 

™ The Mastodon Giganteus of North America, 1852, p. 125-32) ple ae: 


-MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 47 


has figured and described this specimen, which is now in the 
American Museum, New York City. The jaws retained ten teeth; 
three each on the right side above and below and two on the left. 
The tusks of the upper jaw, said to have been perfect when found, 
disintegrated soon after exposure to the air. Traces of the sockets 
for tusks in the lower jaw are present, more pronounced on the 
‘right side. The head and other fragments were covered first by a 
layer of gravel, second by marl, third a layer of peat. 


The Warren Mastodon 


63 1845, August 12. Newburgh. This skeleton, first described 
by A. J. Prime,” came from the farm of Nathaniel Brewster, near 
' Newburgh. It is the finest and most complete specimen ever col- 
lected and the subject of an elaborate account by Dr John C. War- 
ren,” its one time owner. With the exception of a few toe bones 
and vertebrae of the tail, the skeleton is complete. Both upper 
_ tusks and the lower tusk of the right side are present, the former 
measuring 8 feet 6 inches in length. 

_ The soil at the bottom of the small pond or bog in which the 
_ bones were found, was composed of the following materials: (1) a 
layer of peat about 2 feet thick; (2) a layer of moss described as 
red, about 1 foot thick; (3) a layer of shell marl in which most of 
_ the bones were embedded. Some of the bones of the limbs extended 
_ below the layer of marl and were embedded in mud. The Warren 
' mastodon is mounted and on exhibition in the American Museum 
of Natural History, New York. 

64 1845. Hamptonburg. Remains were found,“ . . . on 
_ the farm of Jesse C. Cleve, Esq., in Hamptonburgh, about 12 miles 
- southeast of Montgomery.’’® 

_ 65 Date? Goshen. Mastodon remains were found in the town 
of Goshen sometime before 1846 but the exact locality and circum- 
stances of the discovery are not known.*° 

_ 66 Before 1850. Near Newburgh. A large tooth from New- 
burgh about 3 miles from the Warren mastodon locality was de- 
' seribed and figured by Warren (ibid. pl. 10). 

67 Date? Near Newburgh. Warren also mentions (page 173), 
“a specimen of silicified os femoris, 334 feet long. It was found 
in Orange county, New York, not far from Newburgh. It is almost 


Amer Quar. Jour. Agr. and! Sci., 1845, 2:203-12, pl. 4. 
® Warren, The Mastodon Giganteus of North America, 1852. 
ao eK De 73. 


48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


as dark as ebony, has a brilliant exterior, and requires the full / 
strength of a laboring man to lift it.” , 

68 1873. Near Newburgh. Among the specimens in the col- 
lections of the State Museum are parts of two ribs and a sternal — 
bone from the vicinity of Newburgh. These bones form part of a P 
collection made during 1873; the entire lot consists of seven sternal — 
bones, five foot bones, four vertebrae and two rib fragments.*? 


The Marsh Skeleton 


69 61872. Otisville. This skeleton, complete except for the bones — 
of the hind legs, was exhumed by Mr A. Mitchell in February 1872 — 
on his grounds at Otisville. It was later secured by Prof. O. C. 
Marsh and mounted for the Peabody Museum of Yale University. — 
The following note is from an- unsigned editorial: “The bones 
were found on and in clay beneath a deep bed of muck, and are 
in an excellent state of preservation.’”’ The skeleton was restored, 
described and figured by O. C. Marsh.** The bones are those of — 
an adult animal with the epiphyses of the vertebrae and limbs firmly 
ossified, in some cases to the extent of obliterating the sutures, 
Fight teeth are present in the jaws, well preserved though some, 
particularly the penultimate molars, are considerably worn. Both 
tusks of the upper jaw were found but no evidence of the lower 


ones. 
The Whitfield Skeleton 


70 1879. Little Britain. Before the better preserved and more © 
complete Warren skeleton was purchased for the American Museum ~ 
of Natural History, a composite skeleton, restored from remains of © 
several individuals but chiefly from the bones found at Little Britain, — 
was exhibited for many years. R. P. Whitfield,** onetime curator 
of geology and palaeontology in the American Museum, gives the — 
following account of the recovery of this specimen: “The bones | 
of the skeleton . . . were found embedded in peaty material ‘ 
on the edge of what was, less than 50 years before, an open pond ~ 
of considerable size, subsequently drained and brought under culti- — 
vation, situated in the town of Little Britain, about 9 miles south- | 
west of Newburgh, N. Y., and at the time of their discovery, cul- — 
tivated as a potato field.” A leg bone was found at a depth of 14 
inches below the surface by a farmer engaged in ditching. The 


N.Y. State Mus. 27th Annual Rept, 1875, p. 24. 

* American Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 1875, 9:483. 

8 Amer. Jour. Sci. 3d ser., 1802, 44:350. 

* Guide to Geol. and Paleontological Collections in Amer. Mus, 1802. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 49 


discovery induced greater efforts and within a few days almost one- 


third of the skeleton, including the head, was unearthed. 


In the restoration, the tusks and lower jaw were from a speci- 
men from Hoopeston, Ill., the pelvic bones and three ribs from 


- another individual from Hangman’s creek, Oregon. Some of the 


vertebrae of the neck and back and most of those of the tail, were 
modeled. A part of the right scapula was also restored. The Whit- 
field skeleton was disarticulated and sold to the Senckenburg Mu- 
seum, Frankfort, Germany, in IQIO. 

71 1895. Cornwall. Heinrich Ries (N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 12, 
1895, p. 109) records, without giving definite information, the bones 
of a mastodon from the vicinity of Cornwall. ‘“‘ Clay was observed 
in a meadow opposite the Roman Catholic church; it was exposed 
in digging drainage trenches. Near this locality, but a little nearer 
the river, were found several mastodon bones.” See also, N. Y. 
State Mus. Bul. 35, 1900, p. 583. 

72 1899. Arden. “ Parts of a skeleton were exhumed near the 
village of Arden on lands of Mr E. H. Harriman. Efforts made 
to secure all the bones resulted in uncovering only a few portions 
of the scapula or pelvis, leg, ribs, and two teeth. The soil was peat 
or vegetable mold.” © 


The Schaeffer Skeleton 


73 1899. Newburgh (3 miles west). Almost an entire skeleton, 
now restored and on exhibit in the Brooklyn Museum, was found 
in 1899 on the farm of F. W. Schaeffer about 3 miles west of New- 
burgh. The skeleton lacked the bones of the legs and feet (except 
about twenty phalanges), one scapula and a number of the verte- 
brae and ribs. H. F. Osborn, who examined the locality, made the 
following observations: “ The deposition is in three levels, the two 
upper being separated by a smooth, clearly defined surface, and by 
slight differences in the character of the soil, which is largely dark 


_and thoroughly decomposed vegetable matter, intermingled with a 


few stones and very numerous remains of trees of various sizes. 


_ Examination of the latter gives abundant evidence of the existence 
of beaver in this hollow in the period of the mastodon, and we can 
easily imagine that the different soil levels were due to the building 
of successive beaver dams.” * 


74 1888-1901. Monroe (plate 7). During a period of drouth 


_ in 1888, some bones and tusks of the mastodon were recovered from 


J. M. Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. 3d Rep’t of Director, 1907, p. 60. 
** Osborn, H. F., Science n. s., 1800, 10:539. 


50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | 


the bottom of a small pond on the lands of Martin Konnight near 
Monroe, N. Y. Both tusks of the upper and lower jaws, several 
ribs, a scapula, foot bones, a tibia and other leg bones were found 
at this time and kept intact by Mr Konnight. Excavations carried 
on in 1901 by Jacob Van Deloo, under the direction of Dr John M. 
Clarke, brought to light many additional parts of the skeleton and 
a few fragments of bones of a horse thought to be of the same age 
as the mastodon. Here also was found the proximal half of the 
femur of a large bear comparable in size to the existing grizzly. 

The remains of the Monroe mastodon are of particular interest 
not only because of the presence of the lower jaw tusks but om ac- 
count of the great size of the bones.®” 

75 1901. Arden. In 1901 a tusk and a few bones were found 
near the village of Arden.*® 

76 1902. Balmville. From the grounds of the George Gorden 
estate near Balmville, there were recovered in 1902, part of a 
cranium, lower jaw, one 7-foot tusk, eighteen ribs, fourteen verte- 
brae, and some foot bones. The soil consisted of muck and marl, 
the latter resting on a boulder pavement. The bones were buried 
at depths varying from 2 to 8 feet and were recovered both from 
the muck and marl.*® 

77 1913. Harriman (plate 5, lower figure). While taking muck 
from the bottom of a pond during the summer of 1913, W. J. Post 
of Harriman found and presented to the State Museum a very well- 
preserved tusk of a mastodon. The pond from which the specimen 
was recovered lies about 2 miles south of Harriman Station on the 
line of the Erie Railroad. The tusk was buried at a depth of 6 feet 
in the muck of the pond bottom and has the appearance of being 
that of a young animal. It is about 6 feet long with the tip unworn 
and sharp and where the surface is unbroken, the grain resembles 
ebony both in color and texture. Mention of this specimen was 
made in the 13th Report of the Director of the State Museum, 1918, 
pages 46-47. . 

78 1917. Temple Hill. “ During the summer of 1917, remains 
of a mastodon were found on the muck land of Antonio Fisher, — 
one-half of a mile west of Temple Hill monument and 1 mile north © 
of Vails Gate Junction. The find consists of a few scattering — 
bones. together with a well-preserved lower jaw containing four 


** Clarke, N. Y. State Mus Bul. 52, 1902, p. 430- 
Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 926. 4 
** Gordon, Science, n. s. 1902, 16:594; Clarke, N. ¥. S. Mus. Bul. 60, 1903, 


p 926. 


Plate 7 


Tusks of the lower jaw of the Monroe (Orange co.) mastodon. Lower 
tusks are rarely developed in the American mastodon. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 51 
he. 


o. These remains were found in a shallow excavation 2 feet 
elow the surface. In size the jaw is slightly larger than that of 
tt 1c Cohoes mastodon.”* The specimen remains in the possession 
a the finder. 

j The Temple Hill Skeleton 


B (Also named the McMillin Mastodon as a memorial of the late Emerson 
eis who defrayed the cost of acquisition.) 
79 1921. Temple Hill (plates 8-9). This skeleton, exceeded 
fn size by no mounted specimen except the Warren mastodon and 
‘second only to it in completeness, came from the muck lands near 
r remple Hill only a few hundred feet from the site of the excava- 
tion that produced a lower jaw and other bone fragments of 
aother individual in 1917.’ A part of the cranium was noticed in 
the fall of 1920 during construction of a drainage ditch but con- 
dition of soil and weather prevented excavation. Following a pro- 
tracted drouth in the spring of 1921 the work of exhuming the 
skeleton commenced and within a few days all the large bones were 
recovered. Some of the ribs, back and tail vertebrae, a part of the 
cranium and a few toe bones are lacking. The many free epiphyses 
‘and the condition of the teeth show that the bones belonged to a 
young but nearly full-grown animal. 
. The topography of the land in the vicinity and the disposition of 
muck and marl reveal the former existence of a pond of consider- 
‘able extent; the area is now partly drained and under cultivation. 
‘The position in which the bones were found gives support to the 
| t eory that the mastodon mired while foraging along the boggy 
‘margin of the pond, for head and tusks were nearest the present 
surface of the ground, as if thrown back in an effort to keep them 
above water. The muck at the site of the excavation varies from 
I to 3 feet in thickness and covers marl of unknown depth. Most 
of the bones were recovered from the marl but all were within 5 
feet of the surface. , 
_ In view of the great size and relative completeness of the skeleton 
and its extraordinary preservation, attention may be directed to 
some of its interesting: features. 
Dentition. Twelve teeth are preserved in the jaws, three on each 
side above and below; the so-called intermediate molars show con- 
siderable wear and are retained anteriorly by a thin shell of bone. 
The worn surface of the ultimate molars involves only two anterior 
crests. 


] © Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 196, 1018, p. 47. 
4 


52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Tusks. Exact measurements are impossible owing to the destruc- 
tion of the basal portions, but the tusks as recovered are each over 
7 feet in length and so curved that the points overlap about 10 
inches. Apparently worn by contact when under strain, the upper 
and inner side of the point of the right tusk is beveled and fits a 
similar area on the lower, outer side of the left. 

Styloid process. The left styloid process of the temporal bone 
was found, but a careful search failed to recover the right. It meas- 
ures 934 inches in length, is perfectly preserved and of very dense 
texture. 

Food. Most of the large bones had been taken from the excava- 
tion before the attention of the museum authorities was called to 
the discovery. In removing the bones great masses of broken twigs 
and plant remains were brought into view and their position in rela- 
tion to the ribs and other bones gives considerable support to the 
theory of postprandial death by miring. The stomach contents 
were scattered and lost by the truck farmer who discovered the 
bones. 

In opposite columns the measurements of the Temple Hill skele- 
ton are given for comparison with those of the Warren mastodon.* 


Warren Temple Hill 

Length, base of tusks to drop of tail...... T4-ft. IT, ae, 15 ft. 1) 
Height to top of spines of back at the 

SHOUIGEES Fee te ee ae ae nae ee Oe eee Of. \2) aim O ft. 

Tusks: length of right tusk, on outside 

CUE CE cis cclmbra lis vies aire Rien 8ft. 6 in. 7 ft. 534 in. 

(base lost) 
length of left tusk, on outside 

CUSVE. cee ike os cnik cue Ro cane ote AOUR ee ae 7 ft. 4% in. 

Thigh bones: length of right............. 3 ft. 5 am 3 ft. 6% in. 

length Gf lett.fio? navecete 3 ft. 6% in. 3 ft...6. >i 

Pelvis, or innominate bones, width of..... 6 ft. 5 ft. 734 in. 


The Temple Hill skeleton stands in the Hall of Fossil Vertebrates, 
New York State Museum.*” 


Orleans County 


80 1825. Holley. During the excavation of the Erie canal, 
which was completed in 1825, a large molar tooth was found in a’ 
swamp near the village of Holley.*? An account of this find is 
given in the “ Pioneer History of Orleans County ” “ which states, 


* Data on Warren mastodon taken from Amer. Mus. Jour., 1907, 7:92. 
*7See also Science, n. s. 1921, 54:170. 

* Hall, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol. pt 4, 1843, p. 364. 

“By Arad Thomas, 1871, p. 307. 


UMNISHYT 940}5 YIOX MON 94} Ul poJUHnOUT se UO}JIOAS [TET a duro, oy 


Q 23RD e : ee ee 


“MOlod PUB cAoge “Opis Yova UO da14} ‘sel dy} UT poUTeja. ore X00} SAPMT “Vopojseut [TFT edway, oy} Jo mel roMoT 


6 Fed ae C, 


Plate 10 


Upper figure. Atlas of Elephas primigenius from gravels at Lewiston, N. Y. 
Lower figure. Atlas of a mastodon from Orange county, N. Y. 


sar 


i 
‘ Bry ‘ 
ya r 
‘ 
‘ j 
( 
i; 
, 
. 
\ 
\ 
/ 
. 
‘ 
, . 4 
mer) 
> Le Mf 
Ay i) f 
. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 53 


‘When laborers were excavating and building the canal embank- 
nt, a tooth of some huge animal, a mammoth, perhaps, was dug 
_ The tooth was a grinder, and weighed 2 pounds and 2 ounces. 
Yo other bones of such a creature have been found, and it has been 
sonjectured this tooth must have been shed there by the animal to 
which it belonged, when it came after salt. It is now in the State 
collection in Albany.” The tooth above described may be the one 
referred to by DeKay®> when he says, “ There is, however, in the 
museum of the Albany Institute, a portion of the tooth of an ele- 
yhant said to have been found on the line of the Erie canal, but the 
precise locality is not known.’ During the construction of the 
Erie canal a true mammoth was found at Chittenango, and it is 
possible that DeKay’s reference is to one of the teeth of the Chit- 
teriango specimen. DeKay does not state whether or not he saw 
he tooth, and because it can not be found among the collections of 
he Albany Institute, there is some doubt as to whether it belonged 
to a mammoth or mastodon. The Erie canal passes through Holley 
at an elevation of 500 feet. The beach of glacial Lake Iroquois is 
within 3 miles to the northeast of Holley so that the tooth was 
found outside of the province of this glacial lake. We have thus 
o evidence that the tooth was deposited through the agency of 
cial waters, unless it was by the higher waters of glacial Lake 
Tonawanda, which had one of its outlets at Holley and whose 
waters poured into Lake Iroquois.*® 

81 1894. Medina. Among the collections of the Buffalo Society 
of Natural Sciences is a lower jaw with teeth of a mastodon. It 
Was found in a swamp about 4 miles from Medina by W. S. Slodge, 
and through the efforts of Prof. F. K. Mixer was presented to the 
Buffalo museum by John Moore. 


Queens County 


82 1858. Jamaica. The following is the account of the Jamaica 
Specimen, as given by J. C. Brevoort:” 


_ Five molar teeth and a few fragments of bones belonging to the Ameri- 
Can Mastodon were found on Long Island toward the end of last 
March, by the workmen engaged in removing the pond muck at the’ head 
Baiseley’ s pond near Jamaica. This pond is an artificial one, covering 
Me 40 acres in a shallow valley, and is one of the series of five similar 
ds which are now being prepared and cleaned out for the purpose of 
flording a water supply to the city of Brooklyn. In Baiseley’s pond a 


Nat. Hist. N. Y., Zool. pt 1, 1842, p. 101. 
* U.S. G. S. Niagara Folio, 190, p. 10, fig. 10. 
“A. A. A. S.Proc, 12th meeting, May 1858 (1859) p. 232-33. 


- 


54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


deposit of mud, in some places 6 feet in depth, has to be removed bakes 
exposing the gravel bottom. This deposit is continued for some distance 
up the valley and beyond the flow line of the water, thus proving that | 
most of this deposit has been the result of vegetable growth in the open — 
air. In this last locality the boggy surface is covered with a thick carpe t 
of ale interspersed with a few trees which are able to flourish in such — 
a Soi 
The remains in question were discovered in this last-mentioned spot, i 
about 20 yards from the channel of the stream which runs into the pond, | 
and resting on the gravel, covered by about 4 feet of the muck or peat. 
The bones and a few fragments of an ivory tusk are much broken up, | 
and crumble on exposure to the air. The top of the lower jaw is ve 
distinct. Two of the pieces of bone show articulating surfaces, but their | i 
exact position in the skeleton has not been determined. They appear to | 
belong to the fore leg. The five molar teeth were in excellent preserva- | 
tion, the enamel being colored black, ‘but perfect, while the roots were 
less ‘complete, but nearly whole. 
According to Owen’s Odontography, where the series of teeth is figured, | 
it would appear that the present molars were those of a young adult mas- | 
todon. The anterior ones are worn on every cusp, while the large posterior 
molar is only slightly worn on two of the anterior cusps. | 
From the fact that so few bones were found, it would seem that the 
animal (as in some other localities has been supposed to be the case), was. 
not mired in the spot where the fragments were found. Neither could | 
they have been washed by floods into their position, for the Long Island | ; 
streams are not subject to freshets, their course being too short and the | 
soil too porous to allow the accumulation of waters overflowing their 
banks. It is, however, probable that the creature died not far from the | 
spot where these remains were found, and that they were sraduallyg 
covered up by the vegetable growth of centuries. 


Pts 


The Jamaica specimen is probably the one referred to by Prof. | 
D. S. Martin®’ when he stated that a mastodon was exhumed in | 
excavating for the Ridgewood, L. L, reservoirs. Ridgewood is west 
of Jamaica and its reservoirs, like he one near Jamaica mentioned | 4 
by Brevoort, supply water to Brooklyn. iI 


Richmond County 


83 1899. New Dorp. In the museum of the Staten Island In- 
stitute of Arts and Sciences are fragments of a tooth which were 
found in a swamp at the Moravian cemetery at New Dorp, Staten | 
Island. An account of this find was given by Dr Arthur Hollic - 
and was published in the Annals of the New York Academy of 
Sciences, volume 14, 1901, pages 67-68. The following descriy aa , 
is from the above publication: 


The surface deposit was found to consist of a fine moss peat and a 
coarse peat composed of all kinds of swamp vegetation, extending out te 
the margin of the pool, while below this and forming the bottom of 
pool was a black organic mud, such as may be seen in almost any swamp 
where decaying vegetation has accumulated. Below this the deposit was 
a fine sandy silt, distinctly stratified, the layers following the general co: 
tour of the depression, thicker towards the middle and thinning out at 


*®N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1885, 5:15. 


a MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 55 


the edges. The general shape of the depression is roughly pyramidal, 
ith steeper sides on the north and east than on the south and west. The 
deepest part is in the northeast angle, where the entire deposit was about 
25 feet in thickness. All this deposit has been taken out and the sides and 
‘bottom of the depression are now exposed to view. 

The first thing which attracted my attention was a number of logs and 
branches in the upper part of the silt, beginning at a depth of about 5 
feet from the surface. There was nothing in connection with these to 
indicate that they were anything more than the remains of a compara- 
‘tively recent forest growth. Below this, however, at a depth of about 
8 feet, were a number of layers, aggregating about 2 feet in thickness, 
containing a large number of small cones and twigs. There are no coni- 
_ ferous trees now growing in the vicinity and no record of any in recent 
_ years so that these were manifestly the remains of a forest growth which 
- antedated the one now growing there and a subsequent careful examina- 
' tion and comparison of the cones showed them to belong to the white 
Mespruce (Picea canadensis (Mill) B. S. P.)—a tree of northern 
- range, which does not now extend farther south than northern New Eng- 
land and the Adirondacks —and this fact naturally led to the conclusion 
that at least the lower portion of the deposit was of Quaternary age. 

On inquiry of the superintendent of the cemetery, Mr N. Ife Ostrander, 
information was subsequently obtained to the effect that “some bones” 
had been dug out by one of the workmen, at a depth of about 23 feet, and 
_ these were very kindly turned over to me. They proved to be the broken 
pieces of a mastodon’s molar and the Quaternary age of the deposit was 
_ established beyond question and inasmuch as it was in morainal basin it 
‘4 Seat all have been post-morainal in age. 

The indications are that a pond was formed in the depression imme- 


Bo Fala i nc i 


diately after the recession of the ice sheet and that this pond was a 
receptacle for silt, dust and decayed vegetation ever since; the accumula- 
' tions finally filling it up and converting it into a swamp, with a little pool 
of casual water remaining in the middle. 
Incidentally it may also be worth recording, that a considerable amount 
of charcoal and charred wood was found in connection with the cones, 
near the northeastern side, which fact might indicate the presence of man 
; at the time this portion of the deposit was laid down. 


: Another account of this find is published in the Proceedings of 
‘the Natural Science Association of Staten Island, volume 7, no. 10, 
pages 24 and 25. This description is also by Doctor Hollick and is a 
“similar account to the one above quoted. Further notes on this 
locality are given in the “ Proceedings of the Natural Science Asso- 
ciation for February 10, 1900.” This records a piece of well- 
lignitized wood in this deposit. The specimen was apparently con- 
iferous. See also Plant World, December 1900, page 184, for 
further description of the deposits found in the swamp and its. 
geological history. 

_ 84 1894. Staten Island sound. The following brief notes re- 
lating to this find have been published: ® “Mr L. W. Freeman pre- 
sented a mastodon’s tooth, obtained from Staten Island sound by 
Mr Seeley Van Pelt, while tonging for oysters. Its value was not 
understood by the finder, who allowed it to be thrown away, with 


ie 


*® Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, Proc. 1894, 4:18, 32. 


56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the refuse oyster shells, into Old Place creek, from whence it was 
recovered by Mr Freeman.” (Page 18). 7 

“Mr Arthur Hollick stated that the mastodon’s tooth, shown at — 
the March meeting, has been submitted to Prof. R. P. Whitfield, 
of the American Museum of Natural History, who had kindly” 
identified it as a sixth molar of Mastodon gigantea 
Americanus. It contains the second, third and fourth crest 
The first crest and heel on fifth crest are broken off.” (Page 32). 


Rockland County 
85 1817. New Antrim (now Suffern). The first account of 


printed in the American Monthly Magazine’. The text of the letter | 
is as follows: 4 


On Saturday last, a man in the employ of my father, in digging a drain 
or ditch through a miry swamp, discovered, about 3 feet from the surface | 
of the earth, several pieces of teeth of enormous size: — from their appear 


have probably inhabited this region, “and become extinct previous to thie 
discovery, or at least the settlement of this country by the Europea 


the tooth, (though it evidently appears that one-half of its original inet 
is worn away by mastication), weighing 3 pounds 6 ounces, Avoirdupois 
weight. The enamel is the principal part of the tooth that is preserved; 
the root or periostium is chiefly decayed and, upon being exposed to th 
air, moulders away. The ditcher, before he discovered the teeth, brok 
them while digging with the spade: these are full of marrow resemblin 
lard. If you should deem a further discovery necessary to aid you in you 
scientific pursuits, I shall be happy to see you at my residence, or I wi 
carefully preserve the pieces, and bring them with me to New-York f 
your inspection and examination. 


The mastodon remains were presented to Mitchill and by hi n | 
donated to the New York Lyceum of Natural History. Mitchi 1} 
states? that the bones were found on “ E. Suffern’s farm, 32 mile 


11817, 2:46. See also p. 56, 57. iM 
? Catalogue of Organic Remains presented to the New York Lyceum 
of Natural History by Samuel L. Mitchill, New York, 1826. Cat. no. 3 


p. II. 


fe MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 57 


_ Another account of this mastodon is given by Mitchill? and he 
_ states that the fatty substance contained in the cavities of the teeth, 
mentioned by Suffern, no longer remained when the teeth reached 
him. Two figures of one of the teeth are also given by Mitchill. 


Schenectady County 


86 1914. South Schenectady. In this year Richard Ribley 
found and brought to the State Museum for identification, a fairly 
well-preserved, medium-sized tooth of a mastodon which he had 
_ obtained from the extensive gravel deposits at South Schenectady. 
The gravel deposits at that place are of delta origin and were laid 
down near the western margin of glacial Lake Albany by the flood 
of waters, which coursed eastward through the Mohawk valley and 
carried all the outflow waters of glacial Lake Dawson and its 
successor early Iroquois. This was before the latter lake had 
reached its maximum extent and before the greater Mohawk had 
carved the many potholes in the rocks at Cohoes,* in one of which 
the Cohoes mastodon was found. 


=e 


See 


es i a Bi 


Seneca County 


87 Lodi. Among the collections of the American Museum of 
_ Natural History, there is a tooth which carries this label, “ Tooth 
( ot Mastodon (5th and 6th) found at Lodi, Seneca Co., N. Y. 
_ Presented by Wm. Nevius, N. Y.”’ No information is available as 
to date, character of deposits or the depth at which the tooth was 
found. The town of Lodi borders Seneca lake and Lodi village is 
2% miles east of the lake at an elevation of 1045 feet, and a mile 
or more from the divide between Seneca and Cayuga lakes. 


PPO ee 


Steuben County 


88 1874. Wayland. The following account, relating to the 
contents of a mastodon’s stomach, is printed in the Proceedings of 
the Boston Society of Natural History for 1874 (page 91): 


“Mr Charles Stodder exhibited, with the microscope, a slide 
showing some of the contents of a mastodon’s stomach. The ma- 


“Observations on the Geology of North America. ip. 390; in Essay on 
the Theory of the Earth by M. Cuvier, New York, 1826. In the text 
Mitchill states that the illustrations of the tooth are on plate 2, figures 1 
and 2. The copy examined by the writers has three press-numbered plates, 
VI, VII and VIII, and the tooth is illustrated on plate VI, figures 1 and 4. 
oe remains are also described in Godman’s American Natural History, 
£536, 2377. 

* See Stoller, “Glacial Geology of Schenectady Quadrangle,” N. Y. State 
Mus. Bul. 154, ro1t, p. 16, 34. 


58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


terial from which the slide was prepared, received through the 
kindness of Mr Morehouse, was obtained in Wayland, Ms Y., ants 7 


and preparation. rebst ller iis material Bacien cue reports as. 
follows: . 


The remains, both of cryptogams and flowering species, were in abun- 
dance. Stems and leaves of mosses, wonderfully distinct in structure, so 
much so that I could draw every cell. I even readily detected confervoid 7) 
filaments, with cells arranged in linear series, resembling species now © 
found in our waters. Numerous small black bodies, probable spores of 
the mosses, were found in abundance. Not a fragment of sphagnum was — 
seen in the deposit. I found, however, one fragment of a water plant, | 
possibly a rush, an inch long, every cell of which was as distinct as though ~ 
growing but yesterday. Pieces of woody tissue and of bark of herbaceous ~ 
. plants, spiral vessels, etc., were abundant. Carapaces of Entomostraca wi 
were present, but no trace of coniferous plants could be detected. It hence | 
appears that the animal ate his last meal from the tender mosses and | 
boughs of flowering plants growing on the banks of the streams and mar- 
gins of the swamps, rather than fed on submerged plants; and it is prob- ~ 
able, moreover, that the pines and cedars, and their allies, formed no part | 
of the mastodon’s diet. 


The above account does not give any information concerning the © 
find, but in a footnote in “A History of Livingston County, New ~ 
York’ the following is printed: ‘“ Within the last 2 years several | 
bones of a mastodon were discovered on the borders of the county | 
near Dansville, some 8 feet below the surface, a portion of which ~ 
are now in the possession of Professor Allen of the State Normal 4 
School at Geneseo.” a 

Dansville is 5 miles west of Wayland, and the county line passes © iW 
between them less than 2 miles from Dansville. The dates given i 
in the above brief accounts show that the year was 1874, and | 
therefore both undoubtedly relate to the same find in the town of ‘ 
Wayland, Steuben county. q 

89 1907. Perkinsville (plate 11). The remains of the Perkins- 
ville mastodon are in the State Museum and an account of this find a 
has been given by Clarke,* who states: 


This skeleton was found in August last by John Morsch on his farm — 
near the west end of Perkinsville swamp and three-fourths of a mile north ~ 
of the railroad station of Portway. This swamp is a nearly equilateral ~ 
triangle about 1% miles on the side. It occupies a shallow depression in q 
a mass of morainic drift of unknown depth at the head of the Cohocton — 
valley and is adjacent to the west side of a low ridge that separates them 
drainage area of the Cohocton river from that of the Canaseraga creek. — 
It has an altitude of 1360 A. T. The surface layer of the swamp is black © 
muck to a depth of 6”—1’, beneath which is a bed of nearly white marl 
6” —6’ in thickness. The bones were found about 26 rods from the highway * 
and 4 or 5 rods from the north edge of the black soil or border of the by 
swamp. In digging about a small boulder Mr. Morsch came upon one of the * 


> By Lockwood A. Doty, Geneseo, 1876, p. 381. 
°N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 121, 1908, p. 44, 45. 


Plate 11 


Complement of permanent molars, from right side of jaw of the 
mastodon. 


vod 


Perkinsville 


a a a 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 59 


larger leg bones and proceeded to take out the remains of the skeleton. 
These bones lay largely in their natural position and while perhaps the 
numerical two-thirds of the skeleton were preserved, the more conspicu- 
ous bones were fragmentary or wanting. At the conclusion of the exca- 
vation it was found that all four legs and feet, a large number of ribs and 
vertebrae, parts of the shoulder girdle and one ramus of the lower jaw 
with teeth had been recovered. The skull with tusks, greater parts of pelvis 
and scapulae were gone. It would seem that the animal in sinking into the 
mire had been left with the more protuberant portions of the body, the 
head probably thrown up and back, exposed to the air and inviting the 
attack of rodents. The absence of these parts when all the other bones 
had so compactly kept together, left little likelihood of their being found 
in any other part of the swamp. The preservation of the bones recovered 
was excellent for mounting and it is to be regretted that the specimen 
just missed being a desirable acquisition to a scientific museum. 


Suffolk County (?) 


1823. Riverhead or Southold. In 1823, according to DeKay,’ 
there was found “ more than one-half of a lower jaw, with the teeth, 
on the shore of Long Island, between high and low water mark, 
about 4 miles east of the county court house at Riverhead, Suffolk 
county.” The specimen is mentioned by DeKay as being in the 
Cabinet of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York. It was 
probably the same specimen recorded by Mitchill® which he states 
was found at Southhold on the north side of Long Island, between 
high and low water mark. Mitchill adds that the specimen had been 
satisfactorily traced to Kentucky. In view of the fact that River- 
head and Southhold are but 15 miles apart, there seems no doubt 
but that the finds recorded from these two places are one and the 
same. Moreover, since Mitchill once owned the specimen and it was 
presented by him to the New York Lyceum, it is believed as stated 
by him, that it was not originally found on Long Island and so 
the find is referred to here, without number, simply as a matter of 
record. 

Sullivan County 


go 1827. Wurtsboro. A brief account of this mastodon is given 
im a letter written in December 1827 by Jeremiah Van Rensselaer to 
Professor Silliman. The letter states® “ That the fossil remains of 
a mastodon giganteum were discovered last autumn, by the work- 
men, while digging the Delaware and Hudson Canal. A consider- 
able portion of the skeleton has arrived in this city, and I have 


enjoyed an opportunity of examining it. The bones which I saw, 


' 


| 
q 


™Nat. Hist. N. Y.; Zool. 1842. pt 1, p. 103. See also record of this find in 


MA, ATS Proc. for tS (180), p. 234. 


® Catalogue of the Organic Remains, presented to the New York Lyceum 


of Natural History, New York, 1826. Cat. no. 1, page 5. 


* Amer. Jour. Sci., 1828, 14:33. 


60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


are in good preservation, and seem to justify the wishes of the pro- — 
prietors to set up the entire skeleton. The teeth are in perfect © 
order. One of the tusks has arrived; it is a beautiful and perfect 
specimen, 9 feet long.” The locality is given by Mather’? who 
states that the bones “were found in digging the Delaware and 
Hudson canal, in a peat bog between Red bridge and Wurtsboro i in 
Sullivan county.” 


Tompkins County 


gt 1871. Brookton. Mastodon remains were found in Tomp- — 
kins county in 1871 and Professor Hartt of Ithaca, writing to Pro- ~ 
fessor Hall under date of May 28, 1871, briefly refers to the find 
as follows: “ We have lately found mastodon remains, good teeth | 
but broken bones in a bog at Motts Corners (Brookton), Six-mile — 
creek.” The printed account by Professor Hartt! includes the q 
following: | 


At the mastodon locality the stream met with a little knob of Chemung 
rocks which appears to have formed at one time an island, but the creek © 
afterward cut its way through the rock to a lower level on the left side” 
and the channel on the opposite side was deserted. Springs, one of which © 
is said to be salt, have kept this deserted channel wet and a bed of peat | 
has formed which once supported some large trees. The layer of peat 
varies from a few inches to 2 feet or more and is full of sticks, pine knots, © 
bark, etc., more or less decayed. Beneath this is a layer of variable thick-— 
ness, rarely more than a few inches, composed of clay mixed with pebbles — 
and pieces of shale. In this were found small fragments of bones and | 
teeth, the former in a very decayed condition showing that the skeleton 
had been completely broken up and scattered. The whole rests on a bed 
of blue arenaceous clay with large pebbles and fragments of rock of all | 
kinds, in fact, a modified drift. In most cases the bones were merely 
scattered over the surface of this bed between it and the peat. The teeth | 
are in very good condition and not at all waterworn. The animal prob- : 
ably became mired near the spot. The skeleton, exposed to the action of — 
the elements, went to pieces, and the fragments were scattered, partly by i 
water action and partly through the agency of wild animals. q 


A communication to the American Journal of Science (1871, | 
2:58) by Prof. B. G. Wilder of Cornell, relates to the Brookton 
specimen. Wilder states: ‘‘ Five teeth and many bones and frag- | 
ments of the mastodon have been discovered in a deposit of modi- 
fied drift near Ithaca, New York, and placed in the museum of Cor- 
nell University. Many more remains will doubtless be obtained, as_ 
the teeth already indicate the existence of two or more individuals; iq 
little hope is entertained, however, of finding a perfect skeleton.” 

The above specimen is also the one referred to by Professor Tarr? ‘ 


as having been found in a swamp in the valley bottom at Brooktonl i 


1 Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol. pt 1, 1842, p. 233. 
1 Amer. Naturalist, 1871, 5:315. 
® U.S. Geol. Sur. Folio 160, 1909, p. 200, Field ed. 


“7 
t 
% 
a 
r- 
a 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 61 


He states that the animal may have mired there after the valley 


was cut down to its present level or that it was washed out of the 
gravels and concentrated in the swampy area; it is not now possible 
with the information at hand, to decide between these alternatives. 

92 1914. Pony Hollow. The account of this find as given by 
Pearl Sheldon*® is as follows: 


A tusk of a proboscidean, probably Mastodon americanus, was 
found recently in a gravel pit in Pony Hollow, 12 miles southwest of 
Ithaca, N. Y., on the property of Mr Bert Drake. Unlike most mastodon 
finds from this region this is not postglacial. It was found in place 24 
feet below the surface in stratified sand and gravel which was being used 
in good roads work. The pit is in the base of an extensive terrace whose 
top follows the valley wall high above the outwash gravel plain which 
occupies the floor of the valley. The exact origin of this Pleistocene ter- 
race is obscure but it is certainly not later than the end of the ice occupa- 
tion of the valley and may be earlier. 

The tusk was broken in removing the gravel. Two pieces, each about 
a foot long, from 10 to 13 inches in circumference, were presented to the 
paleontological museum of Cornell by E. A. Dahmen, the road engineer. 
Three approximate measurements of the curvature of the tusk gave from 
2 ieet 1 inch to 2 feet 11 inches as the radius of curvature. 


Ulster County 


93 1800. Town of Shawangunk. The first mastodon remains 
found in Ulster county as at present constituted was in this year. 
Earlier records from Ulster county were from that portion which 
was annexed to Orange in 1798 and are recorded under Orange 
county. 

An excellent account of the 1800** find is given in a letter written 
by Dr James G. Graham under date of September 10, 1800 to Doctor 
Mitchill. In his letter Graham?® mentions a number of localities 
where fossil bones had been found and at one locality some hair, 
about 3 inches long, of a dark dun color. The letter continued: 


And last week another skeleton has been discovered, about 3 miles east 
of my house, in the town of Shawangunk, about Io miles northeast of 
said bridge (—Ward’s Bridge). These last discovered bones lie about 10 
feet from the surface, and are in a very sound state. Many of them have 
been raised, but some much broken, especially the bones of the head, 
which, I am persuaded, lie entire, and in their natural order. 

I have procured two bones of this last discovered skeleton, and sent 
them to New-York, by Edward W. Laight, Esq. for the purpose of having 
them examined by yourself, and other well-informed naturalists in the 
city. One of these I take to be a metacarpal or metatarsal bone, which 
indicates the animal to have been claw-footed and, from the forms of the 
astragalus and os calcis which were among the bones sent to Dr Bayley, 
to have resembled the foot of the bear. With respect to the other bone, 


*8 Science, n. s., IQI5, 41:98, 90. 

4 These remains should not be confused with the well-known “ Shawan-- 
gunk head” which was found in Orange county at Scotchtown in 1844. 

Medical Repository. New York, 1801, 4:213-14. 


62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


I am at a loss where to assign it a station among those of the skeleton. 
I have been particular in stating the relative situations and dis- © 
tances of those places in which bones have been discovered, from a cer- — 
tain point, to show, from the small district in which many discoveries have 
been made, the great probability that these animals must have been very — 
numerous in this part of the country, for if we compare the small propor- — 
tion that swamps, in which only they are found, bear to the rest of the 
surface, and the very small proportion that those parts of such swamps — 
as have yet been explored, bear to the whole of such swamps, the prob- — 
able conclusion is, that they must once have existed here in great num- © 
bers. And why Providence should have destroyed an animal or species — 
it once thought proper to create, is a matter of curious inquiry and difficult — 
solution. ia however, they were voracious, it must appear happy for the — 
human race that they are extinct, by whatever means. ( 
The hair above mentioned seems to prove that it was not the elephant, 
or, if it was, that it must have been of a species or variety widely different 
from any known at present. 


A letter by Sylvanus Miller relating to this mastodon, which was © 
written 10 days later than Graham’s, was also addressed to Doctor 
‘Mitchill and published in the same volume of the Medical Re- 4 
pository (page 211-12). In his letter Miller says: 


On my arrival at Newburgh, I was informed, that about 12 miles to the | 
westward of that place had lately been discovered the skeleton of an animal — 
of uncommon magnitude, and decidedly larger than that of any of which . ~ 
we have at this time any knowledge. . . . The bones here discovered 
lay buried about ro feet under this marle and earth, which generally con- 
sists of five different strata — the first is the common earth found in low 
meadows; the second a very black and rich earth, and is deemed good for 
manure; the third a small stratum of blue clay; the fourth a stratum of 
white marl; and the fifth a stratum of grey or black marl; at or near the 
bottom of which these bones are discovered, and some of them sunk into 
the earth some inches below the marl. . . . The bones which were © 
lately discovered appear of the same species, though I think larger, with 
those found some time since in the same vicinity, and afford a spectacle 
truly astonishing; they appear little decayed by the lapse of time and their 
proper places, and names of the several parts of the skeleton, could, ie . 
presume, easily be discovered by a person possessing your knowledge in 
anatomical sciencé.— They are, however, not as yet entirely procured, © 
though great exertions have been made, and are still making, to effect so 
desirable an object — the difficulty is made much greater by the influx of © 
the water, continually rushing in from the bottom and sides to the hollow ~ 
already made — there are among the bones found, several of the legs, some © 
of the back bones, several ribs, ‘and the upper part of the head,” etc.— one 
bone of the thigh measures more than 40 inches in circumference round — 
the joint, and 36 inches on the cylindrical part of the bone, and is nearly ~ 

5 feet long; the teeth are nearly 7 inches long, and 4 broad — they are — 
found white, and fast in the jaw, without appearance of decay; the holes — 
in the skull where appear to have been the nostrils, measure nearly 8 
inches in diameter; the orifice occasioned by the decay of marrow is, in 
the back bones, 314 inches diameter; there are several others of like magni-~ 
tude, and some bones of the foot which shows evident marks that it once 


had claws. 
The concluding quotations from both Graham’s and Miller’s let : 


ters indicate much doubt on the part of these early writers as oF 


The head is thought, by Doctor Graham, to have been as large as ao 
ordinary hogshead. 


_MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 63 


_ the character of the animal to which the bones belonged. This 
_ matter, however, is cleared on a later page (308) of the Repository 
_ where we find this statement, “ Since the publication of the com- 
munications of Mr Miller and Dr Graham . . . other discoveries 
_ have been made. We have been informed that the upper jaw- 
bone is perforated to receive a tusk, like that of the elephant... . 
_ This structure of the head leads towards a belief that the animal 
_ was a species of elephant.” 

_ The widespread interest created by the discovery of these mas- 
_ todon remains in the town of Shawangunk is shown by the fact 
_ that less than 6 months after their discovery, Thomas Jefferson, then 
- Vice President of the United States, but President a month later, 
_ was endeavoring to obtain specimens, which he succeeded in doing. 
_ The great interest taken by Jefferson in this mastodon is shown 
in the article by Frederic N. Luther* on “ Jefferson as a Natural- 
_ ist,” which states: “Thus, during those exciting weeks in Febru- 


ties arising from the tie vote between Jefferson and Burr, when 
every politician at the capital was busy with schemes and counter- 
_ schemes, this man, whose political fate was balanced on a razor’s 
_ edge, was corresponding with Dr. Wistar in regard to some bones 
_ ef the mammoth which he had just procured from Shawangunk, 
Ulster County.” 

_ That Jefferson did actually obtain the lower and upper jaws, 
_ both with teeth, of the mastodon from the town of Shawangunk, 
_ is shown by the figured specimens of a plate accompanying an 
article by John S. Patton*® on “ Thomas Jefferson’s Contributions 
_ to Natural History.” The label, photographed with the jaws, carries 
_ this inscription, “The above remains of MASTODON were col- 
lected by THOMAS JEFFERSON and by him presented to the 
_ UNIVERSITY of VIRGINIA.” 

— 94 1859? Ellenville (plate 12). In 1860 there was received by 
_ the State Museum’? one tusk, 7 feet long, parts of a skull, jaws 
_ with teeth, a pelvic and thigh bone of a mastodon found at Ellen- 
ville. The remains indicate an old individual, and of special in- 
_ terest is the worn condition of the teeth. These, as shown by the 
_ plate, have been worn down through the dentine to the pulp cavities, 


™ Magazine of American History, April, 1885:13:387. 

_ *WNatural History (Journal of the American Museum) 1919, 19: 407 
4. (plate) ; see also p. 490. 

' *N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist. 14th Annual Rep’t, 1861, p. 7, 15 and 21st 
_ Annual Rep’t, 1871, p. 128. 

: 


ary, 1801, when Congress was vainly trying to untangle the difficul- 


64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


which are exposed and open. The remains were found in a swamp 
of several acres extent, and the bones were recovered near its out- 
let. The swamp section showed 2 feet of peat and 3 of marl, the 
latter resting on a bed of clay. The bones were found in the marl. 
Some comparative measurements with the Cohoes mastodon are 
given in the last of the two references cited. 

95 1890. Milton. About this year a very small tooth of a 
mastodon”° was found near Milton by Charles Kniffen on what is 
now known as the Bray farm. The tooth is probably still in posses- 
sion of the finder. 

Wayne County 


96 1888? Macedon. The remains of the mastodon from the 
town or village of Macedon are represented by two teeth, which are 
in the museum of the University of Rochester. They have been 
identified by Dr O. P. Hay as right and left upper last molars. 
These teeth were in the musuem, according to a statement of Pro- 
fessor Fairchild, previous to 1888 but the actual date when they 
were received and other data relating to the find are lacking. The 
teeth are of average size, well preserved and very white, apparently 
from clean sands or gravels. Macedon is the southwestern town- 
ship of Wayne county 9 miles east of the Perinton locality in Mon- 
roe county, and 11 miles south of Lake Iroquois beach. Extensive 
sand and gravel deposits are found in the vicinity of Macedon. They 
are in the Fairport-Lyons glacial channel, which carried eastward the 
waters of glacial Lake Dawson and early Lake Iroquois. Not all the 
delta deposits of ice border drainage have been plotted but the more 
important of them are shown on Fairchild’s™* glacial maps. The 
chances that these teeth were found in these glacial gravels are 
excellent for numerous excavations have been made in them for 
commercial supplies and also they have been cut through by the 
New York Central and the West Shore railroads and the Erie (now 
Barge) canal. The Rochester, Syracuse and Eastern, an electric 
line, also passes through this glacial channel, but this was con- 
structed subsequent to the finding of the mastodon teeth. While it 
can not be proved that the teeth have definite relations to glacial 
waters on account of the uncertainty as to the exact spot where 
they were found, yet it is believed, on account of their color, that 
they did come from these glacial gravels and in point of age these 
mastodon teeth are among the oldest found in the State. 


*N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 196, 1918, 47. ; 
ent Y. State Mus. Bul. 127, 1909, pl. 3 and Rochester Acad. Sci., 1919, v. 6, 
pl. 2. 


‘Mel JO pls Yovd UO UO 0} Y}99} FO UONONpo1 sJON ‘jeuNUe + 


pjO AtOA B FO Yj90} UIOM Surmoys ‘o][IAUaT]y Wor, uswTo9ds FO AMoIA [e}EIeG 


“SMUD IL 


AIUD 


WO pOjsv 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 65 


Westchester County 
- 97 1906. Hartsdale. “A tooth?? and some small fragments of 
bone were found at Hartsdale on the property of W. H. Fish.” 
This is the only authentic record from Westchester county. A re- 
_ ported discovery of mastodon bones near White Plains in June 1920 
is here mentioned on account of the publicity it received. The so- 
called bones proved to be weathered blocks of ‘“ Calciferous ” 
_ sandstone. 

Wyoming County 

_ 98 1876. Pike. A brief statement concerning this find was 
_ published by Clarke” in 1903 and a fuller account in 1908.%* His 
later account is as follows: “I append here some additional data 
_ concerning the Pike skull taken from a recently published account 
_ (Guide to the Genesee Valley Museum, Letchworth Park, by Henry 
_R: Howland, 1907, p. 5): 


These remains of a mastodon were found in the summer of 1876 in 
cutting a farm land ditch on the farm of Charles Dennis, on the outskirts 
_ of the village of Pike, which is about 7 miles from Glen Iris, and through 
_ which flows the Wiscoy creek, one of the tributaries of the Genesee river. 
_ The tusks were fortunately quite perfect and with them were found a part 
_ of the skull, some vertebrae and some foot bones. In order that these 
_ remains should be properly preserved they were at once purchased by Mr 
' Letchworth who caused them to be mounted at the natural history estab- 
_ lishment of Prof. Henry A. Ward in Rochester, N. Y. The prompt action 
_ taken in the matter resulted in the preservation of this valuable relic which 
_ was returned to Pike and allowed to remain on exhibition at the Pike 
_ Seminary until the completion of the Genesee Valley Museum Building in 
1898. In 1904 the seminary building was destroyed by fire. The measure- 
_ ments of the pike Mastodon are as “follows: 

_ Length of skull, measured in a straight line from back to front 43% inches 
Length of tusks, measured along lower curve 9674 inches 
_ Greatest circumference of the tusks 23. inches 


The following additional information concerning the Pike mas- 
q todon is from a letter in the State Museum files written by C. B. 
' Rieler to James Hall, dated Pike, N. Y., July 17, 1876: “ Nearly 
all the bones found are more or less decomposed. None of the leg 
‘bones found have as yet been seen nor have any of the rib bones 
been found. The bones lay much scattered at the depth of 2 to 6 
feet in a small peat bog so that digging is difficult. The result thus 
far is seven teeth, ten vertebrae one with a ‘spine’ 17 inches in 
length, two clavicles, one scapula, two small bones of the foot, two 
tusks 9 and 6 feet long respectively, and each 634 inches in diame- 
ter at base, and several other bones large and small, including por- 
tions of the skull.” 

 *Clarke, N. Y. State Mus., 3d Rep’t of the Director, 1907, p. 60. 


N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 932. 
*4N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 121, 1908, p. 45. 


66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


g9 1884. Perry. “The Museum of the Wyoming Pioneer and 
Historical Association at the Silver Lake Assembly, contains two 
teeth [of the mastodon] found on the farm of William Olin, town 
of Perry, in the year indicated.” * 

too 1886. Attica. The following summary with references to 
the Attica mastodon or mammoth has been published by Clarke.” 
“Small tusk, ribs and other bones found in digging trench on 
Genesee street, in unlaminated clay at a depth of 2 to 3 feet, over- 
laid by clayey muck and loam. Beneath these bones were found 
several pieces of charcoal.* In another part of the same swamp, 
under 4 feet of muck and 1 foot below level of the bones, was found 
a considerable quantity of charcoal with broken pottery. Clarke. 
N. Y. State Geol. 6th An. Rep’t, 1887, p. 34; 7th An. Rep’tm N. Y. 
State Mus. 41st An. Rep’t, 1888, p. 388.” See also Geological 
Magazine (3) 1889, 6:192. Of the above references, the 4iIst 
Museum Report is best as it contains a cut showing ground plan 
and vertical section of the locality. 


MAMMOTHS 


Of the one hundred and fifteen mastodon and mammoth remains 
listed from New York State, fifteen have been definitely determined 
as those of the mammoth. With the exception of the Queensbury, 
Warren county, tooth, all the mammoth remains have been found 
in central New York and westward. The fifteen mammoth finds 
recorded in the list that follows are all represented by teeth, and 
ihus generic determination is positively established. In six of the 
fifteen finds the teeth were accompanied by bones, thus indicating 


_the possible presence of the whole animal. 
Among the list of one hundred specimens recorded under mas- 


todons, about thirty lack positive generic determination. Twenty 
of these are from southeastern New York, which thus far has re- 
vealed no mammoth remains. It is then reasonable to assume that 
nearly all, if actually not all, of the generically undetermined speci- 
mens from southeastern New York belong to the mastodon. It is 
to be regretted that the terms “ elephant,” “ mastodon ” and “ mam- 
moth ” have often been used and are still used in a sense that tends 
to confusion. Both mastodons and mammoths are “ elephant like,” 
and moreover the word “mammoth” may be used either as an 


25 Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 140, 1910, p. 46. 

7°N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 932. 

*a See account of charcoal and charred wood found with cones of trees 
now extinct on Staten Island, under description of the New Dorp, Rich- 
mond county, mastodon. 


V7 
ay ee Uj 
AMS Zs 


ST. CATHARES™ 


vt 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
a 
IT 
Seal 
ood 


\) 
ua 
<4 


pu ausidl Dace ora 


if 
~ 5 é 
S Sanat anagpe 


= 


iy 


Map sliyiois water 


iIMOUNT 
HOLLY@ 


Sao 
i 


‘Sa 


Plate 13 


QUEENS BURYGIE 4 


y 
y WMAER 


7 


‘_»— 
ps, 
[==] 
TARAS = 
ST.C 2 = 
| EDA 
) IEEE 
EES 
FEN 
{= — > —=5 
ET | 
= 
[NG 


4 

4 a 

( 04 LS 

(HOMER a] 

2 = 

Z = 

a = 
a | | 
oS 

| r) 
| CHEMUNG EK 
et NARROWSe@2, 7H 

La CE eee evi 

if 


pauses SUlnees agp Q 


Uy 
> i 
Seqee ana tld 


Scale of Miles 
lo 5 0 102030 
—— 


ew York State, in the area covered by Lake Ivoquois waters. 


Map showing the preponderance of mammoth remains in N 


iMOUNT 
; HOLLYe 


ASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 67 


ctive or anoun. As an adjective it denotes large or huge size 
was so used in America even before the word became used as 
an adjective in England. It is recorded that an English writer 
dered why the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky was so called since 
remains of the mammoth had been found there. Although the 
f fossil elephant has been recorded from southeastern New York, it 
is believed that this record was due to the use of an indefinite term 
and that the animal was really a mastodon. In western New York 
about ten specimens which lack generic determination are recorded 
ith the mastodons. In the latter section only two of the fourteen 
mammoth remains can be credited, and these doubtfully as having 
been found in swamp deposits. On the other hand, nearly all the 
mastodon remains have been found in swamps. The chances then 
greatly favor the inference that the generically undetermined 
proboscidian remains from swamps are of the mastodon rather than 
of the mammoth. Of the doubtful specimens included under the — 
mastodons, the tusk from Pony Hollow (no. 92 Tompkins county) 
could, it is believed, have been placed with equal propriety with the 
mammoths. This was not done because only such remains as have 
been positively identified as mammoths are included in the list. 
Another doubtful specimen described with the mastodons is the 
¢ Copenhagen tusk from Lewis county. If this slender tusk could be 
proved to belong to a mammoth, it would go far to indicate the 
presence of the mammoth in New York in Postglacial times. Such 
evidence, although eagerly sought for, has not been forthcoming. 
‘Further studies and discoveries may prove definitely the presence 
‘of the mammoth in New York since the glacial period. Such dis- 
coveries of a late mammoth may be expected since they have been 
found in some of the nearby states. 

_ There is no doubt that mammoth remains were imbedded in sand 
and gravels laid down during recession of the ice sheet. Examples 
of these are best seen in the Lewiston specimens of teeth and bones 
which were found deeply buried in the spit formed in Lake Iroquois. 
i ‘he Savannah specimen is another good example, where the gravel 
beds i in which the teeth and bones were found was formed during 
the period when Lake Iroquois was at a high level. The Clyde 
mammoth tooth was deeply buried at a still earlier time in a delta 
of Lake Montezuma — a lake earlier than Iroquois and in point of | 
time corresponding more nearly to glacial Lake Warren. These 
three occurrences as described in the pages following are com- 
paratively recent finds, and the data relating to them have been care- 
fully investigated by the writers and are thoroughly reliable. 
Deeply buried specimens of bones and teeth of the mammoth 


5 


68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


have also been found in the Iroquois beach in Canada”. At Ham- 
ilton, Ont., there is an excellent beach and bar of Iroquois age. In 
this bar and nearby beach are found bones, ivory and teeth of mam-| 
moths which occur at various levels from 33 feet to 70 or 80 feet! 
above Lake Ontario. Mammoth bones with remains of trees were 
found in an old soil 30 feet below the gravel bar in the city of Ham- 
ilton, indicating a lower and earlier stage of Lake Iroquois before 
the final higher beach level was reached. 

Interglacial periods have also been recognized in Canada in the 
vicinity of Toronto. In some of these interglacial deposits, bonés 
of the mammoth or mastodon have been found as well as bones of | 
the bison and Cervalces borealis.** It is unfortunate that 
the proboscidian remains have not been identified as either mam- 
moth or mastodon, but in either case the occurrence is of interest 
in showing antiquity as well as the association of the bones of the 
bison. 

Fossil mammoth teeth have also been found in the Pleistocene 
deposits of Ontario, at St Catharines. A number of mastodon 
remains are also recorded from the gravel deposits at St Cath- 
arines. Definite data regarding the finds here are lacking, and it) 
is not known whether the mammoth and mastodon remains were 
associated in the same deposits or whether they were found at 
different levels. The figures and descriptions of some of the re- 
mains from St Catharines are contained in Ward’s “Catalogue of 
Casts of Fossils,” published in 1866. 

As shown on the accompanying map, the more frequent finds of 
mammoth remains along the south shore of Lake Iroquois are not 
without significance and may have interesting bearing on the 
Pleistocene history.2® The presence of these along Lake Iroquois 
shore can not be fully explained as the effect of more favorable 
burial and preservation within the belt of the rising level of Iro- 
quois waters. Neither can it be regarded as merely fortuitous or 
accidental. Some causal relation must be sought. The explanation | 
is probably found in the mechanics of the ice sheet in relation "a 
the Ontario basin and Lake Troquois ee 


‘ 
survived transportation should be irregularly distributed over the 


1913, P 73, 74: g 
* Coleman, in The Natural History of the Toronto Region, 1913, p. 72. 

2? Prof. H. L. Fairchild has generously given the writers valuable sug-| 
gestions relating to the mechanics of ice movement. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 69 


_ glaciated territory, in this case reaching to central Pennsylvania. 
_ But the deep Ontarian valley (present Ontario basin) lying athwart 
_ the trend of ice movement introduced important modifying factors, 
_ and but few of the mammoths were carried far to the south of Lake 
_ Iroquois by the glacier. 
The remains of most of the Canadian animals that were over- 
_ whelmed by the glacial snows were incorporated in the lower, or 
_ ground-contact ice of the southward-moving sector of the Quebec 
(Labradorian) ice cap. This deepest portion of the ice sheet was 
pushed into the deep Ontarian valley and becoming stagnant be- 
cause of its position and also of its load of detritus, it served dur- 
ing all the duration of the Quebec glacier as a bridge over which 
the upper ice, by a shearing flow, passed on south over New York. 
This element of glacier mechanics is fundamental to the present 
‘explanation of the peculiar distribution of the Elephas remains 
and is believed to describe the behavior of the continental glacier 
toward deep and capacious valleys, not only those transverse to the 
ice flow but also longitudinal valleys, especially when these decline 
toward the transgressing ice sheet, like the Finger Lakes valleys. 
During the life of the Quebec glacier, the captured mammoth 
remains lay in refrigeration in the Ontarian valley, until, with the 
waning of the glacier, the frontal melting reached their position. 
Then some of them were lifted in floating ice on the waters of Lake 
Iroquois and were rafted to the south shore. Of these, some were 
_ buried and preserved in the deposits laid in the rising waters on 
_ the south shore, and of these a few have been discovered. 

The above explanation and glacial history assumes only a single 
ice invasion, which is thought to be true for New York and New 
_ England. If dual glaciation is claimed, as is the case in the Toronto 
_ region where proboscidian remains are found in interglacial deposits, 
_ the mechanical conditions would be duplicated in essential factors, 
_ but it would be necessary to repopulate southern Canada with the 
_ Elephas fauna, as the second ice advance would remove the 
' fossils left by the first ice recession. 

_ The history need not be complicated by postulating deep-ponded 
_ waters in the Ontarian valley during the earliest transgression by 
| the ice (a “ preglacial Iroquois’) because the latter found a great 
| river valley of free drainage southward. 

| The entrapping of the mammoth remains in the deep valley of 
| the lower ice, their release by flotation in the ice rafts of the frontal 
_ waters and the rafting of the fossils to the south shore of Lake 
_ Iroquois, appear to afford a reasonable explanation of the peculiar 
| relation of the discovered fossils. 


ee ee ee 


- SS a 


70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The Type Specimen of Elephas americanus DeKay 

In 1842 DeKay*®° described and figured a tooth of a mammoth, — 
which he called the American elephant, Elephas ameri- 
canus. His description follows: “It is with some hesitation | 
that I venture to designate, under a new name, a species founded ~ 
on specimens of teeth, which appear to differ widely from any 
hitherto met in this country. The tooth found on the banks of the — 
Susquehannah, near Tioga, March 1786, and figured in the Colum- © 
bian Magazine, approaches it somewhat, but can scarcely be re- 
ferred to the same species. The specimens above alluded to were 
found in a diluvial formation near the Irondiquoit river in Monroe ~ 
county, 10 miles east of the city of Rochester. According to a | 
writer in the American Journal, vol. 32, p. 377, these remains con- — 
sisted of a tusk and two molars, one of which is in the Cabinet of — 
the Lyceum, and is that figured in the plate. This is 6 inches in 
its greatest depth; and, as nearly as can be conjectured from the — 
part which remains, it must have been about 8 inches long, and 3 
in breadth on its grinding surface, which is, however, too much ~ 
injured to exhibit the ends of the enamel. There are thirteen plates 
in a space of 5 inches, and they are more compressed than in any 
fossil species with which I am acquainted, being almost in contact, — 
with very little interstitial substance. It is altogether different from — 
any fossil elephant hitherto described, and merits the distinct 
appellation of E. americanus.” 

In the account of the Perinton, Monroe county, mastodon it has 
been pointed out that the remains from Perinton described in 1837, | 
as “Fossil Remains of the Elephant, Elephas primi-| 
geneus,” were actually those of the mastodon and that the speci- 
men described by DeKay possibly came from without the State, or 
at least it was not one of the two teeth found at Perinton, because — 
they belonged to the mastodon. The teeth found at Perinton are 
described as “ well preserved,” but both the figure and description 
of the elephant tooth as given by DeKay show that it was more or ; 
less decayed and a part actually missing. DeKay’s type is no longer 
in existence, having been destroyed by fire.*t According to the 
figure and measurements given by DeKay the tooth may be regarded 
as a synonym of Elephas primigenius. 

In view of the facts above stated the Perinton locality in Monroe, 
county is not included in the list of mammoths which follow. 


Nat. Hast: N.Y; Zool, 1842)'pt 1, ip. ors pil ees cies 
* Am. Mus. Novitates No. 41, July 1922, p. I. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS /7I 


mRECORDS OF MAMMOTH REMAINS FOUND IN NEW 
4 YORK STATE ARRANGED BY COUNTIES 


Cattaraugus County 


— 1 1889. Olean. About the year 1889 a molar tooth was found, 
_ with a light covering of soil over it, on the edge of a swamp near 
_ Olean creek, a short distance above its junction with the Allegany 
q river. The junction of the two streams is at the city of Olean and 
_ the tooth was found at an elevation of 1430 feet. Measurements 
! of the tooth show that it is about 3 inches wide, 9 inches long, about 
} 7% inches in height and weighs 5 pounds. The writers are indebted 
’ to Mrs Katherine E. Bradley of Olean for the above information, 
: and mention is made of the tooth in her /istoric sketches of ‘‘ The 
Olean Rock City” (1920, p. 20). Only a photograph of this tooth 
j has been seen by the writers and it is provisionally identified as 
_£E. primigenius. Further study may show that it is E. borews = 
_E. jeffersonii, since the width of the ridge plates appear to 
agree quite closely with that species. 


Chemung County 


2 1872. Chemung narrows. In a letter dated December 30, 
_ 1872, Prof. J. Dorman Steele, noted teacher and author of Steele’s 


A man at the Chemung Narrows has found a tooth of the mammoth 
_ (not mastodon), very fine, weighing over 7 pounds and 13 inches in length. 

_ Thave had a talk with him today. A neighbor has one also about the same 

_ size. . . . It is probable that there are more to be found in the same 

q spot as they have already picked up pieces of the jaw-bone. 

A portion of a tooth from Chemung Narrows is among the col- 


3 _lections of the State Museum and is recorded as an accession in 


Dt to that mentioned in Steele’s ue or whether it is a broken part 
q of one of the two teeth mentioned. 

, 3 Date? Elmira. A catalogue in the American Museum of 
_ Natural History has the following entry: “E. primigenius. River 
, gravels, Elmira, N. Y. Presented by D. W. Payn. Part of a 
molar.” Further details concerning the finding of this specimen 


are lacking. Dr O. P. Hay* recorded this tooth under the name 


as 
"4 Science, 1919, 49:378. 


72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


E. columbi, but according to the definition of the species by 


Prof. H. F. Osborn,** it belongs to his recently described E. je f- — 


fersonii. Wee Weak 
Cortland County 


4 1847. Homer. According to the original description by 
Woodworth,™ the tooth (plates 14, 15), was “ found in the bank of 
a small stream, about 2 miles north-west of the village of Homer. 
The stream had washed away a portion of the bank, and left a part 
of the tooth exposed, lying about 20 inches below the surface, in an 
alluvial formation, resting on a base of gravel.” 

In the Report of the North Carolina Geological Survey (1848, 
page 200), E. Emmons gives a figure of the Homer tooth. He 
states: ‘“ But to those who have marl beds, to identify its remains 
a tooth (fig. 24) of this interesting animal is given in the margin. 
It is a reduced figure of one found in the superficial deposits of 
New York.” The Homer tooth, which is in the State Museum, 
has been identified by Dr O. P. Hay as E. columbi. 


Erie County 


5 1921. Buffalo. (E. primigenius.) In November 1921, 
a large tooth of a mammoth was obtained at a depth of 50 feet 
while dredging for sand in the middle of the Niagara river opposite 
Black Rock, Buffalo. The tooth is in the Museum of the Buffalo 
Society of Natural Sciences, and Director William L. Bryant writes 
that the tooth belonged to the northern mammoth. Three or four 
other teeth were observed by the workmen of the sand dredge, but 
only one was saved by one of the laborers, whose curiosity was 
aroused and who took the tooth to the museum. 


Madison County 


6 1825. Chittenango. (E. primigenius.) Some remains 
of a mammoth were discovered during the excavation of the Erie 
canal, which was completed in 1825, or possibly they were found 


33 Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 41, July 1922, p. II. 

* Samuel Woodworth, Amer. Jour. of Agri. and Sci., 1847, 6:31-37, fig. 1. 
Description of a Tooth of the Elephas Americanus. See also the following: 

1854. Caleb Green, 7th Annual Rep’t, State Cabinet Nat. Hist., appendix 
A, p. 16; letter to John Gebhard jr, states tooth was found in summer o 
1847. : 
1828. Twelfth Annual Rep’t, State Cabinet Nat. Hist., p. 109. Records 
gift of the tooth to the State Museum from trustees of Homer Academy. 

1918. J. M. Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 196, p. 47. Of the two teeth 
mentioned by Clarke, only the one figured by Woodworth can be identified 
with certainty. 


‘A ON “Towoy ye Z/gi ul punof yyouueU jo sejour Jo Mora doy 


vl Id 


‘YjO0} YJOWWRU JOWOF{ dy} JO MOIA APIS 


SI 2eId - | - 


"Y}00} OUBU SuTMoYs saqzejd YM o1eduioD ‘Jueydeja uevdIIZW oy} Jo YOO], 


; OT 938Id 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 73 


during the enlargement of the canal at a somewhat later date. It 
‘is not known how many of the remains were found for the various 
‘parts were carried away by collectors. Some of these are now in 
the State Museum and were acquired through efforts to bring 
‘together in one place as many of the remains as possible. The fol- 
lowing statement with list shows the parts that were brought 
together for the museum. 


4 The Regents are indebted to the following gentlemen for their assistance 
_in procuring the remains of a fossil elephant, exhumed near Chittenango, 
in excavating the canal: 

_ To James Stewart, Esq., of Amsterdam, for a tusk, tooth, vertebrae, 
_ ribs, and bones of the foot. 

| To H.C. Merrick, Esq., Civil Engineer of Cortland, for a tusk and ribs. 
To Prof. A. K. Eaton, of Clinton, for ribs, etc. 

To Charles Van Eppes, Esq., of Sullivan, for a tooth. 

To James Coleman, of Sullivan, for a tooth and ribs. 

To Mr Robert Wilson, of ‘Chittenango, for a part of the underjaw.” 

_ Unfortunately we do not possess detailed information of the cir: 
j cumstances attending the find or a section showing the charactet 
of the material in which the remains were embedded. The portion 
of the jaw is excellently preserved. So are the parts of the tusks, 
the missing portions having been cut and sawed away. The jaw 
is clean and not discolored. It shows little sign of decay and has 
the appearance of having been found in sand or gravel, although 
the blue clay, still attached to the rough broken part and in the 
_ nerve channels, indicates that the specimen was found either in blue 
clay or else came in contact with it after excavation. 

_ The elevation of the Erie canal in the vicinity of Chittenango 
is about 420 feet, and it lies within the province of glacial Lake 
Iroquois. Nearly the whole of the region north to Oneida lake is 
_a low flat country, with here and there some drift material appear- 
ing above the general level of the country, and near the line of the 
canal there are glacial channels showing the Vernon red shales of 
the Salina beds. 

The drift material and the Pre-Iroquois channel through which 
the canal passes near Chittenango have been described by Fair- 
child,?* and as the mammoth remains seem likely not to have been 
found outside of the limits of the drift and channel his description 
of them is here incorporated: 

_ In the midst of the embayment at Chittenango is a great mass of 
“morainal drift overlying rock which has a very prominent bank on the 
* Tenth Annual Rep’t, State Cabinet Nat. Hist. for 1855 (1857), p. 184 


190. 

 ® otst Rep’t State Geol. for 1901 (1903), p. r42. See also topographic 
“map, pl. 9, for location of drift area and glacial channel. Also N. Y. State 
Mus. Bul. 127, 1900, pl. 4. 


74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


northwest flank (see pl. 24). South of, or behind, this islandlike mass is an 
large river channel about the dimensions of the Syracuse channel. © 
Whether the floor is rock or alluvium has not been determined, but in 
either case the form and surface are due to the sweeping by a great river 
before the ice had opened a passage north of the outlying hill. The canal — 
follows the north side of the broad channel. ty 


Niagara County 

7 and 8 1912. Lewiston. (E. primigenius.) Plate 10,) 
upper figure. In 1912, parts of the remains of two mammoths— 
were found in a large sand and gravel pit of a terrace not more © 
than 40 rods north of the New York Central Railroad station at 
Lewiston. The finding of two nearly perfect atlases indicates that — 
the bones represent at least two animals. Altogether about 35 pieces” 
of bones were found, many of which are too badly broken or | 
crumbled to be identified. Some of the bones show the effect | 
of being moved about with the sand and gravel as they are 
water-woven. Among the bones that can be recognized are the 
pelvis, two or three broken ribs, one vertebra, some foot bones | 
and the beach-worn joints of some of the larger leg bones. Of 1 
the teeth, one complete molar (plate 17) and parts of two other | 
molars were found. According to Frank Lonsdale, pit foreman, ~ 
who collected the remains and from whom they were obtained for — 
the State Museum, the bones were found in several layers of sand © 
and gravel aggregating 6 to 10 feet in thickness and 20 to 40 feet 
below the original flat top of the terrace, but the actual depth below — 
the surface at the point where found was not less than 20 feet. 4 
The filling of the place where the bones were found made the exact — 
determination of depth impossible when the gravel pit was later 
visited. As the surface of the filled hole was 20 feet below the top — ¥ 
of the pit, actual depth at which the higher bones were found must « 
have been at least 20 feet; and as they were scattered in layers 6 to | 
10 feet thick some of the bones must have come from a depth of i 
at least 26 feet and possibly from a depth of 30 feet. On account i 
of the bearing which the age of the gravels in which the bones were — 
found has to the age in which the mammoths lived, the following — 
geological history of the sand and gravel deposits at Lewiston is — 
given :°7 a 


Spits-— The larger gravel pits just north of the landing at Lewiston show — 
one of the most remarkable sections of Pleistocene gravel to be seen in the g 
region. The ek are of clean gravel and include some coarse layers con- ie 

* Kindle oe Taylor. U.S. G.S., Niagara Folio, no. 190 (1913), p. 13. 
See also Geol. Sur. Can. Guide Book No. 4, 12th "International Congress, — 


1913, p. 65-68. 


*K ‘'N ‘uolstmMeyT ‘stonboiy oye] [eloe]s FO sjoAeis Wort 400} YJowWeU Vy 


LT 231d ; 


_ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 75 


, ‘sisting of large pebbles with no filling between them. Fine and coarse layers 

alternate in sharply defined beds. Some of the stones are 8 to 12 inches in 
diameter. Most of the material is well rounded, but some of the larger 

a stones are not, their edges and angles retaining some prominence. The gravel 
is bedded, the beds dipping steeply southeastward, in some places nearly 
_ south, in others nearly east, and there is almost no evidence of ordinary 
_ cross-bedding. Only in one or two places has even the slightest discord- 
ance of bedding been observed. The most remarkable aspect of the de- 
- posit is the depth of the gravel and the depth to which the inclined beds 

_ go without break or change. At times the exposure has shown individual 
_ beds running to a depth of 4o feet and the bottom was not then exposed. 

_ A considerable part of the gravel is cemented into a hard conglomerate. The 
_ deposit appears to be thickest at the pits, but it extends northward along the 
_ bank of the river for half a mile or more, thinning out in that direction. 

_ On the surface the beds give no evidence of their presence except that the 
_ ground is stony and sandy; their surface is merely a part of the surf-worn 
_ plain lying in front of the Iroquois beach. . . . The ridge of the Iroquois 

_ beach or spit that runs west through the village of Lewiston comes to the 
_ bank of the river at the gravel pits and unconformably overlies the coarse, 
_ steeply inclined beds. The beach is composed of fine gravel or coarse sand, 
- entirely unlike the material of the inclined beds. 

- Some of the characteristics of the coarse gravel suggested at first that 
- it may be a bar of initial Lewiston torrent, but excavations have gone on 
_ more rapidly in the last 5 years and the new exposures, coupled with the 
_ finding of the bones of a mastodon at a depth of 18 to 20 feet in the gravel, 

- seem to show that it is of Iroquois age. Gravel was drifted along shore 
from the east and was built into a large spit that pushed out into the 
_ deep water of Niagara river and at its west end hooked around to the 
south. The inclined beds shown in the pits appear to have been built off 
_ the south end of the hook or on the rear side of a subaqueous bar. The 
work was done mainly soon after the level of Lake Iroquois was raised 
_ from the Newfane level and probably in part during the transition, the 
spit during that time migrating up the slope. As the shore line was cut 
farther into the land the upper part of the older gravel was cut off. 


__ The location of the deposits of sand and gravel of the Lewiston 
spit is well shown on the map (Niagara gorge) of the folio above 
cited, and under the legend is the statement ‘“‘ Coarse spit gravel 


(deposited as spits by waves and currents when lake was rising’ 
_ from Newfane to Iroquois beach level, 20 to 40 feet thick).” 


Onondaga County 


9 1867. Salina. (E. primigenius.) In 1867 the State 
Museum received as a donation from Ira A. Gilchrist®* of Salina 
“part of a fossil elephant’s tooth, from the gravel of Salina. The 
section showed a depth of 15 feet above the point where two ele- 
phant’s teeth are said to have been taken out.” The tooth in the 
_ Museum is light in color. We have no information relative to the 
‘two teeth said to have been obtained 115 feet deeper. Part of 
‘another tooth in the Museum may have come from this locality but 
_ we have no positive evidence as the label is old and may have been 
_ misplaced. 


*®N. Y. State Cabinet Nat. Hist., 21st Annual Rep’t, 1871, p. 16. 


76 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The origin of the deposits of Salina, which are on the east side © 
of Onondaga lake, has been given by Fairchild®® as follows: “The — 
delta sand plain on which stands the city of Syracuse and the plains — 
east and west of Onondaga lake were probably mostly laid in the © 
early Iroquois waters, and at about 110 feet above the sea.” 

10 1883. Minoa. (E. primigenius). About 1883, dur- © 
ing the construction of the West Shore Railroad, some remains of — 
a mammoth were unearthed at Manlius Station (now Minoa). — 
According to a statement of the late Prof. John D. Wilson of Syra- © 
cuse, some bones, broken pieces of tusks and a molar were found. 
The bones were so fragile that none was collected, but the molar — 
and portions of a tusk or tusks were obtained. The parts collected 
were obtained by Mr John Cunningham and are now in the geologi- 
cal department of Syracuse University and have been described by 
Dr Burnett Smith,*? who writes: 


The molar is of interest on account of its approach to that of the 
southern mammoth (Elephas columbi Falconer). In the number 
and character of its enamel ridges it undoubtedly presents some resem- 


blance to the teeth of E. columbi but it is nevertheless probably | 


*eferable to the northern form." The tusk possesses a diameter of about 
180 mm near the base, while the molar, which is from the left side of the 
lower jaw, measures 250 mm on a grinding surface which is incomplete 
through breakage. 

The specimens indicate a large individual and it is indeed unfortunate 
that we have only meager records of its horizon and of the material in 
which it was found. Mr. Cunningham has assured the writer that thé 
position of these remains was quite superficial. An inspection of the 
locality leads to the belief that the specimens could not have been 
unearthed much, if at all, above the 400 foot contour. A few fragments 
of vegetable matter are still adherent on the tusk but the unstained con- 
dition of all the specimens makes it unlikely that true peat was the 
inclosing deposit. 

Both tusk and molar are now in a very friable condition but this, by 
itself, can hardly be advanced as a certain sign of great antiquity. We 
are dealing with an extinct animal, it is true, yet no evidence has so far 
appeared to prove indubitably its reference to any system of deposits 
differing materially in age from those which included the other mammalian 
remains considered in this paper. 


From the above account it is evident that the remains did not 
come from a peat bog and so it is very probable that they were 
obtained from sand or gravel. The locality is just within the 
province of glacial Lake Iroquois and nearby are several earlier 
glacial channels,** indicating that the remains may have been found 
in deposits laid down by glacial waters. 


Rochester Acad. Sci. Proc., 1919, 6:40. 

“N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 171, 1914, p. 68. 

“Dr O.CPiWHay and) Dr “Wai, iepory have both examined photo- — 
graphs of this specimen and have very generously given the author the | if 
benefit of their opinions on its specific position. 

“N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 127, 1909, pl. 4 (pocket) and N. Y. State Geol. 
21st Annual Rep’t, 1903, pls. 8, 9 


fA ‘ 
i! 


-MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 77 


Ontario County 


3r 1847. Geneva. (Species?) In the account of the Homer 
mammoth tooth ae ee Woodworth,* Principal of Homer 
Academy, he states, “ we possess a tooth or cast of a tooth of the 
elephant from Seneca lake near Geneva.” As Geneva is on Seneca 
lake, the above tooth is undoubtedly the one referred to 11 years 
later by E. Emmons,** who states that “a tooth belonging to the 
elephant was taken from the beach upon Seneca lake, New York.” 
The figure given by Emmons agrees with the Homer specimen, and 
as we have not seen the Geneva specimen or a figure of it we are 
unable to place it specifically. 


Wayne County 


- 12 1908 Williamson.. (E. primigenius.) The mam- 
moth tooth from the town of Williamson, in the museum of the 
University of Rochester, has been identified by Dr O. P. Hay as 
the lower left last molar. The tooth is practically complete and 
dark in color, having the appearance of having been found in swamp 
‘or muck material. The specimen was received at the museum about 
1908. The town of Williamson lies northeast of Macedon, where 
mastodon teeth were found, and the higher and closing level of the 
Troquois beach passes through the town in an east and west direc- 
tion. Prof. H. L. Fairchild has informed the writers that the 
locality is northeast from the village of Williamson and that the 
tooth came from the province of glacial Lake Iroquois, a short dis- 
tance north of the beach of this glacial lake. 

as 1910. Clyde. (E. primigenius). During the con- 
struction of the state Barge canal, a tooth of a mammoth was found 
near Clyde in October 1910. The tooth was on exhibition for a 
short time in one of the store windows at Lyons and was presented 
io the Museum by William B. Landreth, deputy state engineer. A 
letter from B. F. Failing, resident engineer at Lyons, written shortly 
ter the tooth was found, states, ‘‘ The mammoth tooth was found 
while excavating for lock 26, Barge canal, 2%4 miles east of Clyde, 
N. Y. It was found about roo feet from the Clyde river and 22 feet 
in a layer of sand and clay, on top of gravel which 


eA her. Jour. of Agri. and Sci., 1847, 6:35. 
| “Rept of North Carolina Geol. Sur., 1858, p. 200. 


ga ec as 


78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


appears to have been the old river bottom.” The elevation of the 
surface of these deposits are 400 feet, and as the tooth was obtained 
22 feet below the surface it was found at an elevation of 378 feet. 

These sand and gravel deposits, which are really to the southeaal 
of Clyde, are of delta formation and were formed by the escaping 
waters of glacial Lake Dawson, which poured through the Fairport 
channel and built its delta near Clyde in the waters of glacial Lake | 
Montezuma, an initial body of water, which later became a part 
of and belonged to the province of the larger glacial Lake Iroquois. | 
The depth, the known character and the history of the deposits in 


mastodon teeth were probably found at Macedon, 24 miles farther 
west from the mouth of this glacial river which terminated near 
Clyde. The Clyde delta is well shown on*® Fairchild’s maps as 7 


remains were found. . 
14 1916. Savannah. (E. primigenius). ,The remains oa 


drumlin 1 mile northwest of Savannah. The parts recovered in- 
clude two teeth, shoulder blade, fragments of the leg bones and 
foot bones. Fragments of a tusk were also observed but these were | 
not collected. The drumlin is an isolated one upon which the waters — 
of glacial Lake Iroquois built a spit in which the gravel bed was 
opened. The elevation of the gravel bed is about 30 feet above the 
surrounding marshes. The nearest drumlin is more than one-fourth 
of a mile away. Chadwick*® states, “ There is every reason to beag 


IQIQ, Proc. v. 6, ai 2, are 

“More complete details of this find are given by Prof. G. H. Chadwick 
in N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 196, 1918, p. 44-40. The account is accompa 
with detailed maps and sketches. 


Y MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 79 


_yery clearly the geological time when the remains were embedded, 
but it does not tell us whether the mammoth was living in New 
York at that time or whether the remains belonged to an earlier 
f period and were rafted to the drumlin frozen in the ice. The latter 
view appears the more plausible. 


Warren County 


; 15 1860. Queensbury. Since 1911, when the Holden collection 
was presented to the State, there has been in possession of the 

Museum a single molar (plate 18) of a mammoth from this county. 
The tooth had long been in the geological collection of Dr A. W. 
Holden of Glens Falls. The date of the finding of the tooth has not 
been definitely determined but it was probably sometime previous to 
: 1860. In a letter from the late Dr J. A. Holden written in 1918, 
‘he states: “The tooth which during the days of my youth reposed 
carefully under a glass case in my father’s office at Glens Falls, was 
found on the farm of one John Harris in Upper Queensbury, N. Y., 
during, as I now remember it although I will not be absolutely cer- 
tain, an excavation for a’well or cellar.” Upper Queensbury is the 
northern part of Queensbury township, :and borders Lake George 
at the lake’s southern tip and for a few miles along its eastern shore. 

Unfortunately we do not possess exact information concerning 
the character of the deposits or the depth at which the tooth was 
found. If the tooth was found in an excavation for a cellar or a 
"well, it is quite evident that it was not obtained from a peat bog or 
i swampy ground. If it was obtained from a cellar excavation, the 
depth at which it was found was probably less than 6 feet, but if 
_ found in a well excavation, it may have occurred at a much greater 
depth. The Queensbury mammoth tooth is of special interest on 
account of being the only proboscidian relic thus far found in 
northeastern New York. This tooth has been identified by Dr O. P. 
a Hay as E. primigenius. It has thin enamel but in distance 
y: between ridge plates approaches E. boreus Hay =—E. jeffer- 
i 
; 
i 


en ee a ee ee 


Se EY a es eS 


eS 


sonii Osborn. 
Both sides of the valley in which the Queensbury tooth was 
found are bordered by rather steep ridges of Precambrian gneisses 
_ of the southeastern Adirondacks, although the valley floor is made 
up of Ordovician rocks. The elevation of the valley does not rise 
i" 


80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 4 


much above 400 feet, and in its lower reaches it is near the level of 
Lake George, which has an elevation of 323 feet. This valley, 
which now has a northern drainage into Lake George, in Pleistocene | 
time (Lakes Dawson and Iroquois age) was occupied by southward- 
flowing glacial waters derived from the melting Labradorian ice 
lobe, which projected into this region. These waters were carried 
over the present divide between Lake George and the Hudson river 
at Glens Falls and into the Hudson valley drainage. Above Albany 
the waters were met by the waters from the melting ice of western’ 
New York and beyond. After the establishment of the divide west 
of Little Falls, all the waters of glacial Lake Iroquois were carried 
north of the Adirondacks and into the Hudson river valley by way 
of the Champlain valley. At a still later time the region where 
the mammoth tooth was found was covered by the waters of the 
Gilbert gulf age, known as the Champlain sea which was at ocean 
level. Whether the mammoth tooth was buried in the deposits laid 
down by glacial waters or possibly in deposits in the later Gilbert 
gulf can not be definitely stated. In light of other mammoth finds 
in New York State, it seems more probable that the tooth was de- 
rived from glacial ice and buried in glacial deposits, but if it was 
derived from Gilbert gulf sediments, it stamps its age as more 
recent, and as the only trace of the mammoth found in the Cham- 
plain deposits. It is to be regretted that more definite details of 
this isolated find are lacking since with our present knowledge it is 
impossible to determine between the alternatives above given as to 
the age of the deposits in which the tooth was found imbedded. 

In this connection it may be well to note that in Vermont,** in 
the township of Mount Holly, 45 miles east of Queensbury, some 
remains of a fossil elephant were found resting on a bed of gravel 
which was covered with 9 feet of muck. The place was close to 
the divide between the Champlain and Connecticut valleys, and at 
an elevation of 1360 feet, or nearly 1000 feet higher than the place 
where the Queensbury specimen was found. The Vermont speci- 
men has been identified by Doctor Leidy*® as E. americanus 
(E. primigenius). This find seems to show clearly that this 
animal was postglacial, but no such conclusive evidence has thus 
far been found in any of the New York records. 


“ Appendix to Thompson’s Vermont, 1853, p. 14-15. 
8 Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Proc., 1885, 7 :392. 


Plate 18 


The mammoth tooth from Queensbury, Warren county, N. Y. 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 81 


OTHER MAMMALIAN REMAINS 
Vulpes sp. Fox 


W. C. Redfield® in a brief account of mammal remains from 
_ Broome county, New York, mentioned the discovery of bones which 
he ascribed to the genus Vulpes. They were said to have been 
. found in clay beneath drift, on the Delaware-Susquehanna divide 
_ near the New York-Pennsylvania state line. 


| In the autumn of 1848 . [W. iC. Redfield] received from Major 
_ Brown, engineer in chief of the New York and Erie Railroad, the lower 

jaw and other bones of this mammal, partly inclosed in a matrix of fine 

clay, in which material the whole. had evidently been embedded. These 
_ bones had been obtained by Mr Jonathan ‘Case, in excavating for the line 
_ of railway at the Gulf Summit, in Broome county, N. Y., at a depth of 4o 
_ feet below the natural surface, at an elevation of 1375 feet above tide. The 
incumbent materials consisted, mainly, of gravelly clay and fragments of 
the native rock which belongs to the Hamilton group of the New York 
geologists, and are such as constitute the greater portion of the drift in 
that region. 


The account states that a careful examination of the ground in 
the vicinity gave no evidence that the bones had been buried by a 
slide of surface materials; that the remains were of a true fossil 
character was further evidenced by finding in the incumbent ma- 
_ terials, a fragment of Corniferous (Onondaga) limestone, the out- 
| crop of which was 70 miles distant from the locality where the 
bones were discovered. 


Ursus sp. Fossil Bear- 


of recovering remains of a mastodon discovered first in 1888, 
brought to light the proximal half of a femur of a large bear com- 
parable in size and conformation to that of a grizzly. Specific 
_ determination is impossible owing to the fragmentary condition of 
4 the remains, but the size of the bone excludes the possibility of its 
_ having belonged to the common black bear. It was found deep in 
_ the muck of the pond bottom associated with remains of a mastodon 
and a horse.*° 


. Excavations at Monroe, Orange county, in 1901 for the purpose 


Ursus americanius Pallas Black Bear (Plate 19) 
W. M. Smallwood** reported briefly on the discovery in 1903 of 
_ the remains of five or rnore bears with bones of deer from the 


*® Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci., 1850, p. 25'5-56. 
*° Clarke and Matthew, Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 1920, 31:204. 
= Science, n. s. 1903, 18:26-27. 


Ee ee 


82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


vicinity of Onondaga lake. Smallwood was of the opinion that — 
these remains were of comparatively recent origin but Burnett 
Smith*’ in giving an account of the same specimens expressed the ~ 
belief that they were of considerable antiquity. Smith states, 
as all the bones were secured during excavations which — 
reached from the surface through the peaty layers into the marl 
below. The specimens were found immediately above the marl at 
a depth of about 10 feet. Even allowing for the sinking of heavy 
carcasses through soft material, one is justified in assuming a con- 
siderable antiquity for remains found in such deposits at that 
depth.” Plate 19 is reproduced from Museum Bulletin 171. 

The bones recovered consisted of “two skulls, three mandibles, 
two left mandibular rami, three left humeri, two right humeri, one 
left tibia, one right tibia and one right fibula.” 


‘ 


Cystophora cristata Erxleben. ; Seal 


“In 1901 the New York State Museum received from Dr D. S. 
Kellogg, Plattsburg, New York, the tibia of a seal which had been © 
recovered in October of that year from the postglacial clays within 
the city limits. The bone was found at a depth of 11 feet below the 
surface during the construction of a sewer trench on Bailey avenue. 
The soil at this locality was said to consist of a layer of sand 4 or 5 
feet thick overlying fine clay. Fossil marine shells, Macoma 
greenlandica (Beck), were abundant in the upper part of the 
layer of clay but none were found at the depth of the imbedded 
bone. | 

“The specimen has been examined by Mr Remington Kellogg of — 
the Biological Survey and the following statements quoted from a_ 
recent letter will indicate its affinities. A young individual of 
Cystophora cristata (no. 14013, U. S.N. M.) from New- | 
foundland . . . shows a very close approach to the fossil tibia. 
The lower extremity is approximately the same, including the facet 
for the fibula. The curvature of shaft and angle formed by the 
suture for the epiphysis of head, same as in C. cristata. The’ 
shaft of the tibia of the fossil specimen is a little thicker in the 
median region than is the condition in C. cristata. Although 
similar in essential characteristics to the recent specimen with 
which it was compared, it is perhaps best, on account of the frag- 
mentary condition of the remains, to record the bone as the left 


"N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 171, 1914, p. 65, 2 pl. 


agar tar 
meets . 


Three views of cranium of black bear (Ursus americanus) from Ley creek, 
Onondaga Lake, near Syracuse, N. Y. (After Burnett Smith.) 


tibia of a fossil phocid near Cystophora cristata 
pErsleb.”® 

_ This fossil had its origin in the Pleistocene sea which overspread 
the area now occupied by Lake Champlain and the adjacent parts 
of New York and Vermont and is doubtless of the same age as the 
remains of the fossil cetacean unearthed in August 1849 on the 
Vermont side of the lake, 12 miles south of Burlington and about 


1 mile east of the lake shore.* 


Castoroides ohioensis Foster Fossil Giant Beaver 


_ The remains of this giant rodent were first discovered in Ohio 
"associated with the bones and teeth of Mastodon, Elephas, Ovis and 
| other mammals. S. R. Hildreth®® presented the earliest account of 
‘the species but failed to give it a name; this was later supplied by 
the geologist, J. W. Foster.*® 

_ In New York State remains have been found in two localities. 
The first were discovered (1845) in a swamp on the farm of Gen. 
_W. H. Adams of Clyde, during the construction of a canal extend- 
ng from Sodus bay, Lake Ontario, to the Erie canal about I mile 
west of the village. The well-preserved cranium is now in the New 
York State Museum (plates 20, 21). 

_ The geological position of the fossil was fully discussed by James 
Hall,*" who stated in part: “The situation in which it was found 
isan,elevated plateau or level tract of land ... . the whole 
surface [of which] is covered by a peaty soil. . . . This ele- 
vated ground is the summit level, from which the waters flow in 
‘opposite directions, into Lake Ontario on the north, and into the 
Clyde river, and thence into Cayuga and Seneca lake outlets on the 
“south. The precise locality of the fossil was near the termination 
of a shallow ravine, or the bed of a small stream, which flows into 


ments of Veceuimleumidtter ("2 . \.) 20tO 2 teet thick. 


 *S. C. Bishop, Jour. of Mammalogy, 1921, 2:170. 
* Zadock Thompson, Amer. Jour. Sci., 2d ser., 1850, 9:257. 
* Amer. Jour. Sci., 1837, 31:80-81, figs. 15-18. 
* Geol. Surv. Ohio, 2d Annual Rep’t, 1838, p. 80-81. 
* Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1846, 5:385-901, 3 pl. 


6 


84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


“3d. Muck or peaty soil, . . . inclosing trunks of trees of 
large size, about 4 feet thick.” 


The cranium of Castoroides rested on a layer of fine sand 
2 or 3 feet thick, beneath which occufred drift containing boulders — 
and fragments of sand and limestones from a locality a few miles — 
farther north. 

Among the fragments of fossil wood, in the layer above that on — 
which the cranium rested, were found pieces showing plainly the — 
marks of beaver teeth but whether these were of the recent species © 
or of Castoroides was not determined. The Rev. Benjamin 
Hale of Geneva, N. Y., from whom the specimen was received, — 
stated in a letter dated November 1845, that specimens of charred ~ 
wood and charcoal were also discovered in the layer above the — 
cranium. An anatomical description of the specimen by Jeffries 
Wyman follows Hall’s account in the same journal. 

In Ohio, as before mentioned, and in Indiana, Louisiana and 
Tennessee, Castoroides bones were found mingled with those ~ 
of mastodons, elephants and other animals. Mastodons or elephants — 
have not been recorded from the precise localities of New York — 
specimens of the giant beaver but they have been found in deposits © 
of like character and at practically the same level. Remains of the — 
recent beaver have also been found with those of the extinct one. 

An account of the discovery of a lower left incisor tooth of — 
Castoroides in the town of Lenox, Madison county, has been ~ 
given by Burnett Smith.°® In this instance the tooth was embedded 
in a layer of bluish clay overlain by the following materials: 


1. The surface materials consisting of about 2 feet of sandy 
soil and artificial fill. 7 

2. About 6 inches of muck. 

3. Marl, 2 to 6 inches. 

4. One to 1% feet of clay with peaty bands. 


Castoroides is distinctly an American species with the gen- — 
eral proportions of the recent beaver and bulk of the black bear. — 
Its grinding teeth, however, resemble those of the South American — 
Capybara (Hydrochoerus) and more remotely, those of 
Chinchilla. i 


+h 
of 
r 


<) 
% Proc. Bost. ‘Soc. Nat. Hist, 1848, 2:138. j 
%® Amer. Jour. Sci. 1914, 38:463-66. 


“ACN ‘opAy) Worf wntuvss Jo Mata apis 


7 31PTT 


“(SISUIONO Sop040JsV)) AIABAG YURI 


"AN ‘ep4[d wory wniuesrs jo MOA [BVVTET “(SISWI0IO sap1010}s))) ToAeIG JULTX) 


TZ 938[d 


-MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 85 


a latygonus compressus LeConte Fossil Peccary 


_ An account of the first discovery of remains of Platygonus 
comp ressus _ is given by John L. Le Conte,*® who described 
the species from portions of a skeleton found in the lead regions 
of Illinois. In New York State parts of four individuals have been 
found, two from a gravel bank a few miles from Rochester, the 
others from a gravel bed on the farm of James Russell near Gaines- 
ville, Wyoming county, in 1912. 

The Rochester remains are in the possession of the Academy of 
‘Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and the following account is taken 
from that of Leidy:** “ Recently the writer procured through pur- 
chase for the Academy of Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia . . . a 
collection of remarkably well-preserved remains of two adult indi- 
viduals of Platygonus compressus which were found 
in making a railway excavation in a gravel bank a few miles 
from Rochester. Of one individual there is the greater part of 
‘the skeleton, consisting of the nearly perfect skull with the 
teeth . . . 21 vertebrae, the sacrum, the long bones of both 
pairs of limbs, the imperfect scapulae, an innominatum, and part 
_ of a second, both pairs of principal metacarpals, one pair of prin- 
‘cipal metatarsals, an astragalus, a calcaneum, portions of a sternum 
and fragments of three ribs. Of the second individual there is a 
less perfect skull with the upper teeth but without the mandible.” 
The above account is also quoted by G. S. Miller.® 

_ “The material from Gainesville belongs to two individuals, and 
‘consists of two skulls, remains of five ribs, five vertebrae, two 
_ scapulae, one left and one right, two metacarpals, one innominate, 
one ilium, one radius, and ulna and two tibias. Of the two skulls, 
“one is complete; in the other the lower jaw is missing. The com- 
plete one belongs to an older individual, and the incomplete one to 
‘a younger, though grown specimen, which still has the temporary 
‘molar teeth ” * (plates 22, 23). 

_ The remains were purchased for the State Museum in 1914 from 
.F. P. Barrett of Gainesville. 

The position of the hill or drumlin from which the bones were 
‘obtained, is shown on the Portage topographic map by a small con- 
tour circle one-third of a mile northwest of Gainesville. The larger 
features of the hill are shown on the sketch map (plate 24). 
“Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, 1848, 5:102-3. 

_ Wagener Free Inst. of Phila., Tran. 1889, 2:41-50, pl. 8, fig. r. 


- ®N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 20; 1899, p. 372. 
_® Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 187, 1916, p. 34. 


86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


At the gravel bed where the bones were found in a pocket of 
sand, besides sand and gravel, pebbles of all sizes occur up to I 
foot in diameter, those of 3 to 4 inches in diameter being most 
abundant. They include granite and granitic schist, Medina sand- 
stone, Clinton limestone, Onondaga limestone and chert, some light 
colored quartzite, local Portage rock and some pieces of shale, 
usually concretion-like in shape, from which the outer shell readily 
scales off. A rock with small vertical fucoids is also found, prob- 
ably “‘ Calciferous ” limestone. There is no indication of stratifica- 
tion or assortment by water, although the pebbles are often well 
rounded and water-worn. 

The form of the hill is that of a drumlin, which may have been 
slightly modified by later glacial waters. The west and north slopes 
are the steepest with the highest point near the north end. The 
south slope is less steep than the north and the east is a gentle decline. 
To the south as far as East Koy creek the plain is almost level. 
This is not regarded as a lake bottom, although floods from melting 
glacial ice may have surrounded the hill and reworked some of the 
material which was redeposited as a sand and gravel bar at the south 
end of the hill. The present shape of the hill suggests that some | 
modifications have taken place since it was built by the ice, and the 
presence of the sand pocket in which the bones were said to have 
been found, may be due to this modification, or more likely, a 
readvance of the ice built the major part of the drumlin above the 
deposit in which the bones had already become embedded. In other 
words the remains of the peccaries may be interglacial. The bones 
were buried to a depth of at least 10 feet and near the level of the 
plain. One letter received states that the “bones were found at a 
depth of perhaps 30 feet below the surface.” 

The peccaries are indigenous to America and have as relatives” 
several living species which range from Texas through Mexico to 
Central and South America. 


Odocoileus sp. Deer 


Remains of deer have been recovered from peat bogs, muck and 
marl deposits in many parts of the State, and while in some ins) 
stances the situations have been such as to preclude the possibility 
of recent origin, in many cases the material has had every indication 
of being newly buried. The finds here recorded are regarded as 
being of true fossil character. 


ce 938d 


‘ajejd Surpoooid ul UMOYS DUO 9Y} SB UOT}EAROXS OILS UI Puno ‘ojjAsoUTer) Wor, (snssaidmoor snuobhjn)q) Axeoood JO wmntue 


€2 938d 


Plate 24 


Silver Springs- | 


Rock Glen 
Kame Area 


675° Over all 


1625°A.T. 


375° Over all 


Gravel Pit 2 


ee 1780° T 


eee OV 


Sketch map of hill (drumlin) at Gainesville, N. Y., showing location of 
sand and gravel pit where remains of peccaries (Platygonus) were found. 


; ASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 87 


a A part of the upper jaw of a deer with the premolars and molars 
‘of one side well preserved, was recovered in 1908 from the muck 
‘of a swamp at Cedar Hill, Albany county. The specimen was 
found by J. H. Baumer in a position well below the present surface 
of the swamp and the condition of the bone and teeth give evidence 
of its being long interred. 

_ “At Hinsdale, Cattaraugus county . . . some horns of deer, 
were found 16 feet beneath the surface, in gravel and sand.”* 

q James Hall® in his account of Castoroides, mentions the 
finding of the jaw and teeth of a deer in a swamp, with the bones of 
_a mastodon, in Greenville, Greene county; and in the same account 
(page 391) states that, “several deers’ horns and the horn of an 
elk were found 12 feet below the surface, in a muck deposit” at 
“New Hudson, 4 miles from Cuba, N. Y. Hall, also records deer 
‘remains from Cattaraugus county, found in a sand and gravel 
deposit and associated with mastodon bones. 

_ The antlers of two deer were found in marl at the cement plant 
at Caledonia in 1902. The antlers came into the plant with marl 
for the drier so that their exact position in the deposit is not known. 
Remains of three or more individuals were found on the north 
side of Ley creek, east shore of Onondaga lake, and briefly described 
by W. M. Smallwood. A more extended account was given by 
Burnett Smith: “The bones were secured during excavations 
which reached from the surface through the peaty layers into the 
marl below. The specimens were found immediately above the marl 
_at a depth of about 10 feet.’”’ Some of the specimens had shell par- 
ticles adhering to them and perhaps came from the marl itself. The 
remains consisted of “two large humeri each accompanied by its 
corresponding radius and ulna, two small humeri, one metacarpus, 
six ribs, one lumbar vertebra, one thoracic vertebra and one atlas.” 
At another locality, Harbor brook, Syracuse, fragments of deer 
bones were discovered during sewer construction in 1912. “A sewer 
‘excavation in the Harbor Brook valley cut down through the swamp 
‘deposits to a depth of from 10 to 15 feet. The layers of different 
“materials exhibited a variable and irregular structure but in general 
‘the normal sequence of such deposits could be observed. That is, 
‘a bluish clay occurred below, followed by marly bands which in 


oe Hall. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol., pt 4, 1843, p. 364. 
' © Bost. Jour. Nat Hist., 1846, 5:300. 

me Nat. Hist. N. Y. Geol., pt 4, 1843, p. 366. 
Science, n. s. 1908, 18:26. 

om N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 171, 1914, p. 65. 


88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


turn were overlaid by peaty layers.” One left metacarpus, one 
right metacarpus and antler fragments with adhering particles of 
shells were found.” Burnett Smith, ibid. 4 

Mitchill® records the finding of fragments of two deers’ horns a 
short distance below the surface of the ground in Stuyvesant street, 
New York city. 


Cervus canadensis (Erxleben) Elk 


a 


Under the name Elaphus americans, “Fossil stag, 
DeKay” gave a description and measurements of “a portion of a 
pair of horns attached to a fragment of skull, dug up near the mouth _ 
of Raquet river in this State.” Joseph Leidy,’* in 1869, pointed | 
out the identity of this specimen with the common elk and later, 
C. Hart Merriam’ expressed the same opinion, basing his con- 
clusion on the comparative measurements given by DeKay. A horn 
of the second year’s growth from Grand Isle, Vermont, which, 
was also referred by DeKay to his fossil species, has since been 
shown to belong to the elk.“ A single tooth from Chautauqua 
county, mentioned and figured by DeKay and placed provisionally 
under this species, will be discussed under Cervalces. 

Merriam (ibid) noted specimens of antlers from Steel’s Corners, 
St Lawrence county, and two sections of horns, “ ploughed up in- 
an old beaver meadow in Diana, Lewis Co.” a 

Hall’ records the discovery of an elk horn in a muck deposit at 
the summit level of the Genesee Valley Sa. near pe ie 


found at a depth of 12 feet Baler the surface. : 

In 1886, about two-thirds of the entire skeleton of an elk was” 
taken from the muck of a swamp in the northern part of the town 
of Farmington, Ontario county.” 

In the account of the mastodon from Seneca, Ontario count 
mention is made of the discovery in 1885, of part of an antler o 
an elk at a depth of 3 feet below the surface and beneath a depos: 
of marl and diatomaceous earth.”® . 

G. S. Miller, quoting from a letter of Dr Fred F. Drury, gives | 


*® Cat. Organic Remains, New York, 18206. Ms 
”™ DeKay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Zool. pt 1, 1842, p. 120. id 
™ Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Jour., 1860, 7:377. 

™Mammals of Adirondacks, 1886, p. 144. 

* Letter of G. H. Perkins, dated Jan. 17, 1808. my 
Hall, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Geol. pt 4, 1843, p. 367. oh 
* Clarke, 6th Annual Rep’t, State Geol. N. Y. 1887, p. 39. ts 
7*N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 931. 


aT 


sey ee ss ee 


—_— 


ee 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 89 


an account of a pair of elk horns dug up on a farm about 4 miles 
from Gouverneur, St Lawrence county, in 1898. ‘‘ They were acci- 
dentally discovered while digging out a spring hole in a pasture to 
provide water for cattle during the dry season. One horn is in per- 
fect state of preservation, the other has been influenced somewhat 
by exposure, but not enough to in any way destroy the symmetry. 
The perfect one measures from root to tip 39 inches, and biggest 
circumference 8% inches. They each have five prongs, and when 
placed in approximate apposition have at widest point a spread of 
34 inches opposite biggest prong.” 

A single horn dug from a bog at Cananderago, Otsego county, is 
recorded by Mitchill.7® 

In the muck, above the clay in which the Attica, Wyoming 
county, mastodon remains were resting, the ankle bones of a large 
ruminant, probably an elk, were found in 1887.” 

Near the outlet of Cassadaga lake, Chautauqua county, about 20 
miles south of Dunkirk, a skeleton of an elk was found in marl 
overlaid by muck. The exact circumstances of the discovery are 
not known but the bones were found sometime before 1907 and were 
for a time in the possession of Mr Obed Edson. 

The basal portions of a pair of large shed antlers from a swamp 
near Beekmantown Corners, Clinton county, were found by Joseph 
Ouimette in 1887 and recently loaned to the State Museum for 
study by Prof. George H. Hudson of Plattsburg. These horns give 
no indication of having been water-worn and the tines, except one, 
are roughly broken at the tips. An interesting abnormality, evi- 
dently the result of fracture while in the velvet, is presented in one > 
of the brow tines which is almost twice the diameter of the corre- 
sponding member. 

These horns may be regarded as fossil only in the sense that they 
were dug from the ground and belonged to animals now extinct 
within the State. It is likely that they were dropped where found 
within the last century. 


Rangifer sp. Caribou 


The earliest notice of the discovery of remains of caribou in New 
York that has come to our attention, is given in an article by Ebe- 
nezer Emmons, entitled “The Lost Races.” ® After a dissertation 


7N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 29, 1809, p. 302. 

*® Mitchill, Cat. Organic Remains, N. Y. 1826. 

* Clarke, N. Y. State Mus. 41st Annual Rep’t, 1888, p. 389. 
*° Amer. Jour. of Agr. and Sci., 1845, 2:201, ; 


go NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of some length on the extermination of animals in general, the — 
writer continues: ‘We have been led into the foregoing train of — 
thought, by the discovery of the remains of a species of deer in the — 
freshwater marl beds of Orange and Greene counties in this State. — 
We first obtained the jaw of this extinct species from a marl pit of © 
Mr. Stewart in the latter county, and afterwards one of the horns — 
from a similar pit in Scotchtown in Orange. This deer was about 
the size of the reindeer of the north, and like that animal, was pro- 
vided with a flattened (though more slender) horn; but it differs 
specifically from the reindeer, in the possession of two brow antlers 
instead of one, on a single shaft, and quite near its base. No other 
bones have yet been found, and hence the height and bulk of the 
animal have not been accurately determined ; but that in this country 
the genus Cervus contained a species which is now extinct, is by 
this discovery placed beyond a doubt.” The antlers found were 
probably those of the barren ground species, Rangifer 
arcticus (Richardson). 

The deciduous horns of all the deer family are subject to great 
individual variation due in part to the age and condition of the 
animal during the period of growth of the horns and, to a less ex- 
tent, caused by injuries received while in the velvet. The anoma- 
lous development of two brow tines on a single shaft has therefore 
no more significance than other abnormalities of like character and 
could scarcely be considered sufficient grounds for the erection of 
a species.®+ 

An account of the finding of an antler of a caribou at Sing Sing — 
is given in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia for 1860, 11:194 under the date of August 23d. It 
is as follows: “ Dr Leidy read a letter from Dr G. J. Fisher, dated 
at Sing Sing, N. Y., giving an account of an antler of the reindeer, — 
which had been found in the vicinity of the place mentioned. The 
specimen was discovered in excavating a peat bed, at a depth of 6 © 
feet from the surface. The peat bed is almost an acre in extent, — 
surrounded by high ground, and looks as if it had been the site of © 


an ancient lake. Dr Leidy observed that there is a similar specimen _ 


of an antler of the reindeer in the museum of the academy which ~ 
had been found near Vincentown, New Jersey, at a depth of 4 © 
Peet ae, 4” 


* Rep’t North Carolina Geol. Surv., 1858, p. 200. 


a MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS QI 


Alces americanus Jardine Moose 


Bones of the moose were recovered from a buried pothole of the 
greater Mohawk channel near West Waterford in December 1909 
and deposited in the State Museum. The exact locality of this pot- 
hole, one of twenty-five or thirty encountered during excavation of 
the barge canal between locks 5 and 6, is recorded on blue-prints at 
the State Engineer’s office, at a point 200 feet east of the end of 
} lock 6 between guide piers 19 and 24. Two to 4 feet of soil and 
residual clay cover the rock surface at this point. 
The largest of the potholes measured 16 by 20 feet at the surface 
and was excavated to a depth of 14 feet. At this point the bones 
t were recovered and with them cones of the white spruce (Picea 
canadensis), Sphagnum moss, pieces of wood and shells be- 
onging to the genus Planorbis. This find was recorded by 
Clarke,®*? who regarded the potholes as being similar in origin and 
date to those on the Mohawk at Cohoes in one of which the Cohoes 
mastodon was found. 
The bones recovered consist of the entire set of cervical and six 
orsal vertebrae and portions of six ribs of one side; their occur- 
rence in the pothole presupposes deposition in the flesh or at least 
while held together by ligaments; other bones, fragments of ribs 
about a foot long, were said to have been found in several of the 
potholes excavated. 


a 
a 


Cerwalices s.cottiny ) Lydekker 

Remains that can be positively assigned to this species have not 
‘been recorded from New York localities. Emmons,®* however, de- 
scribed a tooth from a clay deposit in Chautauqua county, that may 
belong here. DeKay** figured this tooth and gave an account under 
“his discussion of the “ fossil stag,” Elaphus americanus. 
The figure and measurements given by DeKay indicate a tooth 
somewhat larger than the corresponding member of a large bull elk, 
nd differing otherwise in the absence of the column which, in the 
oth of the elk, is usually well developed between the two lobes on 
the inner side. 

' References to the literature of Cervalces in O. P. Hay’s 
‘catalogue® include DeKay’s Elaphus (in part) and doubtless 
efer to this tooth. 


_*N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 140, 1909, p. 46. 

 * Rep’t on the Quadrupeds of Mass. 1840, p. 82-83. 

» * Nat. Hist. N. Y., Zool. pt 1, 1842, p. 120-21, pl. 20, fig. 1. 
 ®U. S. Geol, Sury. Bul. 179, 1902, p. 685. 


92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 4 

The fourth edition of Dana’s Manual of Geology** describes and 
figures the almost complete skeleton of Cervalces found in 
New Jersey, but incorrectly records the specimen from Warren | 
county, New York. 


Bison bison (Linnaeus) American bison 


J. A. Allen*’ carefully examined the historical evidence of the 
former occurrence of the bison in northeastern North America and 
stated that he “ failed to find a single mention of the occurrence of 
this animal within the present limits of New York, New England, 
Canada . . . that will bear a critical examination.” Allen also 
pointed out that bison remains had not been found in the Indian 
shell-mounds of the Atlantic coast. The statement quoted is some- 
what modified in a later paragraph by the remark that there was 
fair evidence of the buffalo having ranged as far east as western 
New York. Several earlier writers asserted, apparently without a 
careful examination of the evidence, that bison were formerly to be 
found along the entire Atlantic seaboard from New York to Florida. 
Although the historical accounts are, at best, misleading and in- 
definite, the more recent discovery of remains of bison in post- 
glacial deposits and in the graves and refuse pits of the Indians 
prove conclusively that the former range of this animal extended 
not only to western New York but occasionally through the central 
counties to the Hudson river. 

As early as 1835 mention is made of fossil teeth and bones found 
10 feet below the surface, in muck overlaid with gravel, at James- 
town near the outlet of Chautauqua lake. The teeth were submitted 
to Professor Knight of Yale who identified them as probably be- 
longing to the buffalo; and his conclusion is substantiated by the 
measurements and descriptions given, and by the fact that they were 
too deeply buried to belong to a domestic animal.®* 

A brief notice of the discovery of a bison skull at Syracuse was 
given by Underwood.*® It was said to have been found at a depth 
of 10 feet below the surface of the ground at the junction of 
deposits of black swamp muck and clay. Burnett Smith,® referring 
to this specimen (plate 25) and quoting its owner, Mr John Cun- 
ningham of Syracuse, “ Places the depth at 17 feet and the position 


*° Manual of Geol., 4th ed., 1805, p. 999. 
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1876, 4:1-246. 
* Amer. Jour. Sci., 1835, 27:167-68. 

*® Amer. Nat., 1800, 24:953-54. 
°N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 171, 1914, p. 67-68. 


Cys yeumng 13;V) 
“SUIOY MOY} SotOd-UIOY A\OYS JYSII ye SMOTA “RK “N ‘osnoe1AG wos} [[Nys (wosiq wosig) ojeyng 


GZ Sed 


] MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 93 


as below the muck, and adds that fragments of shells were found 
adhering to the horn cores.” 

Smith (ibid) also quotes part of the story related by Thomas 
_ Ashe*! as evidence of the former abundance of the bison at Syra- 
_cuse. Ashe says, in part: “ The native animals of the country too, 
as the buffalo, elk, deer etc. are well known to pay periodical visits to 
saline springs and lakes, bathing and washing in them, and drinking 
‘the water till they are hardly able to remove from the vicinity. The 
best roads to the Onondaga from all parts, are the buffalo tracks; 
so called from having been observed to be made by the buffalos in 
their annual visitations to the lake from their pasture grounds.” 
_ But as Allen (ibid) has pointed out, the region about Onondaga 
_ was well known as early as 1670, and settlements made and a fort 
_ erected prior to 1705. Had the buffalo been a periodical visitor to 
that region in the numbers stated by Ashe, they could have hardly 
escaped the attention of the earlier writers. That bison formerly 
' visited the central and even eastern New York can not be doubted 
_ but they were probably small companies outside their normal range. 
_ Concerning three teeth of the bison found near Albany, N. Y., 
_ J. M. Clarke®? remarked: ‘Some teeth obtained in the postglacial 
_ clays of the Hudson valley a few miles below Albany, in deposits 
- commonly regarded as laid down during that stage of the Mohawk 
_ drainage of the Great Lakes, termed Lake Albany, have been iden- 
_ tified by Dr O. P. Hay as those of the bison. Although entirely 
_ exact data concerning the date and location of this discovery are 
wanting, these teeth have come into the museum within the writer’s 
_ recollection and have been kept in association with a series of other 
mammal relics from this vicinity.” These teeth are the second and 
third left upper molars and the second right lower molar. When 
_ compared with teeth of the recent bison they exhibit no marked 
_ difference except in size, the fossil specimens being somewhat larger. 
. Interesting as evidence of the former wide distribution of the 
bison in New York, but of less importance to the paleontologist, are 
the remains found in graves and refuse pits of the Indians. 
_ Bryant®* records the discovery of a perfect skull on an Erie Indian 
_ village site, on ‘Cattaraugus creek, 7 miles from Lake Erie. The 
_ skull was that of a female and buried to a depth of 2 feet. A por- 
_ tion of the upper jaw of a bison was taken from an Indian grave 


“Travels in America, London, 1809, p. 39-41. 

"WN. Y. State Mus. Bul. 140, p. 46, 1910. 

4 a Interesting Archeological Studies in and about Buffalo. Buffalo, N. Y. 
_ 1890. 


904 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


at Irving, N. Y., in 1914 and brought to the State Museum by the © 
collector, E. R. Burmaster. The fragment was identified by W. D. — 
Matthew of the American Museum who said it belonged to an old ~ 
individual whose teeth were worn down to the roots and whose — 
premolars had dropped during life. The bone gives no indication — 
of having been used as an implement and it may be inferred that 

the animal was killed in the vicinity. In August 1919, bison bones — 
were found by Alanson Skinner in the ash-beds of a prehistoric © 
Onondaga village site near Watertown in Jefferson county. The — 
remains in this case consisted of hoof and toe bones and some teeth. | 


Equus sp. Horse 


It has not been generally conceded that a native species of — 
Equus persisted in eastern North America after the last (Wis- 
consin) glaciation. Attention has been directed, however, to the 
discovery of fragments of horse bones associated with remains of — 
the mastodon and a large bear, in a postglacial peat bog, at Monroe, — 
Orange county, in 1901.°* The bones recovered consist of the right 
ramus of the lower mandible containing four teeth, and the right 
femur. They were found buried in the muck of the pond bottom 
and their state of preservation indicates that they are of the same — 
age as the mastodon. 

W. B. Marshall,®® in a report on a deposit of peat and marl in © 
the town of New Baltimore, Greene county, mentions the finding — 
of supposedly fossil horse teeth and states the circumstances as fol- _ 
lows: “In the collections of the State Museum are nine teeth of a | 
fossil horse which were found in 1889 by Mr Bronk Van Slyke, ¥ 
embedded in the peat in the southern lot. Dr Charles E. Beecher, — 
of Yale University, has identified them with Equus fraternus ~ 
Leidy.” No horse teeth have been found in the collections of the 
State Museum which are distinguishable from Equus cabal- 
lus although this circumstance alone does not prove them to be — 
recent. Many horse teeth which are unquestionably early Pleisto-_ 
cene, do not differ materially from those of the recent horse, and @ 
their specific determination when the teeth alone are found, is often q 
impossible. 4 

In 1902, Mr Bronk Van Slyke sent to the New York State — 
Museum remains that are recorded as belonging to a supposed — 
Quaternary horse. The catalogue record of the specimens states that 


* Clarke and Matthew, Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., 1920, 31:204. 
* N.Y. State Mus. 45th Annual Rep’t 18901, p. 46-52. 


q Eished from Equus caballus and although discolored does 
not appear to have undergone any other change.*° 

_ Teeth of a horse from Troy, N. Y., which were regarded as fossil, 
q were presented to the New York State Cabinet of Natural History®’ 
_ in 1859 and mentioned in the report for that year and in the Pro- 
P ceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History for 1859, 
_ 6:303-4. There is no account of the circumstances of the dis- 
| covery nor are the specimens to be found in the museum’s 
| collections. 

_ C. Hart Merriam®® in his account of the Adirondack mammals, 
_ mentions a fossil horse under the name Equus major. “It 
_ is also worthy of remark that wild horses, larger than our domesti- 
cated stock, once roamed the borders of this region. Dr C. C. 
_ Benton, of Ogdensburg, has shown me several fossil molar teeth of 
y Equus major that were exhumed at Keenes Station near the 
_ Oswegatchie Ox Bow in Jefferson county. I have compared them 
q with the corresponding teeth in an immense dray-horse, and find 
them much larger.” DeKay (ibid) applied the name, Equus 
q major to remains of a horse found near Neversink Hills in New 
_ Jersey but as Gidley®® has pointed out, the name is practically a 
nomen nudum as no figures or measurements were given and the 
- original specimens lost. 

In the absence of more conclusive evidence than is offered by the 
q records presented above, the conservative view is to regard the 
' existence of a late Pleistocene horse in New York as yet unproved. 


*®N. Y. State Mus., 56th Annual Rep’t 1904, p. r. 158. 

N.Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., 12th Annual Rep’t 18590, p. 100. 
*® The Mammals of the Adirondack Region, 1886, p. 145. 

*” Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bul. 1906, 14:91—141. 


ADDENDA 


The following records, received too late to be incorporated in the 
body of the report, have been taken from Dr O. P. Hay’s account of 
“The Pleistocene of North America, and Its Vertebrated Animals 
from the States East of the Mississippi River and from the 
Canadian Provinces East of Longitude 95°,” published February 
1923, by the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Publication No. 
322. 

Page 63. Mastodon: Erie county. A tooth found near the 
mouth of Buffalo creek, and recorded by Barton (Phil. Med. 
& Phys. Jour. v. 2, 1806, p. 157) is believed by Hay to belong 
to a mastodon. 

Page 62. Mastodon: Niagara county. “At the museum of 
Davis Brothers, at Niagara Falls, Mr B. U. Davis told the writer 
that he owned two mastodon teeth which had been found in 
digging for the foundations of the Tower Hotel, which faces 
the Falls park.” On later personal inquiry these specimens were 
not to be found. 

Page 52. Mastodon: Orange county. ‘Dr F. A. Lucas, of 
the American Museum of Natural History, New York, stated 
in 1902 (Sci., 16: 169) that there is in Vassar College a skeleton 
of a mastodon which is supposed to have been found at 
Newburgh.” The mastodon at Vassar was mounted by Messrs 
A. P. Wilbur and E. H. Eaton. Professor Eaton informs the 
writers that most of this skeleton came from Circleville, Ohio; 
1 femur and one-half of the pelvis from Indiana, and the tusks 
from southern Ontario. 

Page 55. Mastodon: Ulster county. ‘‘In Rutgers College, 
New Brunswick, New Jersey, the writer has seen a tusk about 
10 feet long, with a considerably spiral form, which is said to 
have been found at Ellenville. It may, however, be the tusk of 
an elephant.” 

Page 236. Cervus canadensis: “ Livingston county. In the 
collection at Princeton University is a calvarium of an elk 
labeled as found in Livingston county. The finder had, with 
a tool, chopped off the antlers and otherwise hacked the skull. 
One can not be certain as to the geological age of the specimen.” 

Page 183. Equus: A brief account of a horse tooth said to 
have been found 18 feet below the surface at Fort Schuyler, 
Throg’s Neck, New York, is given by Charles Whittlesey in 
Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 1866, Art. 3, 15:16. The tooth came 
from a deposit described as, ‘“‘ compact marine drift.” 


[96] 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Allen, J. A. The American Bisons, Living and Extinct. Mem. Mus. 
Comp. Zool., 1876, v. 4, no. 10 
—— History of North American Pinnipeds, Misc. ° Publication 12, 
‘ U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey of the Territories, Wash. 1880 
Annan, Robert. Account of a Skeleton of a Large Animal, Found near 
Hudson’s River. Mem. Amer. Acad. of Arts and Sci., 1793, 2:160-65 
aca D. R. A Geological and Topographical History ‘of Orange County, 
Y. Med. Repos. 2d hexade, 1809, 6:315- -16 
Ache Thomas. Travels in North America, Performed in 1806. London, 
Baird, S. F. Reports of Explorations and Surveys of Pacific R. R. Routes. 
_ Mammals, 1857, 8:632-35 
‘Baker, F.C. The Life of the Pleistocene or Glacial Period. Univ. of Il. 
Bul. 1920, 17:1-476, pls. 1-57 
ee, W. M. Chemung county mastodon or mammoth. Bul. 108, 
N, Y. State Mus. Bul. 108, p 42, 1907 

Bibbins, A. B. An account of the painting, “ The Exhuming of the First 
American Mastodon ” by Charles W. Peale. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer. 1908, 
18 :650-52, 1 pl. 
Bishop, S. C. The Temple Hill (Orange county, N. Y.) Mastodon Sci. 
N. S. 1921, 54:170 

emains of a Fossil Phocid from Plattsburg, N. Y. Jour. of 
_ Mammalogy, 1921, 2:170 


OS a a 


Bradley, Katherine E. Historic Sketches, 1920, p. 20. Mentions Olean 

q mammoth tooth 

Brevoort, J.C. Amer. Assn, Adv. Sci. Proc. 12th meeting, 1850, p. 232-33, 
Mastodon near Jamaica 

Britton, N. L. School of Mines Quarterly, May, 1880, p. 198-909. Account 

- of mastodon’ s tusk at Morrisania 

fo rant N. Y Acad. Sci. 7885, 5215 

Broadhead, G. C. The Mastodon. ee City Review of Science and 

7 Industry, 1881, 4:519-30. Mastodon and other remains from New York 

_ note 

Bryant, William C. Interesting Archeological Studies in and about Buf- 

4 falo. 1890. Privately printed pamphlet in which is mentioned the dis- 

covery of a bison’s skull 

Chadwick, G. H. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 106, 1918, p. 44-46. Savannah, 

em N. Y., mammoth. 

Cheney, T. A. The Chautauqua Mastodon. Amer. Nat. 1872, 6:178. Two 

__ individuals from vicinity of Jamestown, N. Y., mentioned 

Clarke, J. M. 6th Annual Rep’t, N. Y. State Geol. 1887, p. 34. Attica 

' mastodon reported 

, Report on the Bones of Mastodon or Elephas found Associated 

_ with Charcoal and Pottery at Attica, Wyoming County, N. Y. 4tst 

_ Annual Rep’t, State Museum of Nat. Hist. 1888, p. 388, 1. pl. Same 

account reprinted in 43d Annual Rep’t, 1890, p. 304-6 and in 9th Annual 

4 Rep't, State Geol. 1890, p. 102-4 

- 53d Annual Rep’t, N. Y. State Mus. 1901, p. 676. Records dis- 

_ covery of mastodon remains near Newburg, N. Y. Same account 

_ reprinted i in Report of State Paleontologist for 1809 (1900), p. 676 

- N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 52, p. 439-41, 1902. Account of the Mon- 

4 ‘roe, Orange county, N. Y., mastodon. 

——— Distribution of Mastodon Remains in New York. Bul. Geol. 

_ Soc. Amer. 1903, 14:537; see also Sci. n. s. 1903, 17:207 


[o7] 


98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Mastodons of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 69, 1903, p. 921-33, 


3 pls. 


Mastodons. 60th Annual Rep’t, N. Y. State Mus. 1908, p. 59-60; 
same account printed in 3d Rep’t, Dir. Sci. Div. 1907, p. 59-60 
Mastodons. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. I2I, 1908, p. 44-40. 
Postglacial Mammalian Remains. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 140, 
P. 45-47, 1910 
——— N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 187, 1916, p. 34-35. The fossil peccary 
Popa tome 
Y.-State Mus. Bul. 196, 1918, p. 43-47. Occurrences of masto- 
don and Bele 
& Matthew, W. D. Supposed Fossil Horse from the late Pleisa 
tocene found at Monroe, ‘(Orange County, N. Y. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer, 
1920, 31:204 { 
Clinton, DeWitt. An Introductory Discourse Delivered before the Liter- — 
ary and Philosophical Society of New York, on the Fourth of May, 1814. 
New York, 1815 
Coleman, A. P. Guide Book 4. 12th International Geological Congress. 
1913, p. 73-74. Mammoth remains in Lake Iroquois deposits i in Canada 
—— The Natural History of the Toronto Region, 1913, p. 72) 
Mammal remains found in interglacial deposits at Toronto 
Cooper, William. Account of the Discovery of a skeleton of the Mastodon 
Giganteum. Annual Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 1824, 1:143-47. Lower jaw 
and other remains from Chester, N. Y. Rt 
Cope, E. D. Amer. Nat. 1890, 24:054. Editorial comment on discovery 
of bison at Syracuse, N. Y. ‘ 
Cozzens, Issachar. A Geological History of Manhattan or New York 
Island, New York, 1843, p. 75. Mastodon remains found at Broadway © 
and Franklin streets, New York; see also page 103 for record of West 
Point mastodon i 
Cuvier, Georges. Essay on the theory of the Earth. Geological appendix — 
by Samuel L. Mitchill, New York, 1818. English edition gy 
————— Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles, Troisieme Ed. 1825, 
1:208, 211. Claverack specimen and Peale’s museum mentioned 
Dana, if D. Reindeers in Southern New England. Amer. Jour. Sci. 3d_ 
ser. 1875, 10:356. Remains of caribou at Sing Sing, N. ‘ 
— Manual of Geology, 3d ed. New York, 1880. Note p. 568, ee 
to caribou at Sing Sing, N. 
: Manual of Geology, 4th ed. 1895. Otisville mastodon ieureel 
p. 998. i 
Darrach, James. Letter directed to John Collins Warren. Appendix, 
“The Mastodon Giganteus of North America ” by John Collins Warren, 
Boston, 1852, p. 198. Concerns exhumation of Warren mastodon 
De Kay, J. E. Assembly Document 50, Jan. 1840, p 20. A supposed fone 
Balanoptera mentioned 
Nat. Hist. of New York, Zoology, pt 1, 1842, p. 102-6 
Dewey, Chester. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1838, 33:123, 201. Rochester, N. Yo 
mastodon remains { 
Doty, L. L. A History of Livingston County, New York, Geneseo, N. Y. 
1876, p. 379-80. An account of the Jamestown mastodon and notes con= 
cerning other specimens | 
Dudley, Joseph. Letter to Cotton Mather in Massachusetts Hist. Col. 
2d ser. 1814, 2:263-64. Relates to mastodon from vicinity of Alban 


Duslag. William. History of the New Netherlands, Province of New York 
and State of New York, 1840, 2:154. Brief extract from Boston Neves 
Letter noting discovery of mastodon remains at Claverack, N. Y, 

Eager, S. W. An Outline History of Orange County, 1846-47, p. 71-80. 
Gives a list of mastodon remains from Orange apes cae 


6th Annual Rep’t, State Cab. Nat. Hist. pes p. 35 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 99 
a 


Edson, Obed. History of Chautauqua County, N. Y. 1894, p. 34-36 

wards, Timothy. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 1793, 2:164. Descrip- 

ion of a horn or bone found in Chemung river 

ammons, Ebenezer. Report on the Quadrupeds of Massachusetts, Cam- 

' bridge, 1840, p. 82. Description of the tooth of a supposed extinct elk 

a The Lost Races. Amer. Jour. Agr. and Sci. 1845, 2:199-202. 

4 Report of the North Carolina Geological Survey, 1858, p. 199- 

a 200, fig. 24. Elephas tooth recorded from Homer, NGRYE, 

Pairchild, H. L. 21st Rep’t, N. Y. State Geol. for 1901 (1903). Describes 

glacial ‘channels at Chittenango 

a by : N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 127, 1909. Glacial waters in central New 
or 


Proc. Roch. Acad. Sci. 1919, 6:40. Origin of delta sand plain at 
Syracuse; pl. 2, glacial maps 
isher, G. J. Letter dated at Sing Sing, N. Y., 1859. Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 11:194. Account of an antler of a caribou found at 
Sing Sing, N. Y. 
lower, W. H. & Lydekker, R. An Introduction to the Study of Mammals 
Living and Extinct. London, 1891. Elephantidae, p. 423-35 
J. W. 2d Annual Rep’t, Geol. Surv. Ohio, 1838, p. 81 
id W. Tooth Characters and Revision of the North American 
Species ‘of the Genus Equus. Bul. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1901, 14:91-141 
idley, J. W. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1921, 57:657. Rochester peccary men- 
tioned 
ilbert, G. K. Notes of Investigations at Cohoes with Reference to the 
Circumstances of the Deposition of the Skeleton of Mastodon. 2ist 
Annual Rep’t, State Cab. Nat. Hist. 1871, p. 129-48 
odman, J.D. American Natural History, 1st ed. Phila. 1828, p. 77 
Description of the Os Hyoides of the Mastodon. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1824, 4:67-72. Peale skeletons mentioned 
——— Description of a New Genus and New Species of Extinct Mam- 
 miferous Quadruped. Tran. Amer. Phil. Soc. n. s. 1830, 3:478-85, pl. 17-18, 
m fig: §: Mastodon remains from vicinity of Montgomery, Orange county, 
N. ‘ 
— American Natural History, 3d ed. 1846, 2:52-81 
Berdon, Reginald. Tree Trunks Found with Mastodon Bones. Sci. n. s. 
1902, 16:1033. Beaver gnawed wood found with remains of a mastodon 
at Balmville, Orange county, N. Y. 
———— Bones of Mastodon Found. Sci. n. s. 1902, 16:504 
Graham, J.G. Further Account of the Fossil Bones in Orange and Ulster 
Counties; Letter to Dr Mitchill dated Shawangunk, Sept. 10, 1800. 
Med. Repository, 1801, 4:213-14 
reen, Caleb. 7th Annual Rep’t, State Cab. Nat. Hise 1854, Appendix A, 
_p. 16. Letter to John Gebhard jr relating to Homer tooth 
ireen, B. The Boston News-Letter, Boston, 1705, July 30. Under date 
of July 23, 1705, the first printed account of mastodon remains is given 
juersnsey, J. A. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1830, 19:358. Remains of mastodon or 
_ mammoth from banks of Irondequoit creek 
‘i lale, Benjamin. Letter to James Hall dated Geneva, N. Y., Nov. 13, 1845. 
 Castoroides from vicinity of Clyde, N. Y. 
Hall, James. Assembly Document 200, 2d Annual Rep’t, 4th Geol. Dist. 
“@ of N.Y. 1838, p. 347. Mastodon or mammoth remains from Genesee 
_ Valley canal near Rochester, N. Y. 
Geology of New York, pt 4, 1843, p. 363-67. Mastodon remains 
rom various parts of the State listed 
= Notice of the Geological Position of the Cranium of the 
Castoroides ohioensis. Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1846, 5:385-01 
9 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1848, 2:103. Clyde Castoroides. 
, mentioned; ibid, p. 167-68 locality described 
Notes and Observations on the Cohoes Mastodon. 21st Annual 
Rep’t, N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist. 1871, p. 105. Discussion of the forma- 
tion of potholes under glacial ice 


IOO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Note on the Discovery of a Skeleton of an Elk (Elaphus 
canadensis) in the town of Farmington, Ontario County. 6th 
Annual Rep’t, State Geol. Albany, 1887, p. 39 ¥ 

————_ Additions to the Collections of the State Museum during the — 
year 1886. 4oth Annual Rep’t, N. Y. State Museum, 1887, p. 27. Elk — 
from Ontario county, N. Y. if 

Harlan, Richard. Fauna Americana, Phila. 1825 4 

Critical Notices of Various Organic Remains Hitherto Dis- 
covered in North America. Tran. Geol. Soc. Pa. 1835, 1:52. Tetracau-~ 
lodon discussed y 

Hartt, C. F. Discovery of Mastodon Remains at Mott’s Corners near 
Ithaca, N. Y. Amer. Nat. 1871, 5:314-15 
Hay, O. P. Sci. 2d ser. 1900, 30:801 ' 
————_ The Pleistocene Period and Its Vertebrata. 36th Annual Rep’t, | 
Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. of Ind. 1912, p. 700. Mastodons from New 

York localities mentioned 
eve Recognition of Pleistocene Faunas. Smith. Misc. Col. 1912, 

5Q:I-1 

——— The Pleistocene Mammals of Iowa. Iowa Geol. Survey, 1914, 
23:1-622, pls. 1-75, 142 text figures 

——— On Some Proboscideans of the State of New York. Sci. n. s ~ 
1919, 49:377-79 

Sree bservations on Some Extinct Elephants, Wash. D. C. June 12, 


Further Observations on Some Extinct Elephants, Proc. Biol. 

Soc. Wash. 1922, 35 :97—-IOI 

Hays, Isaac. Descriptions of the Specimens of Inferior Maxillary Bones 
of Mastodons in the Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society, 
with Remarks on the genus Tetracaulodon (Godman). Tran. Amer. 
Phil. Soc. 1834, 4:317-39 

Hazeltine, John. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1835, 27:167-68. Teeth probably 
belonging to the bison, recorded from vicinity of Chautauqua lake 

Hildreth, S. R. Miscellaneous Observations Made during a Tour in May, 
1835, to the Falls of the Cuyahoga, near Lake Erie. Amer. Jour. Sci. 
1837, 31:1-85. Gives (p. 80) description and figures of teeth of fossil 
beaver. ‘ 

Hitchcock, Edward. Sci. 1885, 6:450. Fossil remains found at Seneca 
Castle, near Geneva, N. Y. 

Hollick, Arthur. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Is. 1890, 7:24—-25 

— The Plant World, 1900, 3:185. Staten Island Mastodon men- 
tioned 

—— A Quaternary Lake Deposit in the Moravian Cemetery. Proc. 
Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Is. 1900, 7:24 

Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1001, 14:67-68. Mastodon tooth from 
Moravian cemetery at New Dorp, Staten Island, N. Y. 

Hornaday, W. T. The Extermination of the American Bison. Rep’t. _ 
U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1887 (1889) pt 2, p. 367-548, pls. 21, 1 map 

Hovey, E. O. The Chester. New York Mastodon. Annals N. Y. Acad. — 
Sci. 1908, 18:147, pl. 5. Facsimile of Townsend mss. describing the 
Chester mastodon. This figure and others were printed in Cuvier’s, | 
“Theory of the Earth” 

Howland, Henry R. Guide to the Genesee Valley Museum, Letchworth Park, 


1907 
Jackson, C. T. Analysis of Mastodon Bones. Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1846, 
5 :400 
Jones, T. R. The Geol. Mag. London, 1880, 6:192. The Attica, Wyoming 
county, N. Y., mastodon mentioned 
Kaup, J. J. Bemerkungen uber die drei Arten Mastodon und die drie Arten 
Tetracaulodon des Hrn. Isaak Hays. Archiv fur Naturges. 1843, 1 :168-75 
Kellogg, D. S._ Letter to J. M. Clarke dated Plattsburg; N. Y. Oct. 30, 
1901. Refers to tibia of seal found in clay at Plattsburg, N. Y. 


_~ MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS IOI 


Kemp, J. F. Tran. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1887, 7:52. A _mastodon tooth found 
in drift of what is now a part of Bronx county, N. Y. 

Kindle, E. M. & Taylor, F. B. Geol. Atlas U. S., Niagara Folio 190, 1913, 
p. 19, fig. 10. Glacial lake Tonawanda. ibid. p. 13, description of Lewis- 
ton gravel deposits 


_ Lankester, E. R. Extinct Animals, N. Y. 1906. Ancestral history of ele- 


phants, p. 103-32 


: Leidy, Joseph. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1885, 7:392. The Mount Holly 


specimen identified as E. americanus 

———— Remarks on finding antler of reindeer at Sing Sing, N. Y. 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 11:194 

—— The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska. Jour. 
Acad. ‘Nat. Sci. Phila. 2d ser. 1869, 7:265, 376, 377, 399, 405. Fossil 
remains from various New York localities mentioned 

— On Platygonus, an extinct genus allied to the Peccaries. Tran. 
Wagner Free Inst. Sci. 1889, 2:41-50, pl. 8, fig. 1 

Letson, Elizabeth J. Post-Pleiocene Fossils of the Niagara River Gravels. 
N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 45, 1901, p. 238-52 


_ Lucas, F. A. North American Elephantids. Sci, n. s. 1902, 15:554-55 


General Guide to the Exhibition Halls of the American Museum 
of Natural History, Guide Leaflet ser. no. 44, Aug. 1916. Warren masto- 


don discussed. 


Animals of the Past. Amer. Mus. Handbook, ser. 4, 1916. 

Mastodon, p. 198-219; 6th ed. 1922 

Lull, R. S. Evolution of the Elephant. Amer. Jour. Sci. 4th ser. 1908, 
25 1192-93 

—— The Evolution of the Elephant. Annual Rep’t Smith. Inst. 
1909, p. 641-75 

— Elephants and their Progenitors. Sci. Conspectus, 1914, 4:61-70 

—— Organic Evolution, New York, 1917, Proboscideans, p. 577-903 

Luther, F. N. Mag. of Amer. Hist., Apr. 1885, 13:387. Relates to mastodon 
from Shawangunk, Ulster county, N. Y. 

Lyell, Charles. Proc. London Geol. Soc. 1843, v. 4, No. 92 

——— Amer. Jour. Sci. 1844, 46:322. Refers to a number of mastodon 
localities in New York State 

———— Travels in North America. N.Y. 1845, 1:10, 41, 45, 54... An 
account of mastodon localities visited in New York State 

Macauley, James. The Natural, Statistical and Civil History of the State 
of New York, 1820, 1:473-77. Mastodons from Orange and Ulster 
counties j 

Marsh, O. C. Discovery of Additional Mastodon Remains at Cohoes, 
N.Y. Amer. Jour. Sci. 2d ser. 1867, 43:115-16 

— Mastodon of Otisville, Orange County, N. Y. Amer. Jour. Sci. 
3d ser. 1875, 9:483 

—— Restoration of Mastodon Americanus Cuvier. Amer. 
Jour. Sci. 3d ser. 1892, 44:350, pl. 8 

Marshall, W. B. Report on a Deposit of Marl and Peat in the Town of 
New Baltimore. 45th Annual Rep’t, N. Y. State Mus. 1892, p. 46-52 


' Martin, D.S. Tran. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1885, 5:14. Mastodon at TRidBeHObd: 


IDy 
Martin, H. T. Castorologia, 1892, p. 20, 1 fig. Clyde, N. Y. Castoroides 
mentioned and a figure of a cranium given. 


Masten, A. H. The History of Cohoes, New York. Albany, 1877. 


Account of the discovery of the mastodon at Cohoes, N. Y. 

Mather, W. M. Geol. of New York, pt 1, 1843, p. 25, 44-47, 232-33, 636. 
Gives several references to New York mastodons and other fossil 
vertebrates. 


Mather, Cotton. Phil. Tran. Roy. Soc. London for 1714, 29:62. Extract 


of several letters to Royal Society. } 
Matthew, W. D. Mammoths and Mastodons. Guide Leaflet of Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist. no. 43, 1915 p. 1-26, figs. 


102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Maxwell, Thomas. In Brigham’s Elmira Directory for 1863 and_ 1864, 
Elmira, 1863, p. 16-17. Account of a tusk found by the Indians in the 
Chemung river 

In H. R. Schoolcraft’s, Information Respecting History, Con- 
dition, and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the U. S. 1855, 5:6690 

Merriam, C. H. The Mammals of the Adirondack Region, Northeastern 
New York, N. Y. 1885. Reprinted from account under title, “ The 
Vertebrates of the Adirondack Region, Northeastern New York, which 
appeared in the Tran. Linn. Soc. N. Y. 1883, 1:5-106, 2:5-214 

Merrill, F. J. H. Quaternary Fossils. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 19, 1898, p. 178. 
Mastodon remains at Batavia, N. Y. 

Miller, G. S. Preliminary List of New York Mammals. N. Y. State Mus. 
Bul. 29, 1899, p. 373-75. Some records of fossil species given 

Miller, Samuel! A Brief Retrospect of the Eighteenth Century. N. Y. 1803, 
1:120. A reference to the Peale skeletons 

Miller, Sylvanus. Account of Large Bones Dug up in Orange and Ulster 
Counties (State of New York). Med. Repository, 1801, 4:21I-13 

Letter directed to DeWitt Clinton dated New "York, Oct. 1814; 
in, An Introductory Discourse Delivered before the Literary and Philo- 
sophical Society of New York by DeWitt Clinton, N. Y. 1815. Concerns 
mastodons from Orange county 

Retrospective Notice of the Discovery of Fossil Mastodon 
Bones in Orange County (N. Y.). Amer. Jour. Sci. 1837, 31:171-72 

Mitchill, S. L. Amer. Monthly Mag. 1817, 2:46, 56, 57. Rockland county, 
N. Y., mastodon 

——— Observations on the Geology of North America in Cuvier’s 
Theory of the Earth, N. Y. 1818, p. 389, figs. 1-2. New Antrim, Rock- 
land county, N. Y., mastodon 

Catalogue of the Organic Remains Presented to the New York 
Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y. 1826, p. 5, 11. Rockland county, 
N. Y., mastodon listed 

Morgan, L. H. The American Beaver and His Works, Phila. 1868, p. 37. 
Cohoes mastodon mentioned 

Nasmyth, Alexander. On the Minute Structure of the Tusks of Extinct 
Mastodontoid Animals. Proc. Geol. Soc. London, 1842, 3:775-80 

Osborn, H. F. The Newburgh Mastodon. Sci. n. s. 1899, 10:539. 
Schaefer skeleton from vicinity of Newburgh, N. Y. 

— — Species of American Pleistocene Mammoths. Amer. Mus. Novi- 
tates, no. 41, July 6, 1922 

Mastodons of the Hudson Highlands. Nat. Hist. 1923, 23 :3-24. 
A detailed account of the Warren skeleton and its discovery and an incom- 
plete list of other mastodon remains from southeastern New York 

Patton, J. S. Thomas Jefferson’s Contributions to Natural History. In 
Natural History (Jour. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.) 1919, 19:407. Mastodon 
remains from Ulster county, N. Y., figured. See also p. 496 

Peale, Rembrandt. Account of the Skeleton of a Mammoth, London, 1802, 4° 

— On the Differences which Exist between the Heads of the 
Mammoth and Elephant. Phil. Mag., London, 1803, 14:228, pl. 5 

— Phil. Mag., London, 1803, 14:162-69. A short account of the 
mammoth 

An Historical Disquisition on the Mammoth of Great American 
Incognitum. London, 1803 

——— Narrative of the Discovery and Exhumation of the Skeleton of 
the Mastodon. Godman’s Amer. Nat. Hist. 3d ed., 1846, 2:55-63 

Prime, A. J. Great American Mastodon. Amer. Quar. Jour. Agr. and Sci. 
1845, 2:203-12. Notice of the Warren mastodon 

Redfield, W. C. On Some Fossil Remains from Broome County, N. Y. 
Proc. Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci. 2d Meeting, 1850, p. 255-56 


Rhodes, S. N. The Mammals of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, Phila. ‘7 


1903 


ee 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS _ 103 


Reis, Heinrich. N. Y. State Museum Bul. 12, 1895, p. 109. Cornwall 
mastodon, Orange county, N. 

Clays on New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 35, 1900, p. 583. 
Cornwall mastodon 

Safely, Robert. Discovery of Mastodon Remains at Cohoes, N. Y. Amer. 
Jour. Sci. 2d ser., 1866, 42:426 

Schopf, J. D. Reise durch einige, der mittlern und stidlichen vereinigten 
nordamerikanischen Staaten, nach Ost-Florida und den Bahama-Inseln, 
unternommen in den Jahren 1783 und 1784, 1788, 1:408-415. Account of 
large bones and teeth from various localities 

Schuchert, Charles. Mammut Americanum in Connecticut, with a note on 

the Farmington specimen by Richard S. Lull. Amer. Jour. Sci. 4th ser., 
1914, 37:321-30. New York specimens noticed 

Scott, W. B. A History of the Land Mammals in the Western Hemi- 
sphere N. Y. 1913. History of the Proboscidea, p. 422-42 

Sheldon, Pearl. Mastodon Tusk in Glacial Gravels. Sci. n. s. 1915, 41:98- 
99. Tusk from Pony Hollow near Ithaca, N. Y. 

Shurtleff, N. B. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1848, 2:96-08. Warren mas- 
todon noted 

Skilton, Dr. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1850, 6:303-4 

Skinner, A. B. Letter regarding remains of bison found August 1919 near 
-Watertown, N. Y. 

Smallwood, W. M. The Remains of Bear and Deer on the Shores of 
Onondaga Lake. Sci. n. s. 1903, 18:26-27 

Smith, Burnett. A New Locality for Castoroides. Amer. Jour. Sci. 4th 
ser., 1914, 38:463-06 

———— A Review of the Mammalian Remains from the Vicinity of 
Onondaga Lake, New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 171, 1914, p. 64-72, 2 pls. 

Spafford, H. G. Gazetteer of the State of New York, 1834 

Steele, J. D. Letter to James Hall regarding mammoth remains at 
Chemung narrows 

Stearns, R. E. C. Mollusca Associated with Mastodon Remains. The 
Nautilus, 1900, 13:100-1. Mastodon remains from the Schaeffer farm 
near Newburgh, N. Y., mentioned 

Stoller, J. H. Glacial Geology of the Schenectady Quadrangle. N. Y. 
State Mus. Bul. 154) 101, p. 10, . 3A. 

Tarr, R:'S. Geologic Atlas U. S. Polio 160, Field ed. 19090, p. 200-1. Mas- 
todon remains at Center Lisle and Brookton, N. 

Taylor, F. B. Geol. Surv. Can. Guide Book 4, 12th International Congress, 
1913, p. 65-08. Origin or gravel deposits at Lewiston 

Thomas, Arad. Pioneer History of Orleans County, 1871, p. 307. Mam- 
moth or mastodon tooth at Holly, N. Y. 

Thompson, W. A. Facts Relating to Diluvial Action. Amer. Jour. Sci., 
1833, 23:248-49. Orange and Ulster county mastodons mentioned 

Thompson, Zadock. An Account of Some Fossil Bones Found in Ver- 
mont, in Making Excavations for the Rutland and Burlington Railroad. 
Amer. Jour. Sci. 2d ser., 1850, 9:256-63 

History of Vermont, 1853; appendix, p. 14-20. Mt Holly, Vt., 

elephant remains; whale bones from Charlotte township, Vt. 

Tournier, Gaston. Les Elephants, Paris, 1909. Mentions (p. 5) date of 
supposed earliest discovery of mastodon remains 

Turner, George. Tran. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1790, 4:514. Tusk from Chemung 
river : 

Underwood, L. M. A Bison at Syracuse, New York. Amer. Nat. 1890, 
24:953-54 

Van Rensselaer, Jeremiah. On the Fossil Remains of a Mastodon lately 
Found in Ontario County, New York. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1827, 12:380-81 

—— Amer. Jour. Sci. 1828, 14:33. Mastodon in Sullivan county. 

Ward, H. A. Catalogue of Casts of Fossils. 1866, p. 38-39 


I04 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Warren, J. C. On the Osteology and Dentition of some North American — 
Mastodons. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, 17:145-50. The Newburgh ~ 
specimen described ¥ 

The Mastodon Giganteus of North America. Boston, 1852; ibid, 
2d ed., 1855, p. 1-260, pls. 1-29 and vignette 

Warren, Edward. The Life of John Collins Warren. Boston, 1860 ! 

Weld, C. R. A History of the Royal Society. London, 1848, 1 2421-22, 
Letter of Lord Cornbury to seater 
teeth and‘bones of a mastodon found at Claverack, N. Y. 

Lilac R. P. Mastodon Remains on New York Island. Sci. 1891, 
18:342 

————. Visitor’s Guide to the Geological and Paleontological Collec- 
tions in the American Museum of Natural History, 1892 

Wilder, B. G. Mastodon Remains in Central New York. Amer. Jour. © 
Sci. 3d ser., 1871, 2:58 

Woolworth, Samnel. Description of a Tooth of the Elephas Ameri- 
canus. Amer. Jour. Agr. and Sci. 1847, 6:31-37, fig. I . 

Wyman, Jeffries. An Anatomical Description of the . . . (Cranium | 
of Castoroides). Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1846, 5 :391-401 . 

——— Remarks on Castoroides ohioensis found in Wayne @ 
Co., N.Y. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1848, 2:138-39 

——— Amer. Jour. Sci. 2d ser. 1850, 10:55, 63. Clyde Castoroides men- 
tioned 

Periodicals | 

Acad. 'Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. 1870, 22:96. Warren mastodon and Shawan- — 
gunk skull 

Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci. for 1858 (1859), p. 233 

Amer. Geol. 1904, 33:60. Mastodon from Belvidere, N. Y. 

Amer. Jour. Agr. and Sci. 1847, 6:200-1. Warren mastodon; ibid, p. 31, — 
description 

sr Jour. Sci. 1835, 27:166-68. Bison remains from outlet of Chautauqua — 
ake 

—— 1837, 32:377. Elephas remains from vicinity of Rochester, N. Y. 

1838, 33:201. Elephas from Rochester, N. Y. 

2d ser. 1846, 1:268-70. The Mastodon of Newburgh, N. Y. 

1846, 2:131-33 

——_ 1852, 14:454. Review of Warren’s, “ Mastodon Giganteus of — 
North America,” 14:454 si 

1853, 15:3607-73. Review of Warren’s Mastodon Giganteus of ~ 
North America ia 
1854, 18:447. Mastodon near Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 

———_ 1858, 26:134. Mastodon on Long Island . 

Pie 3d_ ser., 1875, 9:483. Mastodon of Otisville, Orange county, — 

———— 3d ser., 1875, 10:390. Mastodon at Lisle near Binghamton, N. Y. | 

Amer. Monthly Mag. and Critical Review, New York, 1817, 1:195-96. Note | 
on Mastodon from Chester, Orange county, N. Y. @ 

American Museum (The). Of the enormous bones found in America, — 
1790, $:284. Misstatements of date and locality of mastodon remains 
from the Annan farm near Montgomery in Orange county, N. Y. See 
also nA 5, p. 152-55 P) 

Amer. Mus. Jour. 1906, 6:64-65. The John Collins Warren collection 

Amer. Mus. Jour. 1907, 7:91-92. The Warren mastodon 

Amer. Phil. Soc. Proc. 1843, 3:45. Peale’s skeleton mentioned 

———_ 1846, 4:269. Warren mastodon mentioned 

Amer. Phil. Soc. Tran. 1790, 4:514. The Chemung river tusk recorded 

Annual of Scientific Discovery (The). Boston, T1850, 1:287. Remains of 
Vulpes in Broome county, N. Y. , 

Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. (The). London, 1843, 12:127. Mas- 
todon remains from various New York localities a 

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc. 1875, 17:91-92. Contents of a mastodon’s 
stomach ft. 


ary of the Royal Society concerning ~ 


MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS 105 


Geol. Mag. London, 1869, 6:38. Warren mastodon mentioned 

Geol. Mag. London, 3d ser., 1889, 6:192. Fossil bones at Attica, N. Y. 

Geol. Soc. London, Quarterly Jour. 1845, 1:506-67. The Warren mastodon 
mentioned 

Livingston Register (The), Aug. 17, 1825. Account of mastodon remains 

_ from vicinity of Jamestown, N. Y. 

Med, Repos. (The), 1801, 4:308. Comment on structure of tusk of mas- 

__ todon or mammoth 

Med. Repos. (The), 2d hexade, 1806, 3:322-23. Dimension of one of the 
_ Peale skeletons given 

Med. Repos.2d hexade, 1808, 5:318. Orange and Ulster county mastodons 

mentioned 

Med. Repos. 2d hexade, 1809, 6:315-16. Mastodon remains from Orange 

county, N. Y. 

Natural History (Amer. Mus. Jour.), 1919, 19: :406 

Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Id. Proc. 1894, 5:18-32. Mastodon tooth from 

Staten Island sound 

N. Y. Acad. Sci. Tran. 1886, 5:117. The Jamestown, N. Y., mastodon men- 

. tioned; ibid, p. 15, the Morrisania, N. Y., mastodon 

New York State Cab. Nat. Hist. 3d Annual Rep’t, 1850, p. 156 

f 1oth Annual Rep’t, 1857, p. 188-00. Refers to acquisition of 

Chittenango mammoth 

12th Annual Rep’t, 1859, p. 109. Records gift of mammoth tooth 

‘from Homer, N. Y. 

14th Annual Rep’t, 1861, p. 83, Clyde Castoroides mentioned. 

_ See also p. 7, 15, the Ellenville remains 

2oth Annual Rep’t, 1867, p. 17. Cohoes mastodon mentioned 
- 2ist Annual Rep’t, 1871, p. 16. Refers to mammoth tooth from 

gravel at Salina, N. Y. See also p. 128, the Ellenville remains 

_ New York State Mus. Nat. Hist., 27th Annual Rep’t, 1875, p. 24-25. Mas- 

todon remains from vicinity of Newburgh, a GS 

30th Annual Rep’t, 1878, p. 16. Part of tusk and a tooth of the 

_ Cohoes mastodon received from the University of Wisconsin 

4ist Annual Rep’t, 1888, p. 30. A reference to mastodon tusk 

found at Binghamton, N. Y. 

= soth Annual Rep’t, 1808, p. 7. Ellenville and Cohoes mastodons 

- mentioned 
= 56th Annual Rep’t, 1904, p. r 158. Teeth of a supposed fossil 

horse mentioned 

Phi. Mag. (The), London, 1802, 13:206-7.. An account of Peale’s mammoth 

eer Sci. Monthly, 1906, 68: 380. The Warren Museum of Natural 
_ History 


_ Abeel, Mr, extract from letter, 23 
_ Albany county, 9 

_Alces americanus, 91 

4 Allegany county, 11 

Allen, J. A., quoted, 92, 93 
Annan, Rev. Robert, cited, 42 

_ Arden, 49, 50 

_ Ashe, Thomas, quoted, 93 

_ Attica, 66 


_ Baird, S. F., quoted, 24 

_ Balmville, 50 

- Batavia, 25 

_ Bear, black, 81 

_ Bear, fossil, 81 

by Beauchamp, W. M., cited, 18 
_ Beaver, see Giant beaver 

' Beecher, C. E., cited, 33, 04 
_ Belvidere, 11 

i Benton, C. C., 95 

_ Binghamton, 12 

_ Bishop, S. C., cited, &3 
Bison, 68 

American, 92 

_ Bison bison, 92 


_ Brevoort, J. C., quoted, 53 
me britton, N. L., cited, 11 

_ Bronx county, 11 

- Brookton, 60 

_ Broome county, 12 | 
Bryant, W. L., cited, 16, 93 
| Buffalo, 14, 72, 92 


Canastota, 34 

- Caribou, 890 

_ Castoroides ohioensis, 83 
Cattaraugus county, 13, 71 


ervalces borealis, 68 

Scotti, o1 

ervus canadensis, 88, 96 

hadwick, G. H., cited, 39, 78 
harlotte Boulevard, Rochester, 38 


INDEX 


Chautauqua county, 14 

Chemung, 18 

Chemung county, 18, 71 

Chemung narrows, 71 

Chemung river, 19 

Cheney, T. A., cited, 14 

Chester, 45 

Chittenango, 53, 72 

Clarke, J. M., cited, 10, 11, 13, 17, 
24, 25, 28, 33, 34, 38, 42, 49, 50, 
SL, 5c; 65,00, 72, 81..85)) 66, SS. 
89, 91, 93, 94 

Claverack, 20 

Clinton, De Witt, cited, 43 

Clyde, 67, 77 

Cohoes, 10 

Cohoes mastodon, 10 

Coeymans, 9 

Coleman, A. P‘, cited, 68 

Columbia county, 29 

Conewango Valley, 13 

Copenhagen, 28 

Cornbury, Lord, extract from letter, 
23 

Cornwall, 49 


! Cortland county, 72 


Coxsackie, 26 
Cozzens, Issachar, cited, 30, 46 
Cystophora cristata, 82 


Dana, J. D., cited, 92 

Dansville, 58 

Deer, 86 

DeKay, J. E., cited: o7izop2t: 30246, 
38, 41, 53, 59, 70, 88, o1 

Dewey, Chester, cited, 35; extract 
from letter, 37 

Doty, L. L., cited, 32, 58 

Drumlins, 85, 86 

Dudley, Joseph, cited, 21; letter 
from, 26. 

Dunlap, William, cited, 21 

Dutchess county, 24 

Dwight, W. B., quoted, 24 

Dyckman’s creek, 30 


108 


Eager, S. W., cited, 44, 46, 47 

Edson, Obed, cited, 14 

Edwards, Timothy, 
letter, 19 

Elephants, 66 

Elephas americanus, 70 

Elephas primigeneus, 70, 72, 74, 75, 
76, 77, 78, 79, 80 

Elk, 88 

Ellenville, 63 

Elmira, 20, 71 

Emmons, Ebenezer, cited, 72, 77, 80, 
QI 

Equus sp., 04, 96° 

Erie county, 72, 96 


extract from 


te 


Failing, B. F., extract from letter, 77 
Fairchild, H. L., cited, 39, 64, 76, 77 
Fisher, G. J., 90 

Foster, J. W., cited, 83 

Fowlerville, 33 

Fox, 81 

Freehold, 28 

Fullam’s Basin, 35 


Genesee county, 25 

Genesee Valley Canal, 37 

Geneseo, 30 

Geneva, 77 

Giant beaver, 34, 83 

Gidley, J. W., cited, 95 

Gilchrist, I. A., cited, 75 

Godman, John, cited, 46 

Gordon, Reginald, cited, 50 

Goshen, 47 

Graham, J. G., cited, 43, 44; extract 
from letter, 61 

Green, B., quoted, 21 

Greene county, 26 

Greenville, 28 

Guernsey, J. A., extract from letter, 
34 


Hale, Benjamin, cited, 84 
Hall, James, cited, 6, 10, 13, 25, 28, 
31, 37, 38, 40, 52, 83, 87, 88 

Hamilton, Ont., 68 
Hamptonburg, 47 
Harlem, 12 
Harriman, 50 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Hartsdale, 65 


Hartt, C. F., extract from letter, 60 


Ilene Ole let “cited. IO, II, 64, 71, 79, 
91, 93, 96 

Hildreth, S. R., cited, 83 

Hinsdale, 13 

Hitchcock, Edward, cited, 42 

Holden, A. W., quoted, 79 © 

Holley, 52 

Hollick, Arthur, 54, 56 

Homer, 72 

Horse, 94, 96 


q 
Hough, F. B., extracts from letters, FI 


# 


28, 20 
Hunt, J. G., quoted, 58 
Hyde Park road, 24 


Inwood, 39 
Iroquois beach in Canada, 68 


Jamaica, 53 

Jamestown, 14, 16 

Jefferson, Thomas, interest in Sha- 
wangunk mastodon, 63 


Kellogg, Remington, quoted, 82 
Kemp, J. F., cited, 12 

Kill Buck, 13 

Kindle, E. M., cited, 41, 74 
Knight, Prof., 92 


Le Conte, J. L., cited, 85 

Leidy, Joseph, cited, 80, 85, 88, 90 

LeRoy, 25 

Letson, E. J., cited, 4t 

Lewis county, 28 

Lewiston, 67, 74 

Little Britain, 48 

Livingston county, 30, 96 

Lodi, 57 

Love, S. G., quoted, 14, 15 

Lucas, F. A., cited, 45 

Luther, F. M., cited, 63 

Lyell, 
Bo NaS AT 


McDowell, Daniel, quoted, 19 
Macedon, 64 


McMillin mastodon, 51 # 


Madison county, 34, 72 


Sir Charles, cited, 9, 28, a 


mmoths, 66 
anchester, 42 
anhattan, 39 

lius Station, 76 

1 deposits, 8 

arl ponds, 8 

Marsh, O. C., cited, 48 
Marsh skeleton, 48 
Marshall, W. B., quoted, 94 

Martin, D. S., cited, 54 
Mastodon remains, records of, 9 
Mather, Cotton, quoted, 20, 21; re- 
om ferred to, 26 

d ather, W. M., cited, 9, 28, 46, 60 
Matthew, W. D., cited, 81, 04 
Maxwell, Thomas, 18 

Medina, 53 

Merriam, C. H., cited, 29, 88, 95 
Michaelis, Doctor, mentioned, 43 
Miller, G. S., quoted, 85, 88 
Miller, Sylvanus, extract 
m® letters, 43, 62 

Milton, 64 

' Minoa, 76 

Mitchill, S. L., cited, 20, 45, 56, 57, 
_ 59, 88, 89 

Monroe, 49 

“Monroe county, 34 

Montgomery, 42, 43, 44, 45 
Montgomery (vicinity), 46 

Moose, 91 

Morrisania, 11 

Mount Holly, Vermont, mammoth, 
30; fossil elephant, 80 


from 


Mt Hope cemetery, 38 
Muck and marl deposits, 8 


New Antrim, 56 

w York county, 39 

Newburgh, near, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 
Niagara county, 40, 74, 96 
Niagara Falls, 40 

Nunda, 33 


re: 
Odocoileus sp., 86 
Olean, 71 

Onondaga county, 75 
Ontario, 68 

Ontario county, 42, 77 


i s 
hss 


_ INDEX TO MASTODONS, MAMMOTHS AND OTHER MAMMALS 109 


Orange county, 42, 96 
O’Reilly, Henry, quoted, 36 
Orleans county, 52 

Osborn, H. F., cited, 49, 72 
Otisville, 48 


Patton, J. S., cited, 63 

Peale skeletons, 44 

Peale’s Baltimore skeleton, 44 
Peale’s Philadelphia skeleton, 45 


Peat bogs, 8 


Peccary, fossil, 85 
Perinton, 34, 70 
Perkinsville, 58 

Perry, 66 

Pike, 65 

Pittsford, 39 

Platygonus compressus, 85 
Pony Hollow, 61 
Portland, 16 
Poughkeepsie, 24 X 
Prime, A. J., cited, 47 


Queens county, 53 
Queensbury, 79 


Ramapo, 56 

Rangifer sp., 89 

Redfield, W. C., cited, 81 

Richmond county, 54 

Rieler, C. B., extract from letter, 65 
Ries, Heinrich, cited, 49 

Riverhead, 50 

Rochester, Charlotte Boulevard, 38 
Rockland county, 56 


St Catharines, 68 
Salina, 75 

Savannah, 67, 78 
Schaeffer skeleton, 40 
Schenectady county, 57 
Schoepf, J. D., cited, 43 
Schoolcraft, H. R., quoted, 18 
Scotchtown, 46 
Scottsburg, 33 

Seal, 82 

Seneca, 42 

Seneca county, 57 
Shawangunk, 61 


ody TA 
ft ery: 


Shawangunk head, 46, 61 
_ Sheldon, Pearl, quoted, 61 
- Sheridan, 16 
ie Small mastodon, 16 
ne Smallwood, W. M., cited, 81, 87 
i Smith, Burnett, cited, 34, 76, 82, 84, 
87, 88, 92, 93 
South Byron, 26 
i - South Schenectady, 57 
a Southold, 59 
Stafford, 25 
Staten Island sound, 55 
Steele, J. D., abstract from letter, 
71 
Steuben county, 57 
Stoller, J. H., cited, 57 
Suffern, Edward, letter from, 56 
Suffern, 56 
Suffolk county, 50 
Sullivan county, 50 


Tarr, R. S., cited, 12, 60 
Taylor, F. B., cited, 41, 74 
Temple Hill, 50 

Temple Hill skeleton, 51 
Thomas, Arad, cited, 52 
Thompson, Zadock, cited, 83 
Tompkins county, 60 


Ulster county, 61 
Underwood, L. 
Ursus sp., 81 Oe? 
americanus, 80)' Ji@ineieae 


Van Rensselaer, Jeremiah, q 
30; extract from letter, 59 
Vulpes sp., 81 


Ward, H. L., referred to, 25 | 
Ward’s Bridge, 43, 44, 45 he 
Warren, J. C., cited, 45, 46, 47° | 
Warren county, 70 " 
Warren mastodon, 47, 52 '* 
Washington, George, mentioned, 43 
Wayland, 57 : 
Wayne county, 64, 77 
West Point, 46 
Westchester county, 65 7 
Westfield, 17 " 
Whitfield, R. P., cited, 390, 48 
Whitfield skeleton, 48 7 
Wilder, B. G., quoted, 60 “y 
Williamson, 77 ‘(ae 
Wilson, J. D., cited, 76 
Woodworth, Samuel, cited, 72, 77 
Wurtsboro, 590 
Wyman, Jeffries, 84 ie 
Wyoming county, 65 


n Pils as ay matter November 27, tone at the Post Office at Aifienty N. Noes 
as under the act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate 

of postage provided for in section 1103, act of October 
; 3, 1917, authorized July 19, 1918 


" Published monthly by The University of the State of New York 


Jos. 243-244 ALBANY, N. Y. Marca-ApRrIL 1921 


The University of the State of New York 
| New York State Museum 


me Joun M. CiarKE, Director 


Homer D. House, State Botanist 


' REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 


i ahi ea ibn, - 
‘\? i isis ga 
D7. Ke | ' is L ay \ 
J se 
fe May 24 1y23. we} 
e. » eZ y 
Nea 
F : PAGE Aig Muse PAGE 
Beperodiction 2). 5 | New or Noteworthy Species of 
Plants New to the State Herba- Fungi III. Joun Dearness and 
nS HT | Homer D. House... a0 
oca ora Notes Vii. _.-..--.---.._. 3 f 
Nomenclatorial Notes Regarding Notes on Fungi VIN... 80 
Be@ertain New York State Plants 58 | [mex nec cet et eccceee commana 97 
ALBANY 4 
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 
1923 


e2 2-1 700 (7-1376) 


- 


RY: 


THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORE 
Regents of the University . 
With years when terms expire 

1926 Puiny T. Sexton LL.B., LL.D,, Chancellor a 
Emeritus - - - - - - - - - = = Palmyra 7 

1934 CHESTER S. Lorp M.A., LL. D., Chancellor - - Brooklyn 
1924 ADELBERT Moot LL.D., Vice Chancellor - ~- Buffalo 
1927 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D.,M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. Albany 
1925 CHARLES B. ALEXANDER M.A., LL.B., LL.D., 
Litt, D.) 6 = = 2 = 2) 2 Ss +) =) 3 
1928 WALTER Guest Ketioce B.A., LL.D. - - - Ogdensburg — 


1932 James Byrne B.A., LL.B., LL.D.- - - - - New York 7 
1929 Herbert L. BripcMan M.A., LL.D.- - - - Brooklyn ~ 
1931 THOMAS J. Mancan M.A. - - - - - - - Binghamton — 
1933 WILLIAM J. WALLINM.A. - - - - - - - Yonkers u 
1935 WitLiaM Bonny M.A., LL.B., Ph.D. - - - - New York § 
1930 WILLIAM P. Baker B.L., Litt. D. - - - - Syracuse 


President of the University and Commissioner of Education 


Frank P. Graves Ph.D., Litt.D., L.H.D., LL.D. 


Deputy Commissioner and Counsel 


Frank B. GILBerT B.A., LL.D. 


Assistant Commissioner and Director of Professional Education 


Avucustus S. Downinc M.A., Pd.D., L.H.D., LL.D. 


Assistant Commissioner for Secondary Education 


CHARLES F. WHEELOCK B.S., Pd.D., LL.D. 


Assistant Commissioner for Elementary Education 


Georce M. Witey M.A., Pd.D., LL.D. 


Director of State Library 


James I. Wyer M.L.S., Pd.D. 


Director of Science and State Museum 
Joun M. Crarke Ph:D.,, DiSc:, LEG: 
Chiefs and Directors of Divisions 

Administration, 
Archives and History, JaMEs SuLLIvan M.A., Ph.D. 
Attendance, JaMEs D. SuLLIVAN 
Examinations and Inspections, AVERY W. SKINNER B.A. 
Finance, Crank W. HA.tiipAy 
Law, FRANK B. GitBert B.A., LL.D., Counsel 
Library Extension, WitL1am R. Watson B.S. 
Library School, Epona M. Sanperson B.A., B.L.S. 
Publications, Ltoyp L. CuEeney B. A. 
School Buildings and Grounds, Frank H. Wocp M.A. 
School Libraries, SHERMAN WILLIAMS Pd.D. 
Visual Instruction, ALFRED W. ABRAmMs Ph.BP. 
Vocational and Extension Education, Lewis A. WILSON 


caneentas lnatityyy 
4° % 


A Oonhesnarlgondy, 


Selina! Mansy8 


eet 


D ew York State Museum bulletin 


_ Entered as second-class matter November 27, 1915 at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., 
"4 under the act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage 
provided for in section 1103, act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 19, 1918. 


Published monthly. by The University of the State of New York 


Nos. 743-244 ALBANY, N. Y. Marcu-APRIL 1921 


The Fe cits of oe State of New iy 
New York State Museum 


Joun M. CLARKE; Director 


Homer D. Houss, State Botanist 


_ REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 10921 


_ Scientific investigations. The investigative work of the State 
 Botanist has been largely devoted to a study of the native vegetation, 
and its ecological relations, in several localities. The three principal 
localities selected for these studies are the eastern end of Lake 
Ontario, the region around Oneida lake in central New York, and 
the township of Newcomb in the Adirondack mountains. At the 
q latter locality it is proposed to continue the study of the vegetation 
bor this area as a supplement to the “Plants of North Elba,” by 
the late Doctor Peck, published as Bulletin 28. North Elba is 
located northeast of Newcomb and separated from it by Mount 
Marcy, Mount McIntyre and other high mountains. The distance 
between the two sections is not great, but Newcomb is drained 
largely by the Hudson river, while North Elba is drained by the 
usable and Saranac rivers, and hence lies north of the divide between 
e Atlantic (Hudson) and St Lawrence basins. While both sec- 
tions possess in general the typical Adirondack vegetation there are 
“many minor differences in the character of plant life which will 
ibe more fully elaborated through future investigations. 

_ The eastern shore of Lake Ontario is characterized chiefly by the 
humerous sand bars and sand dunes which separate the lake proper 
from many partially inclosed shallow bays. These bays are largely 
bordered by extensive marshes which with the bays afford an 
v inusually rich flora of marsh and water-loving plants. 

_ A report has already been made upon the vegetation of the eastern 
Bit of Oneida lake. Investigations there are directed: mainly toward 
the working out of a more exact knowledge of the ecological 
relations of the plant life of that region. 


Ra 


6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . . 


In all the areas studied extensive collections were made for the ¥ ‘ 
purpose of record in the state herbarium. Considerable time has | 
been spent in the study of various groups of small fungi, both para- a 
sitic and saprophytic. The large number of plants submitted to this 
office for information regarding the control of such diseases makes | 
it imperative that as much time as is available be spent upon such | 
investigations. ; 

While routine matters occupy much time, opportunity was found | 
to prepare a numbered check list of the ferns and flowering plants — 
of the State, which may serve as a basis for a more complete flora 
of the State to be published at some future time. b 

Investigations upon the flora of New York State during the past — 
few years have involved not only the necessary field work, and | 
study of herbarium material, but have also necessitated a careful | 
review of all the literature dealing with the botany of the State | 
either wholly or in part. 

Largely as a matter of curiosity, and partly because it has been | 
suggested in certain quarters that the field of natural history research | 
in this State was an “ unoccupied field,” the Botanist has brought | 
together a brief summary of the work in botany which has been © 
done in this State since the earliest available record. The total | 
number of pages of printed matter on the plant life of the State © 
is doubtless a poor indication of the relative value of such pages, — 
but for lack of a more precise method of comparison it may serve — 
as a sort of indicator as to the relative amount of such work per- — 
formed by the State Museum. 


The total number of pages of printed matter on the flora of New York | 
State, since the beginning of the nineteenth century, to January 1920 (exclud- — 
ing experiment station bulletins and forestry reports, where such are ie : 
exclusively botanical), is 10845 

(Approximately 200 authors) Ay 

The total number of pages of printed matter on the flora of New York Be, 
State, printed under the auspices of the Regents, and later as publications of — 
the New York State Museum, to January 1920, is 5265 a 

These are distributed as follows: 


a Annual Reports, State Botanist, 1867 (1871) to 1917 (1920), exilubivell 
of pages of wholly extralimital matter, but including contributions on | 
botany of the State by others than the State Botanist, pages, 3851 | 

b Other bulletins on the botany of the State by the State Botanist, pages, | 
195 Reef 

c Botanical papers in the Regents Reports, prior to 1870, by others than | 
the official State Botanist, including Torrey’s Flora of the State (part — 
2, of the Natural History Survey of New York, 1843), and Pec 
Memoir 4, on Fungi, pages, 1676 

d Botanical articles by Peck on the state flora published in reports othe 4 
than those of this Department, pages, 133 

e Wild Flowers of New York, pages, 323 


and the State Education Department have had the supervision of the 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 7 


_ publication of 48.5 per cent of all the botanical literature dealing with 
_ the botany and plant life of the State. 

_  Itis also worth noting that nearly 39 per cent of all this literature 
was produced by one man, the late Doctor Peck, former State 
 Botanist, between 1867 and 1912, with less than 5 per cent of con- 
_ tributed matter and with the aid of an assistant during only a few 
‘years. 

_ This brief review does not take into account any comparison of 
illustrations or plates, although the record indicates that over 80 
per cent of the plates, illustrative of the plant life of the State, 
have been published under the supervision of the Regents and the 
State Education Department. 

Investigations of a cooperative nature have been carried on with 
- Prof. John Dearness of London, Canada, upon certain parasitic and 
saprophytic forms of fungi. The results of these investigations are 
_ presented in another part of this report as a joint paper. Exten- 
_ sive collections of seed of the evening primrose (Oenothera 
_ biennis L.) were secured from several sections of the State and 
_ submitted to Dr H. H. Bartlett, director of the botanic gardens, 
_ University of Michigan, where the seeds are being grown and a study 
_ made of the various mutants which may result. 

. Noteworthy contributions. The chief additions to the state 
_ herbarium during the year in the form of contributions and 
_ exchanges, are presented in the following list of contributors, which 
_ indicates the number of specimens received from each. 

_ The most important contribution was the herbarium of the late 
4 F, E. Fenno, of Earlville, donated by Mrs Fenno, acknowledged 
in the preceding report, but only arranged and added to the 
4 herbarium during the past year. Mr Fenno had for many years, 
- in addition to his duties as a teacher and school principal in the 
_ schools of this State, devoted much of his spare time to the study 
_ of botany, and has contributed valuable papers for publication upon 
_ the plant life of the Upper Susquehanna valley (State Museum 
q Bulletins 67, 75, and 217-218). His untimely death by drowning 
_ early in 1920 is a distinct loss to the large group of amateur botanists 
in this State. 


Contributions to the State Herbarium 


BNew York Botanical Garden (exchange) ..............cc0e.seseeeues 415 
Ira Clokey, State Museum, Denver, Col. (exchange).................. 354 
mene.» Nelson, Salem, Ore. (exchange)... 0.005. aeicld aoa obineied ocisle meee 310 
mec Wilson, New , York, (exchange)... Joscccccocee dice ecadee teens 180 
me) Mi > Grant; Langeley, Wash. (exchange)... )...00 0000.) ccc cee Too 
Pcs telenala horce, «Deland sila. ye Sea Sige raged win cie Geasenss » seh eye sieve 80 
Bee TE ECCE NV NOCHESEEE 512 ccd clcisiicie cue wise oltataid'e wigiaivicicigis ap Ca'ene'sane 76 
mere te VW2'Povah, Syracuse (exchange)? 22). 434.258.2220. 5 608, 55 


ay 


z 


ee NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Mes’ D!''E. ‘House, Pasadetia;’ (Cal: ou. 00.20.3000, 900. Oa eee 
Dr James S. Wier, Spokane, Wash. (exchange)...........0-eeeeeees 
Dr) Anne. E. Perkins: \Collins. 30/00. cess san Cneve esl ceiche nee ee 
Gray Herbarium, Harvard University (exchange)........... a aE 
Dri. Mi ‘Denslow, New. Yorke te ojarsievd W oreptsitis olanelete ovarviqnns ayes ele ameaeens 
Dr David Sumstine, Pittsburgh, Pa. ...... 06s ose «> ae0 sees eee 
Roy G, Pieree, Washingten, DiGi. deb. ei Ve OS Ae 
Dr \H... Sv: Jackson, Laiayette,. Ura os :<:sscinjn' asics oldieieia «(stn ae 
Dr Emmaline Moore, Conservation Commission............++++eeeee- 
Mrs: Orra Parker Phelps, Wilton. ... ....000 0. «0000 ee sade steele 
Dr JeiJen Davis; Madisons:, Wise s):,30/4'~ aja inde ners 60s efuje'ela\'steinioy beers ee 
Bureau of Plant Industry, \Washington, DD. C....... «+ <2» unless seen 
Mable Martin, Broadalbin; Charlotte Borgardus, Coxsackie; C. E. 

Chandon, Ithaca; Dr E. P. Felt, Albany; Dr G. e Atwood, Albany ; 

Dr L. O. Overholts, State College, Pa.; Florence Beckwith, Rochester ; q 

Dr W. A. Murrill, New York, one each. 100).000..60 oe a 6 y 


The total number of specimens which have been added to the | 
state herbarium from all sources is 2542, of which 1742 were received | 
either in exchange or as contributions, as indicated above. The 
other 800 specimens were collected by the State Botanist in the — 
following counties: = 


Albany Madison Saratoga 
Essex Oneida Ulster 
Greene Oswego Warren 
Jefferson Rensselaer Onondaga 
Lewis 


In addition to the 1070 specimens reserved from the current col- | 
lections for the state herbarium, approximately 1600 specimens were _ 
collected to be used in exchange with other institutions. | 

Identifications. The State Botanist’s office has been called upon 
to identify 395 specimens of plants, including many edible and | 
poisonous kinds of mushrooms and various parasitic or disease- | 
causing fungi. These identifications were asked for by 155 different — 
persons. This is a marked increase over the plant identification 
service rendered during the preceding year (1920), when 260 
specimens were identified for 140 different persons. 

Chestnut blight (Endothia parasitica). During 1921 
observations were made at various localities on the spread and extent 
of the chestnut blight. Northward the disease has spread to t. 
northern limits of the distribution of the host in Rensselaer, Alba 
and Saratoga counties, although owing to the scattered distribution 
of the chestnut northward, not all the trees are as yet infected. 
the lower Mohawk valley, owing to the scattered distribution of © 
host tree, the disease is as yet somewhat sporadic. While there 
a rather thin and uneven natural distribution of the chestnut ~ 
the Mohawk valley and on over into the Ontario lowlands where 


it 


‘ REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92I1 9 


j ‘becomes common, the chestnut blight apparently has not as yet pene- 
‘trated to this region. 


In the Hudson valley and the foothills of the Catskill mountains the 


_ destruction of the chestnut has been most complete. Practically all 
_ hestnut trees have been killed at least in part. Most of the diseased 
_ trees sprout again from the trunk or around the base of the trunk. 


These shoots live a year or two, sometimes longer, and are in turn 
infected by the disease and die. This persistency of sprout growth 
on the blight-killed chestnut causes a constant recurrence of the 
disease and renders distant and perhaps hopeless a time when, the 
disease having run its course, new chestnut trees may be planted. 

In most sections where any care is taken of the woodlands the 
dead chestnut trees are cut down and used for timber or firewood. 
In consequence there is left in the woods a large void, since in many 
places the forests and woodlands formerly contained from 15 to 20 
per cent of chestnut, especially below 1000 feet altitude. 

Other trees have not been slow to take advantage of this change 
and almost everywhere there is a vigorous growth of young oaks 
(white, chestnut, red, scarlet and black). Left to nature the forest 


_ of this region in the future will be quite unlike those of former days. 


Some owners are planting white pine where the chestnut has been 
killed and removed, which would be an excellent idea if we could 
be sure that it in turn would not fall a prey to the white pine blister 
rust. There is an abundance of wild gooseberry and currant in this 
region to act as alternate hosts for the white pine blister rust. 

Scotch pine is apt to prove a more acceptable conifer for planting 
in the region, and has many points of excellence to recommend its 


use. It is free from any serious rust similar to that of the white 


ee te he ee 


OD 


Pine, it is less sensitive to ground fires which are numerous and 


_ very destructive to white pine in the Hudson valley and Catskill 


region and it will produce a better growth in mixtures with the 
hardwoods than will white pine. 
Lectures. During 1921 the State Botanist has delivered twelve 


_ lectures upon wild flowers and wild flower protection in various parts 
of the State. 


Publications. The following articles on botany have been pub- 


_ lished by the State Botanist, in journals devoted chiefly to botany: 


The Genus Aetopteron, Ehrhart. American Fern Journal, to: 88-89. 1920 

A Consideration of Certain Genera Proposed by Ehrhart. American Mid- 
land Naturalist, 6: 200-7. 1920 

The Wild Flower Preservation Idea is one of Practical Value. Torréya, 


21: 17-22. 1921 


Conservation of Wild Flowers. Conservationist, 3: 119-21. 1920 } 
Nomenclatorial Notes on Certain American Plants. I. American Midland 


_ Naturalist, 7: 126-35. 192T 


Io NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Florida plants collected by Miss LaForce. During the winter 
months of 1920-21, Helen LaForce, temporary assistant in the 
_Botanist’s office, made a small collection of plants chiefly in the | 
vicinity of Deland, Fla. This collection was limited by the time | 
available for the work and by the fact that most of the specimens | 
had to be gathered during a short period in the early spring of 1921. 


ag 


About 80 specimens were made and of them the following have been | 
incorporated into the state herbarium: * 


Aster concolor L. 
Berlandiera pumila (Michx.) Nutt. 
Bradburya virginiana (L.) Kuntze 
Cassia fasciculata Miche. 
“ nictitans L. : * Fae 
Chrysopsis graminifolia (Micha.) Nutt. 
Commelina communis L. 
Cuthbertia rosea (Vent.) Small 
Clitoria mariana L. 
Cracca purpurea L. 
Eupatorium mikanioides Chapm. 
Eriogonum tomentosum Michx. 
Gerardia divaricata Chapm. 
¥: tenuifolia L. 
fasciculata Ell. 
Gelsemium sempervirens (L.) Ait. f. 
Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton 
Lespedeza virginica (L.) Britton 
§ repens (L.) Barton 
Lacinaria Smallii Britton 
“ elegans (Walt.) Kuntze 
3 pauciflora (Pursh) Kuntze 
Lobelia glandulosa Walt. 
Lygodesmia aphylla (Nutt.) DC. 
Petalostemon corymbosus Michx. 
Polygonella gracilis (Nutt.) Metssn. 
polygama (Vent.) A. Gray 
Polygala grandiflora Walt. 
Phlox floridana Benth. ; 
Pieris nitida (Bartr.) B. & H. 
Pinguicula edatior Michx. 
lutea Walt. 
pumila Miche. 
Piaropus crassipes (Mart.) Britton 
Rhexia alifanus Walt. 
Raimannia humifusa (Nutt.) Rose 
Rhynchosia simplicifolia (Walt.) Wood 
Ruellia humilis Nutt. 
Solanum carolinense L. 
Syngonanthus flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl 
Trilisa paniculata (Walt.) Cass. ey. 
Trichostema dichotoma L. ie 
Tradescantia reflexa Raf. , itn a 
Verbena carolinensis (Walt.) J. F. Gmel. F \ ay. 


“ 


“cc 


4 REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 If 


PLANTS NEW TO THE STATE HERBARIUM 
A Ferns and Flowering Plants 


__ A number of the plants here reported for the first time have not 
been collected during 1921, but the description or the reports of 
them have not been previously published. 


Actaea alba f. rubrocarpa Killip 
Agastache Foeniculum (Pursh) Kuntze 
: urticifolia (Benth.) Kuntze 
Aquilegia canadensis f. albiflora House 
Anemone virginiana f. rubrosepala House 
Arabis viridis Harger 
Aster linariifolius f. lateralis House 
f. monocephalus House . 
Aster novae-angliae £. geneseensis House 
f. rosarius House 
Pringlei (Gray) Britton 
Betula coerulea Blanchard 
Blephariglottis psycodes f. albispicata House 
Blephilia hirsuta f. albiflora House 
Calluna vulgaris (L.) Salisb. 
Carex interior incomperta x interior 
“scoparia var. tessellata Fernald & Weegand 
Chaetochloa viridis var. Weinmanni (R. & S.) House 
Cirsium arvense f. albiflorum House 
Cypripedium acaule f. albiflorum House 
arietinum f. albiflorum House 
Dentaria diphylla x maxima Haberer 
fs laciniata x maxima Haberer 
laciniata x diphylla House 
Doellingeria umbellata var. oneidica House 
< var. pubens (A. Gray) House 
Euphorbia dentata Miche. S 
Galeorchis spectabilis f. Gordinierii House ; 
Hibiscus Moscheutos f. Peckii House 
Hypopitys lanuginosa var. rosea (Torrey) House 
Juncus inflexus L. 
Lathyrus palustris var. pilosus (Cham.) Ledeb. 
Lepidium perfoliatum L. 
Lilium philadelphicum f. flaviflorum E. F. Williams 
Limodorum tuberosum f. latifolium (St John) House 
f. linariifolium House 
Limonium trichogonum f. albiflorum (Raf.) House 
Linnaea americana f. candicans House 
Lycopodium clavatum f. sterilis House 
Lysimachia terrestris x thrysiflora Fernald & Weegand 
Malva sylvestris var. mauretiana (L.) Boiss. 
_ Meibomia nudiflora f. Dudleyi House 
_ Mimulus alatus f. albiflorus House 
ee ringens f. Peckii House 
Nepeta hederacea var. parviflora (Benth.) House 
Onobrynchis Onobrynchis (L.) Rydberg. 
Origanum vulgare f. albiflorum, House 
Oxalis oneidica House 
Polygala polygama f. albiflora House 
viridescens f. albiflora (Muillsp.) House 
Polygonum pennsylvanicum var. nesophilum Fernald 


‘cc 


» 6 


12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Pontedera cordata f. Angustifolia (Pursh) House 
“ €. latifolia (Raf.) House 
Ranunculus Boraeanus Jordan 
sicaeformis Mackenzie & Bush 

Rhus copallina var. nesophila House 
Rosa serrulata Raf. 
Rubus odoratus f. albiflorus House 

; strigosus var. canadensis (Richards.) House 

a var. heterolasius (Fernald) House 

Senecio aureus x pauperculus House 

oS aureus x Robbinsii House 
Solidago graminifolia var. galetora (Greene) House 
Spartina juncea var. caespitosa (A. A. Eaton) Hitchce. 
Trientalis latifolia Hook. 
Verbascum Blattaria f. albiflorum (G. Don) House 

Lychnitis f. album (Mill.) House 

Viola eriocarpa var. leiocarpa Fernald 
lanceolata x pallens House 
palmata x sororia House 
pedata lineariloba f. rosea (Sanders) House 
pubescens var. Peckii House 
rostrata f. Phelpsiae House 
rugulosa Greene 
sororia f. Beckwithii House 
Washingtonia longistylis var. villicaulis (Fernald) House 


B Fungi 


which are new to the fungus flora of the State. Specimens received 
in exchange or by contribution representing species new to the stat 


State. 


Aecidium Dicentrae Trelease 
Cercospora galli E. & H. 
menispermi FE. & E. 
A sagittariae E. & K. 

Cintractia Taubertiana (P. Henn.) Clinton 
Cladosporium gloeosporioides Atk. 
Coccomyces coronatus (Schum.) DeNot. 
Cylindrosporium clematidis E. E. 
Dinemasporium hispidulum (Schrad.) Sace. 
Entyloma lineatum (Cooke) Davis 
Glenospora melioloides Curt. 
Gloeosporium polygoni Dearn. & House 
Gnomonia papillostoma Dearn. & House 
Haplosporella dulcamara Dearn. & House 
Harknessia Foeda Sacc. & Dearn. 
Melampsora Euphorbiae (Schreb.) Cast. 
Melampsoropsis chiogenis (Diet.) Arth. 
Microdiplodia populi Dearn. & House 

spiraeocola Dearn. & House 
Micropuccinia conglomerata (Schum.) Arth. & Jackson ya 

recedens (Sydow) Arth. & Jackson at). 
Mollisia iridis (Rehm.) Sacc. Sia 
Mycosphaerella oxycocci Dean. & House 
Myxosporium FEllisii Sacc. 
Odontia candidissima (B. & R.) Burt 


: 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 13 


Pestalozzia monochaetoidea var. parasitica Dearn. & House 
Poria flavidans Karst. 
Phyllachora agrostidis Orton 
elymi Orion 
vulgata Theiss. & Sydow 
luteomaculata (Schw.) Orton 
puncta (Schw.) Orton 
Phyllosticta guttulata Hals. 
iridis FE. & M. 
Septoria aquilegiae Penz. & Sacc. 

i pallidula Dearn. & House 
Spegazzinea rubra Dearn. & House 
Sphaeropsis betulae var. lutea Dearn. & House 
Sphaerulina acori Dearn. & House 
Trametes Morgani Lloyd 

= protracta Fries 
Urocystis carcinoides (B. & C.) F. de W. 


LOCAL FLORA NOTES VIII 
Albany County 


Andropogon scoparius Michx. 


On the sand plains west of Albany, this is one of the most abun- 
dant of the grasses. Three forms are easily distinguished in the field, 
but when dried and mounted they lose much of their distinctiveness. 

The literature at hand does not indicate that they have been 
formally recognized as varieties, nor is it my intention to do so here, 
but merely to call attention to the characters which are most ese 
in the field. 


a The most abundant form. Nearly or quite glabrous, the culms 
purplish, sheaths green, sometimes with a rather sparse and spread- 
ing soft white pubescence toward the top of the sheath. Culms 
strictly erect. 

b Culms strictly erect, averaging from 4 to 12 inches taller 
than a, when growing with it, purplish and conspicuously glaucous 
beneath the nodes; leaves relatively shorter and broader than a, the 
lower and middle ones one-fourth of an inch wide and from 5 
to 7 inches long, light green above, conspicuously glaucous 


_ beneath and on the sheaths, somewhat more noticeably scabrous on 


the margins and on the midvein beneath than in a; sheaths copiously 
pubescent with soft white spreading hairs, especially toward the top 
of the sheath ; pubescence of the inflorescence more copious than in a, 
but not longer. 

¢ Stems quite markedly decumbent at the base, and averaging 
from a few inches to nearly a foot shorter than those of a, when 
growing with it; leaves about as narrow as a, but the sheaths very 


copiously pubescent, especially toward the top of the sheaths with 


conspicuously spreading white hairs which are somewhat stiffer than 


4 those of the same parts on either a or b. Color of the culms and 
_ leaves practically the same as a; no glaucous tint noticeable. 


I4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Arabis viridis Harger 
(Rhodora, 13:38. IQII) 
Rocky woods, Glenmont. House 7872, May 24, 1921. 
A rather conspicuously distinct plant which seems to have passed 
unnoticed until recently, or which has been included in A. 
laevigata, from which it differs by being bright green and 


more leafy, the white flowers with conspicuous petals and the pedicels 
noticeably erect. 


Asclepias intermedia Vail 


Sandy soil west of Albany, in open fields. House 7150, July 4, 
1920. 

The plant here recorded consisted of a single root with three 
flowering branches. The flowers possessed the clovelike odor of 
A. obtusifolius, which is common here, and the character 
of the leaves also indicated that A. obtusifolius was one of 
the parents of this hybrid. The hoods were pointed or acute as in 
A. syriaca, but the rather darkish purple color of the flowers 
would seem to indicate that the other parent species is A. pur- 
purascens, which is not uncommon here, although less so than 
AS, SVT Cate. 


Aster persaliens Burgess 


In dense woods of mixed hardwood and hemlock, near Clarksville. 
House 6831, October 15, 1919. 


A very distinct member of the group of species usually included 
in Aster divaricatus L. and which should at least be 
regarded as of varietal rank. 


. Aster linariifolius L. 


This beautiful aster is very common on the sand plains west of 
Albany, and presents numerous variations with respect to the inflores- 
cence. The common form here as elsewhere in the State has 
the heads of the inflorescence numerous and terminating short 
peduncles, the peduncles provided with small appressed leaflike 
scales. These peduncles vary in length from 4 to 10 cm and in 
number from three or four to a stem to large congested inflorescences 
of thirty or forty heads. Two extremes, however, merit definite 
record, namely : | 


Forma monocephalus forma nova. Stems branched near or below ~ 


the middle; heads solitary and terminal on each branch, the peduncie 
portion of which is 6 to 10 cm long, and with its reduced leaves 
presents a marked contrast to the larger leaves below and resembles 
somewhat in appearance single-headed forms of Aster 
nemoralis. Karner, Albany county. C. H. Peck. 


B 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92T 15 


Forma lateralis forma nova. Stems normal as regards size and 


foliage, the flowering heads scattered and borne upon short axillary 
_ peduncles (1-2 cm long) in the axils of the leaves above the middle 


of the stem, the peduncles shorter than the subtending leaves, some- 
times also one of the short-peduncled heads terminal on the stem. 


j Karner, Albany county. C. H. Peck. 


Aster laevis L., var. concinnus ( Willd.) comb. nov. 
Aster concinnus Willd. Enum. 884. 1809 


The typical form of this variety has extremely long and corre- 
spondingly narrow leaves, and appears quite distinct, but intermedi- 
ate forms between it and the typical Aster laevis are not rare in 
the highlands adjacent to the Hudson valley in Albany county. 


Clarksville. House 7661, September 18. Green’s lake, Catskill, 
Greene county. House 5970, August 17, 1915 (photographed for the 
“Wild Flowers of New York”). Whitehall, Washington county, 
Peck. Intermediate form: Sandy woods west of Albany. House, 
September 14, 1916 (photographed for A. laevis, in the Wild 
Flowers of New York). The extremely broad-leaved form, var. 
amplifolius Porter, occurs at Lake Mohonk, Ulster county, Peck. 


Betula coerulea Blanchard 
On dry rocky, partially wooded hillside near Glenmont. House 
6794, August 26, I919. 


Blephariglottis lacera (Michx.) Farwell, forma elongata (Peck). 
comb. nov. 


Habenaria lacera var. elongata Peck, 46th Rep’t N. Y. State 
Mus. 49. 189. 


3 
pelkin | Dr C. i. Peck: 
The inflorescence greatly elongated, the flowers rather distant and 
subtended by large foliaceous or leaflike bracts. 


Botrychium obliquum var. oneidense Gilbert 
Sandy woods west of Albany. House 8721, October 18, 1921. 


Carex Bicknellii Britton 
Rocky ledges under shade of cedars and pines, near Glenmont. 


_ House 7875, May 24, 1921. Dutchess and Tompkins counties are 
_ the only other recorded localities for this sedge in New York. 


Carex conoidea Schk. 
Woods near Glenmont. House 6988, June 8, 


16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Carex glaucoides Tuckerm. 
Woods near Selkirk. House 7018, June 11. 


Carex laxiflora var. gracillima Boott 
Woods near Selkirk. House 7or7, June 11. 


Carex leptonervia Fernald 
Woops near Glenmont. House 6989, June 8; and 7125, June 28. 


Carex normalis Mackenzie 
Wooded hillsides near Glenmont. House 6998, June 8, 1920; 
7123, June 28. \ 
Carex radiata (Wahl.) Small 
Moist woods near Glenmont. House 6994, June 8. 


Carex retroflexa Muhl. 
Open woods near Glenmont. House 6991, June 8. 


Carex tonsa (Fernald) Bicknell 
Common on the sandy plains west of Albany. House 7712, April 
15 to May I, 1921. 


Elymus hirsutiglumis Scribner 

On sand bars along the Hudson river near Wemple. House 7514, 
August 23. 

Eupatorium trifoliatum L. 

In dry woods, near Wemple. House 7560, September 8. 

Easily distinguished from any related species by its green stems, | 
purple at the nodes only, the flowers few to a head and those much 
longer than in E. purpureum, and nearly white or at most ~ 
a pale pink or flesh-colored when ‘first opening, the styles very — 
long and conspicuous, the flowers turning to a dingy pinkish color 
with age; leaves varying from two to six, but usually two or three, 
and quite often four to a whorl; leaves narrowed from below the 
middle to an attenuate base, the margins on each side of this base — 
being concave. Described by Michaux as E. falcatum. 


Lupinus perennis L. P 
The form with rose-colored or pink flowers, forma rosea Britton, | 


and the form with pure white flowers, forma albiracemus Moore, hd 
were both observed at Karner, June 7. | 


Lilium philadelphicum L. | 
The form of this species with yellow flowers, forma flavifloallii | 
E, F. Williams, was collected at Karner (no. 7154), in July 1921, 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR Ig2I iw 


Mimulus alatus Soland. 
Several years ago Doctor Peck collected near Albany, a form of 
this species with pure white corollas (34th Rep’t N. Y. State Mus. 
_ 54), preserved in the state herbarium, and which may be designated 
_ as forma albiflorus, forma nova. 


(Mimulus ringens L. 
A specimen of this species with pure white corollas was also col- 
lected by Doctor Peck, near Albany and likewise reported along 
_ with the preceding form. It is preserved in the state herbarium 
and may be designated as forma Peckii, forma nova. 


Oxalis rufa Small 
Sandy thickets, Karner. House 7856, May 23, 1921. 
Polygala paucifolia Willd., forma alba Wheelock. 


_ P. paucifolia var. albiflora Raf. Med. Bot., 2:64. 1830 
 P. paucifolia var. alba Eights, in T. & G. Fl. N. Am, 1:132. 1838 
_ P. paucifolia var. albiflora Knight, Rhodora, 8:66. 1906 
P. paucifolia forma alba Wheelock, Torr. Club Mem., 2:142. 1891; House, 
; N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 205-206:27. 1917 


____ A conspicuous and beautiful form of the species growing at Glen- 
f mont, Albany county, and also reported from several other localities 
throughout the State. The plants spread and propagate largely by 

means of the underground stems, so that large colonies of the white- 
_ flowered form are occasionally developed. 


‘ _ Prunus americana Marsh., forma rosea (Peck) comb. nov. 
_ Prunus americana var. rosea Peck, 47th Rep’t N. Y. State Mus. 27. 1804 
Petals pink or rosy in color. Meadowdale. Dr C. H. Peck 
_ (state herbarium), also collected by Doctor Peck at Westport, Essex 
county. 

Raimannia laciniata (Hill) Rose 
Along railroad tracks at Selkirk. House 7027, June 11. 
A native of the western states, and apparently introduced here 
with shipments of grain and hay, several of which upon inquiry, 
_ were said to have been received from the west during the past few 
seasons. 
: Rosa serrulata Raf. 
Common in the dry sandy plains west of Albany and about Karner. 
- House 6367, June 20, 1919. 


its) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Senecio obovatus Muhl. 

Open woods near Glenmont. House 7003, June 8. 
Scirpus microcarpus Presl., var. Bissellii (Fernald) comb. nov. « 
S. Sylvaticus var. Bissellii Fernald, Rhodora, 2:21. 1900 a 

Marsh near Albany, Wibbe (state herbarium). 


I can not find that this curious variety was ever reported by Doctor — 
Peck. The plants are stout; spikelets 8-14 mm long; scales much ~ 


darker than in either S. sylvaticus or in S.microcarpus ;@ 


styles mostly two-divided, but occasionally three-divided in the same — 
spikelet; sheaths with a marked reddish tinge. While combining 
certain characteristics of both S. s ylvaticus and S.micro- © 
carpus (S. rubrotinctus Fernald), the preponderance © 
of characters seems to indicate that it is more properly a variety of — 
the latter. 
Viola affinis LeConte 


In low woods near Selkirk. Howse 7020, June 11. 


Hybrid violets also noted here at the same time are: V.affinis x _ 
cucullata; V. affinis x sororia, and V. cucullata x Soronea 


Viola pedata L., var. lineariloba DC. 
Sandy thickets near Karner. House 6980, June 7. 


This variety of the bird’s-foot violet, with uniformly colored 
petals was first observed near Karner several years ago by Doctor — 
Peck, and it is interesting to note that in spite of numerous destruc- 
tive grass fires in this section, the species has persisted. It is rare 
outside of the coastal region in this State. 


Zizia cordata (Walt.) DC. . 
Dry woods near Glenmont. House 7868, May 24, 1921. ie 


Cayuga County . 
Gentiana clausa Raf. 


Fernald (Rhodora, 19:147-149. 1917) maintains G.Sapo- — 
naria L..G.clausa Raf.,andG. Andrewsii Grisebiaemm 
three distinct species. Material available from all parts of New York 


State has not served to convince the writer that we have more than 


the two species of closed gentians, usually recognized, namely, G. 
Saponaria L., chiefly southern in distribution in this State, and 
G. clausa Raf., an older name for G. Andrewsii Griseb., 
of general distribution across the State. 


The white-flowered form (G. Andrewsii var. albiflor ae 
A. Gray; G. Andrewsii forma albiflora Britton), has 
been collected at Auburn, Holzer (state herbarium), and may 
be designated now as G. clausa, forma albiflora (A. Gray) comb. 
nov. The same form has also been collected at Salamanca, Catta- 
raugus county, by G. W. Clinton. 


= 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 19 


Broome County 


Blepharigottis psycodes (L.) Rydb., former albispicata, forma 
; nova 


j Divisions of the corolla pure white. Reported from Broome 
| Bounty by C. F. Millspaugh (Torr. Club Bul., 12:101. 1885). 


Columbia County 


Lycopodium clavatum L. 


_ There are two sheets of this species (five specimens) in the state 
herbarium, collected by Arthur K. Harrison, at Lebanon Springs, 
_ August 18, 1893, in which all the peduncles are greatly elongated, 
20-50 cm long, and sterile (devoid of any terminal strobili). These 
_ might appear like sterile forms of the var. megastachyum, except 
that of the sixteen elongated peduncles on the five specimens, two 
are branched below the middle, and one above the middle. 
This form may be designated as L. clavatum L., forma sterilis, 
forma nova.. 
: Delaware County 


During the summer season of 1920, the following plants were 


q collected near Arkville, by Dr H. M. Denslow, and in 1921 deposited 
_ in the state herbarium: 


Botrychium neglectum Wood 
angustisegmentum (Pease & Moore) Fernald 
obliquum Muhl. 
obliquum var. oneidense Gilbert \ 
Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link 
Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.) Prantl. 
Malaxis unifolia Miche. 
Cypripedium acaule Ait. 
Corallorrhiza trifida Chat. 
ss maculata Raf. 
Liparis Loesellii (L.) Richard 
Lysias Hookeriana (A. Gray) Rydb. 
“  orbiculata (Pursh) Rydb. 
“macrophylla (Goldie) House 
Monotropa Hypopitys L 
Erie County 


Ophrys australis (Lindl.) House 
This small member of the orchid family has recently been found 


Carex Hassei Bailey 


_ Moist meadow near Collins. Dr Anne E. Perkins, June 15, 1920 
and May 15, 1921. 

_ This is an interesting addition to the already large number of 
carices for New York State. Presque Isle, Pa., is the most easterly 
station for the species previously known. 


20 "NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Onobrynchis Onobrynchis (L.) Rydberg 
(O. sativa Lam.) 

A native of the Old World and apparently well established near 
Collins, where collected by Dorothy Raymond in 1919 and 1920, 
and also by Dr Anne E. Perkins, who forwarded flowering and 
fruiting specimens in 1921. In full bloom on May 3oth. ; 


Erythronium albidum Nutt. 


Collins. Dr Anne E. Perkins, April 15-20, 1921. 


This was reported from Erie county by Clinton (19th Regents 
Rep’t, 205. 1866) and was apparently once a fairly common meadow 
plant near Albany (see Wright & Hall, Pl. Vic. Troy 17, 1836), 
and several collections are in existence made by Beck, Eights, Eaton, 
Torrey, Hall and others. It is now a rare plant about Albany, 
although collected there in 1910 by J. C. Smock. 


For the purpose of definite record it is desirable that the following 
plants collected by Dr Anne E. Perkins in the vicinity of Collins, 
should be listed with the dates of their collection. These specimens 
are preserved in the state herbarium. 


1920 

Polycodium stamineum (L.) Greene.............. June 3, August 2 
GHamaeltrsams luteum 07.,.....'5 vns.ow av misiaisisharelsisie onenie June 3 
Cubelinm concolor’ (Forst.) (Raf... 5. wie se ess oka June 3 
Cypripedium pubescens Willd......42.....sceeeee0s June 3 
Ibidium plantagineum (Raf.) House..........2...- June 3 
Philoms divarteata 55.1! lead et san atl hae mn ebeia «he June 3 
Geranium \pasilm Js... saic olss:2'e «sis'e > etange eb eats June 4 
Pentstemon pallidus Smialls..0. 0. cdeamso. 6 dae June 6 
Cares  SHrivert Byatt nic 5010 ie \ajes:s 6)n:5/<\m/m: nieve Shales ele June 18 
Dromes Snerns Weyss, Gi ie isin dive snes bere ales June 19 
REAP eich VARVEMSES: 5.5 ss c)aia’als viel cia iseid ine pelaleteiane June 22 
Evonymus atropurpureus Jacq..........0.s.ssssei June 22, September 10 
Polanisia.eraveolens | RGf.: << st. ee vieinle bs x elobodan August 1 
Meerinns canadense 2). J. on xo» ola </etelaepeene ae ..+.. August I 
Lycopodium lucidulum Michr.........0cecceee cece August 2 
Thaspium. barbinode. Micha... .... 0-2) 0.0 «sqaetse'v/oicpe.6 August 10 
Cheirinia cheiranthoides (L.) Limkh.... 00. cescesewesd August 15 
Lespedeza frutescens (L.) Britton.........-....--- August 15 
SEACHIVS: PAMISENNS Loy asic ciclaiate le astra peters lvelatenaiel@rohelat August 15 
Cimicituga racemosal (7) uN wttp ic.) beteeid olin ein ote August 17 
Monarda. iclinapadia Poi oh. etal, coyotes wie sieralaie ayslate August 17 

rf giollis \Pirswia. syad ws basa debe wiewmneapbede August 17 
Agastache nepetoides (L.) Kuntze.......-eeeceeee August 17 

a scrophulariaefolia (Willd.) Kuntze...... August 17 
Cassia |\martlandiea fats. pd. cic dee sees tae August r9 
Gouna | DiennisONL «ees ae aetna alma eases VN August 21 
Wicotina, PTSteagL Bea. . snd oaet sence ace he August 22 
Parnassia\carolmiiawan!.¢ \02s6 ons eae cee ewebitice es August 26 
Heilobiura insu) ac os. 5. seaside sida. «eae tie 2 August 26 
Gorallerrhiza Varaculata ) Ray... se 08 cc). etnias ale September 1 
Disporum lanuginosum (Michx.) Nichols........... September 10 


Solidago squarrosa Muhl...... pid eile oiler aeyabtdle vere - October 1 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 21 


1921 
Drfertensia waireinica) (2) Litbscte. os stclabieghate od April 15, May 16 
Beceturoniim albidum Nutt... ...0......cccceeseaes April 15 
SePalemonian repens 1.0.06 i loecc clascice eee ulate April 20 
MPPISSEPEUALICATA Joo. a oc 5 sw no 'n'm ocean 0's wd si niayevisiejeuie es April 20 
BE RMMEIASSEH DOUEY. .. ccc cue ccanwaccuacseceusevae May 15. 
Pireasromia canadensis Willd... 1.00.0 cc eee e ee ene May 15 
Cardamine rotundifolia Michr...........0. cece May 16 
Disporum lanuginosum (Michx.) Nichols.......... May 16 
Menta mirmvetinmcien yo Ss aS lcs tee see oe August 5 
BeSoelidace, squdarrosa Muh]... . 2c. c cece cence ecules September 4 


Essex County 


Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd., forma neglecta (Gillman) 
B. L. Robinson 
A not infrequent form of the red baneberry about Newcomb, 
possessing the slender pedicels of the typical species, but the mature 
fruit pure white in color. As the white baneberry (4. alba) does not 
occur in this section of the State, the form can not be suspected to 
be of hybrid origin. 
Aster roscidus Burgess 
Dry woods near Schroon Lake. House 7654, September 16. 


a ee ee ee ee ee eee 


Agastache Foeniculum (Pursh) Kuntze 


Roadside thickets near Newcomb. House 8478, August 4, 1921. 


_ Well established and conspicuous by its purple bracts, calyces 
_ and flowers. How this western species came to be so well estab- 
_ lished here is not apparent, as the spot is not near any habitations. 


Botrychium simplex E. Hitchc. 
Moist sandy hillside among grasses, sedges and various herbs, 
_ shrubs and small evergreens near Newcomb. House 8012, June 8, 
e 1921. 

Campanula rotundifolia L., forma albiflora (G. Don) 
comb. nov. 
C. rotundtfolia var. albiflora G. Don, Gen. Syst. 3: 758. 1838. 
_ Indian Pass, Dr C. H. Peck (state herbarium), also collected by 
_ Doctor Peck at Lansingburg, Rensselaer county. 
| Carex tenuiflora Wahl. 
___ Frequent in swamps and bogs near Newcomb. House 7431, July 
_ 15-30, 1920, and June 3-10, 1921. 
Carex lenticularis Michx. 

Common on the moist shores of Lake Harris, House 7428, 


22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Carex Kneiskernii Dewey 


(C. castanea x arctata) ee 
Along the edge of woodland near Newcomb. House 7421, July 4 
15-30, 1920; 7044, June 6, 1921. 4 


Carex viridula Michx. 


Common on the shores of Lake Harris. House 7391, July 15-30. F 
Nearly as abundant here is C. cryptolepis Mackenzie (no. 
7392), and rarely also C. irregularis Schw. (mo. 7394), © 
which seems to be a proliferous variety of C. cryptolepis. | 
Carex flava L. also is not rare here. 

A more detailed account of the flora of the township of Newcomb — 
is hoped to result from further studies during succeeding seasons. | 
The region is particularly rich in members of the genus Carex, and > 
the list below indicates those collected up to the end of the present 
season (192I): . 


Carex abacta Bailey Carex vulpinoidea Michx. 


exilis Dewey 
tenuiflora Wahl. 
lenticularis Michx. 
castanea Wahl. 
Kneiskernii Dewey 
Deweyana Schw. 
Buxbaumii Wahl. 
viridula Miche. 
cryptolepis Mackenzie 
irregularis Schw. 
flava L. 

aenea Fernald 
novae-angliae Schw. 
annectans Bicknell 
leptonervia Fernald 
Baileyi Britton 

aurea Nutt. 

angustior Mackenzie 
Bebbii Olney 
pauciflora Lightf. 
intumescens var. Fernaldii Bailey 
lasiocarpa Ehrh. 
interior Bailey 
cephalantha (Bailey) Bickn. 
trisperma Dewey 


disperma Dewey 
scoparia Schk. 
scoparia var. condensa Fernald 
comosa Boott 

brunnescens Poir. 

communis Bailey 

stipata Muhl. 

gynandra Schw. 

gracillima Schw. 

hystricina Muhl. 

flexuosa Muhl. 

digitalis Willd. 

pallescens L. 

vesicaria L. 

vesicaria var. jejuna Fernald 
scabrata Schw. 

oligosperma Miche. 

limosa L 

paupercula Michz. 

lurida Wahl. 

retrorsa Schw. 

strictior Dewey 

plantaginea Lam. 

projecta Mackenzie 

Peckii E. C. Howe 


Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. 


stems, in which all the flowers are pure white. It is quite possib. 
that this has received a name. If so, I have not been able to loca 


albiflorum, forma nova. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 23 


Comandra livida Richards. 
_ Near the summit of Mount Marcy. A. B. Brooks, June 23. 
_ This is not only an interesting addition to the list of arctic-alpine 


F akg of the summit of Mount Marcy, but is also new to the state 
flora. 


Cornus canadensis L., forma elongata (Peck) comb. nov. 

q Cornus canadensis var. elongata Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 150: 44. 1911 

_ Averyville marsh, near North Elba. Dr C. H. Peck, September 
14, 1911. Also collected by Doctor Peck at Sandlake, Rensselaer 
_ county, July 14, 1910 (type). 


Doellingeria umbellata (Mill.) Nees 

var. pubens (A. Gray) comb. nov. 

_ Aster umbellatus var. pubens Gray, Syn. Fl., 1°: 107. 1884 

_ The lower surfaces of the oblong-lanceolate leaves tomentulose- 
_ pubescent. Ausable river. Dr C. H. Peck (state herbarium). More 
' common west of our borders. 


Aster nemoralis Ait. f. 
_ Frequent in a sphagnum bog on the border of Woodruff pond, 
_ Newcomb. House 7530, September 6. 


_ This has been regarded by Hill (Vascular Flora of the Eastern 
_ Penobscot Region, Maine, 1919) as a “carolinian” plant. It is 
_ now known from five Adirondack localities in the counties of Essex, 
St Lawrence, Hamilton and Herkimer. Its peculiar distribution 
_ northward into the Canadian life zone makes it impossible to regard 
_ it as a typical carolinian plant, and in this respect it is like Viola 
lanceolata L, Lycopodium inundatum anda few 
_ other species. 

7 Heliopsis scabra Dunal. 

Moist roadside thicket near Newcomb. House 8452, August 3, 


_ I921. Perhaps not native, as only a single colony was found. 


Lycopodium inundatum L. 
_ Common on the marshy shores of Lake Harris, Woodruff pond, 
_ Hewitt’s pond and other localities in Newcomb. House 7333, July 
a 15-30. 
q Lycopodium tristachyum Pursh 
3 ‘Dry. woods near Newcomb. House 8465, August 3, 1921. 


Lysiella obtusata (Pursh) Rydberg 
_ Common in most of the mossy spruce swamps about Newcomb. 
Pouce 7300, June 10, 1921, and in bloom sometimes as late as 
_ August Ist. 


24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Ophrys convallarioides (Sw.) W. F. Wight 
Frequent in mossy spruce swamps about Newcomb, and some-— 
times common. House 7307, June 3-10, 1921. Usually out of 
bloom by August Ist. ' 
The following additional species of orchids were collected in the 
township of Newcomb: | 


Ophrys cordata L. 
Corallorrhiza Corallorrhiza (L.) Karst. 
3 maculata Raf. 

Malaxis unifolia Michx. 
Cypripedium acaule Ait. 

reginae Walt. 
Gymnadeniopsis clavellata (Michx.) Rydb. 
Peramium ophicides (Fernald) Rydberg 
Ibidium Romanzoffanum (Cham.) House 
Perularia flava (L.) Farwell 
Blephariglottis Blepharigllottis i) Rydberg. 
Limnorchis hyperborea (L.) Ryd 

dilatata (Ait.) Bodh. 
Limodorum tuberosum L. 
Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. 
Peramium teselatum (Lodd.) Heller 
Lysias orbiculata (Pursh) Rydb. 
Liparis Loesellii (L.) Richard 


Lonicera hirsuta Eaton 
Moist woods near Newcomb. House 7191, July 15-30. 


Poa saltuensis Fernald & Wiegand 
Moist shores of Lake Harris. House 8070, June 12, 1921. 


Calamagrostis Pickeringii A. Gray 
Marshy shores of Lake Harris. House 7384, July 15-30. 


Razoumofskya pusilla (Peck) Kuntze 


Parasitic on limbs and twigs of black spruce ( Picea mari- | 
ana) in swamps near Newcomb. House 7186, July 15-30. A few © 


the dwarf mistletoe parasitic upon them. 


Ranunculus sicaeformis Mackenzie & Bush 


This has the general appearance of R. septentrional 
Poir., as well as the habit of that species, but is brighter green in — 
color. The early leaves have more rounded lobes and the summer — 
foliage is cut into broader segments. The stems are densely hirsute | 
with white spreading hairs, especially toward the base, and some- 
what less so on the petioles. The leaves are quite markedly appressed — 


oP 
" 


_ August. 1-15, 1921. 


Aa 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I9Q2I 25 


pubescent on both surfaces, more densely so beneath. The petals 


are obovate, 8-12 mm long and 6-10 mm wide. The immature 


akenes are punctate and with a nearly straight, ascending, tapering 
beak one-half as long as the body. 


Marshy soil near Newcomb. House 8050, June 10, 1921. 


Senecio Robbinsii Oakes 
Common in pastures and on cleared land especially east of New- 
comb. House 7292, July 15-30. 


Senecio aureus x Robbinsii, hyb. nov. 


This was at first taken to be S. Robbinsii with broad leaves. 
The plants are exactly intermediate in appearance between S. 
aureus and S. Robbinsii, the former growing in a bog 
adjacent to the colony of hybrid plants, and the latter common on a 
sandy slope above the bog. S. Robbinsii usually blooms 


much earlier than S. aureus, but not infrequently especially 


in this section of the State, the blossoming period of the two 
species overlaps, which was the case at the place and date where 
es hybrid colony was detected near Newcomb. House 8013, June 
, 1921. 
Solidago squarrosa Muhl. 
Dry hillsides near Newcomb. House 7547, September 8, and 
Cascade lakes, North Elba. House 7643, September 16. 
Stellaria borealis Bigel. 


Marsh near Newcomb. House 8050, June 10, 1921. 


Scirpus Torreyi Olney 
Common in shallow water along the shores of Lake Harris. House 
7359, August I-15, 1921. Also observed in shallow water along the 
Hudson river below Newcomb, and at Hewitt’s pond. 
Utricularia resupinata Greene 
On the muddy shores of Lake Harris and Woodruff pond, near 


_ Newcomb. House 7528, August 10-15, 1921. 


Myriophyilum tenellum Bigel. 


4 - Muddy shores of Lake Harris, Newcomb. House 8517, August 8, 
_ 1921. Fairly common from August 3d to 15th, but before and after 
_ these dates (for 1921) difficult to find. 


Sanguisorba canadensis L. 
Common on the marshy shores of Lake Harris. House 7273, 


26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM a 


Trientalis latifolia Hook. 


Summit of Mount McIntyre. Dr C. H. Peck (state nee Beenm 


This specimen has been carefully compared with typical mat 
of T. latifolia from western America, and no essential points 
of difference can be found. As the record rests, however, upon a 
single specimen, and from an exposed subalpine summit where owing | 
to exposure and altitude the common eastern species might simulate 
the western species, it is hoped that additional collections of this 
plant from Mount McIntyre may be secured. a 


Viola lanceolata x pallens, hyb. nov. 


This was taken at first for V. primulifolia because of i its | 
broad leaves. Further observations of it during 1921 showed that 
the petaliferous flowers were always sterile, ‘the flower and its 
peduncle soon withering and never developing capsules. The leaves 
simulate those of the more southern V. primulifolia but 
are entirely smooth and in texture more like those of V. pallens. 


Shore of Lake Harris near Newcomb, growing with V. pal- | 
lens and V. lanceolata. House 7254, June 6-12, 1921; 7 
August I-10, 1921. \ 


Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br. 


Rocks above Cascade lakes, North Elba. House 7635, September | 
16. 


Greene County 


Carex spicata Huds. 


Rocky woodlands near Catskill. House 7536, May 21, 1921. Usual | 
ally referred to C. muricata in recent floras. | 


in 


Viola sagittata Ait. 


Moist uplands field in clayey soil, 2 miles east of Catskill. H ouse 
7828, May 21, 1921. j 


This is several miles north of Saugerties where V. sagittata 
was once collected by Doctor Peck. It is to be noted that this 
collection is the typical glabrous slender form such as is found in 
the turfy meadows adjacent to the salt marshes of Long Island and 
southward. ae 


Aemnone ypeuane L. forma rubrosepala, forma nova 


tinged wtih red on the upper Uirfate, silky white beneath. 
Cairo. Leland S. Slater, June 18, 1918 (type). 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 27 


sone 
“ 


Genesee County 


Senecio aureus x pauperculus, hyb. nom. nov. 
_ S. aureus x Balsamitae Greenman, Rhodora, 10:69. 1808 
Bergen swamp, Genesee county, House (state herbarium). 


Ranunculus alleghaniensis Britton 


Near LeRoy. M. S. Baxter, May 23, 1921. Also collected in 
the same vicinity by FE. P. Killip. 


Valerianella chenopodifolia (Pursh) DC. 
Near LeRoy. M. S. Baxter, 5568, May 23, 1921. 


Hamilton County 


Agastache urticifolia (Benth.) Kuntze 

Along roadsides near Wells. Dr C. H. Peck (N. Y. State Mus. 
babe Zo p22. 1004, as A. scrophulariaefolia). An 
examination of the specimens cited by Peck shows that they belong 
to the far western species. Peck points out the characteristic dif- 
ferences but either from lack of adequate literature or of authentic 
specimens for comparison, reported it as a form of A. scro- 
phulariaefolia. It is probably an escape from cultivation, 

- since as an ornamental plant it possesses considerable merit. 


Aster Tradescanti L., var. saxatilis (Fernald) comb. nov. 


_ A. vimineus var. saxatilis Fernald, Rhodora, 1:186. 1899 
A. saxatilis Blanchard, Am. Bot., 7:27. ' 1904 


Racquette Lake, C. H. Peck (state herbarium) 

. Uncommon or rare in rocky situations in northern New York. 
| Apparently more properly to be regarded as a low race or depau- 
_ perate development of A. Tradescanti, than of A. 
vimineus. 

Carex abacta Bailey 
Common in the marshes along the outlet of Lake Pleasant. House 
7487, August 12. 
. Carex Baileyi Britton 
' * Common in moist or wet places about Speculator and Lake Pleas- 
ant. House 7505, August 13. 


ae ee 


Carex lenticularis Michx. 


1 _ Frequent on the shores of Lake Pleasant. House 7471, August 
g 12-13. ; 


28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Carex viridula Michx. q 

Common along the outlet of Lake Pleasant. House 7488 August 
12. Also less frequently along the shore of Lake Pleasant. Lb 
both places Carex cryptolepis Mackenzie (no. 7484) is an asso- 
ciated plant. Both here and at Lake Harris in Essex county search 
was made for forms intermediate between these two species, which — 
by some authors are regarded as varieties of C. Oederi, native of 
the Old World, but no intermediate forms were found. The two | 
are very distinct in color of foliage and in the character of the 
fruiting spikes, C. cryptolepis always being taller and paler 
green (yellowish green), and when the two grow associated C. 
cryptolepis matures its fruit 2 or 3 weeks earlier, but owing 
to differences in soil, moisture and exposure within short distances 
along some stretches of these Adirondack lake shores, the maturity 
of C. viridula often overlaps that of C. cryptolepis. 


Cyperus dentatus Torrey 


Common on the marshy shores of Lake Pleasant, and along the} BS, 
outlet of the lake. House 7495, August 12-13. 


Lycopodium inundatum L. 
Common on the moist and marshy shores of Lake Pleasant andl 
less frequently along the outlet. House 7481, August 12-13. Z| 
Associated here, as at most Adirondack localities where observed, — 
with Drosera intermedia Hayne, Viola lanceolata 
L. Xyris caroliniana Walt, Spiraea tomentosa L. 
Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pursh, an association of — 
species duplicated with minor variations in places of similar soil con- 
ditions upon Long Island. . 


Myriophyllum tenellum Bigelow 


Common in shallow water or emersed on muddy banks along the 
outlet of Lake Pleasant. House 7489, August 12. 


Lycopodium clavatum L., var. brevispicatum Peck | 
Summit of Black Bear mountain, near Inlet. House, June 26, 
1917. The original of this odd variety was collected by Peck on 
Wallface mountain. " 


Panicularia septentrionalis (Hitchc.) Bicknell 4 
Common in moist or wet sandy soil along the shore of Lake 
Pleasant, and also along the outlet of the lake, occasionally in 
shallow water. House 7474, August 12-13. Bi 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92I 29 


Rubus permixtus Blanchard 


_ Frequent in open wet meadows and boggy places near Speculator. 
House 7459, August 13. 


Salix pedicellaris Pursh 


_ Frequent in open marshes near Speculator. House 7493, August 
fb 12-13. 


Sambucus racemosus L., forma laciniata (Koch) comb. nov. 


In woods near Indian Lake. Dr C. H. Peck (state herbarium, 
and 27th Rep’t N. Y. State Mus. 111. 1877, as S. racemosa 


var. dissecta Britton). Described by Koch, as S. race- 
-mosa var. laciniata. 


om 


Scirpus Torreyi Olney 


Uncommon in shallow water along the outlet of Lake Pleasant. 
_ House 7503, August 12. 


: Scirpus subterminalis Torrey 


| 
; 
| 


Common in shallow water at the mouth of Cherry brook near 
Speculator on Lake Pleasant. House 7464, August 13. 


Sparganium diversifolium Graebner 
In marshy or wet places along the outlet of Lake Pleasant. House. 
August 12. Sparganium angustifolium Nutt. (no. 
7483) was also collected in shallow water, and Sparganium 
-acaule (Beeby) Rydberg (no. 7460), on muddy banks and in 
_ very shallow water along the outlet. 


(a 


Sanguisorba canadensis L. 


_ Infrequent along the outlet of Lake Pleasant. House 7452, 
4 August 13. 


Scirpus georgianus Harper 
_ Frequent in marshy places at Blue Mountain lake. House 75809, 
_ September 14. 
y Rubus Randii (Bailey) Rydberg 
Thickets near Blue Mountain lake. House 7583, September 14. 


Spiraea tomentosa L. 


Infrequent and mostly of small size along the outlet of Lake 
Pleasant. House 7452, August 13. Recorded because not seen at 


30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Viola lanceolata L. q 
Common in marshy places along the outlet of Lake Pleasant, and | 
less frequent on the shores of the lake. House 7492, August 12. i 


Xyris caroliniana Walt. 


Common on the shores of Lake Pleasant, and less so along the q 
outlet. House 7475, August 12-13. | 


Herkimer County 


Botrychium matricariae (Schrank) Spreng. 


On moist shaded banks along the shore of Fourth lake. House 
6721, August Io, 1919. 
The bud within the base of the stem is clothed with a densall 
white silky pubescence. The spores were scarcely mature at th 
date even on the largest plants. 


Galeopsis Tetrahit L. 


This naturalized plant is very common in recent clearings, culti- — 
vated soil and along roads throughout the Adirondack region. A note | 
by Fernald and Wiegand (Rhodora, 12: 142. 1910), led to an 
examination of numerous specimens in Herkimer, Hamilton and — 
Essex counties, all of which prove to be the var. bifida (Boenn.) | 
Lejeune & Courtois (Comp. FI. Belg., 2: 241. 1831), as described | 
by Fernald & Wiegand. . 


Ilex bronxensis Britton 


Common in marshes along Fourth lake. House 6709, August 6, i 


1919. 
Rubus strigosus Michx, var. heterolasius (Fernald) comb. nov. 
R. Idaeus var. heterolasius Fernald, Rhodora, : 97. 


The new canes are like those in the variety canadensis, but i 
the prickles are stout and broad based. Collected by Dr C. H. Peck 
at Big Moose Station (state herbarium). 


Jefferson County 


Aster novae-angliae L., forma rosarius, nom. nov. 


Aster roseus Desf. Cat. Hort. Par. ed. 3, 401. 1829. Not A. roseus Bieb., | | 
1812 4 
A. novae-anghae var. roseus DC. 


Roadsides near Woodville. House, September 9, 1921. os 
A rather distinct form of the species with rosy or nearly red ~ 


rays. Seen in several places in this part of Jefferson county and 
growing chiefly in drier soil than the typical species, and the plants — 


lower with more spreading stems and smaller leaves. ‘ 


a REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I921 31 


Echinochloa Walteri (Pursh) Nash 


In marshes along the shore of Lake Ontario near Woodville. 
House 8654, September 9-11, 1921. 


Ranunculus longirostris Godr. 


Common in shallow water in the inclosed bays or lagoons back 
of the sand dunes along the east shore of Lake Ontario near Wood- 
ville. House 8156, June 22, 1921. 


Carex Sprengelii Dewey 


-_ On the highest parts of the wooded sand dunes, under white 
pines, near Woodville. House 8187, June 23, 1921. 

| Among the many aquatic and semiaquatic plants collected at 

Pierrepont pond, near Woodville, on the shore of Lake Ontario dur- 

ing 1921, the following are worthy of record: 


_ Panicularia borealis Nash 
s grandis (S. Waits.) Nach. 
, re laxa Scribn. 
_ Zizania aquatica L. 
Be) palustiris L. 
_ Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.) A. Gray 
_ Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L.) Poll. 
_ Phalaris arundinacea L. 
Festuea elatior L. 
Cinna arundinacea L. 
Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) A. Gray \ 
americanus Pers. 

es validus Vahl 
cyperinus var. pelius Fernald 

e Smithii A. .Gray 
Eleocharis palustris var. major Sonder 
Carex substricta (Kuken.) Mackenzie 
Potamogeton natans L. 
perfoliatus L. 
amplifolius Tuckerm. N 
americanus C. & S. 
4 heterophyllus Schreb. 
pusillus L. 
diversifolius Raf. 
filiformis Pers. 
pectinatus L. 
Ranunculus longirostris Godr. 
Radicula hispida (Desv.) Britton 
_ Triglochin maritima L. : ‘ 
= Sagittaria rigida Pursh 

variabilis Willd. 

Nymphaea advena Soland. 
microphylla Pers. 
rubrodisca (Morong) Greene 
_ Castalia tuberosa Paine ’ 
Juncus balticus L. ’ : 
Comarum palustre L., var. villosum Pers. 
 Philotria Nuttallii (Planch.) Rydberg k 
_ Myriophyllum heterophyllum Michx. 
_ Peltandra virginica (L.) Raf. 
Naias flexilis (Willd.) Rost. & Schmidt. 
Valisneria spiralis L. 


“cc 


4 } 
Th 


32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Polygonum Hydropiper L. 

Rumex brittanicus L. 

Iris versicolor L. 

Lysimachia thrysiflora L. 
Utricularia macorrhiza LeConte 
Scutellaria galericulata L. 

Typha angustifolia L. 

Spirodella polyrhiza (L.) Schleid. 
Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. 
Alisma subcordatum Raf. 


Cornus Baileyi Coulter & Evans | 
Thickets on the sand dunes along Lake Ontario near Woodville. - 
House 8460, June 24, 1921. | 


Lathyrus palustris L. 


Common in the meadows and marshes along the shore of Lake 
Ontario, near Woodville. House 8172, June 23-24, 1921. 


L. myrtifolius Muhl. (no. 8173) with its somewhat glaucous — 
foliage, practically wingless stems and smaller flowers, stands out 
with great distinctness, and no intermediate forms were observed. 
In L. myrtifolius, the lobes of the calyx are always shorter 
than the calyx: tube, the three lower lobes being triangular-ovate to 
triangular-lanceolate, acuminate and tapering evenly from the base — 
to the apex. In L. palustris, the three lower calyx lobes are — 
equal to or longer than the tube and broadly lanceolate in shape, — 
often tinged with purple. All parts of the flower are uniformly 
larger than in L. myrtifolius which seemingly can not be 
regarded as a variety of L. palustris. i 

In L. palustris var. linearifolius Ser. (no. 8174), the calyx 
lobes usually average shorter in length and approach the 
shape of those in L. myrtifolius, but the narrow leaflets 
without any glaucous indument, and the winged stems relates it 
closely to L. palustris, and intermediate forms are not rare. 

In the specimens here collected the pods of the var. lineari- 
foliws are taper pointed in nearly a straight line from the dorsal 
surture of the pod, while in L. palustris, the pods taper about 
evenly from both the dorsal and ventral surtures to an elongated — 
tip. Further observations in other localities will be necessary to — 
determine whether this is a character of value or not. ’ 


ee 


Sa ne 


Comarum palustre L., var. villosum Pers. 

(Potentilla palustris var. villosa Lehm.) 4 
Marshes along the shore of Lake Ontario, near Woodville. House 
8196, June 23, 1921. ¥ 
The very dense, closely appressed silky indument of the whol 
plant excepting the petals is very conspicuous and renders the | 
varietal name rather inappropriate. The petioles and peduncles are — 
copiously glandular as in the typical form. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92I 33 


Eleocharis palustris L., var. major Sonder 


(Fl. Hamb. 22. 1851) 

i Common in the shallow water of the bays and inlets along the 
shore of Lake Ontario near Woodville. House 8128. 

This is the variety vigens Bailey, and in its extreme develop- 
ment presents a marked contrast in appearance to the typical E. 


gp2! ustris. Intermediate forms, however, while not common, 
are occasionally found. 


Juncus Dudleyi Wiesaad 
Sandy soil along Lake Ontario, near Woodville. House 8169, 
June 23, 1921. 
| Carex radiata (Wahl.) Small 
Moist woods near Woodville. House 8209, June 23, 1921. 


Nymphaea rubrodisca (Morong) Greene 
Ponds back of the sand dunes along the shore of Lake Ontario 
near Woodville. House 8157, June 23, 1921. N. advena and 
N. microphy!1la are also common. 


Panicum Lindheimeri Nash 
Sandy fields along Lake Ontario near Woodville. House 8243, 


June 23, 1921. 
: Festuca rubra L. 


In sand and on the sand dunes, along the shore of Lake Ontario, 
near Woodville. House 5200, June 23, 1921. 


Leuns County 
Carex vaginata Tausch 
In deep shade of spruce trees growing in wet moss, Bonaparte 
swamp. House 7082, June 22. 


Carex gynocrates Wormsk. 
_ In sphagnum, usually in openings of the cedar and spruce growth, 
Bonaparte swamp. Howse 7079, June 22. 


Carex exilis Dewey 
Very common in the extensive bog at the north end of Onjebonge 
Pond, a few miles north of Natural Bridge. House 7138, June 24. 
Other plants conspicuous at this season in this bog were: Erio- 
Beorum callitrix Cham. Eriophorum alpinum L., Eriophorum 
‘tenellum Roth, Carex pauciflora Lightf. and Arethusa bulbosa L. 


2 


a a. eee 


—_—- 


34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ae a 


Lycopodium inundatum L. 4 

Common on the sphagnum bog at Onjebonge pond. House 7138, : 
June 24. 
Symphoricarpos racemosus Michx. 


On exposed ledges. Grand island in Lake Bonaparte. House | 
7101, June 23. | 


Minuartia Michauxii (Fenzl.) House 

(Alsine stricta Michx.) 
Common on rocky banks about Lake Bonaparte. House 6267, | 
June 23. q 
Juncus Dudleyi Wiegand 
Bonaparte swamp. House 7058, June 23. Determined by Dr ~ 
F, V. Coville, 1921. 


Linnaea americana Forbes, forma candicans, forma nova. 


Corollas pure white instead of the usual pink color. On Grand 
island in Lake Bonaparte there is a large colony of the twin flower — 
in which all the flowers have pure white corollas. House 7106, 
June 23. 

Arctostaphylos Uva ursi (L.) Spreng. 


Common on Grand island, Lake Bonaparte. House 7100, June 4 
23. Not common elsewhere about Lake Bonaparte, doubtless owing 
in large part to the extensive and destructive fires which followed — 
lumbering operations 25 to 40 years ago. The plants of the bear- — 
berry have smooth and glabrous branches and twigs at this station, — 
while all other specimens from New York which have been examined — 
have the branchlets ‘“ canescent-tomentulose, not viscid, the minute — 
tomentum persistent,” as described by Fernald & Macbride © 
(Rhodora, 16: 212. 1914) for their variety coactilis. The geo- © 
graphical value of this variety is doubtful, however, since in the — 
state herbarium there is a specimen from central Europe which is 9 
an exact match for the variety coactilis. — 


Viola Selkirkii Pursh a 

Common in moist woods near Lake Bonaparte. House 7043, 

June 22. . 

Viola rugulosa Greene . 

A plant much resembling V. canadensis, but stouter an : 

more strict, leaves broader and rough pubescent above, notably 

Sar eden beneath, hirtellous on the veins as well as on the stems, 
and petioles. 

Harrisville, Peck, 1904 (state herbarium). 


a ae 


} 
y 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 35 


The occurrence of this western species in northern New York is 
not so surprising as might at first appear, since quite a number of 
western species have been found to have the eastern limits of their 
distribution in the Black river basin of Jefferson and Lewis coun- 
‘ties, and along the St Lawrence. 


Linaria minor (L.) Desf. 
ve railroad tracks near Lake Bonaparte. House 7040, June 22. 


: Anemone cylindrica A. Gray 
Occasional in rocky or stony fields north of Natural Bridge. 
House 7151, June 24. 


Salix serissima Fernald 
Common in the southern end of Bonaparte swamp. House 7108, 
June 23. | 
Salix balsamifera Barratt 
; (S. pyrifolia Anders.) 
Several large individuals of this rather rare willow were observed 
in Bonaparte swamp. Not in flower or fruit at this date (June 23d) 
and only leaf specimens were taken for identification. 


Thelypteris clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) House 
(Dryopteris clintoniana Dowell) 
Frequent in Bonaparte swamp. House 7044, June 23. 


Carex substricta (Kukenth.) Mackenzie 
(C. aquatalis, N. Y. Reports) 
Frequent in marshy places in Bonaparte swamp and on the shore 


ior Lake Bonaparte. House 7084, June 22-23. 


Carex leptonervia Fernald 
* Common in moist woodlands about Lake Bonaparte. House 7080, 
June 22. 
“ose Rosa blanda Ait. 


Common on exposed ledges on Grand island in Lake Bonaparte. 
House 7104, June 23. 


Oxalis Brittonae Small 
In ay fields near Lake Bonaparte. House 7041, June 22. 


2 


30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Livingston County 
Polygonum buxiforme Small 


Near the “ salt mines,’ Griegsville. M. S. Baxter 5511, August q 
14, 1921. Polygonum exsertum Small, also collected at the same — 
place by Mr Baxter (no. 5512). 

Both of these species commonly regarded as exclusively maritime, 
apparently occur inland in saline localities. P. buxiforme has 
been collected along the Hudson as far north as near Albany, and — 
also on Oneida lake (House). : 


Panicularia melicaria (Michx.) Hitche. 


Shady woods near Canadice. M. S. Baxter 5405, August 28, 
1921 (about 1900 feet altitude). 

This is one of the common species of woodland grasses in northern 
New York. The records for western New York are few. Paine 
(Cat. 169, 1865) merely records it from “ western New York.’ upon 
the authority of Gray. Holzer (Proc. Rochester Acad., 3: 128. 
1896) reports it as rare in Monroe county, There is a specimen in 
the Beck herbarium collected by Gray at Bridgewater, and the writer 
-has collected it at Constantia, Oswego county. a6 


Madison County 


Botrychium obliquum Muhl., forma dissectum (Spreng.) comb. 
nov. 


B. dissectum Spreng. Anleit., 3: 172. 1804 

B. ternatum var. dissectum D. C. Eaton, N. Am. Ferns, 1: 150. 1878 

B. obliquum var. dissectum Prantl. Jahrb. Bot. Gard. Berlin, 3: 342. 1884 

Glenwood, near Oneida. House. 

C. J. Chamberlain (Bot. Gaz., 70: 385-398. 1920) suggests that 
this is a sterile mutant of B. obliquum, which seems quite © 
probable, as mature spores capable of germination apparently are — 
never developed. From the point of view of nomenclatorial rules 
it is unfortunate that dissectwm was described 6 years earlier than 
B. obliquum. That it should be taken up as the name for the © 
typical species (cf. Fernald, Rhodora, 23: 151. 1920) is most incon- — 
gruous. ‘ : " ma 4 x ¢ 7 
Carex cryptolepis Mackenzie ~ out 

Marly wet shores of Woodman’s pond, near Hamilton. House 
7675, October 19. The date of the collection is interesting as show- 
ing the ability of some species of Carex for continuous mike 4 


throughout the season. 


Carex castanea Wahl. 


Thin but wet woods near Peterboro. House §324, June 29; 1921 & 
Plants several days past maturity. : 


REPORT OF. THE STATE BOTANIST FOR IQ21 37 


. Carex Deweyana Schw.. 


_- Wet woods near Peterboro. House 8323; June-29; 1921. 


Carex prasina Wahl. 


. Marshy places near Oneida. House 8378, July 4, 1921. 

BP vetgie vit) icCarex radiata (Wahl.) Small 

temp south of Morrisville. House 8712, September 17, 1921. 
peistunng late owing to ground having been disturbed in grading 
an adjacent roadway. . 


ot ee aeinedi ui verinae Walt., forma album (Ait.) comb. nov. 

Cypripedium album Ait. Hort. Kew., 3: 303. 1789. 

Castle swamp, Oneida. House. 

In central New York the showy lady’s-slipper occasionally occurs 

“with all parts of the flower pure white. Also in Bonaparte swamp, 
ae paunty. Aaa i. Ney. Siege Mus. ous 94, Ly 38. 1905) 


Bore ste A ecrona Willd, 


) Bos woods near Pecksport.. House 6927, May 26. This is not a 
tare plant throughout most sections of the State but has not been 
previously noticed in Madison county. 


| Linum sulcatum Riddell 


fn old fields on a dry sandy hillside near Oneida. House 7671, 
Be shex 18. Perhaps naturalized from farther west. 


Nepeta hederacea (L.) Trev., var. parviflora 
(Benth.) Druce . 


_ Glecoma heterophylla Opiz, Natural., : 61. 1824 

F, N. Glecoma var. parviflora Benth. in ‘ab. Gen. & Sp., 485. 1834 

1 G. intermedia Schrader; Benth. in DC. Prodr., 12: 391. 1848 — - - 
Y 
, 


" 
; 


P 
i 


i 


Corollas scarcely more than twice as long as the calyces, which 
are shorter than in the typical form of the species. Leaves also 
smaller and less pubescent, the stems glabrous or but minutely 
Be bescent. 

_ Edge of woodlands near Oneida. H. D. House, June 5, 1916. 
Native of Europe, and well established. Doubtless not rare but 
easily overlooked or taken for the common form of the species. 
In Glecoma this would be designated as Glecoma hederacea var. 


38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Equisetum praealtum Raf. 


Low woods near Oneida. House, May 15, 1918. Distributed as | 
E. laevigatum A. Br. q 


According to Dr J. H. Schaffner, true E. hyemale L. does 
not occur in the eastern United States, most of the specimens so- 
referred to in the past belonging to E. praealtum Raf. Few | 
species are so variable in size and habit as this one, the specimen | 
cited above being nearest typical of any seen from this State; 6 to | 
25 cm tall and stems 6 to 12 mm thick. | 


Monroe County 


Agropyron pseudorepens Scribn. & Smith 


Along railroad tracks near East Rochester. M. S$. Baxter 1002, 
August 5. Apparently adventive from the west. 


Leptoloma cognatum (Schultes) Chase 


Along railroad tracks near Despatch. D. M. White, August 22. 
Adventive from the west and now well established and rapidiy — 
spreading in waste and sandy soil in many sections of the State. 


Carex Bebbii Olney 


swamp, Genesee county (H ouse). 


Carex convoluta Mackenzie 

Palmer’s glen, Rochester. House, July 5, 1917. Other Cariced : 

collected on this date at Palmer’s glen are: { 

Carex cephalaphora Muhl. Carex blanda Dewey 

Carex communis Bailey Carex anceps Muhl. 
Carex laxiculmis Schw. 


Carex trisperma Dewey, var. Billingsii Knight 
Mendon bog. House, July 5, 1917. 


Carex normalis Mackenzie 
Churchville. House, July 4, 1917. 


Carex tetanica Schk. 
Near Mendon. House, July 2, 1917. 


Carex Sartwellii Dewey a 

Mendon ponds. M. S. Baxter 5488, June 19, 1921. A very rareé 
sedge which Mr Baxter has also rediscovered at the original station 
(Junius marsh). 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 192] 39 


| Scirpus lineatus Michx. 
Low ground near Pittsford. House, July 5, 1917. 


Paspalum pubescens Muhl., var. Muhlenbergii (Nash) comb. nov. 
 (P. Muhlenbergii Nash, in Britton, Man. 75, 1901) 
_ Bushnell’s Basin. Baxter, September 1910. Perinton, Baxter, 
September 15, 1910. Fisher’s, Ontario county, Baxter, September 
15, 1914. 

Although extreme forms appear quite distinct, the so-called P. 
Muhlenbergii merges freely into typical PD, pubescens. 
More or less distinct plants which can be referred to this variety are 

cited above. In southern New York intermediate forms are more 
frequent and difficult to place. 


_Chaetochloa viridis (L.) Scribn., var. Weinmanni (R. & S.) 
comb. nov. 


Setaria Weinmanni R. & S. Syst., 2: 490. 1817 
-§. viridis var. Weinmanni Brand, in Koch, Syn. ok 3, 2690. 1905 


A somewhat depressed or spreading plant with leaves mainly less 
than 5 mm wide, the slender spikes rarely exceeding 5 mm in 
_ thickness. 

Brighton. C. M. Booth, June 25, 1894 (state herbarium). 


| Froelichia gracilis Mogq. 
_ Along railroad tracks at Despatch. D. M. White, August 22. 
Adventive from the western states. 


Boehmeria Drummondiana Weddell 
(B. cylindrica var. scabra Porter) 
In woods near Mendon. M.S. Baxter roo8, August 8. 


Euphorbia dentata Michx. 

Along railroad tracks at Despatch, D. M. White, August 22. 
_Adventive from the western states. (Poinsettia dentata 
; Small.) 

; Helianthus subrhomboideus Rydberg 
. Along railroad tracks at Despatch. D. M. White, August 22. 
_ Adventive from the western states. 


: Ranunculus hispidus Muhl. 
4 On dry banks at Irondequoit bay. D. M. White 70, March 16, 
4 1917, Bushnells. M.S. Baxter 5414, May 8, 1921, 


4 
jl 


1 


40° '. .NEW YORK’ STATE MUSEEM 


Gaura coccinea pea 


Near Rochester. M. S. Baxter 1007, August 5. ee ‘collentied 
near Rochester by Mr Baxter in 1906 (N.Y. State- Mus. Bul. 116, — 
p. 24. 1907), and with an interval of 13. vests this, a appears 
to be well established in our flora. us 


Actaea alba (L.) Mill., forma rubrocarpa Killip, forma. nov. si 
Pittsford. E. P. Killip (state herbarium). 


Plant resembling A. alba, and like that species,, begs ts 
berries on thickened pedicels, which are reddish at maturity. The 
berries instead of being white as in the typical form of the species 
are dark red. 


_A similar plant was reported from Cattaraugus county by Kneis- 
kera.( horrey.. bay Na Waal 22 ul eae, 


Aster novae-angliae L., forma geneseensis, forma nova . 


Ray-flowers white. Near Rochester. Mrs H. G: Pierce, 1904. 
(Also reported in the Roch. Acad. Sci. Proc., 5: 20. 1910.) 


Viola sororia Willd., forma Beckwithae, forma nova 


Petals all white. Rochester. Florence Beckwith (state her- 
barium). Also reported from Staten Island, Dowell (Torr. Club 
Buyl./373\ 167...) TGLO). 


Lepidium perfoliatum L. 


Along railroad tracks at Pittsford. F. S. Boughton, Fay 10, 
1921. Communicated by M. S. Baxter as no. 5647. Native of 
Europe, and apparently not previously reported from New York. 


Thalictrum revolutum DC. 
East side of Irondequoit bay. M.S. Baxter 5609, May 22, 1921. 


Sporobolus asper (Michx.) Kunth 


Along railroad tracks, East Rochester. M. S. Baxter “530m 
September 15, 1921. 


Corispermum hyssopifolium L. 
Along railroad tracks, East Rochester. M. S. Baxter 5499, | 
September 15, 1921. 


Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl) R. & S. 

Mendon ponds. Warren Matthews, July 24, 1921. Communi- — 
cated by Mr Baxter as no. 5406. This constitutes the first authentic 7 
record which we have for this rare species in New York State, 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 AT. 


_ Parsonsia petiolata (L.) Rusby 
Mendon. Warren Matthews, July 29, 1921. 


_ A plant which prefers moist meadows and which is undoubtedly 
spreading northward in this State, as Clinton (19th Regents Report, 
204. 1866), reports it only from New York Island, and later (38th 
Rep’'t N. Y. State Museum 107. 1885) from Catskill. “Paine Cat. 
80. 1865) reports it from northern New York, on the authority 
of Stevenson & Kneiskern, a report apparently borrowed from 
Torrey’s flora (1843). This might be Washington county (where 
collected by Burnham, 46th Rep’t N. Y. State Mus. 43: 1893),..or 
an outlying station now unknown. Very common at pangertics; 
Ulster county, House 8720, October 8, 1921. 


Arctium minus Schk. 
A form with pure white flowers has been collected near Rochester 


_ by Florence Beckwith (Herb. Rochester Acad. Sci. & Proc., 5: 98. 


1917), and which may be designated as forma leucocephalum forma 
nova. 
| Sambucus canadensis L. 

The form of this species collected near Rochester by John Dunbar, 
with dark yellow fruit, and preserved in the herbarium of the 
Rochester Acad. of Sciences, may be designated as forma atro- 
flavula forma nova. (Proc. Roch. Acad. Sci., 5: 18. 1910). 
Likewise the form of Sambucus racemosa L. with yellow 
fruit, also collected near Rochester by Mr Dunbar may be desig- 
nated as forma xanthocarpa forma nova. 


Oneida County 


Carex leucorum Willd. 4 
Common in sandy fields north of New London. House 6099, 
June 4, 1919. Commonly regarded as a variety of C. pennsyl: 
vanicum Lam. 
Carex tonsa (Fernald) Bicknell 
Sandy fields north of New London. House 6100, June 4, 1gugl 


Carex rugosperma Mackenzie 
Dry fields near North Bay. Howse 6324, June 18, Ig109. 


Carex laevivaginata (Kukenth. ) Mackenzie 


Collected near Verona several years ago by Dr.C. H. Peck (state 
herbarium, as C. stipata var. crassicuta, in part). Also 
collected by Doctor Peck at Cedarville, Heviiner county (as var. 
subsecuta). Castle swamp, Madison county. House 58098, 


June 27, 1915. 


42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


. Carex Howei Mackenzie 
Deep swamps near Clayville. House, June 23, 1917. Also at 
Mud pond, near Zurich, Wayne county. House, July 2, 1917. . 


Carex angustior Mackenzie 
Near Taberg. House, June 22, 1917. 


Carex incomperta Bicknell 


Low woods near Sylvan Beach. House, June 17, 1918. Also 
collected at Hannibal, Oswego county, House 5597, June 27, 1914; 
Kasoag, Oswego county, House, June 21, 1918, and in Bergen 
swamp, Genesee county, G. W. Clinton (state herbarium). 


Carex rosaeoides E. C. Howe 
Sylvan Beach. House, June 8, 1914. 


Lycopodium clavatum L., var. megastachyon Fernald & Bissell 
(var. monostachyonN. Y. Reports, not Grev. & Hook.) 


New London. House, July 15, 1918. 


Ophioglossum vulgatum L., forma pusillum (Raf.) comb. noy. 


O. pusillum Raf. in Desv. Jour. Bot. II., 4: 273. 1814. Not Nutt. 1818 
O. Grayi Beck, Bot. 458. 1833 


Depressions in sterile, turfy, sandy soil near the site of the oid 
Fort Bull west of Rome. House, July 20, 1918. 

Typical plants are often not more than 5 or 6 cm in height, but 
fertile, the sterile blade frequently less than half an inch long and 


less than one-fourth of an inch wide. Purely a starved or depau- 
perate form and perhaps not worth any systematic recognition. 


Lycopodium complanatum L., var. flabelliforme Fernald, forma 
Wibbei (Haberer) comb. nov 
L. complanatum var. Wibbei Haberer, Rhodora, 6: 162. 1904 


Differing from the typical condition of the variety tlabelli- 
forme, by the peduncles having each a single strobile. Near 
Utica, Haberer. 


Echinochloa Crusgalli (L.) Beauv., var. Michauxii, nom. nov. 


Panicum muricatum Michx. FI. Bor. Am., 1: 47. 1803. Not Retz 

Echinochloa muricata Fernald, Rhodora, 17: 106. 1915 ' 

E. crusgalli var. muricata Farwell, Rep’t Mich. Acad. Sci. 21: 
350. I919 


Sylvan Beach. House, September 18, 1916. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 192i 43 


Common in low grounds, especially about Lake Ontario, Oneida 
lake and other localities in the Ontario lowlands and the St Law- 
rence basin, where it appears to represent an indigenous or native 
form of the European E. crusgalli. Has also been collected 
by Peck,along the Hudson river near Albany. 


Eleocharis reclinata Kunth, Enum, Pl. 2: 143. 1837. 


aprigeus intermedius Muhl. Gram. 31. 1817. Not Thuill. 1799, nor 
oir. I 

Eleocharis intermedia Schultes, san es 2: OI. 1824 

Scirpus reclinatus Beyr., in Kunth, 1. 


var. Habereri (Fernald) comb. nov. 
E. intermedia var. Habereri Fernald, Rhodora, 8: 130. 1906 
Common on the sandy shores of Oneida lake. 


Juncus inflexus L. (J. glaucus Ehrh.) 


Growing in dense round clumps, 1 to 3 feet broad, on springy 
hillsides along and adjacent to the Willanoa creek, near Waterville, 
town of Sangerfield. House, August 18, 1917. Determined by 
F. V. Coville. 


Native of Europe, where widely distributed. Not previously 
reported from America. It is perhaps introduced at the above 
locality, although if so, the introduction must have occurred many 
years ago, as the plants are numerous and thoroughly at home, 
occupying quite an extent of sloping boggy or springy soil which has 
apparently never been under cultivation, but has been used for 
pasturage at various times. 


Rosa rubifolia R. Br. 


Open swampy ground east of Oneida. House 6446, July 11, 1919. 


Apparently native, and distinguished from R. setigera Michx. 
by its pale, almost white, velvety under surfaces of the leaves. 


Oxalis Brittonae Small 
_ Dry fields in sandy soil, north of Taberg. House 6140, June 6, 


1919. 
Oxalis oneidica, sp. nov. 


Stems erect, but more or less decumbent at the base, 5-15 cm high, 
arising from short or occasionally elongated rootstocks; densely 
strigulose and quite slender ; foliage grayish with a very fine, closely 
appressed indument ; leaflets three, blades 8-12 mm wide, not appreci- 
ably ciliate; peduncles longer than the petioles, rarely overtopping 
the stem and its ‘branches, two-flowered ; flowers erect, the pedicels 
appressed-pubescent and refracted in fruit ; sepals oblong-lanceolate, 


44. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


acute, 2.5—3.5 mm long, half as broad; petals pale yellow, 8-10 mm 
long, obcordate or notched; filaments ‘glabrous; capsules columnar, 
12-15 mm long, rather abruptly pointed at the apex and densely 
appressed-pubescent. , 

In dry sterile rocky and sandy fields. Taberg, H. D. House 
6140, June 5, 1919 (type in the herbarium of the New York State 
Museum). Monroe county, E. K. Killip (herb. Rochester Acad. 
Sciences). 

Closely related to Xanthoxalis stricta, as described in 
the ‘North American Flora, but differs chiefly in its uniform dense 
erayiah indument of fine appressed hairs, which extends to all parts 
of the plant except the petals and filaments. 


Dentaria diphylla x maxima Haberer, hyb. nov. 

The rootstocks are slightly constricted but not distinctly articu- 
lated; leaves three-foliate, the cauline ones two-three in number 
and more or less remote, rarely subopposite, more sharply toothed 
than in D.diphylla, otherwise resembling D. maxima. 


Near Utica, Haberer (Type, in herb. N. Y. State Museum). 
Also collected near Oneida and Chittenango Falls, Madison county, 
House. 

Dentaria laciniata x maxima Haberer, hyb. nov. 


Growing with D. laciniata and D. maxima, and pre- 
senting all the appearance of being intermediate between the two 
species. Deerfield, Oneida county, Haberer (Type). Chittenango 
Falls, Madison county, House. 


These plants correspond with the description of D. incisi- 
folia Eames (Gray’s Man. Ed. 7, 434. 1908). The report of 
D.. heterophylla Nutt.,by Paine (Cat. Pl. Oneida Comte: 
1865) is probably based upon this hybrid, collected by Haberer at 
the locality cited by Paine. Typical D. heteroph y Pinel pai 
is unknown in central New York. 


Dentaria laciniata x diphylla, hyb. nov. 


Locally common in several localities in Oneida county and other 
central New York towns. D. laciniata blooms several days 
to two weeks earlier than D. diphylla where the two species 
grow together, but often the blossoming of the two species overlaps. 
The hybrid is intermediate in leaf and root characters, and more easily 
recognized than either of the two Dentaria hybrids above men- 
tioned. It appears to correspond to the description of D. ano- 
malt Eames (Rhodora, 5: 217. 1903) although authentic speci- 
mens of that have not been seen. The type of this hybrid may be 
May-22 a a UY coerce near Sane oe — D. House fe 

ay 22 i, ; ; r j i Pe i 


REPORT OF THE STATE. BOTANIST. FOR 1921 45 


oe estouym Gay bi var. ein lesb (Rydb.) comb. 
nab A ON ROWE | iu 
Gyrostachys ochroleuca Rydb., in Britton, Man. 300. 1901 
Ditfering from the ordinary form of the species by its greenish 
yellow or creamy white flowers and longer floral bracts. Inter- 
mediate forms, however, are not unusual. The typical forms of 
I. cernuum are confined to bogs or their borders, while the var. 
ochroleucum occurs more frequently in pastures and on grassy 
slopes. Both are common in Oneida county. 


Blepharoglottis Blephariglottis (Willd.) Rydb. var. in eae 
(Lindl.) comb. nov. 
Platanthera. halopetala Lindl. Gen. & Sp. Orch. 291. 1830-40 
A rare variety with narrower petals and the toothing of the lip 
obsolete, the lip less fringed or subentire. North pond near Boon- 
ville, Oneida county, from whence it was also reported many years 
ago by Fane. 


Poy eala polygama Walt., forma albiflora, forma nova 
Corollas white. Sand plains north of New London. House. 


Verbascum Lychnitis L. 

In sandy fields about the eastern end of Oneida lake, this European 
species has long been a familiar sight. Occasionally plants are seen 
with white instead of yellow corollas, and these representing: V . 
album Mill. (Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 3, 1768) may be designated 
as forma album (Miller) comb. nov. 


Verbascum Blattaria L. 

The Moth Mullein is one of the common naturalized plants in the 
sandy fields east of Oneida lake, and as elsewhere in the State 
individuals. are occasionally seen with white corollas. This was 
described by G. Don (Gen. Syst., 4: 497. . 1838) as var. albi- 
florum, but may more properly be recorded here as, forma 
albiflorum (G. Don) eS nov. 


Solidago eran ifolia (L.) Salisb., var. galetora (Greene) 
comb. nov. 
Euthamia galetorum Greene, Leaflets, 2: 151. 1011 


Stems. mostly simple, ‘with a narrow corymbose inflorescence of 
several’ or few heads; plant entirely glabrous ; fees sahining green 


46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


when fresh, with a suggestion of succulency (as described by 
Greene), 3-7 cm long, 5-9 mm wide, acute or acuminate, but without 
a distinctly attenuate apex, broadest near the base which is abruptly 
narrowed to an obtuse or rounded sessile base. 


In bogs and on boggy shores of lakes and ponds. Common on the 
north and south shores of Oneida lake, about lakes and ponds in the | 
Adriondacks, and locally elsewhere in the St Lawrence basin and 
the region west of the Adirondacks. 


Doellingeria umbellata ( Mill.) Nees, var. oneidica, var. nov. 


Leaves firmer in texture than in the typical species, scarcely paler 
beneath, only the branches of the small, compact inflorescence 
pubescent ; upper leaves conspicuously reduced and linear-lanceolate ; 
those directly beneath the inflorescence often but 1 to 3 cm long and 
strongly ascending; pappus white. 

Long lake, Oneida county, House. Type. 


Blephilia hirsuta (Pursh) Torrey forma albiflora, forma nova 
Corollas white. Taberg. C. H. Peck (state herbarium). 


Viola pedata L., var. lineariloba DC. forma alba (Thurber) 
comb. nov. 
Viola pedata var.alba Thurber, Torr. Club Bul., 1:20. 1870 
The type of this form is from Flushing, Long Island (Allen). 
It is also reported from Suffolk county, Coles (Torr. Club Bul., 


2: 23. 1871) and from the pine plains north of Rome, Oneida 


county, Paine (Torr. Club Bul., 1: 22. 1870), where it was again 
observed by the writer in 1920. Britton (Torr. Club Bul., 17: 23. 
1890) makes it a form of V. pedata, but all these white-flowered 
forms from New York appear to belong to the var. lineariloba 
DC. 


Panicum aculeatum Hitchc. & Chase 


Sandy thickets along the shore of Oneida lake, near Sylvan Beach. 
House 8140, June 20, 1921. 


Carex Frankii Kunth 


In a small marshy depression in a pasture along edge of woods, 
east of Oneida. H. D. House, Sept. 1, 1918. (Determined by © 
Mackenzie). Mistaken at the time for poor specimens of C. 
Baileyi Britton. The pasture is continuously occupied by cattle, 
and another search in the autumn of 1921 failed to reveal any addi- 
tional specimens. . mere 


ee Oe ee 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 47 


Origanum vulgare L. 

A form with white flowers occurs near Trenton Falls, C. H. Peck 
(state herbarium), and may be designated as forma albiflorum 
forma nova, although it may have already received a name in Euro- 
pean literature. Doctor Peck has also collected the same form at 
Phoenicia, Ulster county. 


Equisetum laevigatum A. Br. 
Sandy shores of Oneida lake, Sylvan Beach. House 5450, June 
5, 1914. 
This has been previously collected in this region and reported as 
E. hyemale intermedium A. A. Eaton, namely, sand 


_dunes at head of Oneida lake, Vienna (township). Haberer 1950; 


1950a and 1950c, June 22, 1904. Doctor Peck has also collected 
the same species in the sandy plains of Albany county at Karner. 

Another one of the collections by Haberer (no. 1950c) has one to 
six short branches at each of the upper nodes, sometimes these 
bearing small or reduced strobili. It may be designated with Doctor 
Haberer’s herbarium name which accompanies the specimen, 
namely, E. laevigatum forma proliferum Haberer, forma nova. 
CE. hyemale.intermedium,, forma prolifierum 
Haberer, in herb.) 


‘ Onondaga C ounty 


Botrychium Lunaria L. var. onondagense (Underw.) comb. nov. 
B. onondagense Underw. Torr. Club Bul., 30: 47. 1903 

Renewed examination of this fern, apparently confined to Onon- 
daga county, convinces the writer that it is merely a lax variety of 
B. Lunaria, with smaller, more distant and less lunate seg- 
ments to the sterile leaf-blade. I am also inclined to regard B. 
tenebrosum A. A. Eaton as an extreme departure of B. 
Lunaria. 


Cypripedum acaule Ait., forma albiflorum, forma nova 
_ Flowers pure white. Reported from several localities. Type from 
Baldwinsville, Onondaga county, Rev. W. H. Beauchamp (state 
herbarium). Cooperstown, J. A. Paine (Cat. 139. 1865). Staten 
Island, Heylyn (Torr. Club Bul., 22: 462. 1895). 


Limodorum tuberosum L., forma albiflorum (Britton) comb. nov. 
Calopogon tuberosus, forma albiflora Britton, Torr. Club Bul., 
17: 125. 1890 
Cicero swamp. Mrs M. O. Rust (Torr. Club Bul., 10: 67. 1883). 
Near Syracuse. Mrs M. C. Still (35th Rep’t N. Y. State Museum 
146. 1884). Bergen swamp, Genesee county, and other localities. 


48 '' > NEW YORK STATE ‘MUSEUM 


Aquilegia canadensis L., forma albiflora, forma nova 
_ All parts of the corollas pure white. Near Syracuse... Mrs L. L. 
H. Goodrich (state herbarium). t 


Geranium maculatum L., forma albiforum (Raf.) comb. nov. - 
G. maculatum var. albiflorum Raf. Med. Fl, 1: 217. 1828 


Corollas white. Syracuse, Mrs M. O. Rust (state herbarium) 
and reported in 35th Rep’t N. Y. State Museum 145. 1884. ._ 


Ontario Couniy . ; alae 
Lysimachia terrestris x thrysiflora Fernald & Vifiepanl ed 
(Rhodora, 12: 140. 1910) 
Canandaigua. Miss E. C. Webster, June 24, 19th 


This plant had been labelled by Doctor Peck as “Naumbergia 
thrysiflora with terminal spike,” but possesses also lower ax- 
illary spikes of flowers producing sterile capsules. The terminal 
spike has all the appearance of that of L. terrestris, but bears 
near its base two lateral undeveloped short-stalked spikes in the 
axils of small leaflike bracts. The plant has the unmistakable ap- 
pearance of being a hybrid between the two named species. 


Megalodontia Beckii (Torrey) Greene 
(Bidens Beckii Torrey) 
Honeoye lake. M.S. Baxter 5641, August 15, 1921. 


This remarkable species was first collected at Sander’s lake, Sche- 
nectady, by Dr L. C. Beck, in flower. Paine’s catalog (186s) adds 
the following localities : Canaderaga lake, outlet of Schuyler’s lake, 
Oneida county, Oswego Falls, Sodus bay, and outlet at Owasco lake. 
Mrs Goodrich (Pl. of Onondaga Co. 189. 1912) reports it from 
Tully. Doctor Wibbe (Torr. Club Bul., 10: 46. 1883) reports it 
from Paddy lake, Oswego ots ldap Doctor Allen collected it at 
Saratoga lake (Torr. (Club Bul., 21: 497. 1894), which collection 
is the basis for M. nudata Chedite (Pittonia, 4: 271. Igor), 
based upon characters of doubtful value, and apparently representing 
merely a “ habitat variant’ such as frequently occurs in Ranun- 
culus delphinifolius, and numerous other semiaquati¢ 
species. va 


Otsego County | 


Cypripedium arietinum R. Br., forma albiflorum, Rea nova 


All parts of the flower pure white. Summit lake, northern Otsego 
county. B.D. Gilbert (22d Rep’t N. Y. State Mus. 103. 1869). 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 49 


Oswego County 


‘Carex scoparia var. tessellata Fernald & Wiegand: _ 
(Rhodora, 12: 135. 1910) ‘ha 
Kasoag marsh. Dr C. H. Peck. This has been labelled by Peck 
Poe. scOpatia minor, Boott,”’. which, is,C. Crawitordit 
Fernald.. The plants are but 2 to 3 dm high, the 2 to 6 spikes 
crowded into a dense inflorescence, which makes the plant resemble 
C. Crawfordii. The scales, however, are brownish and 
narrower than the body of the perigynia. 


_Carex Howei Mackenzie 
Lily marsh, South New Haven. House S147, June 22, 1921. 


Carex incomperta x interior 
Open marsh near Colosse. House 8152, June 23, 1921. 


Panicum albemarlense Ashe 
_ Lily marsh, South New Haven, growing on the turfy surface of 
a peat bed. House 8448, June 22, 1921. New to this section of the 
State. HR : . 
Limodorum tuberosum L. 

The leaves of this orchid are usually 5 to 15 mm broad and vary 
exceedingly in length, those in more exposed situations usually 
being shorter. In Oswego county occurs a rather remarkable 
extreme in which the leaves are exceedingly narrow (2 to 4 mm 
broad), long and grasslike, exactly simulating those of the southern 
L. graminifolium (EIll.) Small. This form may be desig- 
nated as forma linariifolium, forma nova. 

Kasoag marsh, Oswego county, C. H. Peck (type). Lily 
marsh, South New Haven, Oswego county. H. D. House, July 1, 
LQ aig 

Rensselaer County 
Anchistea virginica (L.) Presl. 
(Woodwardia virginica Sm.) 


In a small bog near Brainerd. House 7173, July 7. 


Carex grisea. Wahl. Sotth 
Common in woods north of Rensselaer. House 6403, July 3, 
1919. Carex sparganioides Muhl.; and C. leptonervia Fernald, 
growing with it. 10 


50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Carex incomperta Bicknell 


Low woods near Averill Park. House 6340, June 23, 1919. 
Growing with this species were C. projecta Mackenzie; C. trisperma 
Dewey; C. brunnescens (Pers.) Poir. and Carex folliculata L. 


Aster Pringlei (Gray) Britton 
In open dry woods near Averill Park. House 7670, October 3. 


Viola pubescens Ait. 


The capsules in this species are usually woolly with a dense white 
indument. Only two specimens; Bald mountain, Rensselaer county, 
Peck, and Harrisville, Lewis county, Peck, have glabrous or nearly 
glabrous capsules, and may be designated as var. Peckii, var. nov. 
Capsules glabrous or nearly glabrous. The Bald mountain collection 
by Doctor Peck may be designated as the type. 

This variety is parallel to V. eriocarpa Schw,, var. leio- 
carpa Fernald (Rhodora, 23: 275. 1922), to which nearly all 
of the New York specimens of V. eriocarpa seem to belong. 


Galeorchis spectabilis (L.) Rybd., forma Gordinierii, forma nova 


All parts of the flowers pure white. Schaghticoke. H. C. Gor- 
dinier (state herbarium). Reported in the 4oth Rep’t N. Y. State 
Mus. 73. 1887. 


Rubus strigosus Michx., var. canadensis (Richards.) comb. nov. 


R. Idaeus var. canadensis Richards. Bot. App. Frankl. Jour. Ed. 2, 
747. 1823 

Batidaea subarctica Greene, Leaflets, 1: 242. 1906 

Rubus subarctica Rydb., N. Am. FI., 22: 448. 1913 

Rubus carolinianus Rydb.,, l. c. 447. 


Inflorescence with both glands and minute bristles; new canes 
with slender bristles and sometimes also stipitate glands; bark of 
the new canes cineroeus-tomentulose beneath the prickles which are 
all bristleform. 


Stephentown. Dr C. H. Peck. Also collected at North Elba, 
Essex county by Doctor Peck. 


Typical R. strigosus has the bark of the new canes glabrous 
or nearly so, usually glaucous beneath the bristles and in age becom- 
ing lustrous. I can see no advantage in retaining R. strigosus 
as a variety of the European R. I daeus, which has an inflores- 
cence without glands or minute bristles. The leading authority who 
merges strigosus into R. Idaeus as a variety, does not 
hesitate to regard the glandular character of the inflorescence as one 
of specific value in the blackberries. 


———— 
yee 2 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 ™., 51 


Calluna vulgaris (L.) Salisb. 
Three miles south of Grafton Center. Dr Rudolf Ruedemann, 


_ September 5, 1921. 


These plants were growing around the bases of dead or partially 
dead spruce trees (Picea picea) which had been imported sev- 
eral years ago from Schleswig-Holstein, Germany. The clumps of 
heather were not vigorous, but while persisting are not spreading and 
apparently the climate here is not suitable for this species. 

The European heather so well established in eastern Massachusetts 
and on Martha’s Vineyard island, has, unlike many other European 
introductions, failed to spread far beyond its original place of intro- 
duction. This Rensselaer county record recalls attempts to establish 
the species in the Adirondacks and on the sand plains between Rome 
and Oneida lake ( Paine, Cat. Pl. Oneida Co. 101. 1865), made many 
years ago, but which were apparently not successful; at least the 
plants have not since been seen in these localities, although it might 
be expected to persist on the sand plains of Rome. 


Rubus odoratus L., forma albiflorus forma nova 


Petals white. Pyrites, St Lawrence county, Mrs Orra Parker 
Phelps. 


Limodorum tuberosum L., forma latifolium (St John) comb. nov. 


Calopogon pulchellus forma latifolius St John, Proc. Bost. 
Soc. Nat. Hist., 36: 69. 1921 


Moreau, Saratoga county, E. C. Howe (state herbarium). » 

The leaves in this broad-leaved extreme are usually shorter than 
in the typical form and markedly broader, in the Moreau specimen 
18 mm broad and 12 cm long, thus forming little more than an 
approach to the form as described by Doctor St John. 


Hypericum majus (Gray) Britton 
Along railroad north of Valley Falls. House 8405, July 19, 1921. 
In the same moist ditch also grows in abundance H. mutilum, 
H. canadense and H. punctatum. The amount of 
variation in the size ard shape of the leaves of H. majus, sug- 
gests the possibility that it might be a hybrid between H. cana- 
demsevand H. punctatum. 


St Lawrence County 


Viola rostrata Pursh, forma Phelpsiae, forma nova 


_ Petals all white. St Lawrence county, Mrs Orra Parker Phelps. 
Occasionally seen in other localities. 


52 . (60. #ONEW YORK STATES MUSEUM (#iqe8 
} 


Saratoga County 


Dentaria maxima Nutt. - 
Near Wilton. Mrs Orra Parker Phelps, June to. 


Hieracium PilosellaL. 
Near Wilton. Mrs Orra Parker Phelps, May 10. 


Ranunculus Boraeanus Jordan . 
Near Wilton. Mrs Orra Parker Phelps, June. Also previously 
collected and reported (cf. Rhodora, 21: 208. 1919). 


Asplenium ebenoides R. R. Scott 
Limestone ledges near Wilton. Mrs Orra Parker Phelps. 


Iris Pseudacorus L. 
Edge of a pond near Round Lake. Charlotte Borgardus, July 8. 


Schuyler County 
Malva sylvestris L. 


There are but four specimens of this not uncommon European 
plant in the state herbarium, three of which belong to the variety 
mauretiana (L.) Boiss. In the Sheldon collection is a specimen — 
from Watkins, C. S. Sheldon, July 31, 1881, which represents the | 
typical form of M. sylvestris. . 


Steuben County 


Solidago squarrosa Muhl., forma ramosa (Peck) comb. nov. 

S.squarrosa ramose Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 139, p. 36. 1910 

A form of the species with the branches of the inflorescence form- — 
ing a large pyramidal panicle. Corning, Peck. 


Tompkins County 
Meibomia nudiflora (L.) Kuntze, forma Dudleyi, forma nova g 
Corolla white. Thacher’s pinnacle, West, Dandy, W.R. Dudley. j | 


Ulster County 
Pogonia trianthophora (Sw.) B.S. P. 
Low woods near Ashokan. Dr H. M. Denslow, September 1a 


Pogonia verticillata ( Willd.) Nutt. 
Swamps near Ashokan. Dr H. M. Denslow, June 1, 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 833 


Opuntia Opuntia (L.) Coulter 
On ledges of rock about 5 miles south of Saugerties. Howse 
8419, July 23, 1921. 


Viola palmata_ x sororia hyb. nov. 


_ Early leaves broadly ovate to reniform, entire or with some of 
the blades slightly lobed, ‘somewhat pubescent above, glabrous 
beneath and on the petioles ; later leaves softly and rather densely 
pubescent on the petioles and lower leaf surfaces, the blades less 
pubescent above, variously 3 to 7 lobed or nearly entire; flowers 
abundant but soon withering without developing fruit; “capsules 
all from cleistogamous flowers on phon, horizontal or deflexed and 
buried peduncles. 


Saugerties, Ulster county, C. H. Peck, May 10, 1904. _ Type. Also 
collected at Van Cortlandt Park, New York City. House. 


Aster violaris Burgess 
Rocky woodlands near Cragsmoor. House 8579, ade 2 20, 1921. 


. Aster Claytoni Burgess 
Woods near Napanoch. House 8566, August 21, 1921. — 


In these specimens the leaves are thin, and with the white rays 
and subumbelliform clusters of the heads of the inflorescence matches 

well the description and plate by Burgess. . It differs, ‘however, in 
that the branches of the inflorescence and the bracts are densely 
glandular-canescent, the outer shorter bracts conspicuously green, 
inner longer ones with green midveins and ‘green tips, all blunt 
or rounded and conspicuously webby-ciliated on the margins. The 
disk is pale or whitish, turning to slightly crimson with age. These 
characters do not accord well with the complete description of A. 
Claytoni, and the same lack of complete agreement of characters 
is to be. noted in regard to many other recently collected specimens 
of Biotian asters with the descriptions by Burgess. It leads to the 
conclusion that following the lines marked out by Burgess an indefi- 
nitely larger number of so-called species might be established with 
as little satisfaction from a systematic point of view as prevails in 
the treatment of New York Crataegus by Sargent. 


. Warren County. 
Lysias Hookeriana (A. Gray). Rydberg 
Constantine mountain, near Luzerne. Dr H. M. Denslow and 
Rev. H. me Smart, ee 22. 


_ Aster novi belgi i 


On abate are plese the Hudson river near. _N orth River. .-Houtse 
7506, September 14. eet 


34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Washington County 
Sagittaria graminea Michx. 

Pearl Point, Lake George, in about 2 feet of water. Dr Emmaline 
Moore, September 9. 

This is a common species in all the lakes and ponds of northern 
New York. This collection is interesting, however, because of the 
fine development of floating leaves. These leaves are on elongated 
filiform petioles, the blades lance-elliptic in shape with straight or 
slightly converging basal lobes which are one-third to one-fourth the 
length of the blades. The usual flattened phyllodia are also present. 
This is the only collection,in the state herbarium of this species 
showing these floating leaves. The writer has examined scores of 
colonies in various Adirondack lakes during the past two summers 
without seeing any of these floating leaves, and it is possible that 
they develop only late in the season. 


Subularia aquatica L. 
Shore of Lake George. Dr Emmaline Moore, August. 


Arctium Lappa L.. 
Roadsides near Cambridge. House 7659, September 17. 


Wayne County 


Geranium Robertianum L., forma albiflorum (G. Don) comb. nova 
G. Robertianum var. albiflorum G. Don, Gen. Syst. 1:721. 1834 
Corollas white. Sodus bay, Battershall (state herbarium). This 

color form was first reported in the New York State Museum 

Bulletin 2, p. 26. 1887. 


Long Island 


Polygonum pennsylvanicum var. nesophilum Fernald, Rhodora. 
19: 73- 1917 
A rather distinct humifuse plant of the borders of ponds and 
inlets of the coastal region. Collected at Amagansett, by Doctor 
Peck (state herbarium). 


Hibiscus Moscheutos L., forma Peckii, forma nova 


Petals pure white, otherwise like the typical species. Patchogue. 
Dr C. H. Peck (state herbarium). 


Limonium trichogonum Blake, forma albiflorum (Raf.) comb. nov. 
Statice caroliniana var. albiflora Raf. Med. Bot, 2:94 1830 
Corollas white. Occasional in the salt marshes along the south 

shore of Long Island. 


" 
, 


; 
4 
$ 
4 
’ 
‘ 
} 
iy 


eS 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1021 85 


Agalinis purpurea (L.) Pennell, forma albiflora (Britton) comb. 
nov. 
Gerardia purpurea var. albiflora Britton, Torr. Club Bul. 17: 


125. 1890 


Occasional in the salt marshes along the south side of Long Island. 


Lobelia syphilitica L., forma albiflora (Britton) comb. nov. 
Lobelia syphilitica var. albiflora Britton, ]. c. 
On Long Island, according to Doctor Britton. 


Cirsium discolor (Muhl.) Spreng. forma albiflorum (Britton) 
comb. nov. 
; Cnicus altissimus var. discolor, forma albiflorus Britton, 
Le. 124, 
Reported from Long Island and also from Staten Island. 


Polygala viridescens L., forma albiflora (Millsp.) comb. nov. 
P. sanguinea var. albiflora Millsp. Fl. W. Va. 333. 1802 
Corollas white. Rare and local. Hempstead, Long Island. House. 


Philotria occidentalis (Pursh) comb. nov. 


Serpicula verticillata angustifolia Muhl., Cat. 84. 1813 
S. occidentalis Pursh, FJ. Am. Sept. 33. 1814 
Apalanthe Schweinitzii Planch. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. HI., 11: 


76. 1849 
Udora verticillata ? minor Engelm, in Jahrb. Wiss. Bot., 1: 


465. 1885, as syn. 
P. minor Small, Fl. SE. U.S. 47. 1903 
Elodea minor Farwell, Rear Atich, Acad. Sci., 17: 181. 1916 
E. occidentalis St John, Rhodora, 22: 27. 1920 


In New York reported only from the southeastern section of the 
State. New York City, Torrey & Gilman; Hastings, Bicknell; 
Long Island. Miss E. G. Knight (as cited by Rydberg). 


Rhus copallina L., var. nesophila, var. nov. 


Similar to R.copallina in general appearance. Leaflets 
13 to 17 in number, thicker in texture, less pointed at the apex, 
being merely acute or abruptly acuminate, smooth, somewhat shining 
and nearly glabrous above or with a very minute and inconspicuous 
puberulence during. the early part of the season, margins chiefly 
entire, rarely with two or three low, almost obsolete teeth; wings of 
the rachis very conspicuous and broad. 

Moist thickets along the margins of salt marshes near Oceanside, 


Nassau county. House, ‘September 20, 1917 (type). 


56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | 


payee 


Viola pedata L., var. lineariloba DC., coune, rosea | 
(Satiders) comb. ‘nov. 
Viola pedata var. rosea Sanders, Rhodora, 13: 172.. I911 
This form with the rosy colored petals is rare. The only known 
locality for it in this State:is on the edge of the Hempstead plains, 
House. 


Washingtonia longistylis (Torrey) Britton 
var. villicaulis: (Fernald) comb. nov. 
Osmorrhiza longistylis var. villicaulis Fernald, Rhodora, 10: 


52. 1908 
Cold.Spring Harbor. Percy Wilson, June 13, 1915. 


Lathyrus palustris L., var. pilosus (Cham.) Ledeb. 
Wading River, Long Island. E. S. Miller (state herbarium). 
Similar to the var. lineariifolius Ser., but the stems, leaves, 
calyces and pods finely and densely pubescent. 


Honkenya peploides (LL) Ehrh. 
var, robusta (Fernald) comb. nov. 


Tea rte oie maritimum Raf. New FI, 1: 62. 1836, excel. syn. ee 
Holesteum succulentum Nutt. Gen, pean 1818. Not L. 
Arenaria peploides var: robusta Fernald, Rhodora, 11: 113. 


1909 

Fernald (1. c.) points out Be the vince form of this species 
occurs on the coastal sands of the boreal regions and in America 
only from Labrador and arctic Alaska. The common form along 
our coast was described by Rafinesque as A. maritimum. 
Fernald’s reason for not adopting this as a varietal name for our 
plant is that it is inappropriate as a varietal designation for a plant 
wholly maritime. . . / 

7 ~ Alopecurus aristulatus Michx. 

Fields near Orient. * Roy Latham; July 4. 


Baste pumilus Raf. 
~ In sand along: the: ocean Beseh Smith’s Point. Roy Latham. 


Aristida tuberculosa Nutt. : . 
ei Sandy woods, Laurel, town of Southold. Roy Latham, September. 


biess . Cantuneds nigra var.. a DC. 
Dry: ‘fields: near’-Cutchogue. - Ray.:Latham,:-August ‘15, 1919. Pa 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 ~~ 57 


. Cornus Amomum L, 
Border of swamp near Orient. Roy Latham, Sentember 2. 


Diodia teres Walt. 
Taye ctaced land near Orient. Roy Latham, August 29, 1915. 


Cyperus dentatus Torr. 
Near Riverhead. Roy Latham, August 4, 1918. 


Euphorbia Ipecacuanhae L. 
Sandy soil near Riverhead. Roy Latham, August 9, 1918. 


Draba caroliniana Walt. 
_ Sandy soil, West Long Beach, Orient. Roy Latham, May 2 


Onosmodium virginianum (L.) DC. 
In dry woods, Cutchogue, town of Southold. Roy Latham, 
September. 
i ' Neopieris mariana (L.) Britton 
In low woods, Cutchogue. Roy Latham, August 15. 


. Hudsonia ericoides L. 
Sandy pine woods, Bay View, town of Southold. Roy Latham, 
July. Mr Latham remarks that this is the only station known for 
this plant in the town of Southold. 


Minuartia caroliniana (Walt.) House 
(Arenaria caroliniana Walt.) 


Sandy soil. Amagansett. Roy Latham, June 28. 


Alsine canadensis (Pers.) House 


(Arenaria canadensis Pers.; Spergularis borealis Rob- 
inson) 


__. A species of the northern shores of eastern America, which appears 
to reach its southern limit of distribution on Shelter island, opposite 
f Greenport, where collected by Dr C. H. Peck, in 1871 (state 
_ herbarium). 

a Panicularia obtusa (Muhl.) Kuntze 

| _ Near Riverhead. _Roy Latham, August 9, 1918. 


4 Spartina juncea var. caespitosa (A. A. Eaton) Hitche. 


Along the borders of salt ne near Orient. Roy Latham, 
ge July 20. | eh 


58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Lactuca canadensis L., var. montana Britton 


(in Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl., 3: 274. 1898) 

L. integrifolia Bigel. Fl. Bost. Ed. 2, 287. 1824. Not Nutt. 

L. sagittifolia Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga, 2: 253. 1822; Gray’s Man, Ed. 
7, 867. 1908 

L. elongata var. integrifolia T. & G, Fl. N. Am.,, 2: 406. 1843 

L. canadensis. var. integrifolia Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 281. 1869 

Leaves thin, acuminate, pale beneath, tapering to a sessile sagit- 
tate-clasping base, the lower ones sparingly sinuate-toothed toward 
the base, the upper ones all entire; stem glabrous and glaucous, 
achenes black, oval, flattened, one-nerved on each face, finely pitted 
and transversely wrinkled, the beak about equal to the body of the 
achene in length; pappus white; flowers apparently yellow. 

This is doubtless the plant reported by Burnham and Latham 
(Torreya, 14: 252. 1914) as L. sagittifolia Ell., which is 
not uncommon in southern New York. The plants here described 
were collected by Roy Latham, at Cutchogue, town of Southold, and 
presented to the state herbarium. 


NOMENCLATORIAL NOTES REGARDING CERTAIN 
NEW YORK STATE PLANTS 


The purpose of the following notes is to present in a somewhat 
formal manner changes of names of certain plants, varieties and 
forms, which have been found necessary in order to secure uni- 
formity of nomenclature throughout the proposed list of New York 
State plants. 

An intensive study of the flora of the State which the writer has 
been engaged upon for several seasons, develops the necessity which 
always follows a careful study of local variations, of recognizing 
formally the existence of distinct varieties, many of which possess 
a distinct geographical range, others of which seem to be more 
dependent upon certain ecological conditions. The systematic posi- 
tion of “ forms” as they are now designated is less satisfactory, but 
it seems necessary in a list of this sort to record formally the most — 
marked members of this category. | 


Torresia Nashii (Bicknell) comb. nov. 
Savastana Nashii Bicknell, Torr. Club Bul., 25: 104. pl. 189. 1898 
In and along the edges of brackish marshes near New York City. © 


Eleocharis annua (Thuill.) comb. nov. 


Scirpus ovatus Roth, Catal. Bot, 1: 5. 1797. Not Gilib. 1792 
S. capitatus Schreb. Spicil. 60. 1771. Not L. 
S. compressus Moench, Meth. 349. 1794. Not Pers. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 59 


S. annuus Thuill. Fl. Par. Ed. 2, 22. 1709 
S: multicaulis C. C. Gmel FI. Vase 1: 96. 1806. Not Vahl 
Eléocharis ovata R. Br. Prodr., 1: 224. 1810 


A common annual species of Spike Ruch, found in most sections 


: of the State. 


Juncoides intermedium (Thuill.) Rydb. 
(Jl. multiflorum Druce) 


var. echinatum (Small) comb. nov. 
Juncoides echinatum Small, Torreya, 1: 74. 1 


gol 
Luzula multiflora var. echinata Fernald & Wiegand, Rhodora, 
15: 42. 1913 


A southern extreme of the common wood rush, extending north- 
ward, chiefly in the coastal plain across southern New York into 
New England. Inflorescence looser and rarely with more than one 
of the heads sessile, others more spreading and often widely diver- 
gent, some of the rays 5 cm long. _ 


Quercus rubra L. Sp. Pl. 996. 1753 


Q. rubra, B.L, Le. 

Q. rubra maxima Marsh. Arb, Am. ae 1785 

Q. rubra var. latifolia Lam. Encycl., 1: 721. 1785 

Q. borealis var. maxima Sarg. Rigs. 18: 48. 1916 

According to Sargent (Rhodora, 17: 39. 1915) the Linnaean 
type of QO. rubra is the tree more recently called Q. falcata 
or Q. digitata, and hence chiefly south of our borders. This 
is quite parallel to the confusion which Sargent has caused in the 
names of the balsam poplar, the chestnut oak, and other species. 

If Q. rubra rested absolutely upon the Gronovian and Plukenet 
citations, as Sargent seems to assume, the change though regrettable, 
might be excused. However, it happens that QO. rubra was 
briefly described by Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum, and the 


_ Gronovian and Plukenet citations merely appended; and in this case, 


as in numerous other Linnaean species of the species Plantarum, 


wrongly so. Nothing is to be gained by such a change and in most 
_ instances of this sort the alternative plant (Q. falcata, in this 


le he ee a 


case), has since received a valid name, and the well-known and long- 
used Linnaean name can be retained by merely excluding the wrongly 
appended citations. 

It is of little consequence that the specimen in the Linnaean 
herbarium under Q. rubra is not our northern species. The 
Linnaean herbarium is full of such examples if we may judge from 
the detailed reports by various authors upon the examinations made. 
Asa Gray was one of the first to take formal notice of this condition, 


and his treatment of such cases shows a wisdom which time has 


_ amply justified. 


In the case of Populus balsamifera, while the plates 


cited by Linnaeus are not of our northern species, the species in the 


. 


60 -. “NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


species Plantarum rests upon a brief description taken from the 

Hortus Cliffortianus, which is quite certainly our northern plant, — 
and to which the name P. balsamifera must apply unless we | 
wish to invite a confusion of nomenclature which will rénder 
ridiculous all proposed codes. q 

Professor Sargent should read and reflect upon the common sense © 
statement by Fernald in regard to the name Prunus vir- 
giniana L. (Rhodora, 18: 140-141. 1916). 

In its typical form the true red oak has very large acorns with 
very shallow cups, but not infrequently intergrading with the variety 
known as the gray oak, which has smaller acorns and deeper cups 
and which does not seem to have, in this State at least, any distinct 
geographical range separate from that of OQ. rubra. It has been 
regarded by some authorities as a distinct species, but is better placed 
as a variety: | 


var. borealis (Michx. f.) comb. nov. 


Q. ambigua Michx. f. Hist. Arb. Am., 2: 120. pl. 24. 1812. Not Humb. 
& Bonpl. 
Q. borealis Michx. f. N.. Am. Sylv., 1: 98. fl. 26. 1817 


Campe stricta (Andr.) Wight, var. taurica (DC.) comb. nov. 


Barbarea taurica DC, Syst., 2: 207. 1821 
B. arcuata Reichenb. Flora, Be 206. 1822 
B. vulgaris var. arcuata Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. 205. 1828 - 


A variety, or perhaps little more than a form of the typical species, 
with arcuate-ascending pods. Occasional throughout the State as a 
naturalized or adventive plant. ie 


Carex strictior Dewey 


A form of this species growing at Hidden lake in southern 
Herkimer county and elsewhere, with very short and stout 
pistillate spikes was described by Doctor Peck as Carex 
stricta van. curtissima (Howe, in 48th; Rept/Ne Ye 
State Mus. 150. 1895). The true C. stricta as distinguished 
by Mackenzie appears to be limited in this State to the coastal 
plain, where a similar form was also collected by Peck, but the | 
Hidden lake specimen is the type, and may be designated as — 
Carex strictior, forma curtissima (Peck) comb. nov. 4 

Carex strictior also passes into another extreme in which the — 
pistillate spikes are but 2.5 to 3 mm thick and 25 to 40 mm | 
long, and less compact, often staminate at the apex. This is — 
Carex angustata Boott, C. xerocarpa- Wright, 
or C. stricta var. angustata Bailey, but is doubtless 
better recorded as a form: Carex strictior, forma angustata a 
(Boott) comb. nov. | 


REPORT OF THE STATE’ BOTANIST FOR 1921 61 


Carex stricta) Lam.” 

phis ‘coastal . ipieial Serlge exhibits’ parallel forms to’ those 
of Carex strictior.’ Forma brevior, forma nova. Pistil-' 
late spikes stout, 5-15 mm long and 3.5-4.5 (rarely 5) mm thick, 
sometimes staminate at, the apex. Islip, Suffolk county, Peck 
(type). Forma pedicellaris, forma nova. Pistillate spikes very 
slender on short or sometimes somewhat elongated filiform 
stalks, 2.5-3 mm_ thick, I5-40 mm long, the peryginia less 
crowded and toward the base becoming widely separated. Islip, 
Suffolk county, Peck (type). 


- Vaccinium angustifolium Ait. ere Kew., 2: I1. 1789 


Leaves narrowly lanceolate, 7 to 20 mm long and 3 to 7 mm 
wide in the typical form, merging into the commoner, broader-. 
leaved and more glabrous form which may be designated as var. 
laevifolia, var. nov. (V. pennsylvanicum lLam., not 
Mill.) 

Another extreme of the species has the leaves and twigs more 
or less pubescent, the leaf-blades evidently lustrous, and is var. 
myrtilloides (Michx.) comb. nov. (V. myrtilloides 
Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 234. 1803; A. pennsylvanicum 
var. myrtilloides Fernald, Rhodora, 10: 148. 1908), and 
while chiefly more northern in distribution, has been collected 
by Peck at Islip, Long Island.. ae 


Asclepias pulchra Ehrh., forma albiflora; forma nova 
Flowers white. Clove lake, Staten Island, Hollick. Also 
reported in Torr. Club Bul., 6: 294. 1879, ater A. i n carna ta 


Taebreee oiled taht? (Raf. y comb. nov. 


L. latifolium Michx. Fl. Bor. Am., 17 131. 1803: Not Forsk. 175" 
Cyphorina latifolia Raf. Am. Mo. ~Mag., 4: ou 819° im 
Cyphorina lutea Raf. Cat. 13. 1824 

L. lutescens N. Coleman, Cat. Pl. Grand Rapids." 29. 1874 


In dry thickets, fields and woods. Infrequent in the western 
part of the State. : ue 

i _ Pontederia cordata L. 

Under Umsena (Med. Repos. II, 5: 352. 1808) and 
Unisema (Med. Bot., 2: 107. 1830), Rafinesque describes 
several so-called: species, all referable to forms of the Linnaean 
species. Of these forms occurring in New York, his U. me dia 
represents our common form, while his U. Purshiana is 
the very narrow-leaved form (P. angustifolia Pursh). 


62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 
Forma angustifolia (Pursh) comb. nov. 
In this form the leaves vary from 4 to 8 inches in length, and 


one-half of an inch to 2 inches broad at the hastate base. Stis- 
sing pond, Dutchess county, Peck. 


Forma latifolia (Raf.) comb. nov. 

(Unisema latifolia Raf.) 29 

Leaves 5 to 7 inches long, occasionally longer, and 4 to 5 inches 
broad at the shallowly cordate-hastate base. Mud lake, North 
Hannibal, Oswego county, C. S. Sheldon, August 25, 1879. 

Other and less-marked forms might be recognized with 
respect to the base of the leaf-blades which in some colonies are 
more cordate and in other colonies more hastate. The form of 
the typical species, forma albiflora (Raf.) comb. nov. 
(Unisema media var. albiflora Raf.) with white 
flowers, has not, to my knowledge, been reported from New 
York. 


Agalinis tenuifolia (Vahl) Raf., forma albiflora (Britton) 
comb. nov. 
(Gerardia tenuifolia var. albiflora Britton) 


Occurs rarely with the typical species. 


Solidago caesia L. 


Gray (T. & G. Fl. N. Am., 2: 199. 1841), states that no 
specimen of S. caesia exists in the Linnaean herbarium, and 
that the species must rest upon “Virga aurea mari- 
landic caésia glabra” Dill Elth, ¢ 307 f.. 3950); 
is the so-called var. paniculata. 

The common northern form with mainly simple stems, the 
thin leaves much exceeding the very small axillary flower clus- 
ters, appears to be more properly designated as a form than 
as a variety; forma axillaris (Pursh) comb. nov. (S. axillaris 
Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 542. 1814; S. caesia var. axillaris 
A. Gray). 


Senecio pauperculus Michx. var. praelongus (Greenman) comb. 
nov. 
S. Balsamitae var. praelongus Greenman, Rhodora, 3: 6. 1901 
Reported from northern New York in the seventh edition of 
Gray’s Manual (1908), but is not represented from this State 
in the state herbarium. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1021 63 


OSTEOSPERMUM L. Sp. Pl. 923. 1753 


O. Uvedalia L. is quite obviously the type of Osteo- 
spermum L., both in the treatment by Linnaeus and by 
Miller (Gard. Dict. 4th Abr. Ed. 1754). The Old World species 
heretofore left in Osteospermum_ should be placed in 
Monilifera Adans. (1763), or in Gibraria Cass. (1817). 

Rather: recently Small and Carter (FI. Lancaster, Co. Pa. 302. 
1913) have revived the generic name Polymniastrum 
Lam. for O. Uvedalia L., although it is antedated by 
Alymnia Necker. Polymnia L. as a genus can be 
retained only if P. canadensis is regarded as generically 
distinct from O. Uvedalia, as is done by Small and 
Carter. The writer prefers to retain them both under 
Osteospermum. © 


Osteospermum canadense (L.) comb. nev, 
Polymnia canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 926. 1753 


CRATAEGUS L. 


The following changes in the names of certain thorns have 
been submitted by W. W. Eggleston, who has prepared a com- 
plete account of the New York State species, for the proposed 
list of New York State plants. 


- 


Crataegus Crus galli x succulenta Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 
To this hybrid name should be referred C. persimilis 
Sarg, C. helderbergensis Sarg, C. robusta Sarg, 
and C. cerasina Sarg. 
It is known from Buffalo, Niagara Falls, Rochester, Hemlock 
lake, and at Thompson’s lake, Albany county. 


Crataegus punctata x succulenta Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 
C. menandiamna Sarg. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 105, p. 69. 1906 
Collected at Menands, Albany county, Peck. 


Crataegus straminea Beadle, var. Bissellii (Sarg.) Eggl., 
comb. nov. 


C. Bissellii Sarg., Rhodora, 5: 65. 1 
C. apposita Sarg., var. Bissellii Sek Rhodore: 10: 76. 1908 


Known from North Greenbush, Staatsburg, Ithaca, Coleman’s 
Station and Moore’s Mills, near New York City and at Rochester. 


-64 -» | «=: NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM. -. ; 


{ Crataegus chrysocarpa. Ashe . 
(C. rotundifolia, (Ehrh.) Moench, not Lamarck) 


var. Faxoni (Sarg.) Feel. comb. nov. 


i C. Faxoni Sarg. Rhodora, 5: I61. 1903 
C. rotundifolia var. Faxoni Eggl. heat 10: 79. 1908 


‘Known from Orient Point, Albany, Crown Point, North Green- 
bush, Pawling, Fort Ann, North Elba, Lake Placid, CO eae 
Buffalo and Ogdensburg. 


Crataegus chrysocarpa x macrosperma Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 
C. maligna Sarg. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 167, p. 111. 1913 
Collected, neat Ogdensburg, John Dunbar. 


Crataegus chrysocarpa x punctata Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 
C. neo-Baxteri Sarg., }. c., 122: 74. 1908 
Collected at Tuscarora, M. S. Baxter. 


Crataegus macrosperma x pruinosa Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 


C. implicata Sarg, l. c., 122: 49: 1908 
C. dissociabilis Sarg., 1. c. 95 


Buffalo, Peck. Coopers: Plains, oibha di 


Crataegus macrosperma x orate Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 
C. Harryi Sarg,, |. c., 122: 124. 1908 
Pari uae Ontario county ; Canadice lake, and Honeoye lake. 


Sater pruinosa x straminea Heels hyb. nom. nov. 
C. brevipes Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 139, p. 20. 1910 
Corning, Peck. 


Crataegus pruinosa x punctata Egel., hyb. nom. nov. 
C. hudsonica Sarg. Man. 457. f. 373. 1905” 
Albany. and Greenbush, Peck?’ 


a 


‘Gratacane coccinea Bi. 
(Crataegus pedicillata Sarg.) ek ela 


var. Ellwangeriana (Sarg. ) Eggl., comb. nov. 


C. Ellwangeriana Sarg. Bot. Gaz., 33: 118. 1902 
ee pedicillata var. Ellwangeriana Egel., He 10: Bo, 1908 


Widely: distributed~across the» State: 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92I1 65 


Crataegus coccinea x macrosperma Eggl., hyb. nom. nov. 


C. Hadleyana Sarg., N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 167, p. 93. 191 
C. Maribella Sarg.,, l. c. ‘ 


Herkimer and Little Falls, Haberer. 


Crataegus coccinea x pruinosa Egegl., hyb. nom. nov. 


C.pallescens Sarg., 1. c. 81 
C. seclusa Sarg., 1. c. 89 
Geeetiiolia Sare., |. c: 83 


Ogdensburg, John Dunbar; Richmond on Hemlock lake, Liv- 
ingston county, Brown. 


Crataegus Brainerdii var. Egglestoni x succulenta Eggl., hyb. 
. nom. nov. 
C. Peckietta Sarg., Rhodora, 7: 174. 1905 
Piseco, Hamilton county, Peck; Lake Pleasant, Peck; Keene, 
Essex county and Horicon, Warren county, Peck. 


Crataegus succulenta Schrader 


C. Petandul esa var. macrantha Lindl, C. macrantha var. 
minor Lodd. C. Halliana Sarg, C. sonnenbergensis Sarg, C. 
macrantha var. succulenta Eggl. Rhodora, 10: 82. 1908 


var. macrantha (Lodd.) Eggl., comb. nov. 


C. macrantha Lodd. in Loud. Arb. Brit., 2: 819. 1838 
C. macracantha Koehne, Deutsche Dendr. 236. 1893 © 
‘C. ferentaria Sarg, C. Beckiana Sarg., C. microsperma Sarg., 


and C. ogdensburgensis Sarg. 


var. rhombifolia (Sarg.) Eggl., comb. nov. 


C. rhombifolia Sarg.,. Rhodora, 5: 183. 1903 
C. macrantha var. rhombifolia Eggl., Rhodora, 10: 82. 1908. 


Crataegus Calpodendron (Ehrh.) Medic. Geschichte Bot. 83. 


1793 


Mespilus Calpodendron Ehrh. Beitr., 2: 67. 1788 

C. Crusgalli Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8, No. 5, 1768, Not L. 
C.tomentosa DuRoi, Harbk. Baumz. Ed. I, 183. 1771. Not L. 

C. Chapmani Ashe, Bot. Gaz., 28: 270. 1809 

C. Chapmanii var. “Plukenetii Egegl., Rhodora, 10: 83. 1908 


Crataegus Calpodendron x punctata Egegl., hyb. nom. nov. 
C. celsa Sarg., N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 122, p. 31. 1908 
Niagara Falls, John Dunbar. 


66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


RUYSCHIANA Miller, Gard. Dict. 4th Abr. Ed., 1754. 


Moldavica (Tourn.) L. (1735); Adans. Fam. Pl., 2: 190. 1763 
Zornia Moench, Meth. 410, 1794, in part. Not Zornia J. F. Gmel. 
Dracocephalum Benth. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 490. 1832-36. Not L. 


Doctor Britton takes up Adanson’s name for this group of 
the mint family, which is distinguished from the true Draco-~ 
cephalum of Linnaeus (Physostegia Benth.) by the 
posterior (upper) pair of stamens being longer than the anterior 
ones, while in Dracocephalum the posterior pair of 
stamens is shorter than the anterior pair. In Ruyschiana 
the calyx is two-lipped, while in Dracocephalum the 
calyx is nearly or quite equally five-toothed or five-lobed, a com- 
bination of characters which in this family is of considerable 
importance and which places Ruyschiana (Moldavica) 
in a separate subdivision of the family. 

Ruyschiana_ contains about thirty species, mostly 
natives of Europe and western Asia, with a single species in 
North America. The species fall naturally into five sections. 
The type of Moldavica Adans. is Dracocephalum 
Moldavica L., while the type of Ruyschiana is 
Dracocephalum Ruyschiana L., which belongs to a 
section which differs from the other four sections of the genus 
mainly in having the anthers villous. 

Dracocephalum virginianum L. is quite clearly 
the type of the genus Dracocephalum, not only in the 
treatment by Linnaeus, but in pre-Linnaean literature. 


Ruyschiana parviflora (Nutt.) comb. nov. 


Dracocephalum pariflorum Nutt. Gen. 2: 35. 1818 

? D. nervosum Raf. Fl. Ludov. 43. 1817 

Moldavica parviflora Britton, in Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl. Ed. 
2.°3° 11d. 1913 


This is the only member of the section Cryptodracon (Benth.) 
comb. nov. (Dracoce phalum, Sect. Cryptodracon 
Benth.) 


The principal Eurasian species are as follows: 


Sect. 1. Keimodracon (Benth.) 


Ruyschiana pinnata (L.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum pinnatum L. Sp. Pl. 504. 1753. 
Ruyschiana discolor (Bunge) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum discolor Bunge; Verz. Suppl. Fl. Alt. 51. 1836 
D. origanoides Ledeb. FI. Alt., 2: 383. 1830. Not Steph. 
Ruyschiana palmata (Steph.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum palmtaum Steph.; Willd. Sp. Pl., 3: "151. 1800 


a 


* REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 67 


Ruyschiana botryoides (Stev.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum botryoides Stev. Hem. Soc. Nat. Cur. Mosc., 


S200!) TSt2 


Ruyschiana origanoides (Steph.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum origanoides Steph. Willd. Sp. Pl, 3: 151. 


1800 


Sect. 2. Calodracon (Benth.) 
Ruyschiana grandiflora (L.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum grandiflorum L. Sp. Pl. 595... 1753 
Makiavense Laxm) Nov.'Comm, Petrop.) 15: 550.) t 20. f. 5: 1770 
Ruyschiana imberbis (Bunge) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum imberbe Bunge, Verz. Suppl. Fl. Alt. 50. 1836 
D. grandiflorum: Willd.; Ledeb. Fl. Ross., 3: 385. 1846-51. Not L. 
Ruyschiana Wallichii, nom. nov. 
Dracocephalum speciosum Benth. in Wall. Pl. Rar. Asiat., 2: 


65. 1831. Not Sweet. 


Ruyschiana fragilis (Turcz.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum fragile Turcz. in Benth. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 4o5. 


1832-36 


Sect. 3. Cryptodracon (Benth.) 

Sect. 4. Moldavica (Tourn.) 

Ruyschiana Moldavica (L) comb. nov. 
Deacocephalun: Moldavica L. Sp. Pl sos’. 1753 
Moldavica punctata Moench, Meth. 410. 1704 
Motdavica suaveolens Gilib. Bl. Lituan, 1: 79: 1781 
D. fragrans Salisb. Prodr. 87. 1706 
M. Moldavica Britton, 1. c. 115. 

Ruyschiana heterophylla (Benth.) comb. nov. 

Dracocephalum heterophyllum Benth. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 738. 


1832-36 


D. acanthoides Edgew.; Benth. in DC. Prodr., 12: gor. 1848 
Ruyschiana peregrina (L.) comb. nov. . 

Daacoce pual wmiipedmes ni mut.) (Sp Pl i Bd:.2' 820) 4 1762 

Ruyschiana verticillata Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 2, 1768 
Ruyschiana thymifolia (L.) comb. nov. 

Danco cep iatam thy miho litnm Li Sp..Pliso6. i753 

Zornia parviflora Moench, Meth. 41r. 1704 
Ruyschiana nutans (L.) comb. nov. 

Dracocephalum nutans L. Sp. Pl. 596. 1753 

Zornia nutans Moench, |. c. 
Ruyschiana fruticulosa (Steph. Comb. nov.) 

Dracocephalum fruticulosum Steph.; Willd. Sp. Pl, 3: 152. 


1800 


Ruyschiana integrifolia (Bunge) comb. nov. } 
Dracocephalum integrifolium Bunge; in Ledeb, Fl. Alt, 2: 


387. 1830 


Sect. 5. Euruyschiana 
(Dracocephalum, Sect. Ruyschiana Benth.) 
Ruyschiana Ruyschiana (L.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum Ruyschiana L. Sp. Pl. 505. 1753 
Mum saidtan ss pica tay Miller,’ 1) és No 2: 
Moldavica punctata Moench, Meth. 410. 1794 
Zornia linearifolia Moench, 1. c. Suppl. 139. 1802 
D. angustifolium Gilib. Fl. Lituan.,, 1: 78. 1781 
Ruyschiana austriaca (L.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephialum austriacum +L.,Sp) Pl. Ed).2)820..1762 
Ruyschiana laciniata Miller, Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 3. 1768 
Zornia partita Moench: Steud. Nom. 285. 1821 
Ruyschiana argunensis (Fisch.) comb. nov. 
Dracocephalum argunense Fisch.; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol., 


2: 118. 1822 


3 


68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


VIREA Adans. Fam. Pl., 2: 112. 1763. 


The type of Leontodon L., is L.. Taraxacum, tmeseam 
mon dandelion, and this is thé treatment of the name by Britton 
(in Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl... Ed. 2, 3: 315) tgng) seat 
numerous other species commonly referred to Leontodon by 
European writers do not form a wholly homogenous generic 
group, which is doubtless responsible in large part for the 
numerous generic names proposed for various species or groups 
of species more recently comprised in Leontodon., E 

Apargia Scop. seems to be the generally accepted name 
where Leontodon Taraxacum is excluded as being 
typical of Leontodon, although several other names such 
as Scorzoneroides Moench, Colobium Roth, Opo- 
rinia D. Don, and Thrinica Roth have been at various 
times commonly used. 

The type of Virea Adans. is Leontodonm a2 atti 
ale L., and is therefore the earliest generic name for this group 
of species, none of them native to America, but several of which 
are well-known naturalized or adventive plants. 

The generic synonyms of Virea Adans. are as follows: 

Leontodon L. (in part) 1753: Gray’s Man. Ed. 7, 863. 1908 

Apat eta Scop, Pit (Carn. vbd 2 io widen 72 

Antodon Neck. Elem., 1: 58. 1790 

Plancia Neck., 1. c. 49 

Scorzoneroides Moench, Meth. 549. 1794 

Colobium Roth, in Roem. Arch., 1: 36. 1796 

Thrinica Roth, |. c. (Thrica S. F. Gray, 1821) 

Oporinia D. Don, Edinb. New Phil. Jour. 309. 1828-29 

Thrixia Dulac. Fl. Hautes-Pyr., 495. 1867 

Hedypnois European Authors, Not Scop. 1772, as to type which is 
Leontodon Taraxacum L. 

In addition to these, the generic names Asterothrix 
Cass. Deloderium Cass, Fidelia Sch-Bip, ea aoe 
fussia Sch.-Bip., Streckera  Sch.-Bip.) and) Mahim 
Cass., are referable to Virea Adans. 

S. F. Gray divided the species between Thrica (Thrinica) 
Roth, and Virea Adans., and this general segregation under 
varying generic names is common to most of the earlier Euro- 
pean floras, but which if maintained, necessitates the recognition 
of several other genera, which are more logically regarded as 
sections of a single genus, the earliest name of which is Virea 
Adans. i 


The species in our flora are as follows: 


£3G)) 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 69 


Virea autumnalis (L.) S. F. Gray (Leontodon autumn- 
ale L., Apargia autumnalis Hoffm.) 


Virea autumnalis var. en (Link) comb. nov. 


Apargia pratensis Link, Handb., 1: 791. 1829. Leontodon pra- 
tensis Reichenb., L. autumnalis ae ‘pratensis Koch. 


Virea hispida (L.) S. F. Gray 


(Leontodon hispidum L, Apargia hispida Hoffm, Hed- 
ypnois hispida Huds, Apargia communis Spenn, Leonto- 
don hastile var. vulgaris Koch). 


Virea hispida, var. hastilis (L.) comb. nov. 


Leontodon hastile L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1123. 1763. Apargia hispida 
Willd., not Hoffm.; Apargia danubialis Scop., A. caucasia Bieb., 
A. heterophylla Moench. 


Virea nudicaulis (L.) comb. nov. 


Crepis nudicaulis L. Sp. Pl. 805. 1753 

MPeonrodon birtum LL. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2; 1123. 1763 

Apargia nudicaulis Britton, l. c. 310 

Colobium hirtum Roth; Leontodon nudicaule Banks; 
Apargia hirta Scop.; and Thrinica hirta Roth. 


Several additional species occur throughout southern Europe, 
northern Africa, western Asia and in central and eastern Europe. 


Sambucus racemosus L. 


A very rare form of the red-berried elder, with white fruit, is 
described in Torrey & Gray (Fl. N. Am., 2: 13. 1843) as having 
been collected in the Catskill mountains by J. Hogg. This form 
should be recognized as Sambucus racemosus forma leucocarpa 
(uw G,)combinoy, (S. pubens @: leucocarpa/¥..&,G, 


Lacinaria spicata (L.) Kuntze 

The white-flowered form described by Doctor Britton, as 
iMiaenis spicata i. albiflora (Torr. Club Bul., 17: ,124. 
1890) should be designated as Lacinaria spicata forma albiflora 
(Britton) comb. nov. 


Hypopitys lanuginosa (Michx.) Nutt. 
var. rosea (Torrey) comb. nov. 


Monotropa lanuginosSa var. rosea Torrey, Fl. N. Y. 1: 457. 1843 
Hypopitys insignata Bicknell, Torr. Club Bul., 41: 413. 1914 


The characters mentioned by Bicknell which serve to distinguish 
this from H. lanuginosa are too insignificant for a clear 
specific recognition. Although lower and more compact in statue 


70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


its flowering period is not always later, the writer having collected 
what is apparently this variety, at least the plants were bright rosy 
red in color, at Merrick, Long Island, on July 28, 1916 (state 
herbarium). 

Silene anglica L. 


This name has priority over S. gallica L., by which name 
the species has been most commonly known. The rather rare 
variety with more showy petals which are subentire, deep crimson 
with a white or pink border (S. quinquevulnera L. Sp. Pl. 
417. 1753), should be known as Silene anglica var. quinque- — 
vulnera (L.) comb. nov. (S. gallica var. quinquevul- 
nera Koch). This variety is occasionally seen in gardens and 
rarely escapes to waste places. 


Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. 
var. Helleri (Britton) comb. nov. 


Gnaphalium Helleri Britton, Torr. Club Bul., 20: 280. 1893 
G. polycephalum var. Helleri Fernald, Rhodora, 10: 94. 1908 


Infrequent or rare from central New York westward and south- . 
ward does not appear to be always clearly distinguishable from the 
common G. obtusifoliumL. 


Helianthus decapatalus L. 


The plants collected at Woodlawn, New York City, and described 
by Britton as H. scrophulariaefolius (Manual 995. 
1901) and later considered by Doctor Britton as possibly but a form 
of H. decapetalus (Illus. Fl. ed. 2, 1913), may fom@ime 
present be considered as a variety of that species: Helianthus decap- 
etalus, var. scrophulariaefolius (Britton) comb. nov. The distinct 
laciniate-serrate character of the leaves serves as its chief distin- 
guishing feature. 


NEW OR NOTEWORTHY SPECIES OF FUNGI, iT 
BY 
JOHN DEARNESS and HOMER D. HOUSE 


Alternaria Solani (E. & M.) Jones & Grout 
Munnsville, Madison county, on Amaranthus retro- 
flexus L. H. D. House, October 13. The host plants were 
growing with Solanum tuberosum L., similarly affected 
with the “early blight.” 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 Fal 


Botryosphaeria fuliginosa (M. & N.) E. & E. 

Albany, on dead limbs of Ulmus americana L. H. D. 
House, November 15,1919. This is sometimes identified as Botr y - 
Geponactia OQuercuum (Schw.) Sacc. (Syll., 1: 456. 1882). 
The range of hosts, as represented in the state herbarium, includes 
Pmacwimonm to Ulmus; Ouercus, Fraxinus, juglans, 
peaswiras, Acer, Ceanothus and Rub t's. 


Camarosporium metabliticum Traill. 

On dead leaves and culms of Ammophilaarenaria (L.) 
Link. Round pond, Monroe county. H. D. House, July 3, 1917. 
Also collected by Doctor Jelliffe, in May 1893, on the same host at 
Rockaway Beach, N. Y. (Shear, N. Y. Fungi No. 379), and a 
collection from the same locality by Doctor Jelliffe (April 1893), 
was described by Ellis and Everhart as C. grammicolum 
(Acad. Sci. Phila. Feb. 1893, p. 161). 


Cercospora caricis Dearness & House 
On living and languishing leaves of Carex arctata Boott. 
Inlet, Hamilton county, H. D. House, August 14, 1919. 


Cercospora galii Ellis & Holway 
On living leaves of Galium asprellum Michx. Fourth 
lake, Herkimer county, H. D. House, August 11, 1910. 


Cercospora cerasella Sacc. 
On living leaves of Prunus serotina Ehrh. Karner, 
Albany county, H. D. House, October 2, 1919. 


Cercospora menispermi Ellis & Holway 
On living leaves of Menispermum canadadnse L. 
South bay, Madison county, H. D. House, September 16, 1919. 


Cercospora tabacina Ellis & Everhart 
Oi divine leaves of Rudbeckia laciniata lL. Oneida, 
Madison county, H. D. House, September 19, 1919. 


Cladosporium gleosporioides Atkinson 
On living leaves of Triadenum virginicum (L.) Raf. 
(Hypericum virginicum L.). Fourth lake, Herkimer 
county, H. D. House, August 9, 1919; Albany, August 22, 1919. 


Cercospora kalmiae Ellis & Everhart 
On living and languishing leaves of Kalmia latifolia L. 
Napanoch, Ulster county, H. D. House, October 6, 1919. 


4 


72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Cercospora lespedezae Ellis & Dearness 


£0 ae 


On living leaves of Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hornem. — 
Karner, Albany county, H. D. House, August 21, 1919. 


q 
Cercospora sagittariae Ellis & Kellerman 
On living and languishing leaves of Sagittaria latifolia | 
Willd. Oneida, Madison county, H. D. House, August 26, 1918. 


Cladesporium aphidis Thumen 

On leaves of Helianthus annuus L. Karner, Albany 
county, H. D. House, September 9, 1919. The leaves were heavily 
infested with aphids (A phis helianthi Monell), which doubt- 
less serves as the host of the Cladosporium. All the leaves 
contained in addition a Septoria which matches Septoria heli- 
anthi E, & K. (in herb. Dearness), but which does not fully 
agree with the published description. Puccinia helianthi - 
mollis Schw. was also frequent upon the same leaves. 


Cylindrosporium toxicodendri (Curtis) Ellis & Everhart 


On living and languishing leaves of Rhus Toxicodendrum 
L. Albany, H. D. House, August 21, 1919. See Mycologia, 8: 105. 


Cylindrosporium clenatidis Ellis & Everhart 


On languishing leaves of Clematis virginiana L. 
Panther lake, Oswego county, H. D. House, October 14. 


Diatrype albopruniosa (Schw.) Cooke 
On dead branches of Quercus ilicifolia Wang. Albany, — 
H. D. House, November 23, 1919. This fungus is frequent upon oak 
and other hosts, and this record is interesting only as a record for | 
it upon one of the oaks of limited distribution in New York. 


Diatrype stigma (Hoffm.) Fr. 

On dead decorticated branches of Opulaster opulifolius | 
(L.) Kuntze. Albany, H. D. House, November 15, 1919. This 
form, with the strongly cleft ostiola, was originally designated by © 
Ellis as D. dearnessei, but later he found variations between — 
it and D. stigma so numerous and gradual, that the distinction | 
could not be maintained. 


Diatrypella Frostii Peck 4 

On dead branches of Acer saccharum Marsh. Oriskany 4 
Falls, Oneida county, H. D. House, May 26. The same limbs yielded | 
Massaria inquinans (Tode) Fr., and Diatry pe | 
stigma (Hoffm.) Fr. ; 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 73 


Diatrypella missouriensis Ellis & Everhart 
On dead twigs of Corylus americana L. Karner, Albany, 


. county, H. D. House, October 15, 1918. 


Darluca filum (Biv.) Cast. 

Parasitizing Puccinia polygoni-amphibii Pers. on 
leavesof Polygonum Hartwrightii Gray. Junius, Seneca 
county, 7... House, August 10, 1917. On Puccinia pune- 
tata on leaves of Galium asprellum Michx., Fourth lake, 
Herkimer county, H. D. House, August II, 1919. 


Dinemasporium hispidulum (Schrad.) Sacc. 


On dead stems of Leonurus Cardiaca L. Albany, H. D. 
House, November 23, 1919. 


Diaporthe aorista Ellis & Everhart 


Oiedead ‘stems of Aster lateriflorus LL.) Ao D. House, 
Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, June 23. 


Entyloma lineatum (Cooke) Davis 


On sheaths and leaves of Zizania aquatica L. Glenmont, 
Albany county, H. D. House, September 18, 1918. 


Eutypella radula (Pers.) Ellis & Everhart 


On dead branches of Populus tremuloides Michx. 
Albany, H. D. House, October 15, 1919. 


Epicoccum vulgare Corda — 


On dead stems of Equisetum hyemale L., prematurely 
killed by a grass fire. Albany, H. D. House, November 17, 1919 
and April 30, 1921. 


Fenestella fenestrata (Berk. & Br.) Schroeter 
(F. princeps Tul.) 
On dead twigs of Populus nigra var. italica DuRot. 
Albany, H. D. House, May 13, 1917. The same collection also con- 
tains Valsa ambiens (Pers.) Fr. 


Fenestella vestita (Fr.) Sacc. 


On dead twigs of Amelanchier spicata (Lam.) C. Koch. 
Albany, H. D. House, December 28, 1919. 


74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Entomosporium maculatum Ley. 


On fallen leaves of Amelanchier canadensis (L.) 
Medic. Albany, H. D. House, September 21. 


Gloeosporium hydrophylli Dearness & House 


On living leaves of Hydrophyllum virginianum L. 
South bay, Madison county, H. D. House, August 20, 1918. The 
type collection of this species was made at Kirkville, Onondaga 
county on Hydrophyllum canadense L. On Ea 
ginianum the spores are larger and measure up to I2 xX 3 yu, 


Gloeosporium polygoni Dearness & House, sp. nov. 


Spots brown, red-bordered, subcircular, soon deciduous, .5 to 2 cm 
broad, becoming confluent. Acervuli epiphyllous, perforate, reach- 
ing 200 » in diameter. Spores oblong, 5-7 x 24. When opened 
in water the spores issue in relatively large streams. 

On living and languishing leaves of Polygonum Muhlen- 
bergii S. Wats. South bay, Madison county, H. D. House, 
September 16, 1919. 

The leaves also bear a scarcely mature Sphaerella which is appar- 
ently Mycosphaerella polygonorum (Crie) comb. nov. Depazea 
polygonorum Crie; Sphaerella polygonorum Sace. 


(Sylis 1s 50ary Tessa) 


Gloeosporium caryae Ellis & Dearness 


On living leaves of Hicoria glabra (Mill.) Britton. Glen- 
mont, Albany county, H. D. House, September 23, 1919. 


Gnomonia papillostoma Dearness & House, sp. nov. 


Perithecia black, hypophyllous but the dark base protuberent 
and plainly visible on the upper sides of the leaves; except the pro- 
truding ostiola covered by the cuticle, 200—300p in diameter. Ostiola 
cylindric, shining, often more or less curved, 80-200 » long by 25-30 
pe thick, Ws cers slightly enlarged at the perforate summit. Asci 
35 x 7 v, cylindric. Sporules hyaline, biseriate or very obliquely 
uniseriate, an obscure septum dividing a small pointed cell from a 
superior wider one; Q-II x 3». 


On dead leaves of Spiraea latifolia Borkh., hanging on 
living branches. Albany, H. D. House, May 1. The type materiai 
is not quite mature and most of the sporidia appear continuous. 


Hainesia rhoina (Sacc.) Ellis & Saccardo 
On languishing leaves of Rhus Toxicodendrum L. 
Albany, H. D. House, August 21, 1919. In Mycologia, 13: 162. 
1921. Shear and Dodge indicate that this is probably Hainesia 


—— 


ee 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92I ae ie 


lythri (Desm.) v. Hohn., and the conidial stage of Pezizella lythri 
(Desm.) Shear & Dodge. The pycnidial stage is given as Sclero- 
tiopsis concava (Desm.) Shear & Dodge, and the ascogenous stage 
has formerly been known as Pezizella oenotherae (C. & E.) Sacc. 


Harknessia foeda Saccardo & Dearness 


On partially dead foliage of Thuya occidentalis L. 
Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, September 6. 


Haplosporella dulcamara Dearness & House, sp. nov. 


Stromata externally black, scattered to crowded, erumpent, tuber- 
cular to elongate, often in parallel lines, .5 to .75 mm in width, 
seated in the cortex and bordered by the upturned cuticle, two to 
twenty or more pycnidia in a stroma, usually whitish in cross-section. 
Conidia oblong or many of them curved, nucleate, tardily brown, 
17-19 x 6-7 p, with walls 1 » thick, on pedicels 5-20 p long. 

On dead stems of Solanum Dulcamara L. Sandlake, 
Rensselaer county, Dr C. H. Peck (Type), year not indicated. 
Orient, Long Island, Roy Latham, 1916. South Bay, Madison 
county, H. D. House, September 19, 1919. 


Heterosporium gracile (Wallr.) Sacc. 
On living and languishing leaves of cultivated Iris, Iris 
germanica L. Munnsville, Madison county, H. D. House, 
October 13. 


Hypoxylon fusco-purpureum (Schw.) Berkeley 


On dead limbs of black ash, Fraxinus nigra Marsh. 
Caroga, Fulton county, Dr C. H. Peck, July (year of collection 
not indicated). 

Leptostromella scirpina Peck 

On dead leaves of Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) Gray. 
Albany, H. D. House, June 2, 1917 and August 26, 1919. On 
Sevaricaves OF Scirpus cyperinu's ) (Ly) Kunth, \Pecks= 
port, Madison county, H. D. House, May 18, 1918. 


Metasphaeria complanata (Tode) Sacc. 
On dead stems of Chenopodium album L. Albany, 
H. D. House, January 6, 1918. 


Microdiplodia populi Dearness & House 


On dead twigs of Populus nigra var. italica DuRoi. 
Albany, H. D. House, May 13, 1917. Originally described from 
Colorado material collected by Pringle. 


76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Microdiplodia spiraeocola Dearness & House, sp. nov. 


Pycnidia in the bark and on the decorticated branchlets, scattered 
or gregarious or subcespitose, black, .5—.75 mm; conidia dark brown, 
septate, on very short basidia or sessile, Q-I1 x 4-5 pm. 

On dead twigs of Opulaster opulitolinscmee 
Kuntze, Rensselaer, H. D. House, November 28, 1916 (Type). 
On dead twigs of Spiraea latifolia ’ Borkh, Alva, 
H. D. House, January 10, 1921. 


Mycosphaerella cruris-galli (E. & K.) Lindau 
On. dead leaves of grass, Tridens flava (1i)) Hitene 
Wading River, Long Island, Dr C. H. Peck (date of collection 
not indicated). Originally described from Kansas (Swingle), 
on Echinochloa Crusgalli (L.) Beauv. 


Mycosphaerella lycopodii (Peck) House 
On dead stems (Peduncles) of Lycopodium clavatum 
L. Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, July 20, 1921. This is 
but a few miles from Aiden Lair, the type locality. — 


Mycosphaerella oxycocci Dearness & House, sp. nov. 

Perithecia numerous, scattered, hypophyllous, perforate, 90 p 
thick. Asci aparaphysate, shaped like a tennis racket, 15-30 x 9-12 p, 
stipes 15-30 x 3-4 pw. Sporidia botuliform, 9-12 x 3-4 »; septum 
dividing a narrow third from a wider two-thirds. In the material 
examined most of the sporidia were continuous or very obscurely 
septate. 

On dead or languishing leaves of Oxycoccus macro- 
carpus (L.) Pers. Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, 
July 27. 

Myxosporium Ellisii Saccardo 

On dead twigs of Populus nigra var. italica DuRot. 

Albany, H. D. House, May 13, 1917. 


Pestalozzia monochaetoidea Sacc. & Ellis, var. parasitica 


Dearness & House, var. nov. 

On reddish brown areas producing the typical gloeosporial effect, 
namely, circinately discolored and killed tissue. The conidia are 
two to six septate, mostly four to five septate, and reach in excep- 
tionally long examples to 30 p», otherwise agreeing with typical sap- 
rophytic material on dead twigs of the same host. 

On living leaves of Opulaster opulifolius (L) 
Kuntze, Albany, H. D. House, August 27, 1919. _ 


Re ee eee ae ae oy 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 Tie 


Coccomyces coronatus (Schum.) DeNot. 
(Phacidium coronatum Fries) 

On fallen leaves of Quercus alba L. Oneida, Madison 
county, H. D. House, May 22, 1919. Also collected at North 
Elba, by Dr C. H. Peck, on fallen leaves of Betula lenta, 
HiGeha eds  eriandifolia. 


Phyllosticta caryae Peck 
On living leaves of Hicoria alba (L.) Britton (Carya 


tomentosa Nutt.). Glenmont, Albany county. H. D. House, Sep- 
tember 18, 1918. 


Phyllosticta guttulata Halsted 


On living and languishing leaves of Oxalis stricta L. 
Albany, H. D. House, September 1, 1919. 


Phyllosticta iridis Ellis & Martin 
On living and languishing leaves of Iris versicolor L. 
Lakeport, Madison county, H. D. House, October 20. Also col- 
lected on the same host at North Elba, Essex pea Sep- 
tember 15. 


Ramularia occidentalis Ellis & Kellerman 


On living and languishing leaves of Rumex Britannica 
L. Sylvan Beach, Oneida county, H. D. House, August 29, 1918. 


Septoria cirsii Niessl. 

On living leaves of Cirsium odoratum (Muhl.) Brit- 
ton. Glenmont, Albany county, H. D. House, September 14, 1918. 
Previous collections appear to be chiefly on Cirsium 
arvense. 

Septoria canadensis Peck 


Fourth lake, Herkimer county, on living and languishing 
leaves of Cornus canadensis L., H. D. House, August 
8, 1919. Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, June 6, 1921. 
Type collected by Peck at Sandlake, Rensselaer county, and 
another collection by Peck is from North Elba. 

Doctor Peck’s description needs amending to state that “the 
pycnidia are mostly epiphyllous but not wholly so.” With the 
Newcomb collection, several wholly dead leaves were collected 
upon which the pycnidia were largely hypophyllous. Not many 


78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Septorias are traced to their ascigenous forms. Doubtless many 
of them “carry on” without asci. The fruiting Septoria on the 
old dead fallen leaves of the Newcomb collection made when 
Septoria spots were just beginning to appear upon green leaves 
suggests that Septoria canadensis may be capable of 
infection through successive generations without asci. : 


Septoria dentariae Peck 


On living leaves of Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) 
B.S.P. Near Rensselaer, H. D. House, May 10, 1921. 


Septoria pallidula Dearness & House, sp. nov. 


Spots pallid, bounded by the veinlets but not bordered, graduaily 
extending over the entire leaf ; pycnidia conic, pale brown, perforate, 
amphiphyllous, but mostly epiphyllous, 60-65 » in diameter ; sporules 
mostly straight, none to three-septate, not guttulate, 16-30 x I-2 up. 

On living and languishing leaves of Hydrocotyle 
americana L. Albany, H. D. House, August 27, 1919. 

Septoria hydrocotyles. Desm. on Hy dieogeae 
tyle repanda, has subregular spots, I mm in diameter, 
pycnidia epiphyllous, dark; sporules curved, eight to ten-guttu- 
late and other minor differences as compared with the one 
here described. It is also different in marked characters from 
three other South American and African species of Septoria 
which have been described on Hydrocotyle. 


Septoria lobeliae Peck 


On living leaves of Lobelia syphilitica L. Oneida, 
Madison county, H. D. House, August 27, 1918. On leaves of 
Lobelia syphilitica L. and Lobelia candi 
L., Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, July 15-30. 


Spegazzinea rubra Dearness & House, sp. nov. 


Sporodochia scattered, pulvinate to hemisphaeric, .25 to 3 mm, 
black to the naked eye when dry, dark red under the microscope; 
conidia dark brown, sessile, not very numerous, globose, 6-16 p, 
mostly 12-15 », when fully developed, with polygonal markings on 
the walls, 3-4 » in diameter. 


On dead stems of Polygonum scandens L., Sylvan 
Beach, Oneida county, H. D. House, May 16, 1918. 


a ae a ee 


a I om 


A yO ee 


» 
4 
i 
" 
Lis, 
me 
| 
Ay 
i 
af 
a 
a 
Ma 
a 
ni 
Y, 
a 
a! 
¥ 
yi 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921] 79 


Sphaeropsis betulae Cooke, var. lutea Dearness & House 


The variety here considered occurs upon Betula lutea. The 
pycnidia are gregarious and distinctly though minutely stromate; 
conidia nucleate, 18-22 x 7¥2-8/2 w. None of the conidia measur ed 
was found to exceed 24 m in length. 

On dead branches of Betula lutea Michx, Sandlake, 
Rensselaer county, Dr C. H. Peck, June (year of collection not 
indicated). 

The varietal distinction of the above is indicated by compari- 
son with the description of Sphaeropsis betuiae 
Cooke taken from Saccardo: “subgregaria, interdum sparsa, 
cuticula elevata tecta; peritheciis depresse globosis, vix pepil- 
latis; sporulis ellipticis, intrigue rotundatis, continuis, luteolis, 
30-32 x 9 p.” OngEvetiw bara libra 


Sphaeropsis gleditschiaecolae Cooke 


On dead twigs of Gleditsia triacanthos L. Albany, 
H. D. House, February 20, 1918. 


Sphaeropsis linearis Péck 
On dead twigs of Quercus ilicifolia Wang. Pied 
H. D. House, June 7. 


Sphaeropsis populi Ellis & Everhart 
On dead twigs of Populus nigra var. italica Du- 
Roi. Albany, H. D. House, May 13, 1917. 


Sphaeropsis physocarpi Ellis & Everhart 
On dead stems of Spiraea latifolia Borkh. Albany, 
H. D. House, December 21, 1919 and May 13, 1921. Previously 
collected within a few yards of the same spot on Opulaster 
opulifolius (February 28, 1915). 


Sphaerulina acori Dearness & House, sp. nov. 
Perithecia numerous, innate, in the upper side of the discolored 


‘leaves, containing each 12 to 20 asci; walls very weak, asci apara- 


physate, 30-50 x 15-20 yw; sporidia hyaline, three to five-septate, 
nucleate, 26-30 x 4-5 up. 

On languishing leaves of Acorus Calamus L. Glen- 
mont, Albany county, H. D. House, August 25, 1919. 

Externally this does not appear distinguishable from Lep- 
Mars Mae ria jim.4¢ Tr o.S'c'o pi ca var. i¢atam i: Karst 


80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Valsa ambiens (Pers.) Fr. 

On dead branches and twigs of Opulaster opuli- 
folius (L.) Kuntze. Albany, H. D. House, November 29, 
1917. The host material for this ubiquitous Valsa, as repre- 
sented in the state herbarium includes the following species: 


Acer rubrum Magnolia virginiana 
Amelanchier canadensis Pyrus Malus 
Carpinus carolinivana Populus alba 
Cornus. circinata a deltoides 

re florida Rhus glabra 

* paniculata Rosa carolina 

He stolonifera Rubus strigosus 
Ceanothus americanus Salli alibi 

. ovatus Tilia americana 
Corylus americana Ulmus americana 
Crataegus coccinea Pal iva 
Fraxinus americana Viburnum dentatum 


Hamamelis virginiana 


Valsa leucostoma (Pers.) Fr. 


On dead twigs of Sorbus americana Marsh. Bald 
mountain, Third lake, Herkimer county, H. D. House, August 9, 
1919. 

Valsa cincta Fr. 

On dead branches of Amelanchier canadensis (L) 
Medic. Clear pond and Aiden Lair, Essex county, Peck. On 
Amelanchier bartramiana (Tausch) Roem., North 
Elba, Peck. 

Zythia ovata Peck 

On dead bark of Populus grandidentata Michx. 

Albany, H. D. House, October 10, 1919. 


NOTES ON FUNGI— VIII 


In the following notes on recent collections of fungi in New 
York, the determination of species of the Thelephoraceae has 
been made by Dr E. A. Burt, of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 
while most of the Uredineae have been determined by Dr J. C. 
Arthur of Purdue University. 


Allodus tenuis (Schw.) Arthur 
(Puccinia tenuis Burrill) 
On leaves of Eupatorium urticaefolium Reich. 
Bonaparte lake, Lewis county, H. D. House, June 22. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 81 


Cercospora granuliformis Ell. & Holw. 
_ Newcomb, Essex county on leaves of Viola septen- 
trionalis Greene, H. D. House, July 29. This species has 
been collected in this State upon Viola cucullata, and 
V. pallens, and probably occurs upon other species of 
violets. 
Coniophora byssoidea (Pers.) Fries 

Near Cohasset on Fourth lake, Herkimer county, on dead 

bark on ground in woods. H. D. House, August 12, 1919. 


Coniophora olivacea Fries 


Oneida, Madison county, on decayed logs in woods. H. D. 
House, November 25, 1918. 


Cercospora Cypripedii Ell. & Dearn. 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Cypripedium 
reginae Walt. H. D. House, August 4, 1921. 


Cercospora Gentianiae Peck 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Gentiana line- 
aris Froel. H. D. House, August 4, 1921. 


Erysiphe lamprocarpa Lev. 
Napanoch, Ulster county, on leaves and stems of Ger- 
ardia quercifolia Pursh (Auwureolaria glauca (Eddy) 
Raf.) H. D. House, August 19-21, 1921. 


Aecidium Dicentrae Trel. 


OieCapmorchis (Cucullaria (L.). Planch.,, VanCort- 
landt Park, New York City, Percy Wilson 52, April 20, 1915; 
Williamsbridge, no. 230, April 28, 1916. 


Cintractia caricis (Pers.) Magn. 

To the list of host species for this smut given in the North 
Pamdetican. tlora, (vol. 7,'p. 133,34) may ‘be added Carex 
tonsa (Fernald) Bicknell. Karner, Albany county, Peck. On 
Carex limosa L., the smut has been collected by Peck at 
Sevey, St Lawrence county. Most of the reports of this smut 
on Carex stricta lLam., doubtless refer to Carex 
strictior Dewey, as the latter sedge is distinguished by 
Mackenzie, the true Carex stricta Lam. being apparently 
restricted in range in this State to Long Island. 


82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Cintractia subinclusa (Korn.) Magn. 
On Carex monile, Newcomb, Essex county, Dr C. H. 
Peck. On Carex utriculata, Lake Sallie, Essex county, 
Peck. Determined by Dr H. S. Jackson. 


' Cintractia Taubertiana (P. Henn.) Clinton 


On Rynchospora dusca (L.) Ait. £.., Sandlake) Rens 
selaer county and Riverhead, Suffolk county, collected by Dr C. 
H, Peck. Determined by Dr H. S. Jackson. 


Doassansia opaca Setch. 

On leaves of Sagittaria,latifolia Walld). Watkine 
Schuyler county. Dr C. H. Peck. Determined \by Dagens 
Jackson. 

Coniophora sistotremoides (Schw.) Massee 

Near Albany, on decorticated and partially decayed limbs of 

Pyrus Malus L. H.D. House, November 30, 1919. 


Corticium arachnoideum Berkeley 
Near Albany; overspreading and seemingly parasitic on 
Hypochnus isabellinus, on fallen limbs of Pinus 
strobus L. H.D. House, October 15, 1919. 


Corticium bicolor Peck 
Oneida, Madison county, on fallen bark of Pinus 
Strobus L. H.D. House, November 25, 1918. 


Corticium confluens Fr, 
Albany, on dead branches of Opulaster opulifolius. 
(L.) Kuntze. H. D. House, November 15 and 22, 1919; and on 
dead branches of Alnus serrulata Willd., November 8, 1919. 


Corticium galactinum (Fries) Burt 
Oneida, Madison county, on dead trunk of amg 
laricina (DuRoi) Koch. H. D. House, May 20, 1918. 


Corticium vellerum Ell. & Cragin 
Ottawa, Canada, on dead willow (Salix, sp.). J. M. Macouwn 
281, October 2, 1897. 


Dicaeoma calthae (Grev.) Kuntze 
(Puccinia calthae Grev.) 
Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, on leaves of the marsh mari- 
gold, Caltha palustris Li, H. D. House, June 22.) (@tme 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR I92I 83 


collections of this rust in the state herbarium are from Cattaraugus, 
Fulton, Albany, Tompkins and Herkimer counties. 


Dicaeoma hieraciata (Schw.) Arthur & Kern 
(Puccinia patruelis Arth.; P. hieraciata Jackson) 

Pycnia and aecia on leaves of Nabalus albus (L.) Hook. 
Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county. H. D. House, June 23. Aecia 
have also been collected in this State on Lactuca virosa L, 
meGamadensis: lL. and LU. hirsuta’ Muhf, and previ- 
ously reported as Puccinia Opizt. 

Wiitestelial) stase occurs on Carex’ brunnescens, ©* 
Moma iit “Oustecata, Cs oO pren@elit, and vce 
sparganioides, and has been collected in New York only on 
Se sparsaniordes. 


Dicaeoma iridis (DC.) Kuntze 
Uredo stage common on Iris versicolor L., Bonaparte 
swamp, Lewis county, H. D. House, June 22. Also collected on same 
host at Tupper Lake, Franklin county ; Panther lake, Oswego county ; 
Kirkland, Oneida county; and Lakeport, Madison county. 


Dicaeoma Lysimachiae (Schw.) Kuntze 
(P. Limosae Magn.; P. lysimachiata (Link) Kern) 

Aecial stage on the leaves of Lysimachia thrysiflora 
L. Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, H. D. House, June 22. Also 
collected at Harrisville, by Doctor Peck, on the same host. Other 
closely related species upon which the aecial stage of this rust have 
been found in this State are: Lysimachia quadrifolia, 
Hime renbestris (1z.)) B..S.,P. 

(he telial Stace, occurs’ upon Carex areta, C.. Drone 
nescens and C. limosa, of which only the last occurred at 
Bonaparte swamp in company with the aecial host species. 


Dicaeoma minutissimum (Arthur) Kuntze 
(Puccinia minutissima Arth.) 

Aecia on leaves of Decodon verticillata (L.) Ell, 
Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, June 22. The telial stage of the 
rust was found close by on old leaves and culms of Carex 
lasiocarpa Ehrh. (C. filiformis Am. Auth.) 


Dicaeoma violae (Schum.) Kuntze 
(Puccinia violae DC). 
On leaves of Viola scabriuscula Schw., (aecia), 
Oneida, Madison county, H. D. House, May 24. 


84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Glenospora melioloides Curt. 
Albany, on leaves of Galax aphylla L.,, offered for sale in 


the form of wrcaths, etc., during the holiday season. H. D. House, 
January 2, 1921. 


Dicaeoma Cicutae (Lasch) Kuntze 


Woodville, Jefferson county, on leaves of Cicuta maculata 
L. H.D. House, June 24, 1921. 


Dicaeoma Cnici (H. Mart.) Arthur 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Cirsium lanceo- 
Ma tam. \Ck.)), ills; A. Do Howse, August ii, aG2n: 


Dicaeoma Polygoni-amphibi (Pers.) Arthur 


I. on leaves of Geranium maculatum L.,, Catskill, Greene 
county, H. D. House, May 21, 1921. This collection was made in 
a moist upland wood, where the only species of Polygonum was 
P. virginianum.L., but the locality was not visited later to 
ascertain if that was the alternate host. 


Dicaeoma Veratri (DC.) Kuntze 


Near Oneida, in Oneida county, on leaves of Veratrum 
wa Pitdé.“Te.) Fl. J: tbnse, | fane’ 20. voet 


Dicaeoma Trientalis (Tranz.) Arthur & Kern 
(Puccinia Trientalis House) 

I.on Trientalis borealis Raf. (T. americana Purshy, 
Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, June 10, 1921. III. on 
dead leaves of Carex paupercula Michx., same locality, 
June 10, 1921. II & III. on same host at same station, August 10, 
1921, and at Long lake, Hamilton county, August I1, 1921. 


Diaporthe euspina C. & E. 

On dead stems of Chenopodium ambrosioides L, 
Orient, Long Island, Roy Latham, March 1919. Determined by 
Dearness. 

Diatrypella verruciformis (Ehrh.) Nke. 

On dead stems of Myrica carolinensis Mill., near 
Orient, Long Island, Roy Latham, December 1919. Determined by 
Dearness. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 85 


Gibberella pulicaris (Fr.) Sacc. 


On old stalks of Zea Mays L., Orient, Long Island, Roy 
Latham, July 22, 1919. Determined by Fairman. 


Melanconiella decorahensis Ellis 


On dead branches of Betula populifolia Marsh., Orient, 
I.ong Island, Roy Latham, March 1919. Determined by Dearness. 


Dicaeoma cyperi (Arthur) Kuntze 
(Puccinia cypert Arthur) 
Telial stage on Cyperus Grayi Torrey, Bay View, town of 
Southold, Long Island, Roy Latham, September. Also on Cy- 
perus strigosus L. at Orient in 1915. 


Dicaeoma majanthae (Schum.) Arthur 
Aecial stage on Polygonatum biflorum (Walt.) EIL, 
Orient, Long Island, Roy Latham, May 30. Previously reported 
from Southold on Vagnera racemosa (L.) Morong. 


Uredinopsis mirabilis (Peck) Magnus 

II, II], on fronds of Onoclea sensibilis L., Gardiner’s 
Island, Roy Latham, August 1919. On fronds of Lorinseria 
areolata (L.) Presl., at Greenport, Latham, August 1920. 
The aecial stage (Peridermium balsameum Peck) occurs upon 
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill., a host tree, not known to occur 
on Long Island. It has also been collected by Peck, on Anchistea 
virginica (L.) Presl. at Manor, Long Island. 


Nigredo hedysari-paniculati (Schw.) Arthur 
(Uromyces hedysari-paniculatt Farlow) 
On leaves of Meibomia Dillenii Darl., at Bay View, 
town of Southold, Long Island, Roy Latham, August 21. 


Glomularia lonicerae (Peck) comb. nov. 
(G. corni var. lonicerae Peck) 

On living and languishing leaves of Lonicera canaden- 
sis Marsh., near Taborton, Rensselaer county, H. D. House, June 
30, 1921, and at Newcomb, Essex county, on the same host, July 20, 
1921. The type collections were made by Doctor Peck at Long lake 
and Aiden Lair, : 


86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM : 


Hypochnus granulosus (Peek) Burt 


Near Albany, on fallen branches of Pinus rigida, dA. D. 
House, October 20, 1919. 


Hypochnus rubiginosus Bres. 


Napanoch, Ulster county, on decayed branches and débris on the 
ground in woods, H. D. House, October 5, 1919. 


Hypochnus subvinosus Burt 


Near Albany, on dead bark of Pinus Strobus L, H.D. 
House, October 15, 1919. 


Leptosphaeria Crepini (Westd.) Karst. 

On spikes of Lycopodium annotinum L., which 
seem to have been aborted and killed by the fungus, near Newcomb, 
Essex county, H. D. House, July 15-30, 1921. Previously collected 
by Doctor Peck on this host on Mount Marcy and Mount Skylight. 


LEUCOLOMA Fcekl. Symb. 317. 1869 


Peziza, Sect. Humaria Fr. Sym. Myc. 2: 42. 1822 
Humaria Sacc. Syll. 8:,118. 1889 
Pseudombrophila, Coprobia and Discinella Boud. 


The generic name Leucoloma appears to possess priority | 
over Humaria, and several New York species in the state 
herbarium may be transferred to this name. 

Leucoloma adusta (C. & P.) comb. nov. Peziza adusta 
og: oP. eka ier Tapas t at oace. 

Leucoloma deligata (Peck) comb. nov. Peziza deligata 
Peck; Huma tina.\deli ga ta, Sacc. 

Leucoloma echinosperma (Peck) comb. nov. Peziza (Hu- 
muria) echinosperma Peck. 

Leucoloma gallinacea (Pec) comb. nov. Peziza galli- 
nacea. Peck; Humuaria, pallimacea,scacc: 

Leucoloma Gerardi (Cooke) comb. nov. Peziza Gerardi 
Cooke; Ho uniaria Gera idacsace. 

Leucoloma hydrophila (Peck) comb. nov. Peziza hydro- 
phila Peck} Humarta, hy dro pila .Sace 

Leucoloma Peckii (House) comb. nov. Humaria Peckii 
House. 

Lophodermium sphaeroides (A. & S.) Duby 4 

On fallen leaves of the Labrador tea, Ledum groenlandi- ~ 
cum Oeceder, Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, H. D. House, June 
23. Also collected by Doctor Peck at Sandlake, Rensselaer county. 


i 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 87 


Marasmius campanellus (Peck) Atk. & House 

On dead twigs of Arbor Vitae, Thuja occidentalis L., 
in Bonaparte swamp, northern Lewis county, H. D. House, June 22, 
and at Newcomb, Essex county, July 20. This curious little Agaric, 
typically a Marasmius in texture, but with a densely hirsute 
pileus, appear to be quite common on dead twigs of Arbor Vitae 
which are still attached to the tree or on branches and twigs lying 
loosely upon the ground, throughout the cold cedar swamps of 
central and northern New York. 


Melampsorella elatina (A. & S.) Arthur 


Abundant on the dwarfed needles of “‘ witches brooms,” which it 
causes on the balsam fir, Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Newcomb, 
Essex county, H. D. House, July 21, 1921. Not uncommon in 
Essex, Hamilton and Greene counties, but the alternate stage on 
Cerastium arvense, appears to have been collected in this 
State only at Poughkeepsie, many years ago by Gerard. 


Melampsoropsis abietina (A. & S.) Arthur 


II and III, on leaves of Labrador tea, Ledum groenlandi- 
cum Oeder, Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, H. D. House, June 
22. Not previously reported from this State, and the aecial stage. 
Peridermium abietinum Thum., occurring on Picea mariana. 


P. rubens and P. excelsa, has not been collected in New 
York. 


Melampsoropsis chiogenis (Dietel) Arthur 

On the under surface of leaves of the creeping snowberry, 
Chiogenes hispidula (L.) A. Gray. Bonaparte swamp, 
Lewis county, H. D. House, June 22. The upper surface of the 
infected leaves are conspicuously yellow, and this serves as a ready 
means of finding what is otherwise a very inconspicuous and rare 
rust. It has been reported from North Elba by Kauffman (N. Y. 
State Mus. Bul. 179, p. 85. 1915) as Chrysomyxa chio- 
genis Dietel. 

The adjacent conifers were Pinus Strobus, Larix lari- 
cina, Abies balsamea, Picea mariana and Picea 
rubens, while Tsuga canadensis occurred within 200 
yards on an adjacent slope. The aecial stage is suspected to occur 
upon the cones of one of the species of Picea. 


88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Melampsoropsis ledicola (Peck) Arthur 
(Peridermium decolorans Peck) 

Newcomb, Essex county, on needles of Picea mariana 
(Mill.) B.S. P., and Picea ‘canadensis (Mill)9 Basie 
H. D. House, July 28, 1921. This rust is found generally distri- 
buted throughout the Adirondack region in most swamps where 
spruce and Labrador tea (Ledum groenlandicum ) occur 
together, and also locally elsewhere across the State. 


Melampsoridium betulae (Schum.) Arthur 

On leaves of the gray birch, Betula populifolia 
Marsh., Averill Park, Rensselaer county, H. D. House, October 
3. Practically every leaf on a small tree, about 2 inches in 
diameter, was found to be heavily infected. The tree grew 
almost in the shade of a white pine, and a few hemlocks and 
pitch pines grew within a short distance. The aecial stage of 
this rust occurs upon Larix laricina, a species which 
is not known to occur within a mile of this spot. No infection 
was found on any of several other gray birches close by. 

Metasphaeria Peckii (Speg.) Sacc. 
(Sphaerella Peckii Speg.) 

On fallen leaves of June berry, Amelanchier spicata 
(Lam.) C. Koch, near New London, Oneida county, H. D. House, 
May 17, 1921. Peck’s original collection of this from near 
Albany contains what appears to be leaves of both A. 
S\picata and) Ay ‘cana Pens s 


Micropuccinia conglomerata (Strauss) Arthur & Jackson 
(Puccinia nardosmiae E. & E.) 

On leaves of Petasites palmata (L.) A. Gray, near 
Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, June 15 and July 21, 
1921. This rare rust has not heretofore been reported from 
New York, and Doctor Arthur states that it has been found 
only at the following American stations: Vermillion Lake, 
Minn., Stittsville and Nipigon River, Ontario and Glacier, 
British Columbia, all on the same host. In Europe it is 
recorded as occurring upon several species of Senecio, 
Cacalia,Adenostylis and Homogyne. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 89 


Dicaeoma orbicula (Peck & Curt.) Kuntze 
(Puccinia orbicula Peck & Curt.) 

On leaves of Nabalus albus (L.) Hook., Pecksport, 
Madison county, H. D. House, May 26, 1921. Also represented 
in the state herbarium by collections from Erie, Onondaga, 
Lewis, Schuyler and Herkimer counties. 


Micropuccinia porphyrogenita (Curt.) Arthur & Jackson 
(Pucctnta ‘acuminata Peck) 

Om leaves of dwarf’ cornel, Cornt's ‘canadensis’ L., 
Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, July 28, 1921. This rather 
uncommon rust has been collected at North Elba and Sandlake 
by Doctor Peck, and at Sylvan Beach, Oneida county, by the 
writer. 

Microsphaeria diffusa C. & P. 


Karner, Albany county on leaves of bush clover, Lespe- 
deza capitata Michx. H. D. House, September 12, 1919. 
A common leaf fungus on Meibomia canadense, and 
eG knowl, ,Om jLoathy pus..-ochroleucus,.jandegok. 
myctillitolius. 


Nigredo houstoniata (Schw.) J. Sheldon 


On leaves of Houstonia coerulea L., Newcomb, 
Essex county, H. D. House, July 17, 1921. 


Melampsoropsis empetri (Pers.) Arth. 


Summit of Mount Marcy, on leaves of Empetrum 
nigrum L. A. D. House, August 5, 1921. Collected by 
Doctor Peck on Mount Skylight. 


Microsphaeria Russellii G. W. Clinton 
Oneida, Madison county, on leaves and stems of Oxalis 
cymosa Small, H. D. House, October 18, 1921. On same host, 
Newcomb, Essex county, August Io, 1921. Other collections 
are Argusville, Peck ; Poughkeepsie, Gerard; Buffalo, Cligton; North 
Greenbush, Peck. 


Nigredo Howei (Peck) Arthur 
On Asclepias Syriaca L. New London, Oneida 
county, H. D. House, September 14, 1921; Oriskany Falls, 
Oneida county, September 16, 1921; Woodville, Jefferson county, 


go NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


September 10, 1921; Lewis Point, Madison county, September ~ 
12/1921: 

On Asclepias incarnata L. Lewis Point, Madison — 
county, H. D. House, September 12, 1921. 

During several seasons that the writer has been interested 
in rusts, search had been carefully made for this species, but 
until 1921 unsuccessfully. During the season of 1921, however, 
this rust was universally present on almost every clump of 
milkweed throughout central New York. In many cases the 
infection was so complete that the rust could be detected from a 
considerable distance. 


Nigredo Junci-effusi (Sydow) Arthur 


Napanoch, Ulster county, on Juncus effusus L. A.D. 
House, August 19-21, 1921. 


Nigredo piriformis (Cke. & Peck) Arthur 
On Acorus Calamus L., Woodville, Jefferson county, 
H. D. House, September 10, 1921. Lewis Point, Madison county, 
September 12, 1921. Pecksport, Madison county, September 
16, 1921. 
Like Nigredo Howei, this rust occurred during the sea- 
son of 1921 in unusual abundance. 


Nyssopsora clavellosa (Berk.) Arthur 
Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Aralia nudicaulis 
L. H.D. House, August 10, 1921, and on the same host at Long 
Lake, Hamilton county, August II, 1921. 


Micropuccinia ornata (Arth. & Holw.) Arth. & Jackson 


Woodville, Jefferson county, on Rumex Britannica L. 
H. D. House, September 10, 1921. 


Micropuccinia recedens (Sydow) Arth. & Jackson 


On Senecio aureus L., Arkville, Delaware county. Percy 
Wilson 117, July 25, 1915; Williamsbridge New York City, no. 303, 
June 2, 1916. 

Mollisia Iridis (Rehm) Sacc. 

South Bay, Madison county, on languishing leaves of Iris 
versicolor L. H. D. House, September 16. Determined by 
Dr F. J. Seaver, who states that igs apothecia are more superficial 
than those of European specimens.”’ 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 Ot 


Otidea grandis (Pers.) Rehm 


On ground in woods. Newcomb, Essex county. H. D. House, 
July 28. Determined by Dr F. J. Seaver. 


Pyrenopeziza subatra (C. & P.) Sacc. 


Lake Bonaparte, Lewis county, on dead stems of Decodon 
Memrteitiatus (L.) Ell A. D. House, June 23. Determined 
by Dr F. J. Seaver. 


Peniophora cinerea 


Most of the resupinate members of the Thelephoraceae appear to 
have no definite host relationships, but are merely saprophytic upon 
any convenient material. Recent collections of the common Penio- 
phora cinerea have been made upon dead branches still 
attached to the parent plant, in moist shaded places, of the follow-— 
ing species : 

Rubus strigosus Michx. 

Alnus serrulata Willd. 

Viburnum dentatum L, 

Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray 

Vitis aestivalis Miche. 

On fallen branches of the following: 


Hicoria alba (L.) Britton 

Prunus serotina Ehrh. 

Prunus pennsylvanica L. f. 
Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic. 
Cornus florida L. 

Corylus americana Walt. 

Ulmus americana L. 

Acer spicatum Lam. 


Peniophora incarnata Fries. 


Near Albany, on dead branches of Quercus ilicifolia 
Wang. and dead branches of Opulaster opulifolius (L.) 
Kuntze, H. D. House, November 15 and 23, 1919. 


Peniophora Eichleriana Bresadola 


Bergen swamp, Genesee county, on decayed and fallen branches 
eeeweer rier ma i. A.D: House, August'23, 1918. 


Peniophora sera (Pers.) Burt 
Lyndonville, Orleans county, C. E. Fairman, November 1, 1910. 


Phyllachora agrostidis Orton 


On leaves of Agrostis alba. Orient, Long Island, Roy 
Latham, no. 610, October 18, 1914. Determined by Dr C. R. Orton. 


02 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Phyllachora graminis (Pers.) Fckl. 

On leaves of Elymus virginica. Catskill, Peck. On 
leaves of Elymus canadensis, Albany, Peck. On leaves 
of Agropyron repens, Sylvan Beach, Oneida county, House. 
On leaves of Triticum repens, West Albany, Peck. | 
Determined by Dr C. R. Orton. 


Phyilachora elymi Orton 


On leaves of Elymus virginica, North Bay, Oneida 
county, House. Determined by Dr C. R. Orton. 


Phyllachora vulgata Theiss. & Sydow. 

On leaves of Muhlenbergia mexicana, North 
Greenbush, Peck. On leaves of Muhlenbergia glom- 
erata, Karner, Peck. Determined by Dr C. R. Orton. On 
M. racemosa, Newcomb, Essex county, H. D. House, August 
4, 1921. 


Phyllachora luteo-maculata (Schw.) Orton 


On leaves of Andropogon furcatus, Karner, Albany 
county, Peck. Determined by Dr C. R. Orton. 


Phyllachora puncta (Schw.) Orton 


On leaves of Panicum latifolium, Yaphank, Long 
Island, Peck. On leaves of Panicum Wrightianum, 
Southold, Latham, no. 611, November 4, 1914. On leaves of Pan- 
-i1cum clandestinum, Wading River, Peck; Hempstead, 
House. On leaves of Panicum dichotomum, Shokan, 
Peck. Determined by Dr C. R. Orton. 


Sorosporium syntherismae (Peck) Farl. 

On the inflorescence of Cenchrus pauciflorus Benth. 
(C. carolinianus Auth.), Karner, Albany county and Port Jervis, 
Sullivan county, Dr C. H. Peck. The host plant for this smut in 
New York has been commonly referred to Cenchrus tri- 
buloides, a species of the southern Atlantic coastal region. 


Urocystis occulta (Wallr.) Rab. 
On cultivated rye, Secale cereale L., near Albany, H: W. 
Firch, August 3. 


is 


er so =" 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 93 


Ustilago neglecta Niessl. 

On the spikelets of Chaetochloa lutescens (Weigel) 
Stuntz (Chaetochloa glauca). Westport, Essex county; Menands 
and Bethlehem, Albany county, Dr C. H. Peck. Determined by Dr 
H. S. Jackson. 


Ustilago levis (Kellerm. & Swingle) Magn. 
On the spikelets of cultivated oats, Avena sativa L. Wood 
farm, North Elba, Essex county. Dr C. H. Peck, August. Deter- 
mined by Dr H. S. Jackson. 


Pucciniastrum agrimoniae (Schw.) Tranz. 

Near Cambridge, Washington county, on leaves of Agrimonia 
hirsuta (Muhl.) Bickn. H. D. House, September 17. The 
collections of this rust in the state herbarium indicate the following 
distribution by counties: Albany, Saratoga, Washington, Rensselaer, 
Oneida, Madison, Ulster, Queens and Suffolk. 


Pucciniastrum potentillae Kom. 

On leaves of Sibbaldiopsis tridentata (Soland.) 
Rydb. (Potentilla tridentata Soland.), near Elizabethtown, Essex 
county, H. D. House, September 16. 

This rust has also been collected on the same host at Berlin 
mountain, Rensselaer county, by W. G. Farlow, September 1901; 
and at Black mountain, Washington county, by S. H. Burnham, 
August 19, 1909. At Elizabethtown the infected plants grow in an 
open barren field with numerous clumps of Juniperus sib- 
irica, and in the adjacent woodland there are white pine, hemlock, 
balsam fir and white spruce. 


Ramularia multiplex Peck 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Oxycoccus Oxy- 
coccus (L.) MacM. (Vaccinium Oxycoccus L.), H. D. House, 
July 28. The type of this parasitic fungus was collected by Dr C. H. 
Peck at Caroga, Fulton county, on the same host. The infected 
leaves turn a bright pink or reddish color, or when only a portion 
of the leaf is infected, there is a yellow band between the unaffected 
portion and the reddish infected part. 


Septoria agrimoniae Roum. 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Agrimonia grypo- 
sepala Wallr., H. D. House, August 11, 1921. 


94. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Peronospora pygmaea Ung. 


Wemple, Albany county, on leaves of Anemone pennsyl- 
vanica L. A.D. House, May 18, 1921. 


Venturia Dickiei DeNot. 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Linnaea ameri- 
cana Forbes. H. D. House, June 6-14, 1921. 


Septoria aquilegiae Penz. & Sacc. 


Bonaparte swamp, Lewis county, on living leaves of Agqui- 
legia canadensis (L.A. DD) House, juneee 


Septoria corylina Peck 


Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Corylus cornuta 
Marsh. (C. rostrata Ait.), H. D. House, July 27. 


Septoria Ludwigiae Cooke 
On leaves of Ludwigia sphaerocarpa Ell, West- 
chester county, C. S, Sheldon, August 1902. Frequent in many 
parts of the State on leaves of _Isnardia palustris L. 
‘(Ludwigia palustris Ell.), and collected once on Ludwigia al- 
ternifolia L., at Menands, Albany county, by Dr C. H. Peck. 


Septoria osmorrhizae Peck 
Lake Bonaparte, Lewis county, on leaves of Osmorrhiza 
Claytoni (Michx.) Clarke, H. D. House, June 22. Also col- 
lected by Peck at Lowville, Lewis county, and at Schoharie, (type) 
by Peck, and near Albany by House. 


Stereum gausapatum Fries 


Near Wemple, Albany county, on bark of dead standing seine 
of white oak, Quercus alba L., H. D. House, September 15, 
1919. 

Stereum Murrayi (B. & C.) Burt 

Near Cohasset on Fourth lake, Herkimer county, on dead branches 
of Betula lutea Michx. f., H. D. House, August 11, 1919; 
also near Oneida, Madison county, on dead trunk of Betula 
lutea, May 13, 1919. 


Stereum ochraceo-flavum Schw. 


Albany, on dead branches of Betula populifolia 
Marsh., H. D. House, November 30, 1919; and on dead branches of 
Quercus ilicifolia Wang., November 17, 1916. 


REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 95 


Stereum purpureum Pers. 


Oneida, Madison county, on dead stump of some hardwood tree. 
H. D. House, November 25, 1918. 


Stereum rameale Schw. 

Oneida, Madison county, on fallen trunk of Betula lutea 
Michx. f., H. D. House, May 13, 1918; and on Alnus serru- 
lata Willd., Albany, November 8, 1919; on Alnus serru- 
lata Willd. near Napanoch, Ulster county, October 6, 1919. 


Uredo Bigelowii (Thum.) Arthur 
(Melampsora Bigelowii Thum.) 
“II and III, on leaves of Salis pyrifolia Anderss., Bona- 
parte swamp, Lewis county, H. D. House, June 22. A new host 
species for this common rust in New York. The aecial stage on 
Larix laricina (DuRoi) Koch, was also collected at Bona- 
parte swamp, on the same date. 


Ustilago Heufferi Fckl. 
(U. erythronii G. W. Clinton) 
Near Oriskany Falls, Oneida county, on living leaves of Ery - 
thronium americanum Ker. H. D. House, May 26. 


Venturia compacta Peck 
Newcomb, Essex county, on leaves of Oxycoccus Oxy- 
coccus (L.) MacM., H. D. House, July 24. This constitutes a 
new host for this fungus in this State. All the several other col- 
lections in the state herbarium are on Oxycoccus macro- 
carpus (Ait.) Pers. 


. Pezicula fasciculata (Tode) comb. nov. 


Tubercularia fasciculata Tode, Meckl. Fungi, 1790; Peziza 
carpinea Pers.; Pezicula carpinea Tul. 


On dead branches of Carpinus caroliniana. Fish 
Creek, Oneida county, H. D. House, September 1918. 


INDEX 


Actaea alba f. rubracarpa, 40 
Actaea rubra f. neglecta, 21 
Additions to the herbarium, 7 
Aecidium dicentrae, 81 
Agalinis purpurea f. albiflora, 55 
tenuifolia f. albiflora, 62 
Agastache Foeniculum, 21 
urticifolia, 27 
Agropyron pseudorepens, 38 
Allodus tenuis, 80 . 
Alopecurus aristulatus, 56 
Alsine canadensis, 57 
Alternaria solani, 70 
Amaranthus pumilus, 56 
Anchistea virginica, 49 
Andropogon scoparius, 13 
Anemone cylindrica, 35 
virginiana f. rubrasepala, 26 
Aquatic plants, collected near Wood- 
ville, Jefferson county, 31 
Aquilegia canadensis f. albiflora, 48 
Arabis viridis, 14 
Arctium lappa, 54 
minus, 41 
Arctostaphylos Uva ursi, 34 
Aristida tuberculosa, 56 
Asclepias intermedia, 14 
pulchra f. albiflora, 61 
Asplenium ebenoides, 52 
Aster Claytoni, 53 
laevis var. concinnus, 15 
linariifolius, 14 
nemoralis, 23 
novae-angliae f. geneseensis, 40 
novaeangliae f. rosarius, 30 
novi-belgi, 53 
persaliens, 14 
Pringlei, 50 
roscidus, 21 
Tradescanti var. saxatilis, 27 
violaris, 53 


Betula coerulea, 15 
Blephariglottis blephariglottis var. 
halopetala, 45 
lacera f. elongata, 15 
psycodes f. albispicata, 19 


Blephilia hirsuta f. albiflora, 46 
Boehmeria Drummordiana, 39 
Botrychium matricariae, 30 
Lunaria var. onondagense, 47 
obliquum f. dissectum, 36 
Botrychium obliquum var. oneidense, 
15 
simplex, 21 
Botryosphaeria fuliginosa, 71 


Calamagrostis Pickeringii, 24 
Calluna vulgaris, 51 
Camarosporium metabliticum, 71 
Campanula rotundifolia f. albiflora, 
2K 
Campe stricta var. taurica, 60 
Carex, species collected at New- 
comb, 22 : 
Carex abacta, 27 
angustior, 42 
Baileyi, 27 
Bebbii, 38 
Bicknellii, 15 
castanea, 36 
conoidea, 15 
convoluta, 38 
cryptolepis, 28, 36 
Deweyana, 37 
exilis, 33 
Frankii, 46 
glaucoidea, 16 
grisea, 49 
gynocrates, 33 
Hassei, 19 
Howei, 42, 49 
incomperta, 42, 50 
interior, 49 
Kneiskernii, 22 
laxiflora var. gracillima, 16 
laevivaginata, 41 
lenticularis, 21, 27 
leptonervia, 16, 35 
leucorum, 41 
normalis, 16, 38 
prasina, 37 
radiata, 16, 33, 37 
retroflexa, 16 


98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Carex (continued) 
rosaeoides, 42 
rugosperma, 41 
Sartwellii, 38 
scoparia var. tessellata, 49 
spicata, 26 
Sprengelii, 31 
stricta, 61 
strictior, 60 
substricta, 35 
tenuiflora, 21 
tetanica, 38 
tonsa, 16, 41 
trisperma var. Billingsii, 38 
vaginata, 33 
viridula, 22, 28 
Centaurea nigra var. radiata, 50 
Cercospora caricis, 71 
cerasella, 71 
cypripedii, 81 
galii, 71 
gentianiae, 81 
granuliformis, 81 
kalmiae, 71 
lespedezae, 72 
menispermii, 71 
sagittariae, 72 
tabacina, 71 
Chaetochloa viridis 
nli, 39 
Check list of the ferns and flowering 
plants of New York, 11 
Chestnut blight, 8 
Cintractia caricis, 81 
subinclusa, 82 
Taubertiana, &2 
Cirsium arvense, 22 
discolor f. albiflorum, 55 
Cladosporium aphidis, 72 
gloeosporioides, 71 
Coccomyces coronatus, 77 
Comandra livida, 23 
Comarum palustre var. villosum, 32 
Coniophora byssoidea, 81 
Coniophora olivacea, 81 
sistotremoides, 82 
Contributions, 7 
Corispermum hyssopifolium, 4o 
Cornus Amomum, 57 
Baileyi, 32 
canadensis f. elongata, 23 


var. Weinman- 


Corticium arachnoideum, 82 
bicolor, 82 
confluens, 82 
galactinum, 82 
vellerum, 82 

Crataegus, 63 

Crataegus Brainerdii war. 

tonii x succulenta, 65 

calpodendron, 65 
calpodendron x punctata, 65 
chrysocarpa, 64 
chrysocarpa x macrosperma, 64 
chrysocarpa x punctata, 64 
coccinea var. Ellwangeriana, 64 
coccinea x macrosperma, 65 
coccinea x pruinosa, 65 
crusgalli x succulenta, 63 
macrosperma x pruinosa, 64 
macrosperma x punctata, 64 
pruinosa x punctata, 64 
pruinosa x straminea, 64 
punctata x succulenta, 63 
straminea x Bissellii, 63 
succulenta var. macrantha, 65 
succulenta x rhombifolia, 65 

Cylindrosporium clematidis, 72 
toxicodendri, 72 

Cyperus dentatus, 28, 57 

Cypripedium acaule f. albiflorum, 47 
arietinum f. albiflorum, 48 
reginae f. album, 37 


Eggles- : i 


Darluca filum, 73 
Denslow, Dr H. M., Plants collected 
in Delaware county, 19 

Dentaria diphylla x maxima, 44 
laciniata x diphylla, 44 
laciniata x maxima, 44 
maxima, 52 

Diaporthe aorista, 73 
euspina, 84 

Diatrype albopruinosa, 72 
stigma, 72 

Diatrypella Frostii, 72 
missouriensis, 73 
verruciformis, 84 

Dicaeoma calthae, 82 
cnici, 84 
cicutae, 84 
cyperi, 85 


INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 99 


Dicaeoma hieraciata, 83 
iridis, 83 
lysimachiae, 83 
majanthae, 85 
minutissimum, 83 
orbicula, 89 
polygoni-amphibi, 84 
trientalis, 84 
veratri, 84 
violae, 83 
Dinemasporium hispidulum, 73 
Diodia teres, 57 
Doassansia opaca, $2 
Doellingeria umbellata var. oneidica, 
46 
var. pubens, 23 
Draba caroliniana, 57 
Dracocephalum, 66 


Echinochloa crusgalli var. 
auxii, 42 
Walteri, 31 
Eleocharis annua, 58 
interstincta, 40 
palustris var. major, 33 
reclinata, 43 
Elymus hirsutiglumis, 16 
Endothia parasitica, 8 
Entomosporium maculatum, 74 
Entyloma lineatum, 73 
Epicoccum vulgare, 73 
Equisetum laevigaturm, 47 
praealtum, 38 
Erysiphe lamprocarpa, 81 
Erythronium albidum, 20 
Eupatorium trifoliatum, 16 
Euphorbia dentata, 36 
Ipecacuanhae, 57 
Eutypella radula, 73 


Fenestella fenestrata, 73 
vestita, 73 
Ferns and flowering plants of New 
York; check list of, 11 
Festuca rubra, 33 
Florida plants; 
LaForce, Io 
Froelichia gracilis, 3¢ 
Fungi; new or noteworthy species 
oye DUA G (6) 


collected by Miss 


Mich- 


Fungi; new to the state herbarium, 
12 . 
Fungi; notes on, VIII, 80 


Galeopsis Tetrahit, 30 
Galeorchis spectabilis f. Gordinierii, 
50 
Gaura coccinea, 40 
Gentiana clausa, 18 
Geranium maculatum f. 
48 
Robertianum 7. albiflorum, 54 
Gibberella pulicaris, 85 
Glenospora melioloides, 84 
Gloeosporium caryae, 74 
hydrophylli, 74 
polygoni, 74 
Glomularia lonicerae, 85 


albiflorum, 


Gnaphalium obtusifolium var. Hel- 


leri, 70 
Gnomonia papillostoma, 74 


Hainesia rhoina, 74 

Haplosporella dulcamara, 75 

Harknessia foeda, 75 

Helianthus decapetalus, 70 
subrhomboideus, 39 

Heliopsis scabra, 23 

Heterosporium gracile, 75 

Hibiscus Moscheutos f. Peckii, 54 

Hieracium Pilosella, 52 

Honkenya peploides var. robusta, 56 

Hudsonia ericoides, 57 

Humaria, 86 

Hypericum majus, 51 

Hypochnus granulosus, 86 
rubignosus, 86 
subvinosus, 86 

Hypopitys lanuginosa var. rosea, 60 

Hypoxylon fusco-purpureum, 75 


Ibidium cernuum var. ochroleucum, 
45 

Identifications, 8 

Ilex bronxensis, 30 

Investigations, 5 

Iris Pseudacorus, 52 


Juncoides intermedium var. echina- 
tum, 59 
Juncus Dudleyi, 33, 34 
inflexus, 43 


100 NEW 


Lacinaria spicata, 69 
Lactuca canadensis var. montana, 58 
LaForce, Miss; Florida plants col- 
lected by, 10 
Lathyrus myrtifolius, 32 
palustris, 32 
palustris var. linearifolius, 32 
palustris var. pilosus, 56 
Lectures, 9 
Leontodon, 68 
Leucoloma, 86 
Lepidium perfoliatum, 40 
Leptoloma cognatum, 38 
Leptosphaeria Crepini, 86 
Leptostromella scirpina, 75 
Lilium philadelphicim, 16 
Limodorum tuberosum, 49 
tuberosum f. albiflorum, 47 
tuberosum f. latifolium, 51 
Limonium trichogonium f. 
florum, 54 
Linaria minor, 35 
Linnaea americana f. candicans, 34 
Linum sulcatum, 37 
Lithospermum luteum, 61 
Lobelia syphilitica f. albiflora, 55 
Local flora notes, VIII, 13 
Lonicera hirsuta, 24 
Lophodermium sphaeroides, 86 
Lupinus perennis, 16 
Lycopodium clavatum, 19 
clavatum var. brevispicatum, 28 
clavatum var. megastachyon, 42 
complanatum war. flabelliforme 7. 
Wibbei, 42 
inundatum, 23, 28, 34 
tristachyum, 23 
Lysias Hookeriana, 53 
Lysiella obtusata, 23 
Lysimachia terrestris x thrysiflora, 48 


albi- 


Malva sylvestris, 52 
Marasmius campanellus, 87 
Megalodondia Beckii, 48 
Meibomia nudiflora f. Dudleyi, 52 
Melampsorella elatina, 87 
Melampsoridium betulae, 88 
Melampsoropsis abietina, 87 

chiogenes, 87 

empetri, 89 

ledicola, 88 


YORK STATE 


MUSEUM 


Melanconiella decorahensis, 85 
Metasphaeria complanata, 75 
Peckii, 88 
Microdiplodia populi, 75 
spiraeocola, 76 
Micropuccinia conglomerata, 88 
ornata, 90 
porphyrogenita, 89 
recedens, 90 
Microsphaeria diffusa, 89 
Russellii, 89 
Mimulus alatus, 17 
ringens, 17 
Minuartia caroliniama, 57 
Michauxii, 34 
Mollisia iridis, 90 
Mycosphaerella cruris-galli, 76 
lycopodii, 76 
oxycocci, 76 
polygonorum, 74 
Myriophyllum tenellum, 25, 28 
Myxosporium Ellisii, 76 


Neopieris mariana, 57 
Nepeta hederacea var. parviflora, 37 
Nigredo hedysari-paniculata, 85 
houstoniata, 89 
Howei, 89 
junci-effusi, 90 
piriformis, 90 
Nomenclatorial notes regarding cer- 
tain New York plants, 58 
Nymphaea rubrodisca, 33 
Nyssopsora clavellosa, 90 


Onobrynchis Onobrynchis, 20 
Onosmodium virginianum, 57 
Ophioglossum vulgatum /f. pusillum, 
42 
Ophrys australis, 19 
convallarioides, 24 
Opuntia Opuntia, 53 
Orchids, collected at Newcomb, 24 
Origanum vulgare, 47 
Osteospermum, 63 
canadense, 63 
Otidea grandis, 91 
Oxalis Brittonae, 35, 43 
oneidica, 43 
tite, 07 


INDEX TO REPORT OF THE 


Panicularia melicaria, 36 
obtusa, 57 
septentrionalis, 28 

Panicum aculeatum, 46 
albemarlense, 49 
Lindheimeri, 33 

Parsonsia petiolata, 41 

Paspalum pubescens 

bergii, 39 

Peniophora cinerea, QI 
Eichleriana, 91 
incarnata, QI 
sera, QI 

Perkins, Dr Anne E.; Plants col- 

lected in Erie county, 20 
Peronospora pygmaea, 94 
Pestalozzia monochaetoidea var. para- 

sitica, 76 

Pezicula fasciculata, 95 

Philotria occidentalis, 55 

Phyllachora agrostidis, 91 
elymi, 92 
graminis, 92 
luteo-maculata, 92 
puncta, 92 
vulgata, 92 

Phyllosticta caryae, 77 
guttulata, 77 
iridis, 77 

Plants, check list of ferns and flower- 

ing, of New York, 11 

Plants new to the state herbarium, I1 

Poa saltuensis, 24 

Pogonia trianthophora, 52 
verticillata, 52 

Polygala paucifolia, 37 
paucifolia f. alba, 17 
polygama f. albiflora, 45 
viridescens f. albiflora, 55 

Polygonum buxiforme, 36 


var. Muhlen- 


“pennsylvanicum var. nesophilum, 54 |! 


Pontederia cordata, 61 

Prunus americana f. rosea, 17 

Publications, 9 

Pucciniastrum agrimoniae, 093 
potentillae, 93 

Pyrenopeziza subatra, oI 


Quercus rubra, 59 


STATE BOTANIST FOR 1921 IOI 
Raimannia laciniata, 17 
Ramularia multiplex, 93 
occidentalis, 77 
Ranunculus alleghaniensis, 27 
Boraeanus, 52 
hispidus, 39 
longirostris, 31 
sicaeformis, 24 
Razoumofskya pusilia, 24 
Rhus copallina var. nesophila, 55 
Rosa blanda, 35 
rubrfolia, 43 
serrulata, 17 
Rubus odoratus f. albiflorus, 51 
permixtus, 29 
Randii, 209 
strigosus var. canadensis, 50 
strigosus var. heterolasius, 30 
Ruyschiana, 66 
parviflora, 66 


Sagittaria graminea, 54 
Salix balsamifera, 35 
pedicellaris, 29 
serissima, 35 
Sambucus canadensis, 41 
racemosa, 69 
racemosa f. laciniata, 29 
Sanguisorba canadensis, 25, 20 
Scirpus georgianus, 209 
lineatus, 39 
microcarpus var. Bissellii, 18 
subterminalis, 29 j 
Torreyi, 25, 29 
Senecio acreus x pauperculus, 27 
aureus x Robbinsii, 25 
obovatus, 18 
pauperculus var. praelomgus. 62 
Robbinsii, 25 
Septoria agrimoniae, 93 
aquilegiae, 94 
canadensis, 77 
cirsil, 77 
corylina, 94 
dentariae, 78 
lobeliae, 78 
ludwigiae, 94 
osmorrhizae, 94 
pallidula, 78 


102 NEW YORK 
wilene anglica, 70 
polidago caesia, 62 
graminifolia var. galetora, 45 
squarrosa, 25 
squarrosa f. ramosa, 52 
Sorosporium syntherismae, 92 
Sparganium diversifolium, 29 
Spartina juncea vur. caespitosa, 57 
Spegazzinea rubra, 78 
Sphaeropsis betulae var. 
gleditschiaecola, 79 
linearis, 79 
physocarpi, 79 
populi, 79 
Sphaerulina acori, 7G 
Spiraea tomentosa, 29 
Sporobolus asper, 40 
Stellaria borealis, 25 
Stereum gausapatum, 4. 
Murrayi, 94 
ochraceo-flavum, 04 
purpureum, 95 
rameale, 95 
Subularia aquatica, 54 
Symphoricarpos racemosus, 34 


lutea, 79 


Thalictrum revolutum, 40 
Thelypteris Clintoniana, 35 
Torresia Nashii, 58 
Trientalis latifolia, 26 


Uredinopsis mirabilis, 85 
Uredo Bigelowii, 95 
Urocystis occulta, 02 
Ustilago Heufleri, 95 
levis, 93 
neglecta, 93 
Utricularia resupinata, 25 


erat 1 ry’ 


a 
tle 

Feel 

STATE MUSEUM 
Vaccinium angustiiolium, 61 

Valerianella chenopoGifolia, 27 
Valsa ambiens, 80 yl 
cincta, 80 t i 


leucostoma, 80 
Venturia ee 95 
Dickiei, 
icetaeeuek ileus 45 
Lychnitis, 45 
Viola affinis, 18 
lanceolata, 30 
lanceolata x pallens, 26 
palmata x sororia, 53 
pedata var. lineariloba, 18 
f. alba, 46 
f. rosea, 56 
pubescens, 50 
rostrata f. Phelpsiae, 51 
rugulosa, 34 
sagittata, 26 
Selkirkii, 34 
sororia f. Beckwithii, 40 
Virea, 68 
autumnalis, 69 
hispida var. hastilis, 69 
hispida, 69 
hispida var. hastilis, 69 
nudicaulis, 69 


Washingtonia longistylis var. villi- 
caulis, 56 
Woodsia ilvensis, 26 


Xyris caroliniana, 30 


Zizia cordata, 18 
Zythia ovata, 80 


Ma 4% 
ti 


AAA : AAA a he AA) 4 f 


paaaannans 
AO Rana | aa Ss A 
AP... ~AARA AAARAAAY- A / 
! | I AE A ‘ RO ames sn 
aaGGGenn.-acctashAAahee : AAAAA 


a AiAAAAF 


! | PA al AAAAAAAAAA~ 
erat oe 


“\\mAAARAAA 


nA nanan 


AA ny ala lalalalelal AAAs 
came AAAAAATANA aR a 
aA Raaanannaaanan 
AR aah AReECY AA aA 


AAARAAAAAAAARAAR 


AAA, AA AARAAAARAAAAA | 
a! Aniunnet AA AAAAAAAA a Poaceae ‘a 
A la Be 2 ALAA \ a AAAAAA IAA Vie - 


RAN ARAL AAA ARAAAAAA~AAAAAAAAAARAAR AQAA nny 


ANWAR 
WAARAAAAAAAR AN ACaala \A\ a@AAAPYTY RAaarAAaARAAAARaAAAAAAan. _| |< mene naan 


1. y 
—\ WT Ww 


faa an a 4 7 << —_ » JT 
1. > »»y Yy + 
>_> > )»> » 
> 2» » > >» > 4 
>) »» p>» » > B 
2» _» > >» > > 
> >» » I>» >» >> 
» yyy z » DD») Dj ))) > 
yy B» » yy) > y << 
>) _» >» > Dy 
ob yd Bb » - >> > y < 
>>» D BD ) mm» »y D — 
>)» DD ) 2» \ > D> »> 
>>» > > SS »y) a> 
»»))» > > » > >> 
>»? DW >> »» » >>) 
>)» > ) > > >D yy» ne 
>») » ) >>>» » > 
Sb > > DPDP 5 ~< z 
) DDD D yy?) >>» 
>)» Db» D> Dy? S 222 
>)» py» »)D>»> 
» > ) ») BD >» 
>> ) Dy» DD») D> 
>> ) a Dy)» DD») >») D> 
2 = >> 392)? S99 
Sp 22 3») 222 > > 
) )) ») }) - “4 SS : a <= a 
. a Dy» DY») 
— >. Dy») 
» ) > 
> aa >» > PD} 
> = » DD) ) PD 
) > PD yy >) 
D> “WD >a 2 >») 
»» DD) D> yy ». 
)) FDP > ~ 4 22 
Dy 9» Dis PP 
D> » D D>) << > 
>») > PDD AZ >) 
’ > ) I D 
) D> 
< B» 
DB 


| eet || Nee | Net 
~ 


» 
» 
» 


, 
y 
y 
y 
J 
y 
A 
® 
4 — 


| } f ; y 
: Wei 


, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 
x ANIL 
3 9088 01300 8420